diff options
Diffstat (limited to 'Core/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Library')
74 files changed, 20988 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/Core/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Library/BaseUefiTianoCustomDecompressLib/BaseUefiTianoCustomDecompressLib.c b/Core/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Library/BaseUefiTianoCustomDecompressLib/BaseUefiTianoCustomDecompressLib.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..2e527234e2 --- /dev/null +++ b/Core/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Library/BaseUefiTianoCustomDecompressLib/BaseUefiTianoCustomDecompressLib.c @@ -0,0 +1,1050 @@ +/** @file
+ UEFI and Tiano Custom Decompress Library
+ It will do Tiano or UEFI decompress with different verison parameter.
+
+Copyright (c) 2006 - 2015, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+This program and the accompanying materials
+are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
+which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
+http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
+
+THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
+WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
+
+**/
+
+#include "BaseUefiTianoCustomDecompressLibInternals.h"
+
+/**
+ Shift mBitBuf NumOfBits left. Read in NumOfBits of bits from source.
+
+ @param Sd The global scratch data
+ @param NumOfBits The number of bits to shift and read.
+**/
+VOID
+FillBuf (
+ IN SCRATCH_DATA *Sd,
+ IN UINT16 NumOfBits
+ )
+{
+ //
+ // Left shift NumOfBits of bits in advance
+ //
+ Sd->mBitBuf = (UINT32) (Sd->mBitBuf << NumOfBits);
+
+ //
+ // Copy data needed in bytes into mSbuBitBuf
+ //
+ while (NumOfBits > Sd->mBitCount) {
+
+ Sd->mBitBuf |= (UINT32) (Sd->mSubBitBuf << (NumOfBits = (UINT16) (NumOfBits - Sd->mBitCount)));
+
+ if (Sd->mCompSize > 0) {
+ //
+ // Get 1 byte into SubBitBuf
+ //
+ Sd->mCompSize--;
+ Sd->mSubBitBuf = 0;
+ Sd->mSubBitBuf = Sd->mSrcBase[Sd->mInBuf++];
+ Sd->mBitCount = 8;
+
+ } else {
+ //
+ // No more bits from the source, just pad zero bit.
+ //
+ Sd->mSubBitBuf = 0;
+ Sd->mBitCount = 8;
+
+ }
+ }
+
+ //
+ // Calculate additional bit count read to update mBitCount
+ //
+ Sd->mBitCount = (UINT16) (Sd->mBitCount - NumOfBits);
+
+ //
+ // Copy NumOfBits of bits from mSubBitBuf into mBitBuf
+ //
+ Sd->mBitBuf |= Sd->mSubBitBuf >> Sd->mBitCount;
+}
+
+/**
+ Get NumOfBits of bits out from mBitBuf
+
+ Get NumOfBits of bits out from mBitBuf. Fill mBitBuf with subsequent
+ NumOfBits of bits from source. Returns NumOfBits of bits that are
+ popped out.
+
+ @param Sd The global scratch data.
+ @param NumOfBits The number of bits to pop and read.
+
+ @return The bits that are popped out.
+
+**/
+UINT32
+GetBits (
+ IN SCRATCH_DATA *Sd,
+ IN UINT16 NumOfBits
+ )
+{
+ UINT32 OutBits;
+
+ //
+ // Pop NumOfBits of Bits from Left
+ //
+ OutBits = (UINT32) (Sd->mBitBuf >> (BITBUFSIZ - NumOfBits));
+
+ //
+ // Fill up mBitBuf from source
+ //
+ FillBuf (Sd, NumOfBits);
+
+ return OutBits;
+}
+
+/**
+ Creates Huffman Code mapping table according to code length array.
+
+ Creates Huffman Code mapping table for Extra Set, Char&Len Set
+ and Position Set according to code length array.
+ If TableBits > 16, then ASSERT ().
+
+ @param Sd The global scratch data
+ @param NumOfChar Number of symbols in the symbol set
+ @param BitLen Code length array
+ @param TableBits The width of the mapping table
+ @param Table The table to be created.
+
+ @retval 0 OK.
+ @retval BAD_TABLE The table is corrupted.
+
+**/
+UINT16
+MakeTable (
+ IN SCRATCH_DATA *Sd,
+ IN UINT16 NumOfChar,
+ IN UINT8 *BitLen,
+ IN UINT16 TableBits,
+ OUT UINT16 *Table
+ )
+{
+ UINT16 Count[17];
+ UINT16 Weight[17];
+ UINT16 Start[18];
+ UINT16 *Pointer;
+ UINT16 Index3;
+ UINT16 Index;
+ UINT16 Len;
+ UINT16 Char;
+ UINT16 JuBits;
+ UINT16 Avail;
+ UINT16 NextCode;
+ UINT16 Mask;
+ UINT16 WordOfStart;
+ UINT16 WordOfCount;
+
+ //
+ // The maximum mapping table width supported by this internal
+ // working function is 16.
+ //
+ ASSERT (TableBits <= 16);
+
+ for (Index = 0; Index <= 16; Index++) {
+ Count[Index] = 0;
+ }
+
+ for (Index = 0; Index < NumOfChar; Index++) {
+ Count[BitLen[Index]]++;
+ }
+
+ Start[0] = 0;
+ Start[1] = 0;
+
+ for (Index = 1; Index <= 16; Index++) {
+ WordOfStart = Start[Index];
+ WordOfCount = Count[Index];
+ Start[Index + 1] = (UINT16) (WordOfStart + (WordOfCount << (16 - Index)));
+ }
+
+ if (Start[17] != 0) {
+ /*(1U << 16)*/
+ return (UINT16) BAD_TABLE;
+ }
+
+ JuBits = (UINT16) (16 - TableBits);
+
+ Weight[0] = 0;
+ for (Index = 1; Index <= TableBits; Index++) {
+ Start[Index] >>= JuBits;
+ Weight[Index] = (UINT16) (1U << (TableBits - Index));
+ }
+
+ while (Index <= 16) {
+ Weight[Index] = (UINT16) (1U << (16 - Index));
+ Index++;
+ }
+
+ Index = (UINT16) (Start[TableBits + 1] >> JuBits);
+
+ if (Index != 0) {
+ Index3 = (UINT16) (1U << TableBits);
+ if (Index < Index3) {
+ SetMem16 (Table + Index, (Index3 - Index) * sizeof (*Table), 0);
+ }
+ }
+
+ Avail = NumOfChar;
+ Mask = (UINT16) (1U << (15 - TableBits));
+
+ for (Char = 0; Char < NumOfChar; Char++) {
+
+ Len = BitLen[Char];
+ if (Len == 0 || Len >= 17) {
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ NextCode = (UINT16) (Start[Len] + Weight[Len]);
+
+ if (Len <= TableBits) {
+
+ for (Index = Start[Len]; Index < NextCode; Index++) {
+ Table[Index] = Char;
+ }
+
+ } else {
+
+ Index3 = Start[Len];
+ Pointer = &Table[Index3 >> JuBits];
+ Index = (UINT16) (Len - TableBits);
+
+ while (Index != 0) {
+ if (*Pointer == 0 && Avail < (2 * NC - 1)) {
+ Sd->mRight[Avail] = Sd->mLeft[Avail] = 0;
+ *Pointer = Avail++;
+ }
+
+ if (*Pointer < (2 * NC - 1)) {
+ if ((Index3 & Mask) != 0) {
+ Pointer = &Sd->mRight[*Pointer];
+ } else {
+ Pointer = &Sd->mLeft[*Pointer];
+ }
+ }
+
+ Index3 <<= 1;
+ Index--;
+ }
+
+ *Pointer = Char;
+
+ }
+
+ Start[Len] = NextCode;
+ }
+ //
+ // Succeeds
+ //
+ return 0;
+}
+
+/**
+ Decodes a position value.
+
+ Get a position value according to Position Huffman Table.
+
+ @param Sd the global scratch data
+
+ @return The position value decoded.
+**/
+UINT32
+DecodeP (
+ IN SCRATCH_DATA *Sd
+ )
+{
+ UINT16 Val;
+ UINT32 Mask;
+ UINT32 Pos;
+
+ Val = Sd->mPTTable[Sd->mBitBuf >> (BITBUFSIZ - 8)];
+
+ if (Val >= MAXNP) {
+ Mask = 1U << (BITBUFSIZ - 1 - 8);
+
+ do {
+
+ if ((Sd->mBitBuf & Mask) != 0) {
+ Val = Sd->mRight[Val];
+ } else {
+ Val = Sd->mLeft[Val];
+ }
+
+ Mask >>= 1;
+ } while (Val >= MAXNP);
+ }
+ //
+ // Advance what we have read
+ //
+ FillBuf (Sd, Sd->mPTLen[Val]);
+
+ Pos = Val;
+ if (Val > 1) {
+ Pos = (UINT32) ((1U << (Val - 1)) + GetBits (Sd, (UINT16) (Val - 1)));
+ }
+
+ return Pos;
+}
+
+/**
+ Reads code lengths for the Extra Set or the Position Set.
+
+ Read in the Extra Set or Pointion Set Length Arrary, then
+ generate the Huffman code mapping for them.
+
+ @param Sd The global scratch data.
+ @param nn Number of symbols.
+ @param nbit Number of bits needed to represent nn.
+ @param Special The special symbol that needs to be taken care of.
+
+ @retval 0 OK.
+ @retval BAD_TABLE Table is corrupted.
+
+**/
+UINT16
+ReadPTLen (
+ IN SCRATCH_DATA *Sd,
+ IN UINT16 nn,
+ IN UINT16 nbit,
+ IN UINT16 Special
+ )
+{
+ UINT16 Number;
+ UINT16 CharC;
+ UINT16 Index;
+ UINT32 Mask;
+
+ ASSERT (nn <= NPT);
+ //
+ // Read Extra Set Code Length Array size
+ //
+ Number = (UINT16) GetBits (Sd, nbit);
+
+ if (Number == 0) {
+ //
+ // This represents only Huffman code used
+ //
+ CharC = (UINT16) GetBits (Sd, nbit);
+
+ for (Index = 0; Index < 256; Index++) {
+ Sd->mPTTable[Index] = CharC;
+ }
+
+ SetMem (Sd->mPTLen, nn, 0);
+
+ return 0;
+ }
+
+ Index = 0;
+
+ while (Index < Number && Index < NPT) {
+
+ CharC = (UINT16) (Sd->mBitBuf >> (BITBUFSIZ - 3));
+
+ //
+ // If a code length is less than 7, then it is encoded as a 3-bit
+ // value. Or it is encoded as a series of "1"s followed by a
+ // terminating "0". The number of "1"s = Code length - 4.
+ //
+ if (CharC == 7) {
+ Mask = 1U << (BITBUFSIZ - 1 - 3);
+ while (Mask & Sd->mBitBuf) {
+ Mask >>= 1;
+ CharC += 1;
+ }
+ }
+
+ FillBuf (Sd, (UINT16) ((CharC < 7) ? 3 : CharC - 3));
+
+ Sd->mPTLen[Index++] = (UINT8) CharC;
+
+ //
+ // For Code&Len Set,
+ // After the third length of the code length concatenation,
+ // a 2-bit value is used to indicated the number of consecutive
+ // zero lengths after the third length.
+ //
+ if (Index == Special) {
+ CharC = (UINT16) GetBits (Sd, 2);
+ while ((INT16) (--CharC) >= 0 && Index < NPT) {
+ Sd->mPTLen[Index++] = 0;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ while (Index < nn && Index < NPT) {
+ Sd->mPTLen[Index++] = 0;
+ }
+
+ return MakeTable (Sd, nn, Sd->mPTLen, 8, Sd->mPTTable);
+}
+
+/**
+ Reads code lengths for Char&Len Set.
+
+ Read in and decode the Char&Len Set Code Length Array, then
+ generate the Huffman Code mapping table for the Char&Len Set.
+
+ @param Sd the global scratch data
+
+**/
+VOID
+ReadCLen (
+ SCRATCH_DATA *Sd
+ )
+{
+ UINT16 Number;
+ UINT16 CharC;
+ UINT16 Index;
+ UINT32 Mask;
+
+ Number = (UINT16) GetBits (Sd, CBIT);
+
+ if (Number == 0) {
+ //
+ // This represents only Huffman code used
+ //
+ CharC = (UINT16) GetBits (Sd, CBIT);
+
+ SetMem (Sd->mCLen, NC, 0);
+
+ for (Index = 0; Index < 4096; Index++) {
+ Sd->mCTable[Index] = CharC;
+ }
+
+ return ;
+ }
+
+ Index = 0;
+ while (Index < Number && Index < NC) {
+ CharC = Sd->mPTTable[Sd->mBitBuf >> (BITBUFSIZ - 8)];
+ if (CharC >= NT) {
+ Mask = 1U << (BITBUFSIZ - 1 - 8);
+
+ do {
+
+ if (Mask & Sd->mBitBuf) {
+ CharC = Sd->mRight[CharC];
+ } else {
+ CharC = Sd->mLeft[CharC];
+ }
+
+ Mask >>= 1;
+
+ } while (CharC >= NT);
+ }
+ //
+ // Advance what we have read
+ //
+ FillBuf (Sd, Sd->mPTLen[CharC]);
+
+ if (CharC <= 2) {
+
+ if (CharC == 0) {
+ CharC = 1;
+ } else if (CharC == 1) {
+ CharC = (UINT16) (GetBits (Sd, 4) + 3);
+ } else if (CharC == 2) {
+ CharC = (UINT16) (GetBits (Sd, CBIT) + 20);
+ }
+
+ while ((INT16) (--CharC) >= 0 && Index < NC) {
+ Sd->mCLen[Index++] = 0;
+ }
+
+ } else {
+
+ Sd->mCLen[Index++] = (UINT8) (CharC - 2);
+
+ }
+ }
+
+ SetMem (Sd->mCLen + Index, NC - Index, 0);
+
+ MakeTable (Sd, NC, Sd->mCLen, 12, Sd->mCTable);
+
+ return ;
+}
+
+/**
+ Decode a character/length value.
+
+ Read one value from mBitBuf, Get one code from mBitBuf. If it is at block boundary, generates
+ Huffman code mapping table for Extra Set, Code&Len Set and
+ Position Set.
+
+ @param Sd The global scratch data.
+
+ @return The value decoded.
+
+**/
+UINT16
+DecodeC (
+ SCRATCH_DATA *Sd
+ )
+{
+ UINT16 Index2;
+ UINT32 Mask;
+
+ if (Sd->mBlockSize == 0) {
+ //
+ // Starting a new block
+ // Read BlockSize from block header
+ //
+ Sd->mBlockSize = (UINT16) GetBits (Sd, 16);
+
+ //
+ // Read in the Extra Set Code Length Arrary,
+ // Generate the Huffman code mapping table for Extra Set.
+ //
+ Sd->mBadTableFlag = ReadPTLen (Sd, NT, TBIT, 3);
+ if (Sd->mBadTableFlag != 0) {
+ return 0;
+ }
+
+ //
+ // Read in and decode the Char&Len Set Code Length Arrary,
+ // Generate the Huffman code mapping table for Char&Len Set.
+ //
+ ReadCLen (Sd);
+
+ //
+ // Read in the Position Set Code Length Arrary,
+ // Generate the Huffman code mapping table for the Position Set.
+ //
+ Sd->mBadTableFlag = ReadPTLen (Sd, MAXNP, Sd->mPBit, (UINT16) (-1));
+ if (Sd->mBadTableFlag != 0) {
+ return 0;
+ }
+ }
+
+ //
+ // Get one code according to Code&Set Huffman Table
+ //
+ Sd->mBlockSize--;
+ Index2 = Sd->mCTable[Sd->mBitBuf >> (BITBUFSIZ - 12)];
+
+ if (Index2 >= NC) {
+ Mask = 1U << (BITBUFSIZ - 1 - 12);
+
+ do {
+ if ((Sd->mBitBuf & Mask) != 0) {
+ Index2 = Sd->mRight[Index2];
+ } else {
+ Index2 = Sd->mLeft[Index2];
+ }
+
+ Mask >>= 1;
+ } while (Index2 >= NC);
+ }
+ //
+ // Advance what we have read
+ //
+ FillBuf (Sd, Sd->mCLen[Index2]);
+
+ return Index2;
+}
+
+/**
+ Decode the source data and put the resulting data into the destination buffer.
+
+ @param Sd The global scratch data
+**/
+VOID
+Decode (
+ SCRATCH_DATA *Sd
+ )
+{
+ UINT16 BytesRemain;
+ UINT32 DataIdx;
+ UINT16 CharC;
+
+ BytesRemain = (UINT16) (-1);
+
+ DataIdx = 0;
+
+ for (;;) {
+ //
+ // Get one code from mBitBuf
+ //
+ CharC = DecodeC (Sd);
+ if (Sd->mBadTableFlag != 0) {
+ goto Done;
+ }
+
+ if (CharC < 256) {
+ //
+ // Process an Original character
+ //
+ if (Sd->mOutBuf >= Sd->mOrigSize) {
+ goto Done;
+ } else {
+ //
+ // Write orignal character into mDstBase
+ //
+ Sd->mDstBase[Sd->mOutBuf++] = (UINT8) CharC;
+ }
+
+ } else {
+ //
+ // Process a Pointer
+ //
+ CharC = (UINT16) (CharC - (BIT8 - THRESHOLD));
+
+ //
+ // Get string length
+ //
+ BytesRemain = CharC;
+
+ //
+ // Locate string position
+ //
+ DataIdx = Sd->mOutBuf - DecodeP (Sd) - 1;
+
+ //
+ // Write BytesRemain of bytes into mDstBase
+ //
+ BytesRemain--;
+ while ((INT16) (BytesRemain) >= 0) {
+ Sd->mDstBase[Sd->mOutBuf++] = Sd->mDstBase[DataIdx++];
+ if (Sd->mOutBuf >= Sd->mOrigSize) {
+ goto Done ;
+ }
+
+ BytesRemain--;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+Done:
+ return ;
+}
+
+/**
+ Given a compressed source buffer, this function retrieves the size of
+ the uncompressed buffer and the size of the scratch buffer required
+ to decompress the compressed source buffer.
+
+ Retrieves the size of the uncompressed buffer and the temporary scratch buffer
+ required to decompress the buffer specified by Source and SourceSize.
+ If the size of the uncompressed buffer or the size of the scratch buffer cannot
+ be determined from the compressed data specified by Source and SourceData,
+ then RETURN_INVALID_PARAMETER is returned. Otherwise, the size of the uncompressed
+ buffer is returned in DestinationSize, the size of the scratch buffer is returned
+ in ScratchSize, and RETURN_SUCCESS is returned.
+ This function does not have scratch buffer available to perform a thorough
+ checking of the validity of the source data. It just retrieves the "Original Size"
+ field from the beginning bytes of the source data and output it as DestinationSize.
+ And ScratchSize is specific to the decompression implementation.
+
+ If Source is NULL, then ASSERT().
+ If DestinationSize is NULL, then ASSERT().
+ If ScratchSize is NULL, then ASSERT().
+
+ @param Source The source buffer containing the compressed data.
+ @param SourceSize The size, in bytes, of the source buffer.
+ @param DestinationSize A pointer to the size, in bytes, of the uncompressed buffer
+ that will be generated when the compressed buffer specified
+ by Source and SourceSize is decompressed..
+ @param ScratchSize A pointer to the size, in bytes, of the scratch buffer that
+ is required to decompress the compressed buffer specified
+ by Source and SourceSize.
+
+ @retval RETURN_SUCCESS The size of the uncompressed data was returned
+ in DestinationSize and the size of the scratch
+ buffer was returned in ScratchSize.
+ @retval RETURN_INVALID_PARAMETER
+ The size of the uncompressed data or the size of
+ the scratch buffer cannot be determined from
+ the compressed data specified by Source
+ and SourceSize.
+**/
+RETURN_STATUS
+EFIAPI
+UefiDecompressGetInfo (
+ IN CONST VOID *Source,
+ IN UINT32 SourceSize,
+ OUT UINT32 *DestinationSize,
+ OUT UINT32 *ScratchSize
+ )
+{
+ UINT32 CompressedSize;
+
+ ASSERT (Source != NULL);
+ ASSERT (DestinationSize != NULL);
+ ASSERT (ScratchSize != NULL);
+
+ if (SourceSize < 8) {
+ return RETURN_INVALID_PARAMETER;
+ }
+
+ CompressedSize = ReadUnaligned32 ((UINT32 *)Source);
+ if (SourceSize < (CompressedSize + 8)) {
+ return RETURN_INVALID_PARAMETER;
+ }
+
+ *ScratchSize = sizeof (SCRATCH_DATA);
+ *DestinationSize = ReadUnaligned32 ((UINT32 *)Source + 1);
+
+ return RETURN_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+/**
+ Decompresses a compressed source buffer by EFI or Tiano algorithm.
+
+ Extracts decompressed data to its original form.
+ This function is designed so that the decompression algorithm can be implemented
+ without using any memory services. As a result, this function is not allowed to
+ call any memory allocation services in its implementation. It is the caller's
+ responsibility to allocate and free the Destination and Scratch buffers.
+ If the compressed source data specified by Source is successfully decompressed
+ into Destination, then RETURN_SUCCESS is returned. If the compressed source data
+ specified by Source is not in a valid compressed data format,
+ then RETURN_INVALID_PARAMETER is returned.
+
+ If Source is NULL, then ASSERT().
+ If Destination is NULL, then ASSERT().
+ If the required scratch buffer size > 0 and Scratch is NULL, then ASSERT().
+
+ @param Source The source buffer containing the compressed data.
+ @param Destination The destination buffer to store the decompressed data
+ @param Scratch A temporary scratch buffer that is used to perform the decompression.
+ This is an optional parameter that may be NULL if the
+ required scratch buffer size is 0.
+ @param Version 1 for UEFI Decompress algoruthm, 2 for Tiano Decompess algorithm.
+
+ @retval RETURN_SUCCESS Decompression completed successfully, and
+ the uncompressed buffer is returned in Destination.
+ @retval RETURN_INVALID_PARAMETER
+ The source buffer specified by Source is corrupted
+ (not in a valid compressed format).
+**/
+RETURN_STATUS
+EFIAPI
+UefiTianoDecompress (
+ IN CONST VOID *Source,
+ IN OUT VOID *Destination,
+ IN OUT VOID *Scratch,
+ IN UINT32 Version
+ )
+{
+ UINT32 CompSize;
+ UINT32 OrigSize;
+ SCRATCH_DATA *Sd;
+ CONST UINT8 *Src;
+ UINT8 *Dst;
+
+ ASSERT (Source != NULL);
+ ASSERT (Destination != NULL);
+ ASSERT (Scratch != NULL);
+
+ Src = Source;
+ Dst = Destination;
+
+ Sd = (SCRATCH_DATA *) Scratch;
+
+ CompSize = Src[0] + (Src[1] << 8) + (Src[2] << 16) + (Src[3] << 24);
+ OrigSize = Src[4] + (Src[5] << 8) + (Src[6] << 16) + (Src[7] << 24);
+
+ //
+ // If compressed file size is 0, return
+ //
+ if (OrigSize == 0) {
+ return RETURN_SUCCESS;
+ }
+
+ Src = Src + 8;
+
+ SetMem (Sd, sizeof (SCRATCH_DATA), 0);
+
+ //
+ // The length of the field 'Position Set Code Length Array Size' in Block Header.
+ // For UEFI 2.0 de/compression algorithm(Version 1), mPBit = 4
+ // For Tiano de/compression algorithm(Version 2), mPBit = 5
+ //
+ switch (Version) {
+ case 1 :
+ Sd->mPBit = 4;
+ break;
+ case 2 :
+ Sd->mPBit = 5;
+ break;
+ default:
+ ASSERT (FALSE);
+ }
+ Sd->mSrcBase = (UINT8 *)Src;
+ Sd->mDstBase = Dst;
+ //
+ // CompSize and OrigSize are calculated in bytes
+ //
+ Sd->mCompSize = CompSize;
+ Sd->mOrigSize = OrigSize;
+
+ //
+ // Fill the first BITBUFSIZ bits
+ //
+ FillBuf (Sd, BITBUFSIZ);
+
+ //
+ // Decompress it
+ //
+ Decode (Sd);
+
+ if (Sd->mBadTableFlag != 0) {
+ //
+ // Something wrong with the source
+ //
+ return RETURN_INVALID_PARAMETER;
+ }
+
+ return RETURN_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+/**
+ Decompresses a UEFI compressed source buffer.
+
+ Extracts decompressed data to its original form.
+ This function is designed so that the decompression algorithm can be implemented
+ without using any memory services. As a result, this function is not allowed to
+ call any memory allocation services in its implementation. It is the caller's
+ responsibility to allocate and free the Destination and Scratch buffers.
+ If the compressed source data specified by Source is successfully decompressed
+ into Destination, then RETURN_SUCCESS is returned. If the compressed source data
+ specified by Source is not in a valid compressed data format,
+ then RETURN_INVALID_PARAMETER is returned.
+
+ If Source is NULL, then ASSERT().
+ If Destination is NULL, then ASSERT().
+ If the required scratch buffer size > 0 and Scratch is NULL, then ASSERT().
+
+ @param Source The source buffer containing the compressed data.
+ @param Destination The destination buffer to store the decompressed data
+ @param Scratch A temporary scratch buffer that is used to perform the decompression.
+ This is an optional parameter that may be NULL if the
+ required scratch buffer size is 0.
+
+ @retval RETURN_SUCCESS Decompression completed successfully, and
+ the uncompressed buffer is returned in Destination.
+ @retval RETURN_INVALID_PARAMETER
+ The source buffer specified by Source is corrupted
+ (not in a valid compressed format).
+**/
+RETURN_STATUS
+EFIAPI
+UefiDecompress (
+ IN CONST VOID *Source,
+ IN OUT VOID *Destination,
+ IN OUT VOID *Scratch OPTIONAL
+ )
+{
+ return UefiTianoDecompress (Source, Destination, Scratch, 1);
+}
+
+/**
+ Examines a GUIDed section and returns the size of the decoded buffer and the
+ size of an optional scratch buffer required to actually decode the data in a GUIDed section.
+
+ Examines a GUIDed section specified by InputSection.
+ If GUID for InputSection does not match the GUID that this handler supports,
+ then RETURN_UNSUPPORTED is returned.
+ If the required information can not be retrieved from InputSection,
+ then RETURN_INVALID_PARAMETER is returned.
+ If the GUID of InputSection does match the GUID that this handler supports,
+ then the size required to hold the decoded buffer is returned in OututBufferSize,
+ the size of an optional scratch buffer is returned in ScratchSize, and the Attributes field
+ from EFI_GUID_DEFINED_SECTION header of InputSection is returned in SectionAttribute.
+
+ If InputSection is NULL, then ASSERT().
+ If OutputBufferSize is NULL, then ASSERT().
+ If ScratchBufferSize is NULL, then ASSERT().
+ If SectionAttribute is NULL, then ASSERT().
+
+
+ @param[in] InputSection A pointer to a GUIDed section of an FFS formatted file.
+ @param[out] OutputBufferSize A pointer to the size, in bytes, of an output buffer required
+ if the buffer specified by InputSection were decoded.
+ @param[out] ScratchBufferSize A pointer to the size, in bytes, required as scratch space
+ if the buffer specified by InputSection were decoded.
+ @param[out] SectionAttribute A pointer to the attributes of the GUIDed section. See the Attributes
+ field of EFI_GUID_DEFINED_SECTION in the PI Specification.
+
+ @retval RETURN_SUCCESS The information about InputSection was returned.
+ @retval RETURN_UNSUPPORTED The section specified by InputSection does not match the GUID this handler supports.
+ @retval RETURN_INVALID_PARAMETER The information can not be retrieved from the section specified by InputSection.
+
+**/
+RETURN_STATUS
+EFIAPI
+TianoDecompressGetInfo (
+ IN CONST VOID *InputSection,
+ OUT UINT32 *OutputBufferSize,
+ OUT UINT32 *ScratchBufferSize,
+ OUT UINT16 *SectionAttribute
+ )
+
+{
+ ASSERT (SectionAttribute != NULL);
+
+ if (InputSection == NULL) {
+ return RETURN_INVALID_PARAMETER;
+ }
+
+ if (IS_SECTION2 (InputSection)) {
+ if (!CompareGuid (
+ &gTianoCustomDecompressGuid,
+ &(((EFI_GUID_DEFINED_SECTION2 *) InputSection)->SectionDefinitionGuid))) {
+ return RETURN_INVALID_PARAMETER;
+ }
+ //
+ // Get guid attribute of guid section.
+ //
+ *SectionAttribute = ((EFI_GUID_DEFINED_SECTION2 *) InputSection)->Attributes;
+
+ //
+ // Call Tiano GetInfo to get the required size info.
+ //
+ return UefiDecompressGetInfo (
+ (UINT8 *) InputSection + ((EFI_GUID_DEFINED_SECTION2 *) InputSection)->DataOffset,
+ SECTION2_SIZE (InputSection) - ((EFI_GUID_DEFINED_SECTION2 *) InputSection)->DataOffset,
+ OutputBufferSize,
+ ScratchBufferSize
+ );
+ } else {
+ if (!CompareGuid (
+ &gTianoCustomDecompressGuid,
+ &(((EFI_GUID_DEFINED_SECTION *) InputSection)->SectionDefinitionGuid))) {
+ return RETURN_INVALID_PARAMETER;
+ }
+ //
+ // Get guid attribute of guid section.
+ //
+ *SectionAttribute = ((EFI_GUID_DEFINED_SECTION *) InputSection)->Attributes;
+
+ //
+ // Call Tiano GetInfo to get the required size info.
+ //
+ return UefiDecompressGetInfo (
+ (UINT8 *) InputSection + ((EFI_GUID_DEFINED_SECTION *) InputSection)->DataOffset,
+ SECTION_SIZE (InputSection) - ((EFI_GUID_DEFINED_SECTION *) InputSection)->DataOffset,
+ OutputBufferSize,
+ ScratchBufferSize
+ );
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ Decompress a Tiano compressed GUIDed section into a caller allocated output buffer.
+
+ Decodes the GUIDed section specified by InputSection.
+ If GUID for InputSection does not match the GUID that this handler supports, then RETURN_UNSUPPORTED is returned.
+ If the data in InputSection can not be decoded, then RETURN_INVALID_PARAMETER is returned.
+ If the GUID of InputSection does match the GUID that this handler supports, then InputSection
+ is decoded into the buffer specified by OutputBuffer and the authentication status of this
+ decode operation is returned in AuthenticationStatus. If the decoded buffer is identical to the
+ data in InputSection, then OutputBuffer is set to point at the data in InputSection. Otherwise,
+ the decoded data will be placed in caller allocated buffer specified by OutputBuffer.
+
+ If InputSection is NULL, then ASSERT().
+ If OutputBuffer is NULL, then ASSERT().
+ If ScratchBuffer is NULL and this decode operation requires a scratch buffer, then ASSERT().
+ If AuthenticationStatus is NULL, then ASSERT().
+
+
+ @param[in] InputSection A pointer to a GUIDed section of an FFS formatted file.
+ @param[out] OutputBuffer A pointer to a buffer that contains the result of a decode operation.
+ @param[in] ScratchBuffer A caller allocated buffer that may be required by this function
+ as a scratch buffer to perform the decode operation.
+ @param[out] AuthenticationStatus
+ A pointer to the authentication status of the decoded output buffer.
+ See the definition of authentication status in the EFI_PEI_GUIDED_SECTION_EXTRACTION_PPI
+ section of the PI Specification. EFI_AUTH_STATUS_PLATFORM_OVERRIDE must
+ never be set by this handler.
+
+ @retval RETURN_SUCCESS The buffer specified by InputSection was decoded.
+ @retval RETURN_UNSUPPORTED The section specified by InputSection does not match the GUID this handler supports.
+ @retval RETURN_INVALID_PARAMETER The section specified by InputSection can not be decoded.
+
+**/
+RETURN_STATUS
+EFIAPI
+TianoDecompress (
+ IN CONST VOID *InputSection,
+ OUT VOID **OutputBuffer,
+ IN VOID *ScratchBuffer, OPTIONAL
+ OUT UINT32 *AuthenticationStatus
+ )
+{
+ ASSERT (OutputBuffer != NULL);
+ ASSERT (InputSection != NULL);
+
+ if (IS_SECTION2 (InputSection)) {
+ if (!CompareGuid (
+ &gTianoCustomDecompressGuid,
+ &(((EFI_GUID_DEFINED_SECTION2 *) InputSection)->SectionDefinitionGuid))) {
+ return RETURN_INVALID_PARAMETER;
+ }
+
+ //
+ // Set Authentication to Zero.
+ //
+ *AuthenticationStatus = 0;
+
+ //
+ // Call Tiano Decompress to get the raw data
+ //
+ return UefiTianoDecompress (
+ (UINT8 *) InputSection + ((EFI_GUID_DEFINED_SECTION2 *) InputSection)->DataOffset,
+ *OutputBuffer,
+ ScratchBuffer,
+ 2
+ );
+ } else {
+ if (!CompareGuid (
+ &gTianoCustomDecompressGuid,
+ &(((EFI_GUID_DEFINED_SECTION *) InputSection)->SectionDefinitionGuid))) {
+ return RETURN_INVALID_PARAMETER;
+ }
+
+ //
+ // Set Authentication to Zero.
+ //
+ *AuthenticationStatus = 0;
+
+ //
+ // Call Tiano Decompress to get the raw data
+ //
+ return UefiTianoDecompress (
+ (UINT8 *) InputSection + ((EFI_GUID_DEFINED_SECTION *) InputSection)->DataOffset,
+ *OutputBuffer,
+ ScratchBuffer,
+ 2
+ );
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ Registers TianoDecompress and TianoDecompressGetInfo handlers with TianoCustomerDecompressGuid
+
+ @retval RETURN_SUCCESS Register successfully.
+ @retval RETURN_OUT_OF_RESOURCES No enough memory to store this handler.
+**/
+RETURN_STATUS
+EFIAPI
+TianoDecompressLibConstructor (
+)
+{
+ return ExtractGuidedSectionRegisterHandlers (
+ &gTianoCustomDecompressGuid,
+ TianoDecompressGetInfo,
+ TianoDecompress
+ );
+}
diff --git a/Core/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Library/BaseUefiTianoCustomDecompressLib/BaseUefiTianoCustomDecompressLib.inf b/Core/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Library/BaseUefiTianoCustomDecompressLib/BaseUefiTianoCustomDecompressLib.inf new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..18417d1956 --- /dev/null +++ b/Core/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Library/BaseUefiTianoCustomDecompressLib/BaseUefiTianoCustomDecompressLib.inf @@ -0,0 +1,48 @@ +## @file
+# This library instance produces UefiDecompressLib and Tiano Custom decompression algorithm.
+# Tiano custom decompression algorithm shares most of code with Uefi Decompress algorithm.
+#
+# Copyright (c) 2006 - 2014, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+#
+# This program and the accompanying materials
+# are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
+# which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
+# http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
+# THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
+# WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
+#
+##
+
+[Defines]
+ INF_VERSION = 0x00010005
+ BASE_NAME = BaseUefiTianoDecompressLib
+ MODULE_UNI_FILE = BaseUefiTianoDecompressLib.uni
+ FILE_GUID = d774c4d9-c121-4da3-a5e2-0f317e3c630c
+ MODULE_TYPE = BASE
+ VERSION_STRING = 1.0
+ LIBRARY_CLASS = UefiDecompressLib
+ CONSTRUCTOR = TianoDecompressLibConstructor
+
+#
+# The following information is for reference only and not required by the build tools.
+#
+# VALID_ARCHITECTURES = IA32 X64 IPF EBC
+#
+
+[Sources]
+ BaseUefiTianoCustomDecompressLibInternals.h
+ BaseUefiTianoCustomDecompressLib.c
+
+[Packages]
+ MdePkg/MdePkg.dec
+ IntelFrameworkModulePkg/IntelFrameworkModulePkg.dec
+
+[LibraryClasses]
+ BaseLib
+ DebugLib
+ BaseMemoryLib
+ ExtractGuidedSectionLib
+
+[Guids]
+ gTianoCustomDecompressGuid ## PRODUCES ## UNDEFINED # specifies tiano custom decompress algorithm.
+
diff --git a/Core/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Library/BaseUefiTianoCustomDecompressLib/BaseUefiTianoCustomDecompressLibInternals.h b/Core/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Library/BaseUefiTianoCustomDecompressLib/BaseUefiTianoCustomDecompressLibInternals.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..6ba3f43f75 --- /dev/null +++ b/Core/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Library/BaseUefiTianoCustomDecompressLib/BaseUefiTianoCustomDecompressLibInternals.h @@ -0,0 +1,220 @@ +/** @file
+ Internal data structure and interfaces defintions for UEFI and Tiano Decompress Libary.
+
+ Copyright (c) 2006 - 2009, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+ This program and the accompanying materials
+ are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
+ which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
+ http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
+
+ THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
+ WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
+
+**/
+
+#ifndef __BASE_UEFI_TIANO_CUSTOM_DECOMPRESS_LIB_INTERNALS_H__
+#define __BASE_UEFI_TIANO_CUSTOM_DECOMPRESS_LIB_INTERNALS_H__
+
+#include <PiPei.h>
+
+#include <Guid/TianoDecompress.h>
+#include <Library/BaseLib.h>
+#include <Library/UefiDecompressLib.h>
+#include <Library/DebugLib.h>
+#include <Library/BaseMemoryLib.h>
+#include <Library/ExtractGuidedSectionLib.h>
+
+//
+// Decompression algorithm begins here
+//
+#define BITBUFSIZ 32
+#define MAXMATCH 256
+#define THRESHOLD 3
+#define CODE_BIT 16
+#define BAD_TABLE - 1
+
+//
+// C: Char&Len Set; P: Position Set; T: exTra Set
+//
+#define NC (0xff + MAXMATCH + 2 - THRESHOLD)
+#define CBIT 9
+#define MAXPBIT 5
+#define TBIT 5
+#define MAXNP ((1U << MAXPBIT) - 1)
+#define NT (CODE_BIT + 3)
+#if NT > MAXNP
+#define NPT NT
+#else
+#define NPT MAXNP
+#endif
+
+typedef struct {
+ UINT8 *mSrcBase; // Starting address of compressed data
+ UINT8 *mDstBase; // Starting address of decompressed data
+ UINT32 mOutBuf;
+ UINT32 mInBuf;
+
+ UINT16 mBitCount;
+ UINT32 mBitBuf;
+ UINT32 mSubBitBuf;
+ UINT16 mBlockSize;
+ UINT32 mCompSize;
+ UINT32 mOrigSize;
+
+ UINT16 mBadTableFlag;
+
+ UINT16 mLeft[2 * NC - 1];
+ UINT16 mRight[2 * NC - 1];
+ UINT8 mCLen[NC];
+ UINT8 mPTLen[NPT];
+ UINT16 mCTable[4096];
+ UINT16 mPTTable[256];
+
+ ///
+ /// The length of the field 'Position Set Code Length Array Size' in Block Header.
+ /// For UEFI 2.0 de/compression algorithm, mPBit = 4
+ /// For Tiano de/compression algorithm, mPBit = 5
+ ///
+ UINT8 mPBit;
+} SCRATCH_DATA;
+
+/**
+ Read NumOfBit of bits from source into mBitBuf.
+
+ Shift mBitBuf NumOfBits left. Read in NumOfBits of bits from source.
+
+ @param Sd The global scratch data
+ @param NumOfBits The number of bits to shift and read.
+
+**/
+VOID
+FillBuf (
+ IN SCRATCH_DATA *Sd,
+ IN UINT16 NumOfBits
+ );
+
+/**
+ Get NumOfBits of bits out from mBitBuf.
+
+ Get NumOfBits of bits out from mBitBuf. Fill mBitBuf with subsequent
+ NumOfBits of bits from source. Returns NumOfBits of bits that are
+ popped out.
+
+ @param Sd The global scratch data.
+ @param NumOfBits The number of bits to pop and read.
+
+ @return The bits that are popped out.
+
+**/
+UINT32
+GetBits (
+ IN SCRATCH_DATA *Sd,
+ IN UINT16 NumOfBits
+ );
+
+/**
+ Creates Huffman Code mapping table according to code length array.
+
+ Creates Huffman Code mapping table for Extra Set, Char&Len Set
+ and Position Set according to code length array.
+
+ @param Sd The global scratch data
+ @param NumOfChar Number of symbols in the symbol set
+ @param BitLen Code length array
+ @param TableBits The width of the mapping table
+ @param Table The table to be created.
+
+ @retval 0 OK.
+ @retval BAD_TABLE The table is corrupted.
+
+**/
+UINT16
+MakeTable (
+ IN SCRATCH_DATA *Sd,
+ IN UINT16 NumOfChar,
+ IN UINT8 *BitLen,
+ IN UINT16 TableBits,
+ OUT UINT16 *Table
+ );
+
+/**
+ Decodes a position value.
+
+ Get a position value according to Position Huffman Table.
+
+ @param Sd the global scratch data
+
+ @return The position value decoded.
+
+**/
+UINT32
+DecodeP (
+ IN SCRATCH_DATA *Sd
+ );
+
+/**
+ Reads code lengths for the Extra Set or the Position Set.
+
+ Read in the Extra Set or Pointion Set Length Arrary, then
+ generate the Huffman code mapping for them.
+
+ @param Sd The global scratch data.
+ @param nn Number of symbols.
+ @param nbit Number of bits needed to represent nn.
+ @param Special The special symbol that needs to be taken care of.
+
+ @retval 0 OK.
+ @retval BAD_TABLE Table is corrupted.
+
+**/
+UINT16
+ReadPTLen (
+ IN SCRATCH_DATA *Sd,
+ IN UINT16 nn,
+ IN UINT16 nbit,
+ IN UINT16 Special
+ );
+
+/**
+ Reads code lengths for Char&Len Set.
+
+ Read in and decode the Char&Len Set Code Length Array, then
+ generate the Huffman Code mapping table for the Char&Len Set.
+
+ @param Sd the global scratch data
+
+**/
+VOID
+ReadCLen (
+ SCRATCH_DATA *Sd
+ );
+
+/**
+ Decode a character/length value.
+
+ Read one value from mBitBuf, Get one code from mBitBuf. If it is at block boundary, generates
+ Huffman code mapping table for Extra Set, Code&Len Set and
+ Position Set.
+
+ @param Sd The global scratch data.
+
+ @return The value decoded.
+
+**/
+UINT16
+DecodeC (
+ SCRATCH_DATA *Sd
+ );
+
+/**
+ Decode the source data and put the resulting data into the destination buffer.
+
+ @param Sd The global scratch data
+
+**/
+VOID
+Decode (
+ SCRATCH_DATA *Sd
+ );
+
+#endif
diff --git a/Core/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Library/BaseUefiTianoCustomDecompressLib/BaseUefiTianoDecompressLib.uni b/Core/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Library/BaseUefiTianoCustomDecompressLib/BaseUefiTianoDecompressLib.uni Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000000..f18b1ff6b1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Core/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Library/BaseUefiTianoCustomDecompressLib/BaseUefiTianoDecompressLib.uni diff --git a/Core/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Library/DxeCapsuleLib/DxeCapsuleLib.c b/Core/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Library/DxeCapsuleLib/DxeCapsuleLib.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..fc9b533f2c --- /dev/null +++ b/Core/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Library/DxeCapsuleLib/DxeCapsuleLib.c @@ -0,0 +1,518 @@ +/** @file
+ Capsule Library instance to process capsule images.
+
+ Copyright (c) 2007 - 2013, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+
+ This program and the accompanying materials
+ are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
+ which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
+ http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
+
+ THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
+ WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
+
+**/
+#include <PiDxe.h>
+
+#include <Guid/Capsule.h>
+#include <Guid/FmpCapsule.h>
+
+#include <Library/DebugLib.h>
+#include <Library/BaseMemoryLib.h>
+#include <Library/DxeServicesTableLib.h>
+#include <Library/MemoryAllocationLib.h>
+#include <Library/CapsuleLib.h>
+#include <Library/GenericBdsLib.h>
+#include <Library/UefiBootServicesTableLib.h>
+#include <Library/BaseLib.h>
+#include <Library/DevicePathLib.h>
+
+#include <Protocol/FirmwareManagement.h>
+#include <Protocol/DevicePath.h>
+
+
+/**
+ Function indicate the current completion progress of the firmware
+ update. Platform may override with own specific progress function.
+
+ @param Completion A value between 1 and 100 indicating the current completion progress of the firmware update
+
+ @retval EFI_SUCESS Input capsule is a correct FMP capsule.
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+EFIAPI
+Update_Image_Progress (
+ IN UINTN Completion
+)
+{
+ return EFI_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+
+/**
+ Validate Fmp capsules layout.
+
+ @param CapsuleHeader Points to a capsule header.
+
+ @retval EFI_SUCESS Input capsule is a correct FMP capsule.
+ @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Input capsule is not a correct FMP capsule.
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+ValidateFmpCapsule (
+ IN EFI_CAPSULE_HEADER *CapsuleHeader
+ )
+{
+ EFI_FIRMWARE_MANAGEMENT_CAPSULE_HEADER *FmpCapsuleHeader;
+ UINT8 *EndOfCapsule;
+ EFI_FIRMWARE_MANAGEMENT_CAPSULE_IMAGE_HEADER *ImageHeader;
+ UINT8 *EndOfPayload;
+ UINT64 *ItemOffsetList;
+ UINT32 ItemNum;
+ UINTN Index;
+
+ FmpCapsuleHeader = (EFI_FIRMWARE_MANAGEMENT_CAPSULE_HEADER *) ((UINT8 *) CapsuleHeader + CapsuleHeader->HeaderSize);
+ EndOfCapsule = (UINT8 *) CapsuleHeader + CapsuleHeader->CapsuleImageSize;
+
+ if (FmpCapsuleHeader->Version > EFI_FIRMWARE_MANAGEMENT_CAPSULE_HEADER_INIT_VERSION) {
+ return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
+ }
+ ItemOffsetList = (UINT64 *)(FmpCapsuleHeader + 1);
+
+ ItemNum = FmpCapsuleHeader->EmbeddedDriverCount + FmpCapsuleHeader->PayloadItemCount;
+
+ if (ItemNum == FmpCapsuleHeader->EmbeddedDriverCount) {
+ //
+ // No payload element
+ //
+ if (((UINT8 *)FmpCapsuleHeader + ItemOffsetList[ItemNum - 1]) < EndOfCapsule) {
+ return EFI_SUCCESS;
+ } else {
+ return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (FmpCapsuleHeader->PayloadItemCount != 0) {
+ //
+ // Check if the last payload is within capsule image range
+ //
+ ImageHeader = (EFI_FIRMWARE_MANAGEMENT_CAPSULE_IMAGE_HEADER *)((UINT8 *)FmpCapsuleHeader + ItemOffsetList[ItemNum - 1]);
+ EndOfPayload = (UINT8 *)(ImageHeader + 1) + ImageHeader->UpdateImageSize + ImageHeader->UpdateVendorCodeSize;
+ } else {
+ //
+ // No driver & payload element in FMP
+ //
+ EndOfPayload = (UINT8 *)(FmpCapsuleHeader + 1);
+ }
+
+ if (EndOfPayload != EndOfCapsule) {
+ return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
+ }
+
+ //
+ // All the address in ItemOffsetList must be stored in ascending order
+ //
+ if (ItemNum >= 2) {
+ for (Index = 0; Index < ItemNum - 1; Index++) {
+ if (ItemOffsetList[Index] >= ItemOffsetList[Index + 1]) {
+ return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ return EFI_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+/**
+ Process Firmware management protocol data capsule.
+
+ @param CapsuleHeader Points to a capsule header.
+
+ @retval EFI_SUCESS Process Capsule Image successfully.
+ @retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED Capsule image is not supported by the firmware.
+ @retval EFI_VOLUME_CORRUPTED FV volume in the capsule is corrupted.
+ @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES Not enough memory.
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+ProcessFmpCapsuleImage (
+ IN EFI_CAPSULE_HEADER *CapsuleHeader
+ )
+{
+ EFI_STATUS Status;
+ EFI_FIRMWARE_MANAGEMENT_CAPSULE_HEADER *FmpCapsuleHeader;
+ EFI_FIRMWARE_MANAGEMENT_CAPSULE_IMAGE_HEADER *ImageHeader;
+ EFI_HANDLE ImageHandle;
+ UINT64 *ItemOffsetList;
+ UINT32 ItemNum;
+ UINTN Index;
+ UINTN ExitDataSize;
+ EFI_HANDLE *HandleBuffer;
+ EFI_FIRMWARE_MANAGEMENT_PROTOCOL *Fmp;
+ UINTN NumberOfHandles;
+ UINTN DescriptorSize;
+ UINT8 FmpImageInfoCount;
+ UINT32 FmpImageInfoDescriptorVer;
+ UINTN ImageInfoSize;
+ UINT32 PackageVersion;
+ CHAR16 *PackageVersionName;
+ CHAR16 *AbortReason;
+ EFI_FIRMWARE_IMAGE_DESCRIPTOR *FmpImageInfoBuf;
+ EFI_FIRMWARE_IMAGE_DESCRIPTOR *TempFmpImageInfo;
+ UINTN DriverLen;
+ UINTN Index1;
+ UINTN Index2;
+ MEMMAP_DEVICE_PATH MemMapNode;
+ EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *DriverDevicePath;
+
+ Status = EFI_SUCCESS;
+ HandleBuffer = NULL;
+ ExitDataSize = 0;
+ DriverDevicePath = NULL;
+
+ FmpCapsuleHeader = (EFI_FIRMWARE_MANAGEMENT_CAPSULE_HEADER *) ((UINT8 *) CapsuleHeader + CapsuleHeader->HeaderSize);
+
+ if (FmpCapsuleHeader->Version > EFI_FIRMWARE_MANAGEMENT_CAPSULE_HEADER_INIT_VERSION) {
+ return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
+ }
+ ItemOffsetList = (UINT64 *)(FmpCapsuleHeader + 1);
+
+ ItemNum = FmpCapsuleHeader->EmbeddedDriverCount + FmpCapsuleHeader->PayloadItemCount;
+
+ //
+ // capsule in which driver count and payload count are both zero is not processed.
+ //
+ if (ItemNum == 0) {
+ return EFI_SUCCESS;
+ }
+
+ //
+ // 1. ConnectAll to ensure
+ // All the communication protocol required by driver in capsule installed
+ // All FMP protocols are installed
+ //
+ BdsLibConnectAll();
+
+
+ //
+ // 2. Try to load & start all the drivers within capsule
+ //
+ SetDevicePathNodeLength (&MemMapNode.Header, sizeof (MemMapNode));
+ MemMapNode.Header.Type = HARDWARE_DEVICE_PATH;
+ MemMapNode.Header.SubType = HW_MEMMAP_DP;
+ MemMapNode.MemoryType = EfiBootServicesCode;
+ MemMapNode.StartingAddress = (EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS)(UINTN)CapsuleHeader;
+ MemMapNode.EndingAddress = (EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS)(UINTN)((UINT8 *)CapsuleHeader + CapsuleHeader->CapsuleImageSize - 1);
+
+ DriverDevicePath = AppendDevicePathNode (NULL, &MemMapNode.Header);
+ if (DriverDevicePath == NULL) {
+ return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
+ }
+
+ for (Index = 0; Index < FmpCapsuleHeader->EmbeddedDriverCount; Index++) {
+ if (FmpCapsuleHeader->PayloadItemCount == 0 && Index == (UINTN)FmpCapsuleHeader->EmbeddedDriverCount - 1) {
+ //
+ // When driver is last element in the ItemOffsetList array, the driver size is calculated by reference CapsuleImageSize in EFI_CAPSULE_HEADER
+ //
+ DriverLen = CapsuleHeader->CapsuleImageSize - CapsuleHeader->HeaderSize - (UINTN)ItemOffsetList[Index];
+ } else {
+ DriverLen = (UINTN)ItemOffsetList[Index + 1] - (UINTN)ItemOffsetList[Index];
+ }
+
+ Status = gBS->LoadImage(
+ FALSE,
+ gImageHandle,
+ DriverDevicePath,
+ (UINT8 *)FmpCapsuleHeader + ItemOffsetList[Index],
+ DriverLen,
+ &ImageHandle
+ );
+ if (EFI_ERROR(Status)) {
+ goto EXIT;
+ }
+
+ Status = gBS->StartImage(
+ ImageHandle,
+ &ExitDataSize,
+ NULL
+ );
+ if (EFI_ERROR(Status)) {
+ DEBUG ((DEBUG_ERROR, "Driver Return Status = %r\n", Status));
+ goto EXIT;
+ }
+ }
+
+ //
+ // Connnect all again to connect drivers within capsule
+ //
+ if (FmpCapsuleHeader->EmbeddedDriverCount > 0) {
+ BdsLibConnectAll();
+ }
+
+ //
+ // 3. Route payload to right FMP instance
+ //
+ Status = gBS->LocateHandleBuffer (
+ ByProtocol,
+ &gEfiFirmwareManagementProtocolGuid,
+ NULL,
+ &NumberOfHandles,
+ &HandleBuffer
+ );
+
+ if (!EFI_ERROR(Status)) {
+ for(Index1 = 0; Index1 < NumberOfHandles; Index1++) {
+ Status = gBS->HandleProtocol(
+ HandleBuffer[Index1],
+ &gEfiFirmwareManagementProtocolGuid,
+ (VOID **)&Fmp
+ );
+ if (EFI_ERROR(Status)) {
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ ImageInfoSize = 0;
+ Status = Fmp->GetImageInfo (
+ Fmp,
+ &ImageInfoSize,
+ NULL,
+ NULL,
+ NULL,
+ NULL,
+ NULL,
+ NULL
+ );
+ if (Status != EFI_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL) {
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ FmpImageInfoBuf = NULL;
+ FmpImageInfoBuf = AllocateZeroPool (ImageInfoSize);
+ if (FmpImageInfoBuf == NULL) {
+ Status = EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
+ goto EXIT;
+ }
+
+ PackageVersionName = NULL;
+ Status = Fmp->GetImageInfo (
+ Fmp,
+ &ImageInfoSize, // ImageInfoSize
+ FmpImageInfoBuf, // ImageInfo
+ &FmpImageInfoDescriptorVer, // DescriptorVersion
+ &FmpImageInfoCount, // DescriptorCount
+ &DescriptorSize, // DescriptorSize
+ &PackageVersion, // PackageVersion
+ &PackageVersionName // PackageVersionName
+ );
+
+ //
+ // If FMP GetInformation interface failed, skip this resource
+ //
+ if (EFI_ERROR(Status)) {
+ FreePool(FmpImageInfoBuf);
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ if (PackageVersionName != NULL) {
+ FreePool(PackageVersionName);
+ }
+
+ TempFmpImageInfo = FmpImageInfoBuf;
+ for (Index2 = 0; Index2 < FmpImageInfoCount; Index2++) {
+ //
+ // Check all the payload entry in capsule payload list
+ //
+ for (Index = FmpCapsuleHeader->EmbeddedDriverCount; Index < ItemNum; Index++) {
+ ImageHeader = (EFI_FIRMWARE_MANAGEMENT_CAPSULE_IMAGE_HEADER *)((UINT8 *)FmpCapsuleHeader + ItemOffsetList[Index]);
+ if (CompareGuid(&ImageHeader->UpdateImageTypeId, &TempFmpImageInfo->ImageTypeId) &&
+ ImageHeader->UpdateImageIndex == TempFmpImageInfo->ImageIndex) {
+ AbortReason = NULL;
+ if (ImageHeader->UpdateVendorCodeSize == 0) {
+ Status = Fmp->SetImage(
+ Fmp,
+ TempFmpImageInfo->ImageIndex, // ImageIndex
+ (UINT8 *)(ImageHeader + 1), // Image
+ ImageHeader->UpdateImageSize, // ImageSize
+ NULL, // VendorCode
+ Update_Image_Progress, // Progress
+ &AbortReason // AbortReason
+ );
+ } else {
+ Status = Fmp->SetImage(
+ Fmp,
+ TempFmpImageInfo->ImageIndex, // ImageIndex
+ (UINT8 *)(ImageHeader + 1), // Image
+ ImageHeader->UpdateImageSize, // ImageSize
+ (UINT8 *)((UINT8 *) (ImageHeader + 1) + ImageHeader->UpdateImageSize), // VendorCode
+ Update_Image_Progress, // Progress
+ &AbortReason // AbortReason
+ );
+ }
+ if (AbortReason != NULL) {
+ DEBUG ((EFI_D_ERROR, "%s\n", AbortReason));
+ FreePool(AbortReason);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ //
+ // Use DescriptorSize to move ImageInfo Pointer to stay compatible with different ImageInfo version
+ //
+ TempFmpImageInfo = (EFI_FIRMWARE_IMAGE_DESCRIPTOR *)((UINT8 *)TempFmpImageInfo + DescriptorSize);
+ }
+ FreePool(FmpImageInfoBuf);
+ }
+ }
+
+EXIT:
+
+ if (HandleBuffer != NULL) {
+ FreePool(HandleBuffer);
+ }
+
+ if (DriverDevicePath != NULL) {
+ FreePool(DriverDevicePath);
+ }
+
+ return Status;
+}
+
+/**
+ Those capsules supported by the firmwares.
+
+ @param CapsuleHeader Points to a capsule header.
+
+ @retval EFI_SUCESS Input capsule is supported by firmware.
+ @retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED Input capsule is not supported by the firmware.
+ @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Input capsule layout is not correct
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+EFIAPI
+SupportCapsuleImage (
+ IN EFI_CAPSULE_HEADER *CapsuleHeader
+ )
+{
+ if (CompareGuid (&gEfiCapsuleGuid, &CapsuleHeader->CapsuleGuid)) {
+ return EFI_SUCCESS;
+ }
+
+ if (CompareGuid (&gEfiFmpCapsuleGuid, &CapsuleHeader->CapsuleGuid)) {
+ //
+ // Check layout of FMP capsule
+ //
+ return ValidateFmpCapsule(CapsuleHeader);
+ }
+
+ return EFI_UNSUPPORTED;
+}
+
+/**
+ The firmware implements to process the capsule image.
+
+ @param CapsuleHeader Points to a capsule header.
+
+ @retval EFI_SUCESS Process Capsule Image successfully.
+ @retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED Capsule image is not supported by the firmware.
+ @retval EFI_VOLUME_CORRUPTED FV volume in the capsule is corrupted.
+ @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES Not enough memory.
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+EFIAPI
+ProcessCapsuleImage (
+ IN EFI_CAPSULE_HEADER *CapsuleHeader
+ )
+{
+ UINT32 Length;
+ EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_HEADER *FvImage;
+ EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_HEADER *ProcessedFvImage;
+ EFI_STATUS Status;
+ EFI_HANDLE FvProtocolHandle;
+ UINT32 FvAlignment;
+
+ FvImage = NULL;
+ ProcessedFvImage = NULL;
+ Status = EFI_SUCCESS;
+
+ if (SupportCapsuleImage (CapsuleHeader) != EFI_SUCCESS) {
+ return EFI_UNSUPPORTED;
+ }
+
+ //
+ // Check FMP capsule layout
+ //
+ if (CompareGuid (&gEfiFmpCapsuleGuid, &CapsuleHeader->CapsuleGuid)){
+ Status = ValidateFmpCapsule(CapsuleHeader);
+ if (EFI_ERROR(Status)) {
+ return Status;
+ }
+
+ //
+ // Press EFI FMP Capsule
+ //
+ return ProcessFmpCapsuleImage(CapsuleHeader);
+ }
+
+ //
+ // Skip the capsule header, move to the Firware Volume
+ //
+ FvImage = (EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_HEADER *) ((UINT8 *) CapsuleHeader + CapsuleHeader->HeaderSize);
+ Length = CapsuleHeader->CapsuleImageSize - CapsuleHeader->HeaderSize;
+
+ while (Length != 0) {
+ //
+ // Point to the next firmware volume header, and then
+ // call the DXE service to process it.
+ //
+ if (FvImage->FvLength > (UINTN) Length) {
+ //
+ // Notes: need to stuff this status somewhere so that the
+ // error can be detected at OS runtime
+ //
+ Status = EFI_VOLUME_CORRUPTED;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ FvAlignment = 1 << ((FvImage->Attributes & EFI_FVB2_ALIGNMENT) >> 16);
+ //
+ // FvAlignment must be more than 8 bytes required by FvHeader structure.
+ //
+ if (FvAlignment < 8) {
+ FvAlignment = 8;
+ }
+ //
+ // Check FvImage Align is required.
+ //
+ if (((UINTN) FvImage % FvAlignment) == 0) {
+ ProcessedFvImage = FvImage;
+ } else {
+ //
+ // Allocate new aligned buffer to store FvImage.
+ //
+ ProcessedFvImage = (EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_HEADER *) AllocateAlignedPages ((UINTN) EFI_SIZE_TO_PAGES ((UINTN) FvImage->FvLength), (UINTN) FvAlignment);
+ if (ProcessedFvImage == NULL) {
+ Status = EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
+ break;
+ }
+ CopyMem (ProcessedFvImage, FvImage, (UINTN) FvImage->FvLength);
+ }
+
+ Status = gDS->ProcessFirmwareVolume (
+ (VOID *) ProcessedFvImage,
+ (UINTN) ProcessedFvImage->FvLength,
+ &FvProtocolHandle
+ );
+ if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+ break;
+ }
+ //
+ // Call the dispatcher to dispatch any drivers from the produced firmware volume
+ //
+ gDS->Dispatch ();
+ //
+ // On to the next FV in the capsule
+ //
+ Length -= (UINT32) FvImage->FvLength;
+ FvImage = (EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_HEADER *) ((UINT8 *) FvImage + FvImage->FvLength);
+ }
+
+ return Status;
+}
+
+
diff --git a/Core/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Library/DxeCapsuleLib/DxeCapsuleLib.inf b/Core/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Library/DxeCapsuleLib/DxeCapsuleLib.inf new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..28b4693c1f --- /dev/null +++ b/Core/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Library/DxeCapsuleLib/DxeCapsuleLib.inf @@ -0,0 +1,55 @@ +## @file
+# Capsule library instance for DXE_DRIVER, DXE_RUNTIME_DRIVER.
+#
+# Copyright (c) 2007 - 2015, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+#
+# This program and the accompanying materials
+# are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
+# which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
+# http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
+#
+# THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
+# WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
+#
+##
+
+[Defines]
+ INF_VERSION = 0x00010005
+ BASE_NAME = DxeCapsuleLib
+ MODULE_UNI_FILE = DxeCapsuleLib.uni
+ FILE_GUID = 654950df-1ede-4b04-b144-6b77845736ad
+ MODULE_TYPE = DXE_DRIVER
+ VERSION_STRING = 1.0
+ LIBRARY_CLASS = CapsuleLib|DXE_DRIVER DXE_RUNTIME_DRIVER UEFI_APPLICATION
+
+
+#
+# The following information is for reference only and not required by the build tools.
+#
+# VALID_ARCHITECTURES = IA32 X64 IPF EBC
+#
+
+[Sources]
+ DxeCapsuleLib.c
+
+[Packages]
+ MdePkg/MdePkg.dec
+ MdeModulePkg/MdeModulePkg.dec
+ IntelFrameworkPkg/IntelFrameworkPkg.dec
+ IntelFrameworkModulePkg/IntelFrameworkModulePkg.dec
+
+[LibraryClasses]
+ BaseMemoryLib
+ DebugLib
+ MemoryAllocationLib
+ DxeServicesTableLib
+ GenericBdsLib
+ UefiBootServicesTableLib
+ DevicePathLib
+
+[Protocols]
+ gEfiFirmwareManagementProtocolGuid ## SOMETIMES_CONSUMES
+
+[Guids]
+ gEfiCapsuleGuid ## SOMETIMES_CONSUMES ## GUID # Capsule Image Header Guid
+ gEfiFmpCapsuleGuid ## SOMETIMES_CONSUMES ## GUID
diff --git a/Core/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Library/DxeCapsuleLib/DxeCapsuleLib.uni b/Core/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Library/DxeCapsuleLib/DxeCapsuleLib.uni Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000000..8191bfa72d --- /dev/null +++ b/Core/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Library/DxeCapsuleLib/DxeCapsuleLib.uni diff --git a/Core/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Library/DxeReportStatusCodeLibFramework/DxeReportStatusCodeLib.inf b/Core/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Library/DxeReportStatusCodeLibFramework/DxeReportStatusCodeLib.inf new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..a97d4e8aac --- /dev/null +++ b/Core/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Library/DxeReportStatusCodeLibFramework/DxeReportStatusCodeLib.inf @@ -0,0 +1,58 @@ +## @file
+# Framework DXE report status code library to support EFI1.1 and UEFI2.0 system.
+#
+# Copyright (c) 2006 - 2014, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+#
+# This program and the accompanying materials
+# are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
+# which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
+# http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
+# THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
+# WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
+#
+#
+##
+
+[Defines]
+ INF_VERSION = 0x00010005
+ BASE_NAME = DxeReportStatusCodeLib
+ MODULE_UNI_FILE = DxeReportStatusCodeLib.uni
+ FILE_GUID = 3ddc3b12-99ea-4364-b315-6310a2050be5
+ MODULE_TYPE = DXE_DRIVER
+ VERSION_STRING = 1.0
+ LIBRARY_CLASS = ReportStatusCodeLib|DXE_CORE DXE_DRIVER DXE_RUNTIME_DRIVER DXE_SAL_DRIVER DXE_SMM_DRIVER UEFI_APPLICATION UEFI_DRIVER SMM_CORE
+
+#
+# The following information is for reference only and not required by the build tools.
+#
+# VALID_ARCHITECTURES = IA32 X64 IPF EBC
+#
+
+[Sources]
+ ReportStatusCodeLib.c
+
+[Packages]
+ MdePkg/MdePkg.dec
+ MdeModulePkg/MdeModulePkg.dec
+ IntelFrameworkPkg/IntelFrameworkPkg.dec
+ IntelFrameworkModulePkg/IntelFrameworkModulePkg.dec
+
+[LibraryClasses]
+ PcdLib
+ BaseMemoryLib
+ MemoryAllocationLib
+ UefiBootServicesTableLib
+ DebugLib
+ UefiRuntimeServicesTableLib
+ DevicePathLib
+
+[Guids]
+ gEfiStatusCodeSpecificDataGuid ## SOMETIMES_CONSUMES ## UNDEFINED
+ gEfiStatusCodeDataTypeDebugGuid ## SOMETIMES_CONSUMES ## UNDEFINED
+
+[Protocols]
+ gEfiStatusCodeRuntimeProtocolGuid ## SOMETIMES_CONSUMES # Used if revision of the EFI Specification is not less than 0x20000
+
+[Pcd]
+ gEfiMdePkgTokenSpaceGuid.PcdReportStatusCodePropertyMask ## CONSUMES
+
diff --git a/Core/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Library/DxeReportStatusCodeLibFramework/DxeReportStatusCodeLib.uni b/Core/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Library/DxeReportStatusCodeLibFramework/DxeReportStatusCodeLib.uni Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000000..befd970aa5 --- /dev/null +++ b/Core/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Library/DxeReportStatusCodeLibFramework/DxeReportStatusCodeLib.uni diff --git a/Core/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Library/DxeReportStatusCodeLibFramework/ReportStatusCodeLib.c b/Core/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Library/DxeReportStatusCodeLibFramework/ReportStatusCodeLib.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..a3603f862f --- /dev/null +++ b/Core/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Library/DxeReportStatusCodeLibFramework/ReportStatusCodeLib.c @@ -0,0 +1,634 @@ +/** @file
+ Report Status Code Library for DXE Phase.
+
+ Copyright (c) 2006 - 2010, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+ This program and the accompanying materials
+ are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
+ which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
+ http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
+
+ THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
+ WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
+
+**/
+
+#include <FrameworkDxe.h>
+
+#include <Library/ReportStatusCodeLib.h>
+#include <Library/DebugLib.h>
+#include <Library/UefiBootServicesTableLib.h>
+#include <Library/BaseLib.h>
+#include <Library/BaseMemoryLib.h>
+#include <Library/MemoryAllocationLib.h>
+#include <Library/PcdLib.h>
+#include <Library/UefiRuntimeServicesTableLib.h>
+#include <Library/DevicePathLib.h>
+
+#include <Guid/StatusCodeDataTypeId.h>
+#include <Guid/StatusCodeDataTypeDebug.h>
+#include <Protocol/StatusCode.h>
+
+//
+// Define the maximum extended data size that is supported when a status code is
+// reported at TPL_HIGH_LEVEL.
+//
+#define MAX_EXTENDED_DATA_SIZE 0x200
+
+EFI_REPORT_STATUS_CODE mReportStatusCode = NULL;
+
+/**
+ Locate the report status code service.
+
+ @return Function pointer to the report status code service.
+ NULL is returned if no status code service is available.
+
+**/
+EFI_REPORT_STATUS_CODE
+InternalGetReportStatusCode (
+ VOID
+ )
+{
+ EFI_STATUS_CODE_PROTOCOL *StatusCodeProtocol;
+ EFI_STATUS Status;
+
+ if (gRT != NULL && gRT->Hdr.Revision < 0x20000) {
+ return ((FRAMEWORK_EFI_RUNTIME_SERVICES*)gRT)->ReportStatusCode;
+ } else if (gBS != NULL && gBS->LocateProtocol != NULL) {
+ Status = gBS->LocateProtocol (&gEfiStatusCodeRuntimeProtocolGuid, NULL, (VOID**)&StatusCodeProtocol);
+ if (!EFI_ERROR (Status) && StatusCodeProtocol != NULL) {
+ return StatusCodeProtocol->ReportStatusCode;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return NULL;
+}
+
+/**
+ Internal worker function that reports a status code through the status code service.
+
+ If status code service is not cached, then this function checks if status code service is
+ available in system. If status code service is not available, then EFI_UNSUPPORTED is
+ returned. If status code service is present, then it is cached in mReportStatusCode.
+ Finally this function reports status code through the status code service.
+
+ @param Type Status code type.
+ @param Value Status code value.
+ @param Instance Status code instance number.
+ @param CallerId Pointer to a GUID that identifies the caller of this
+ function. This is an optional parameter that may be
+ NULL.
+ @param Data Pointer to the extended data buffer. This is an
+ optional parameter that may be NULL.
+
+ @retval EFI_SUCCESS The status code was reported.
+ @retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED Status code service is not available.
+ @retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED Status code type is not supported.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+InternalReportStatusCode (
+ IN EFI_STATUS_CODE_TYPE Type,
+ IN EFI_STATUS_CODE_VALUE Value,
+ IN UINT32 Instance,
+ IN CONST EFI_GUID *CallerId OPTIONAL,
+ IN EFI_STATUS_CODE_DATA *Data OPTIONAL
+ )
+{
+ if ((ReportProgressCodeEnabled() && ((Type) & EFI_STATUS_CODE_TYPE_MASK) == EFI_PROGRESS_CODE) ||
+ (ReportErrorCodeEnabled() && ((Type) & EFI_STATUS_CODE_TYPE_MASK) == EFI_ERROR_CODE) ||
+ (ReportDebugCodeEnabled() && ((Type) & EFI_STATUS_CODE_TYPE_MASK) == EFI_DEBUG_CODE)) {
+ //
+ // If mReportStatusCode is NULL, then check if status code service is available in system.
+ //
+ if (mReportStatusCode == NULL) {
+ mReportStatusCode = InternalGetReportStatusCode ();
+ if (mReportStatusCode == NULL) {
+ return EFI_UNSUPPORTED;
+ }
+ }
+
+ //
+ // A status code service is present in system, so pass in all the parameters to the service.
+ //
+ return (*mReportStatusCode) (Type, Value, Instance, (EFI_GUID *)CallerId, Data);
+ }
+
+ return EFI_UNSUPPORTED;
+}
+
+
+/**
+ Converts a status code to an 8-bit POST code value.
+
+ Converts the status code specified by CodeType and Value to an 8-bit POST code
+ and returns the 8-bit POST code in PostCode. If CodeType is an
+ EFI_PROGRESS_CODE or CodeType is an EFI_ERROR_CODE, then bits 0..4 of PostCode
+ are set to bits 16..20 of Value, and bits 5..7 of PostCode are set to bits
+ 24..26 of Value., and TRUE is returned. Otherwise, FALSE is returned.
+
+ If PostCode is NULL, then ASSERT().
+
+ @param CodeType The type of status code being converted.
+ @param Value The status code value being converted.
+ @param PostCode A pointer to the 8-bit POST code value to return.
+
+ @retval TRUE The status code specified by CodeType and Value was converted
+ to an 8-bit POST code and returned in PostCode.
+ @retval FALSE The status code specified by CodeType and Value could not be
+ converted to an 8-bit POST code value.
+
+**/
+BOOLEAN
+EFIAPI
+CodeTypeToPostCode (
+ IN EFI_STATUS_CODE_TYPE CodeType,
+ IN EFI_STATUS_CODE_VALUE Value,
+ OUT UINT8 *PostCode
+ )
+{
+ //
+ // If PostCode is NULL, then ASSERT()
+ //
+ ASSERT (PostCode != NULL);
+
+ //
+ // Convert Value to an 8 bit post code
+ //
+ if (((CodeType & EFI_STATUS_CODE_TYPE_MASK) == EFI_PROGRESS_CODE) ||
+ ((CodeType & EFI_STATUS_CODE_TYPE_MASK) == EFI_ERROR_CODE) ) {
+ *PostCode = (UINT8) ((((Value & EFI_STATUS_CODE_CLASS_MASK) >> 24) << 5) |
+ (((Value & EFI_STATUS_CODE_SUBCLASS_MASK) >> 16) & 0x1f));
+ return TRUE;
+ }
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+
+/**
+ Extracts ASSERT() information from a status code structure.
+
+ Converts the status code specified by CodeType, Value, and Data to the ASSERT()
+ arguments specified by Filename, Description, and LineNumber. If CodeType is
+ an EFI_ERROR_CODE, and CodeType has a severity of EFI_ERROR_UNRECOVERED, and
+ Value has an operation mask of EFI_SW_EC_ILLEGAL_SOFTWARE_STATE, extract
+ Filename, Description, and LineNumber from the optional data area of the
+ status code buffer specified by Data. The optional data area of Data contains
+ a Null-terminated ASCII string for the FileName, followed by a Null-terminated
+ ASCII string for the Description, followed by a 32-bit LineNumber. If the
+ ASSERT() information could be extracted from Data, then return TRUE.
+ Otherwise, FALSE is returned.
+
+ If Data is NULL, then ASSERT().
+ If Filename is NULL, then ASSERT().
+ If Description is NULL, then ASSERT().
+ If LineNumber is NULL, then ASSERT().
+
+ @param CodeType The type of status code being converted.
+ @param Value The status code value being converted.
+ @param Data Pointer to status code data buffer.
+ @param Filename Pointer to the source file name that generated the ASSERT().
+ @param Description Pointer to the description of the ASSERT().
+ @param LineNumber Pointer to source line number that generated the ASSERT().
+
+ @retval TRUE The status code specified by CodeType, Value, and Data was
+ converted ASSERT() arguments specified by Filename, Description,
+ and LineNumber.
+ @retval FALSE The status code specified by CodeType, Value, and Data could
+ not be converted to ASSERT() arguments.
+
+**/
+BOOLEAN
+EFIAPI
+ReportStatusCodeExtractAssertInfo (
+ IN EFI_STATUS_CODE_TYPE CodeType,
+ IN EFI_STATUS_CODE_VALUE Value,
+ IN CONST EFI_STATUS_CODE_DATA *Data,
+ OUT CHAR8 **Filename,
+ OUT CHAR8 **Description,
+ OUT UINT32 *LineNumber
+ )
+{
+ EFI_DEBUG_ASSERT_DATA *AssertData;
+
+ ASSERT (Data != NULL);
+ ASSERT (Filename != NULL);
+ ASSERT (Description != NULL);
+ ASSERT (LineNumber != NULL);
+
+ if (((CodeType & EFI_STATUS_CODE_TYPE_MASK) == EFI_ERROR_CODE) &&
+ ((CodeType & EFI_STATUS_CODE_SEVERITY_MASK) == EFI_ERROR_UNRECOVERED) &&
+ ((Value & EFI_STATUS_CODE_OPERATION_MASK) == EFI_SW_EC_ILLEGAL_SOFTWARE_STATE)) {
+ AssertData = (EFI_DEBUG_ASSERT_DATA *)(Data + 1);
+ *Filename = (CHAR8 *)(AssertData + 1);
+ *Description = *Filename + AsciiStrLen (*Filename) + 1;
+ *LineNumber = AssertData->LineNumber;
+ return TRUE;
+ }
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+
+/**
+ Extracts DEBUG() information from a status code structure.
+
+ Converts the status code specified by Data to the DEBUG() arguments specified
+ by ErrorLevel, Marker, and Format. If type GUID in Data is
+ EFI_STATUS_CODE_DATA_TYPE_DEBUG_GUID, then extract ErrorLevel, Marker, and
+ Format from the optional data area of the status code buffer specified by Data.
+ The optional data area of Data contains a 32-bit ErrorLevel followed by Marker
+ which is 12 UINTN parameters, followed by a Null-terminated ASCII string for
+ the Format. If the DEBUG() information could be extracted from Data, then
+ return TRUE. Otherwise, FALSE is returned.
+
+ If Data is NULL, then ASSERT().
+ If ErrorLevel is NULL, then ASSERT().
+ If Marker is NULL, then ASSERT().
+ If Format is NULL, then ASSERT().
+
+ @param Data Pointer to status code data buffer.
+ @param ErrorLevel Pointer to error level mask for a debug message.
+ @param Marker Pointer to the variable argument list associated with Format.
+ @param Format Pointer to a Null-terminated ASCII format string of a
+ debug message.
+
+ @retval TRUE The status code specified by Data was converted DEBUG() arguments
+ specified by ErrorLevel, Marker, and Format.
+ @retval FALSE The status code specified by Data could not be converted to
+ DEBUG() arguments.
+
+**/
+BOOLEAN
+EFIAPI
+ReportStatusCodeExtractDebugInfo (
+ IN CONST EFI_STATUS_CODE_DATA *Data,
+ OUT UINT32 *ErrorLevel,
+ OUT BASE_LIST *Marker,
+ OUT CHAR8 **Format
+ )
+{
+ EFI_DEBUG_INFO *DebugInfo;
+
+ ASSERT (Data != NULL);
+ ASSERT (ErrorLevel != NULL);
+ ASSERT (Marker != NULL);
+ ASSERT (Format != NULL);
+
+ //
+ // If the GUID type is not EFI_STATUS_CODE_DATA_TYPE_DEBUG_GUID then return FALSE
+ //
+ if (!CompareGuid (&Data->Type, &gEfiStatusCodeDataTypeDebugGuid)) {
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+
+ //
+ // Retrieve the debug information from the status code record
+ //
+ DebugInfo = (EFI_DEBUG_INFO *)(Data + 1);
+
+ *ErrorLevel = DebugInfo->ErrorLevel;
+
+ //
+ // The first 12 * sizeof (UINT64) bytes following EFI_DEBUG_INFO are for variable arguments
+ // of format in DEBUG string. Its address is returned in Marker and has to be 64-bit aligned.
+ // It must be noticed that EFI_DEBUG_INFO follows EFI_STATUS_CODE_DATA, whose size is
+ // 20 bytes. The size of EFI_DEBUG_INFO is 4 bytes, so we can ensure that Marker
+ // returned is 64-bit aligned.
+ // 64-bit aligned is a must, otherwise retrieving 64-bit parameter from BASE_LIST will
+ // cause unalignment exception.
+ //
+ *Marker = (BASE_LIST) (DebugInfo + 1);
+ *Format = (CHAR8 *)(((UINT64 *)*Marker) + 12);
+
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+
+/**
+ Reports a status code.
+
+ Reports the status code specified by the parameters Type and Value. Status
+ code also require an instance, caller ID, and extended data. This function
+ passed in a zero instance, NULL extended data, and a caller ID of
+ gEfiCallerIdGuid, which is the GUID for the module.
+
+ ReportStatusCode()must actively prevent recusrsion. If ReportStatusCode()
+ is called while processing another any other Report Status Code Library function,
+ then ReportStatusCode() must return immediately.
+
+ @param Type Status code type.
+ @param Value Status code value.
+
+ @retval EFI_SUCCESS The status code was reported.
+ @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR There status code could not be reported due to a
+ device error.
+ @retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED Report status code is not supported
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+EFIAPI
+ReportStatusCode (
+ IN EFI_STATUS_CODE_TYPE Type,
+ IN EFI_STATUS_CODE_VALUE Value
+ )
+{
+ return InternalReportStatusCode (Type, Value, 0, &gEfiCallerIdGuid, NULL);
+}
+
+
+/**
+ Reports a status code with a Device Path Protocol as the extended data.
+
+ Allocates and fills in the extended data section of a status code with the
+ Device Path Protocol specified by DevicePath. This function is responsible
+ for allocating a buffer large enough for the standard header and the device
+ path. The standard header is filled in with a GUID of
+ gEfiStatusCodeSpecificDataGuid. The status code is reported with a zero
+ instance and a caller ID of gEfiCallerIdGuid.
+
+ ReportStatusCodeWithDevicePath()must actively prevent recursion. If
+ ReportStatusCodeWithDevicePath() is called while processing another any other
+ Report Status Code Library function, then ReportStatusCodeWithDevicePath()
+ must return EFI_DEVICE_ERROR immediately.
+
+ If DevicePath is NULL, then ASSERT().
+
+ @param Type Status code type.
+ @param Value Status code value.
+ @param DevicePath Pointer to the Device Path Protocol to be reported.
+
+ @retval EFI_SUCCESS The status code was reported with the extended
+ data specified by DevicePath.
+ @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES There were not enough resources to allocate the
+ extended data section.
+ @retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED Report status code is not supported
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+EFIAPI
+ReportStatusCodeWithDevicePath (
+ IN EFI_STATUS_CODE_TYPE Type,
+ IN EFI_STATUS_CODE_VALUE Value,
+ IN CONST EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *DevicePath
+ )
+{
+ ASSERT (DevicePath != NULL);
+ return ReportStatusCodeWithExtendedData (
+ Type,
+ Value,
+ (VOID *)DevicePath,
+ GetDevicePathSize (DevicePath)
+ );
+}
+
+
+/**
+ Reports a status code with an extended data buffer.
+
+ Allocates and fills in the extended data section of a status code with the
+ extended data specified by ExtendedData and ExtendedDataSize. ExtendedData
+ is assumed to be one of the data structures specified in Related Definitions.
+ These data structure do not have the standard header, so this function is
+ responsible for allocating a buffer large enough for the standard header and
+ the extended data passed into this function. The standard header is filled
+ in with a GUID of gEfiStatusCodeSpecificDataGuid. The status code is reported
+ with a zero instance and a caller ID of gEfiCallerIdGuid.
+
+ ReportStatusCodeWithExtendedData()must actively prevent recursion. If
+ ReportStatusCodeWithExtendedData() is called while processing another any other
+ Report Status Code Library function, then ReportStatusCodeWithExtendedData()
+ must return EFI_DEVICE_ERROR immediately.
+
+ If ExtendedData is NULL, then ASSERT().
+ If ExtendedDataSize is 0, then ASSERT().
+
+ @param Type Status code type.
+ @param Value Status code value.
+ @param ExtendedData Pointer to the extended data buffer to be reported.
+ @param ExtendedDataSize The size, in bytes, of the extended data buffer to
+ be reported.
+
+ @retval EFI_SUCCESS The status code was reported with the extended
+ data specified by ExtendedData and ExtendedDataSize.
+ @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES There were not enough resources to allocate the
+ extended data section.
+ @retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED Report status code is not supported
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+EFIAPI
+ReportStatusCodeWithExtendedData (
+ IN EFI_STATUS_CODE_TYPE Type,
+ IN EFI_STATUS_CODE_VALUE Value,
+ IN CONST VOID *ExtendedData,
+ IN UINTN ExtendedDataSize
+ )
+{
+ ASSERT (ExtendedData != NULL);
+ ASSERT (ExtendedDataSize != 0);
+ return ReportStatusCodeEx (
+ Type,
+ Value,
+ 0,
+ NULL,
+ NULL,
+ ExtendedData,
+ ExtendedDataSize
+ );
+}
+
+
+/**
+ Reports a status code with full parameters.
+
+ The function reports a status code. If ExtendedData is NULL and ExtendedDataSize
+ is 0, then an extended data buffer is not reported. If ExtendedData is not
+ NULL and ExtendedDataSize is not 0, then an extended data buffer is allocated.
+ ExtendedData is assumed not have the standard status code header, so this function
+ is responsible for allocating a buffer large enough for the standard header and
+ the extended data passed into this function. The standard header is filled in
+ with a GUID specified by ExtendedDataGuid. If ExtendedDataGuid is NULL, then a
+ GUID of gEfiStatusCodeSpecificDataGuid is used. The status code is reported with
+ an instance specified by Instance and a caller ID specified by CallerId. If
+ CallerId is NULL, then a caller ID of gEfiCallerIdGuid is used.
+
+ ReportStatusCodeEx()must actively prevent recursion. If
+ ReportStatusCodeEx() is called while processing another any
+ other Report Status Code Library function, then
+ ReportStatusCodeEx() must return EFI_DEVICE_ERROR immediately.
+
+ If ExtendedData is NULL and ExtendedDataSize is not zero, then ASSERT().
+ If ExtendedData is not NULL and ExtendedDataSize is zero, then ASSERT().
+
+ @param Type Status code type.
+ @param Value Status code value.
+ @param Instance Status code instance number.
+ @param CallerId Pointer to a GUID that identifies the caller of this
+ function. If this parameter is NULL, then a caller
+ ID of gEfiCallerIdGuid is used.
+ @param ExtendedDataGuid Pointer to the GUID for the extended data buffer.
+ If this parameter is NULL, then a the status code
+ standard header is filled in with
+ gEfiStatusCodeSpecificDataGuid.
+ @param ExtendedData Pointer to the extended data buffer. This is an
+ optional parameter that may be NULL.
+ @param ExtendedDataSize The size, in bytes, of the extended data buffer.
+
+ @retval EFI_SUCCESS The status code was reported.
+ @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES There were not enough resources to allocate
+ the extended data section if it was specified.
+ @retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED Report status code is not supported
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+EFIAPI
+ReportStatusCodeEx (
+ IN EFI_STATUS_CODE_TYPE Type,
+ IN EFI_STATUS_CODE_VALUE Value,
+ IN UINT32 Instance,
+ IN CONST EFI_GUID *CallerId OPTIONAL,
+ IN CONST EFI_GUID *ExtendedDataGuid OPTIONAL,
+ IN CONST VOID *ExtendedData OPTIONAL,
+ IN UINTN ExtendedDataSize
+ )
+{
+ EFI_STATUS Status;
+ EFI_STATUS_CODE_DATA *StatusCodeData;
+ EFI_TPL Tpl;
+ UINT64 Buffer[(MAX_EXTENDED_DATA_SIZE / sizeof (UINT64)) + 1];
+
+ ASSERT (!((ExtendedData == NULL) && (ExtendedDataSize != 0)));
+ ASSERT (!((ExtendedData != NULL) && (ExtendedDataSize == 0)));
+
+ if (gBS == NULL || gBS->AllocatePool == NULL || gBS->FreePool == NULL) {
+ return EFI_UNSUPPORTED;
+ }
+
+ //
+ // Retrieve the current TPL
+ //
+ Tpl = gBS->RaiseTPL (TPL_HIGH_LEVEL);
+ gBS->RestoreTPL (Tpl);
+
+ StatusCodeData = NULL;
+ if (Tpl <= TPL_NOTIFY) {
+ //
+ // Allocate space for the Status Code Header and its buffer
+ //
+ gBS->AllocatePool (EfiBootServicesData, sizeof (EFI_STATUS_CODE_DATA) + ExtendedDataSize, (VOID **)&StatusCodeData);
+ }
+
+ if (StatusCodeData == NULL) {
+ //
+ // If a buffer could not be allocated, then see if the local variable Buffer can be used
+ //
+ if (ExtendedDataSize > (MAX_EXTENDED_DATA_SIZE - sizeof (EFI_STATUS_CODE_DATA))) {
+ //
+ // The local variable Buffer not large enough to hold the extended data associated
+ // with the status code being reported.
+ //
+ DEBUG ((EFI_D_ERROR, "Status code extended data is too large to be reported!\n"));
+ return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
+ }
+ StatusCodeData = (EFI_STATUS_CODE_DATA *)Buffer;
+ }
+
+ //
+ // Fill in the extended data header
+ //
+ StatusCodeData->HeaderSize = (UINT16) sizeof (EFI_STATUS_CODE_DATA);
+ StatusCodeData->Size = (UINT16)ExtendedDataSize;
+ if (ExtendedDataGuid == NULL) {
+ ExtendedDataGuid = &gEfiStatusCodeSpecificDataGuid;
+ }
+ CopyGuid (&StatusCodeData->Type, ExtendedDataGuid);
+
+ //
+ // Fill in the extended data buffer
+ //
+ if (ExtendedData != NULL) {
+ CopyMem (StatusCodeData + 1, ExtendedData, ExtendedDataSize);
+ }
+
+ //
+ // Report the status code
+ //
+ if (CallerId == NULL) {
+ CallerId = &gEfiCallerIdGuid;
+ }
+ Status = InternalReportStatusCode (Type, Value, Instance, CallerId, StatusCodeData);
+
+ //
+ // Free the allocated buffer
+ //
+ if (StatusCodeData != (EFI_STATUS_CODE_DATA *)Buffer) {
+ gBS->FreePool (StatusCodeData);
+ }
+
+ return Status;
+}
+
+
+/**
+ Returns TRUE if status codes of type EFI_PROGRESS_CODE are enabled
+
+ This function returns TRUE if the REPORT_STATUS_CODE_PROPERTY_PROGRESS_CODE_ENABLED
+ bit of PcdReportStatusCodeProperyMask is set. Otherwise FALSE is returned.
+
+ @retval TRUE The REPORT_STATUS_CODE_PROPERTY_PROGRESS_CODE_ENABLED bit of
+ PcdReportStatusCodeProperyMask is set.
+ @retval FALSE The REPORT_STATUS_CODE_PROPERTY_PROGRESS_CODE_ENABLED bit of
+ PcdReportStatusCodeProperyMask is clear.
+
+**/
+BOOLEAN
+EFIAPI
+ReportProgressCodeEnabled (
+ VOID
+ )
+{
+ return (BOOLEAN) ((PcdGet8 (PcdReportStatusCodePropertyMask) & REPORT_STATUS_CODE_PROPERTY_PROGRESS_CODE_ENABLED) != 0);
+}
+
+
+/**
+ Returns TRUE if status codes of type EFI_ERROR_CODE are enabled
+
+ This function returns TRUE if the REPORT_STATUS_CODE_PROPERTY_ERROR_CODE_ENABLED
+ bit of PcdReportStatusCodeProperyMask is set. Otherwise FALSE is returned.
+
+ @retval TRUE The REPORT_STATUS_CODE_PROPERTY_ERROR_CODE_ENABLED bit of
+ PcdReportStatusCodeProperyMask is set.
+ @retval FALSE The REPORT_STATUS_CODE_PROPERTY_ERROR_CODE_ENABLED bit of
+ PcdReportStatusCodeProperyMask is clear.
+
+**/
+BOOLEAN
+EFIAPI
+ReportErrorCodeEnabled (
+ VOID
+ )
+{
+ return (BOOLEAN) ((PcdGet8 (PcdReportStatusCodePropertyMask) & REPORT_STATUS_CODE_PROPERTY_ERROR_CODE_ENABLED) != 0);
+}
+
+
+/**
+ Returns TRUE if status codes of type EFI_DEBUG_CODE are enabled
+
+ This function returns TRUE if the REPORT_STATUS_CODE_PROPERTY_DEBUG_CODE_ENABLED
+ bit of PcdReportStatusCodeProperyMask is set. Otherwise FALSE is returned.
+
+ @retval TRUE The REPORT_STATUS_CODE_PROPERTY_DEBUG_CODE_ENABLED bit of
+ PcdReportStatusCodeProperyMask is set.
+ @retval FALSE The REPORT_STATUS_CODE_PROPERTY_DEBUG_CODE_ENABLED bit of
+ PcdReportStatusCodeProperyMask is clear.
+
+**/
+BOOLEAN
+EFIAPI
+ReportDebugCodeEnabled (
+ VOID
+ )
+{
+ return (BOOLEAN) ((PcdGet8 (PcdReportStatusCodePropertyMask) & REPORT_STATUS_CODE_PROPERTY_DEBUG_CODE_ENABLED) != 0);
+}
diff --git a/Core/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Library/GenericBdsLib/BdsBoot.c b/Core/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Library/GenericBdsLib/BdsBoot.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..bba62a801a --- /dev/null +++ b/Core/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Library/GenericBdsLib/BdsBoot.c @@ -0,0 +1,4356 @@ +/** @file
+ BDS Lib functions which relate with create or process the boot option.
+
+Copyright (c) 2004 - 2016, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+This program and the accompanying materials
+are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
+which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
+http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
+
+THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
+WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
+
+**/
+
+#include "InternalBdsLib.h"
+#include "String.h"
+
+BOOLEAN mEnumBootDevice = FALSE;
+EFI_HII_HANDLE gBdsLibStringPackHandle = NULL;
+
+/**
+ The constructor function register UNI strings into imageHandle.
+
+ It will ASSERT() if that operation fails and it will always return EFI_SUCCESS.
+
+ @param ImageHandle The firmware allocated handle for the EFI image.
+ @param SystemTable A pointer to the EFI System Table.
+
+ @retval EFI_SUCCESS The constructor successfully added string package.
+ @retval Other value The constructor can't add string package.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+EFIAPI
+GenericBdsLibConstructor (
+ IN EFI_HANDLE ImageHandle,
+ IN EFI_SYSTEM_TABLE *SystemTable
+ )
+{
+
+ gBdsLibStringPackHandle = HiiAddPackages (
+ &gBdsLibStringPackageGuid,
+ ImageHandle,
+ GenericBdsLibStrings,
+ NULL
+ );
+
+ ASSERT (gBdsLibStringPackHandle != NULL);
+
+ return EFI_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+/**
+ Deletete the Boot Option from EFI Variable. The Boot Order Arrray
+ is also updated.
+
+ @param OptionNumber The number of Boot option want to be deleted.
+ @param BootOrder The Boot Order array.
+ @param BootOrderSize The size of the Boot Order Array.
+
+ @retval EFI_SUCCESS The Boot Option Variable was found and removed
+ @retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED The Boot Option Variable store was inaccessible
+ @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND The Boot Option Variable was not found
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+EFIAPI
+BdsDeleteBootOption (
+ IN UINTN OptionNumber,
+ IN OUT UINT16 *BootOrder,
+ IN OUT UINTN *BootOrderSize
+ )
+{
+ CHAR16 BootOption[9];
+ UINTN Index;
+ EFI_STATUS Status;
+
+ UnicodeSPrint (BootOption, sizeof (BootOption), L"Boot%04x", OptionNumber);
+ Status = gRT->SetVariable (
+ BootOption,
+ &gEfiGlobalVariableGuid,
+ 0,
+ 0,
+ NULL
+ );
+ //
+ // Deleting variable with existing variable implementation shouldn't fail.
+ //
+ ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
+
+ //
+ // adjust boot order array
+ //
+ for (Index = 0; Index < *BootOrderSize / sizeof (UINT16); Index++) {
+ if (BootOrder[Index] == OptionNumber) {
+ CopyMem (&BootOrder[Index], &BootOrder[Index+1], *BootOrderSize - (Index+1) * sizeof (UINT16));
+ *BootOrderSize -= sizeof (UINT16);
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return Status;
+}
+/**
+
+ Translate the first n characters of an Ascii string to
+ Unicode characters. The count n is indicated by parameter
+ Size. If Size is greater than the length of string, then
+ the entire string is translated.
+
+
+ @param AStr Pointer to input Ascii string.
+ @param Size The number of characters to translate.
+ @param UStr Pointer to output Unicode string buffer.
+
+**/
+VOID
+AsciiToUnicodeSize (
+ IN UINT8 *AStr,
+ IN UINTN Size,
+ OUT UINT16 *UStr
+ )
+{
+ UINTN Idx;
+
+ Idx = 0;
+ while (AStr[Idx] != 0) {
+ UStr[Idx] = (CHAR16) AStr[Idx];
+ if (Idx == Size) {
+ break;
+ }
+
+ Idx++;
+ }
+ UStr[Idx] = 0;
+}
+
+/**
+ Build Legacy Device Name String according.
+
+ @param CurBBSEntry BBS Table.
+ @param Index Index.
+ @param BufSize The buffer size.
+ @param BootString The output string.
+
+**/
+VOID
+BdsBuildLegacyDevNameString (
+ IN BBS_TABLE *CurBBSEntry,
+ IN UINTN Index,
+ IN UINTN BufSize,
+ OUT CHAR16 *BootString
+ )
+{
+ CHAR16 *Fmt;
+ CHAR16 *Type;
+ UINT8 *StringDesc;
+ CHAR16 Temp[80];
+
+ switch (Index) {
+ //
+ // Primary Master
+ //
+ case 1:
+ Fmt = L"Primary Master %s";
+ break;
+
+ //
+ // Primary Slave
+ //
+ case 2:
+ Fmt = L"Primary Slave %s";
+ break;
+
+ //
+ // Secondary Master
+ //
+ case 3:
+ Fmt = L"Secondary Master %s";
+ break;
+
+ //
+ // Secondary Slave
+ //
+ case 4:
+ Fmt = L"Secondary Slave %s";
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ Fmt = L"%s";
+ break;
+ }
+
+ switch (CurBBSEntry->DeviceType) {
+ case BBS_FLOPPY:
+ Type = L"Floppy";
+ break;
+
+ case BBS_HARDDISK:
+ Type = L"Harddisk";
+ break;
+
+ case BBS_CDROM:
+ Type = L"CDROM";
+ break;
+
+ case BBS_PCMCIA:
+ Type = L"PCMCIAe";
+ break;
+
+ case BBS_USB:
+ Type = L"USB";
+ break;
+
+ case BBS_EMBED_NETWORK:
+ Type = L"Network";
+ break;
+
+ case BBS_BEV_DEVICE:
+ Type = L"BEVe";
+ break;
+
+ case BBS_UNKNOWN:
+ default:
+ Type = L"Unknown";
+ break;
+ }
+ //
+ // If current BBS entry has its description then use it.
+ //
+ StringDesc = (UINT8 *) (UINTN) ((CurBBSEntry->DescStringSegment << 4) + CurBBSEntry->DescStringOffset);
+ if (NULL != StringDesc) {
+ //
+ // Only get fisrt 32 characters, this is suggested by BBS spec
+ //
+ AsciiToUnicodeSize (StringDesc, 32, Temp);
+ Fmt = L"%s";
+ Type = Temp;
+ }
+
+ //
+ // BbsTable 16 entries are for onboard IDE.
+ // Set description string for SATA harddisks, Harddisk 0 ~ Harddisk 11
+ //
+ if (Index >= 5 && Index <= 16 && (CurBBSEntry->DeviceType == BBS_HARDDISK || CurBBSEntry->DeviceType == BBS_CDROM)) {
+ Fmt = L"%s %d";
+ UnicodeSPrint (BootString, BufSize, Fmt, Type, Index - 5);
+ } else {
+ UnicodeSPrint (BootString, BufSize, Fmt, Type);
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+
+ Create a legacy boot option for the specified entry of
+ BBS table, save it as variable, and append it to the boot
+ order list.
+
+
+ @param CurrentBbsEntry Pointer to current BBS table.
+ @param CurrentBbsDevPath Pointer to the Device Path Protocol instance of BBS
+ @param Index Index of the specified entry in BBS table.
+ @param BootOrderList On input, the original boot order list.
+ On output, the new boot order list attached with the
+ created node.
+ @param BootOrderListSize On input, the original size of boot order list.
+ On output, the size of new boot order list.
+
+ @retval EFI_SUCCESS Boot Option successfully created.
+ @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES Fail to allocate necessary memory.
+ @retval Other Error occurs while setting variable.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+BdsCreateLegacyBootOption (
+ IN BBS_TABLE *CurrentBbsEntry,
+ IN EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *CurrentBbsDevPath,
+ IN UINTN Index,
+ IN OUT UINT16 **BootOrderList,
+ IN OUT UINTN *BootOrderListSize
+ )
+{
+ EFI_STATUS Status;
+ UINT16 CurrentBootOptionNo;
+ UINT16 BootString[10];
+ CHAR16 BootDesc[100];
+ CHAR8 HelpString[100];
+ UINT16 *NewBootOrderList;
+ UINTN BufferSize;
+ UINTN StringLen;
+ VOID *Buffer;
+ UINT8 *Ptr;
+ UINT16 CurrentBbsDevPathSize;
+ UINTN BootOrderIndex;
+ UINTN BootOrderLastIndex;
+ UINTN ArrayIndex;
+ BOOLEAN IndexNotFound;
+ BBS_BBS_DEVICE_PATH *NewBbsDevPathNode;
+
+ if ((*BootOrderList) == NULL) {
+ CurrentBootOptionNo = 0;
+ } else {
+ for (ArrayIndex = 0; ArrayIndex < (UINTN) (*BootOrderListSize / sizeof (UINT16)); ArrayIndex++) {
+ IndexNotFound = TRUE;
+ for (BootOrderIndex = 0; BootOrderIndex < (UINTN) (*BootOrderListSize / sizeof (UINT16)); BootOrderIndex++) {
+ if ((*BootOrderList)[BootOrderIndex] == ArrayIndex) {
+ IndexNotFound = FALSE;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (!IndexNotFound) {
+ continue;
+ } else {
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ CurrentBootOptionNo = (UINT16) ArrayIndex;
+ }
+
+ UnicodeSPrint (
+ BootString,
+ sizeof (BootString),
+ L"Boot%04x",
+ CurrentBootOptionNo
+ );
+
+ BdsBuildLegacyDevNameString (CurrentBbsEntry, Index, sizeof (BootDesc), BootDesc);
+
+ //
+ // Create new BBS device path node with description string
+ //
+ UnicodeStrToAsciiStrS (BootDesc, HelpString, sizeof (HelpString));
+
+ StringLen = AsciiStrLen (HelpString);
+ NewBbsDevPathNode = AllocateZeroPool (sizeof (BBS_BBS_DEVICE_PATH) + StringLen);
+ if (NewBbsDevPathNode == NULL) {
+ return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
+ }
+ CopyMem (NewBbsDevPathNode, CurrentBbsDevPath, sizeof (BBS_BBS_DEVICE_PATH));
+ CopyMem (NewBbsDevPathNode->String, HelpString, StringLen + 1);
+ SetDevicePathNodeLength (&(NewBbsDevPathNode->Header), sizeof (BBS_BBS_DEVICE_PATH) + StringLen);
+
+ //
+ // Create entire new CurrentBbsDevPath with end node
+ //
+ CurrentBbsDevPath = AppendDevicePathNode (
+ NULL,
+ (EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *) NewBbsDevPathNode
+ );
+ if (CurrentBbsDevPath == NULL) {
+ FreePool (NewBbsDevPathNode);
+ return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
+ }
+
+ CurrentBbsDevPathSize = (UINT16) (GetDevicePathSize (CurrentBbsDevPath));
+
+ BufferSize = sizeof (UINT32) +
+ sizeof (UINT16) +
+ StrSize (BootDesc) +
+ CurrentBbsDevPathSize +
+ sizeof (BBS_TABLE) +
+ sizeof (UINT16);
+
+ Buffer = AllocateZeroPool (BufferSize);
+ if (Buffer == NULL) {
+ FreePool (NewBbsDevPathNode);
+ FreePool (CurrentBbsDevPath);
+ return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
+ }
+
+ Ptr = (UINT8 *) Buffer;
+
+ *((UINT32 *) Ptr) = LOAD_OPTION_ACTIVE;
+ Ptr += sizeof (UINT32);
+
+ *((UINT16 *) Ptr) = CurrentBbsDevPathSize;
+ Ptr += sizeof (UINT16);
+
+ CopyMem (
+ Ptr,
+ BootDesc,
+ StrSize (BootDesc)
+ );
+ Ptr += StrSize (BootDesc);
+
+ CopyMem (
+ Ptr,
+ CurrentBbsDevPath,
+ CurrentBbsDevPathSize
+ );
+ Ptr += CurrentBbsDevPathSize;
+
+ CopyMem (
+ Ptr,
+ CurrentBbsEntry,
+ sizeof (BBS_TABLE)
+ );
+
+ Ptr += sizeof (BBS_TABLE);
+ *((UINT16 *) Ptr) = (UINT16) Index;
+
+ Status = gRT->SetVariable (
+ BootString,
+ &gEfiGlobalVariableGuid,
+ EFI_VARIABLE_BOOTSERVICE_ACCESS | EFI_VARIABLE_RUNTIME_ACCESS | EFI_VARIABLE_NON_VOLATILE,
+ BufferSize,
+ Buffer
+ );
+
+ FreePool (Buffer);
+
+ Buffer = NULL;
+
+ NewBootOrderList = AllocateZeroPool (*BootOrderListSize + sizeof (UINT16));
+ if (NULL == NewBootOrderList) {
+ FreePool (NewBbsDevPathNode);
+ FreePool (CurrentBbsDevPath);
+ return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
+ }
+
+ if (*BootOrderList != NULL) {
+ CopyMem (NewBootOrderList, *BootOrderList, *BootOrderListSize);
+ FreePool (*BootOrderList);
+ }
+
+ BootOrderLastIndex = (UINTN) (*BootOrderListSize / sizeof (UINT16));
+ NewBootOrderList[BootOrderLastIndex] = CurrentBootOptionNo;
+ *BootOrderListSize += sizeof (UINT16);
+ *BootOrderList = NewBootOrderList;
+
+ FreePool (NewBbsDevPathNode);
+ FreePool (CurrentBbsDevPath);
+ return Status;
+}
+
+/**
+ Check if the boot option is a legacy one.
+
+ @param BootOptionVar The boot option data payload.
+ @param BbsEntry The BBS Table.
+ @param BbsIndex The table index.
+
+ @retval TRUE It is a legacy boot option.
+ @retval FALSE It is not a legacy boot option.
+
+**/
+BOOLEAN
+BdsIsLegacyBootOption (
+ IN UINT8 *BootOptionVar,
+ OUT BBS_TABLE **BbsEntry,
+ OUT UINT16 *BbsIndex
+ )
+{
+ UINT8 *Ptr;
+ EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *DevicePath;
+ BOOLEAN Ret;
+ UINT16 DevPathLen;
+
+ Ptr = BootOptionVar;
+ Ptr += sizeof (UINT32);
+ DevPathLen = *(UINT16 *) Ptr;
+ Ptr += sizeof (UINT16);
+ Ptr += StrSize ((UINT16 *) Ptr);
+ DevicePath = (EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *) Ptr;
+ if ((BBS_DEVICE_PATH == DevicePath->Type) && (BBS_BBS_DP == DevicePath->SubType)) {
+ Ptr += DevPathLen;
+ *BbsEntry = (BBS_TABLE *) Ptr;
+ Ptr += sizeof (BBS_TABLE);
+ *BbsIndex = *(UINT16 *) Ptr;
+ Ret = TRUE;
+ } else {
+ *BbsEntry = NULL;
+ Ret = FALSE;
+ }
+
+ return Ret;
+}
+
+/**
+ Delete all the invalid legacy boot options.
+
+ @retval EFI_SUCCESS All invalide legacy boot options are deleted.
+ @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES Fail to allocate necessary memory.
+ @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND Fail to retrive variable of boot order.
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+EFIAPI
+BdsDeleteAllInvalidLegacyBootOptions (
+ VOID
+ )
+{
+ UINT16 *BootOrder;
+ UINT8 *BootOptionVar;
+ UINTN BootOrderSize;
+ UINTN BootOptionSize;
+ EFI_STATUS Status;
+ UINT16 HddCount;
+ UINT16 BbsCount;
+ HDD_INFO *LocalHddInfo;
+ BBS_TABLE *LocalBbsTable;
+ BBS_TABLE *BbsEntry;
+ UINT16 BbsIndex;
+ EFI_LEGACY_BIOS_PROTOCOL *LegacyBios;
+ UINTN Index;
+ UINT16 BootOption[10];
+ UINT16 BootDesc[100];
+ BOOLEAN DescStringMatch;
+
+ Status = EFI_SUCCESS;
+ BootOrder = NULL;
+ BootOrderSize = 0;
+ HddCount = 0;
+ BbsCount = 0;
+ LocalHddInfo = NULL;
+ LocalBbsTable = NULL;
+ BbsEntry = NULL;
+
+ Status = gBS->LocateProtocol (&gEfiLegacyBiosProtocolGuid, NULL, (VOID **) &LegacyBios);
+ if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+ return Status;
+ }
+
+ BootOrder = BdsLibGetVariableAndSize (
+ L"BootOrder",
+ &gEfiGlobalVariableGuid,
+ &BootOrderSize
+ );
+ if (BootOrder == NULL) {
+ return EFI_NOT_FOUND;
+ }
+
+ LegacyBios->GetBbsInfo (
+ LegacyBios,
+ &HddCount,
+ &LocalHddInfo,
+ &BbsCount,
+ &LocalBbsTable
+ );
+
+ Index = 0;
+ while (Index < BootOrderSize / sizeof (UINT16)) {
+ UnicodeSPrint (BootOption, sizeof (BootOption), L"Boot%04x", BootOrder[Index]);
+ BootOptionVar = BdsLibGetVariableAndSize (
+ BootOption,
+ &gEfiGlobalVariableGuid,
+ &BootOptionSize
+ );
+ if (NULL == BootOptionVar) {
+ BootOptionSize = 0;
+ Status = gRT->GetVariable (
+ BootOption,
+ &gEfiGlobalVariableGuid,
+ NULL,
+ &BootOptionSize,
+ BootOptionVar
+ );
+ if (Status == EFI_NOT_FOUND) {
+ //
+ // Update BootOrder
+ //
+ BdsDeleteBootOption (
+ BootOrder[Index],
+ BootOrder,
+ &BootOrderSize
+ );
+ continue;
+ } else {
+ FreePool (BootOrder);
+ return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
+ }
+ }
+
+ //
+ // Skip Non-Legacy boot option
+ //
+ if (!BdsIsLegacyBootOption (BootOptionVar, &BbsEntry, &BbsIndex)) {
+ if (BootOptionVar!= NULL) {
+ FreePool (BootOptionVar);
+ }
+ Index++;
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ if (BbsIndex < BbsCount) {
+ //
+ // Check if BBS Description String is changed
+ //
+ DescStringMatch = FALSE;
+ BdsBuildLegacyDevNameString (
+ &LocalBbsTable[BbsIndex],
+ BbsIndex,
+ sizeof (BootDesc),
+ BootDesc
+ );
+
+ if (StrCmp (BootDesc, (UINT16*)(BootOptionVar + sizeof (UINT32) + sizeof (UINT16))) == 0) {
+ DescStringMatch = TRUE;
+ }
+
+ if (!((LocalBbsTable[BbsIndex].BootPriority == BBS_IGNORE_ENTRY) ||
+ (LocalBbsTable[BbsIndex].BootPriority == BBS_DO_NOT_BOOT_FROM)) &&
+ (LocalBbsTable[BbsIndex].DeviceType == BbsEntry->DeviceType) &&
+ DescStringMatch) {
+ Index++;
+ continue;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (BootOptionVar != NULL) {
+ FreePool (BootOptionVar);
+ }
+ //
+ // should delete
+ //
+ BdsDeleteBootOption (
+ BootOrder[Index],
+ BootOrder,
+ &BootOrderSize
+ );
+ }
+
+ //
+ // Adjust the number of boot options.
+ //
+ Status = gRT->SetVariable (
+ L"BootOrder",
+ &gEfiGlobalVariableGuid,
+ EFI_VARIABLE_BOOTSERVICE_ACCESS | EFI_VARIABLE_RUNTIME_ACCESS | EFI_VARIABLE_NON_VOLATILE,
+ BootOrderSize,
+ BootOrder
+ );
+ //
+ // Shrinking variable with existing variable implementation shouldn't fail.
+ //
+ ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
+ FreePool (BootOrder);
+
+ return Status;
+}
+
+/**
+ Find all legacy boot option by device type.
+
+ @param BootOrder The boot order array.
+ @param BootOptionNum The number of boot option.
+ @param DevType Device type.
+ @param DevName Device name.
+ @param Attribute The boot option attribute.
+ @param BbsIndex The BBS table index.
+ @param OptionNumber The boot option index.
+
+ @retval TRUE The Legacy boot option is found.
+ @retval FALSE The legacy boot option is not found.
+
+**/
+BOOLEAN
+BdsFindLegacyBootOptionByDevTypeAndName (
+ IN UINT16 *BootOrder,
+ IN UINTN BootOptionNum,
+ IN UINT16 DevType,
+ IN CHAR16 *DevName,
+ OUT UINT32 *Attribute,
+ OUT UINT16 *BbsIndex,
+ OUT UINT16 *OptionNumber
+ )
+{
+ UINTN Index;
+ CHAR16 BootOption[9];
+ UINTN BootOptionSize;
+ UINT8 *BootOptionVar;
+ BBS_TABLE *BbsEntry;
+ BOOLEAN Found;
+
+ BbsEntry = NULL;
+ Found = FALSE;
+
+ if (NULL == BootOrder) {
+ return Found;
+ }
+
+ //
+ // Loop all boot option from variable
+ //
+ for (Index = 0; Index < BootOptionNum; Index++) {
+ UnicodeSPrint (BootOption, sizeof (BootOption), L"Boot%04x", (UINTN) BootOrder[Index]);
+ BootOptionVar = BdsLibGetVariableAndSize (
+ BootOption,
+ &gEfiGlobalVariableGuid,
+ &BootOptionSize
+ );
+ if (NULL == BootOptionVar) {
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ //
+ // Skip Non-legacy boot option
+ //
+ if (!BdsIsLegacyBootOption (BootOptionVar, &BbsEntry, BbsIndex)) {
+ FreePool (BootOptionVar);
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ if (
+ (BbsEntry->DeviceType != DevType) ||
+ (StrCmp (DevName, (CHAR16*)(BootOptionVar + sizeof (UINT32) + sizeof (UINT16))) != 0)
+ ) {
+ FreePool (BootOptionVar);
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ *Attribute = *(UINT32 *) BootOptionVar;
+ *OptionNumber = BootOrder[Index];
+ Found = TRUE;
+ FreePool (BootOptionVar);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ return Found;
+}
+
+/**
+ Create a legacy boot option.
+
+ @param BbsItem The BBS Table entry.
+ @param Index Index of the specified entry in BBS table.
+ @param BootOrderList The boot order list.
+ @param BootOrderListSize The size of boot order list.
+
+ @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCE No enough memory.
+ @retval EFI_SUCCESS The function complete successfully.
+ @return Other value if the legacy boot option is not created.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+BdsCreateOneLegacyBootOption (
+ IN BBS_TABLE *BbsItem,
+ IN UINTN Index,
+ IN OUT UINT16 **BootOrderList,
+ IN OUT UINTN *BootOrderListSize
+ )
+{
+ BBS_BBS_DEVICE_PATH BbsDevPathNode;
+ EFI_STATUS Status;
+ EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *DevPath;
+
+ DevPath = NULL;
+
+ //
+ // Create device path node.
+ //
+ BbsDevPathNode.Header.Type = BBS_DEVICE_PATH;
+ BbsDevPathNode.Header.SubType = BBS_BBS_DP;
+ SetDevicePathNodeLength (&BbsDevPathNode.Header, sizeof (BBS_BBS_DEVICE_PATH));
+ BbsDevPathNode.DeviceType = BbsItem->DeviceType;
+ CopyMem (&BbsDevPathNode.StatusFlag, &BbsItem->StatusFlags, sizeof (UINT16));
+
+ DevPath = AppendDevicePathNode (
+ NULL,
+ (EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *) &BbsDevPathNode
+ );
+ if (NULL == DevPath) {
+ return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
+ }
+
+ Status = BdsCreateLegacyBootOption (
+ BbsItem,
+ DevPath,
+ Index,
+ BootOrderList,
+ BootOrderListSize
+ );
+ BbsItem->BootPriority = 0x00;
+
+ FreePool (DevPath);
+
+ return Status;
+}
+
+/**
+ Add the legacy boot options from BBS table if they do not exist.
+
+ @retval EFI_SUCCESS The boot options are added successfully
+ or they are already in boot options.
+ @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND No legacy boot options is found.
+ @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCE No enough memory.
+ @return Other value LegacyBoot options are not added.
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+EFIAPI
+BdsAddNonExistingLegacyBootOptions (
+ VOID
+ )
+{
+ UINT16 *BootOrder;
+ UINTN BootOrderSize;
+ EFI_STATUS Status;
+ CHAR16 Desc[100];
+ UINT16 HddCount;
+ UINT16 BbsCount;
+ HDD_INFO *LocalHddInfo;
+ BBS_TABLE *LocalBbsTable;
+ UINT16 BbsIndex;
+ EFI_LEGACY_BIOS_PROTOCOL *LegacyBios;
+ UINT16 Index;
+ UINT32 Attribute;
+ UINT16 OptionNumber;
+ BOOLEAN Exist;
+
+ HddCount = 0;
+ BbsCount = 0;
+ LocalHddInfo = NULL;
+ LocalBbsTable = NULL;
+
+ Status = gBS->LocateProtocol (&gEfiLegacyBiosProtocolGuid, NULL, (VOID **) &LegacyBios);
+ if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+ return Status;
+ }
+
+ LegacyBios->GetBbsInfo (
+ LegacyBios,
+ &HddCount,
+ &LocalHddInfo,
+ &BbsCount,
+ &LocalBbsTable
+ );
+
+ BootOrder = BdsLibGetVariableAndSize (
+ L"BootOrder",
+ &gEfiGlobalVariableGuid,
+ &BootOrderSize
+ );
+ if (BootOrder == NULL) {
+ BootOrderSize = 0;
+ }
+
+ for (Index = 0; Index < BbsCount; Index++) {
+ if ((LocalBbsTable[Index].BootPriority == BBS_IGNORE_ENTRY) ||
+ (LocalBbsTable[Index].BootPriority == BBS_DO_NOT_BOOT_FROM)
+ ) {
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ BdsBuildLegacyDevNameString (&LocalBbsTable[Index], Index, sizeof (Desc), Desc);
+
+ Exist = BdsFindLegacyBootOptionByDevTypeAndName (
+ BootOrder,
+ BootOrderSize / sizeof (UINT16),
+ LocalBbsTable[Index].DeviceType,
+ Desc,
+ &Attribute,
+ &BbsIndex,
+ &OptionNumber
+ );
+ if (!Exist) {
+ //
+ // Not found such type of legacy device in boot options or we found but it's disabled
+ // so we have to create one and put it to the tail of boot order list
+ //
+ Status = BdsCreateOneLegacyBootOption (
+ &LocalBbsTable[Index],
+ Index,
+ &BootOrder,
+ &BootOrderSize
+ );
+ if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+ ASSERT (BootOrder != NULL);
+ BbsIndex = Index;
+ OptionNumber = BootOrder[BootOrderSize / sizeof (UINT16) - 1];
+ }
+ }
+
+ ASSERT (BbsIndex == Index);
+ }
+
+ Status = gRT->SetVariable (
+ L"BootOrder",
+ &gEfiGlobalVariableGuid,
+ EFI_VARIABLE_BOOTSERVICE_ACCESS | EFI_VARIABLE_RUNTIME_ACCESS | EFI_VARIABLE_NON_VOLATILE,
+ BootOrderSize,
+ BootOrder
+ );
+ if (BootOrder != NULL) {
+ FreePool (BootOrder);
+ }
+
+ return Status;
+}
+
+/**
+ Fill the device order buffer.
+
+ @param BbsTable The BBS table.
+ @param BbsType The BBS Type.
+ @param BbsCount The BBS Count.
+ @param Buf device order buffer.
+
+ @return The device order buffer.
+
+**/
+UINT16 *
+BdsFillDevOrderBuf (
+ IN BBS_TABLE *BbsTable,
+ IN BBS_TYPE BbsType,
+ IN UINTN BbsCount,
+ OUT UINT16 *Buf
+ )
+{
+ UINTN Index;
+
+ for (Index = 0; Index < BbsCount; Index++) {
+ if (BbsTable[Index].BootPriority == BBS_IGNORE_ENTRY) {
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ if (BbsTable[Index].DeviceType != BbsType) {
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ *Buf = (UINT16) (Index & 0xFF);
+ Buf++;
+ }
+
+ return Buf;
+}
+
+/**
+ Create the device order buffer.
+
+ @param BbsTable The BBS table.
+ @param BbsCount The BBS Count.
+
+ @retval EFI_SUCCES The buffer is created and the EFI variable named
+ VAR_LEGACY_DEV_ORDER and gEfiLegacyDevOrderVariableGuid is
+ set correctly.
+ @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES Memmory or storage is not enough.
+ @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR Fail to add the device order into EFI variable fail
+ because of hardware error.
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+BdsCreateDevOrder (
+ IN BBS_TABLE *BbsTable,
+ IN UINT16 BbsCount
+ )
+{
+ UINTN Index;
+ UINTN FDCount;
+ UINTN HDCount;
+ UINTN CDCount;
+ UINTN NETCount;
+ UINTN BEVCount;
+ UINTN TotalSize;
+ UINTN HeaderSize;
+ LEGACY_DEV_ORDER_ENTRY *DevOrder;
+ LEGACY_DEV_ORDER_ENTRY *DevOrderPtr;
+ EFI_STATUS Status;
+
+ FDCount = 0;
+ HDCount = 0;
+ CDCount = 0;
+ NETCount = 0;
+ BEVCount = 0;
+ TotalSize = 0;
+ HeaderSize = sizeof (BBS_TYPE) + sizeof (UINT16);
+ DevOrder = NULL;
+ Status = EFI_SUCCESS;
+
+ //
+ // Count all boot devices
+ //
+ for (Index = 0; Index < BbsCount; Index++) {
+ if (BbsTable[Index].BootPriority == BBS_IGNORE_ENTRY) {
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ switch (BbsTable[Index].DeviceType) {
+ case BBS_FLOPPY:
+ FDCount++;
+ break;
+
+ case BBS_HARDDISK:
+ HDCount++;
+ break;
+
+ case BBS_CDROM:
+ CDCount++;
+ break;
+
+ case BBS_EMBED_NETWORK:
+ NETCount++;
+ break;
+
+ case BBS_BEV_DEVICE:
+ BEVCount++;
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ TotalSize += (HeaderSize + sizeof (UINT16) * FDCount);
+ TotalSize += (HeaderSize + sizeof (UINT16) * HDCount);
+ TotalSize += (HeaderSize + sizeof (UINT16) * CDCount);
+ TotalSize += (HeaderSize + sizeof (UINT16) * NETCount);
+ TotalSize += (HeaderSize + sizeof (UINT16) * BEVCount);
+
+ //
+ // Create buffer to hold all boot device order
+ //
+ DevOrder = AllocateZeroPool (TotalSize);
+ if (NULL == DevOrder) {
+ return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
+ }
+ DevOrderPtr = DevOrder;
+
+ DevOrderPtr->BbsType = BBS_FLOPPY;
+ DevOrderPtr->Length = (UINT16) (sizeof (DevOrderPtr->Length) + FDCount * sizeof (UINT16));
+ DevOrderPtr = (LEGACY_DEV_ORDER_ENTRY *) BdsFillDevOrderBuf (BbsTable, BBS_FLOPPY, BbsCount, DevOrderPtr->Data);
+
+ DevOrderPtr->BbsType = BBS_HARDDISK;
+ DevOrderPtr->Length = (UINT16) (sizeof (UINT16) + HDCount * sizeof (UINT16));
+ DevOrderPtr = (LEGACY_DEV_ORDER_ENTRY *) BdsFillDevOrderBuf (BbsTable, BBS_HARDDISK, BbsCount, DevOrderPtr->Data);
+
+ DevOrderPtr->BbsType = BBS_CDROM;
+ DevOrderPtr->Length = (UINT16) (sizeof (UINT16) + CDCount * sizeof (UINT16));
+ DevOrderPtr = (LEGACY_DEV_ORDER_ENTRY *) BdsFillDevOrderBuf (BbsTable, BBS_CDROM, BbsCount, DevOrderPtr->Data);
+
+ DevOrderPtr->BbsType = BBS_EMBED_NETWORK;
+ DevOrderPtr->Length = (UINT16) (sizeof (UINT16) + NETCount * sizeof (UINT16));
+ DevOrderPtr = (LEGACY_DEV_ORDER_ENTRY *) BdsFillDevOrderBuf (BbsTable, BBS_EMBED_NETWORK, BbsCount, DevOrderPtr->Data);
+
+ DevOrderPtr->BbsType = BBS_BEV_DEVICE;
+ DevOrderPtr->Length = (UINT16) (sizeof (UINT16) + BEVCount * sizeof (UINT16));
+ DevOrderPtr = (LEGACY_DEV_ORDER_ENTRY *) BdsFillDevOrderBuf (BbsTable, BBS_BEV_DEVICE, BbsCount, DevOrderPtr->Data);
+
+ ASSERT (TotalSize == (UINTN) ((UINT8 *) DevOrderPtr - (UINT8 *) DevOrder));
+
+ //
+ // Save device order for legacy boot device to variable.
+ //
+ Status = gRT->SetVariable (
+ VAR_LEGACY_DEV_ORDER,
+ &gEfiLegacyDevOrderVariableGuid,
+ EFI_VARIABLE_BOOTSERVICE_ACCESS | EFI_VARIABLE_NON_VOLATILE,
+ TotalSize,
+ DevOrder
+ );
+ FreePool (DevOrder);
+
+ return Status;
+}
+
+/**
+ Add the legacy boot devices from BBS table into
+ the legacy device boot order.
+
+ @retval EFI_SUCCESS The boot devices are added successfully.
+ @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND The legacy boot devices are not found.
+ @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES Memmory or storage is not enough.
+ @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR Fail to add the legacy device boot order into EFI variable
+ because of hardware error.
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+EFIAPI
+BdsUpdateLegacyDevOrder (
+ VOID
+ )
+{
+ LEGACY_DEV_ORDER_ENTRY *DevOrder;
+ LEGACY_DEV_ORDER_ENTRY *NewDevOrder;
+ LEGACY_DEV_ORDER_ENTRY *Ptr;
+ LEGACY_DEV_ORDER_ENTRY *NewPtr;
+ UINTN DevOrderSize;
+ EFI_LEGACY_BIOS_PROTOCOL *LegacyBios;
+ EFI_STATUS Status;
+ UINT16 HddCount;
+ UINT16 BbsCount;
+ HDD_INFO *LocalHddInfo;
+ BBS_TABLE *LocalBbsTable;
+ UINTN Index;
+ UINTN Index2;
+ UINTN *Idx;
+ UINTN FDCount;
+ UINTN HDCount;
+ UINTN CDCount;
+ UINTN NETCount;
+ UINTN BEVCount;
+ UINTN TotalSize;
+ UINTN HeaderSize;
+ UINT16 *NewFDPtr;
+ UINT16 *NewHDPtr;
+ UINT16 *NewCDPtr;
+ UINT16 *NewNETPtr;
+ UINT16 *NewBEVPtr;
+ UINT16 *NewDevPtr;
+ UINTN FDIndex;
+ UINTN HDIndex;
+ UINTN CDIndex;
+ UINTN NETIndex;
+ UINTN BEVIndex;
+
+ Idx = NULL;
+ FDCount = 0;
+ HDCount = 0;
+ CDCount = 0;
+ NETCount = 0;
+ BEVCount = 0;
+ TotalSize = 0;
+ HeaderSize = sizeof (BBS_TYPE) + sizeof (UINT16);
+ FDIndex = 0;
+ HDIndex = 0;
+ CDIndex = 0;
+ NETIndex = 0;
+ BEVIndex = 0;
+ NewDevPtr = NULL;
+
+ Status = gBS->LocateProtocol (&gEfiLegacyBiosProtocolGuid, NULL, (VOID **) &LegacyBios);
+ if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+ return Status;
+ }
+
+ Status = LegacyBios->GetBbsInfo (
+ LegacyBios,
+ &HddCount,
+ &LocalHddInfo,
+ &BbsCount,
+ &LocalBbsTable
+ );
+ if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+ return Status;
+ }
+
+ DevOrder = BdsLibGetVariableAndSize (
+ VAR_LEGACY_DEV_ORDER,
+ &gEfiLegacyDevOrderVariableGuid,
+ &DevOrderSize
+ );
+ if (NULL == DevOrder) {
+ return BdsCreateDevOrder (LocalBbsTable, BbsCount);
+ }
+ //
+ // First we figure out how many boot devices with same device type respectively
+ //
+ for (Index = 0; Index < BbsCount; Index++) {
+ if ((LocalBbsTable[Index].BootPriority == BBS_IGNORE_ENTRY) ||
+ (LocalBbsTable[Index].BootPriority == BBS_DO_NOT_BOOT_FROM)
+ ) {
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ switch (LocalBbsTable[Index].DeviceType) {
+ case BBS_FLOPPY:
+ FDCount++;
+ break;
+
+ case BBS_HARDDISK:
+ HDCount++;
+ break;
+
+ case BBS_CDROM:
+ CDCount++;
+ break;
+
+ case BBS_EMBED_NETWORK:
+ NETCount++;
+ break;
+
+ case BBS_BEV_DEVICE:
+ BEVCount++;
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ TotalSize += (HeaderSize + FDCount * sizeof (UINT16));
+ TotalSize += (HeaderSize + HDCount * sizeof (UINT16));
+ TotalSize += (HeaderSize + CDCount * sizeof (UINT16));
+ TotalSize += (HeaderSize + NETCount * sizeof (UINT16));
+ TotalSize += (HeaderSize + BEVCount * sizeof (UINT16));
+
+ NewDevOrder = AllocateZeroPool (TotalSize);
+ if (NULL == NewDevOrder) {
+ return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
+ }
+
+
+
+ //
+ // copy FD
+ //
+ Ptr = DevOrder;
+ NewPtr = NewDevOrder;
+ NewPtr->BbsType = Ptr->BbsType;
+ NewPtr->Length = (UINT16) (sizeof (UINT16) + FDCount * sizeof (UINT16));
+ for (Index = 0; Index < Ptr->Length / sizeof (UINT16) - 1; Index++) {
+ if (LocalBbsTable[Ptr->Data[Index] & 0xFF].BootPriority == BBS_IGNORE_ENTRY ||
+ LocalBbsTable[Ptr->Data[Index] & 0xFF].BootPriority == BBS_DO_NOT_BOOT_FROM ||
+ LocalBbsTable[Ptr->Data[Index] & 0xFF].DeviceType != BBS_FLOPPY
+ ) {
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ NewPtr->Data[FDIndex] = Ptr->Data[Index];
+ FDIndex++;
+ }
+ NewFDPtr = NewPtr->Data;
+
+ //
+ // copy HD
+ //
+ Ptr = (LEGACY_DEV_ORDER_ENTRY *) (&Ptr->Data[Ptr->Length / sizeof (UINT16) - 1]);
+ NewPtr = (LEGACY_DEV_ORDER_ENTRY *) (&NewPtr->Data[NewPtr->Length / sizeof (UINT16) -1]);
+ NewPtr->BbsType = Ptr->BbsType;
+ NewPtr->Length = (UINT16) (sizeof (UINT16) + HDCount * sizeof (UINT16));
+ for (Index = 0; Index < Ptr->Length / sizeof (UINT16) - 1; Index++) {
+ if (LocalBbsTable[Ptr->Data[Index] & 0xFF].BootPriority == BBS_IGNORE_ENTRY ||
+ LocalBbsTable[Ptr->Data[Index] & 0xFF].BootPriority == BBS_DO_NOT_BOOT_FROM ||
+ LocalBbsTable[Ptr->Data[Index] & 0xFF].BootPriority == BBS_LOWEST_PRIORITY ||
+ LocalBbsTable[Ptr->Data[Index] & 0xFF].DeviceType != BBS_HARDDISK
+ ) {
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ NewPtr->Data[HDIndex] = Ptr->Data[Index];
+ HDIndex++;
+ }
+ NewHDPtr = NewPtr->Data;
+
+ //
+ // copy CD
+ //
+ Ptr = (LEGACY_DEV_ORDER_ENTRY *) (&Ptr->Data[Ptr->Length / sizeof (UINT16) - 1]);
+ NewPtr = (LEGACY_DEV_ORDER_ENTRY *) (&NewPtr->Data[NewPtr->Length / sizeof (UINT16) -1]);
+ NewPtr->BbsType = Ptr->BbsType;
+ NewPtr->Length = (UINT16) (sizeof (UINT16) + CDCount * sizeof (UINT16));
+ for (Index = 0; Index < Ptr->Length / sizeof (UINT16) - 1; Index++) {
+ if (LocalBbsTable[Ptr->Data[Index] & 0xFF].BootPriority == BBS_IGNORE_ENTRY ||
+ LocalBbsTable[Ptr->Data[Index] & 0xFF].BootPriority == BBS_DO_NOT_BOOT_FROM ||
+ LocalBbsTable[Ptr->Data[Index] & 0xFF].BootPriority == BBS_LOWEST_PRIORITY ||
+ LocalBbsTable[Ptr->Data[Index] & 0xFF].DeviceType != BBS_CDROM
+ ) {
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ NewPtr->Data[CDIndex] = Ptr->Data[Index];
+ CDIndex++;
+ }
+ NewCDPtr = NewPtr->Data;
+
+ //
+ // copy NET
+ //
+ Ptr = (LEGACY_DEV_ORDER_ENTRY *) (&Ptr->Data[Ptr->Length / sizeof (UINT16) - 1]);
+ NewPtr = (LEGACY_DEV_ORDER_ENTRY *) (&NewPtr->Data[NewPtr->Length / sizeof (UINT16) -1]);
+ NewPtr->BbsType = Ptr->BbsType;
+ NewPtr->Length = (UINT16) (sizeof (UINT16) + NETCount * sizeof (UINT16));
+ for (Index = 0; Index < Ptr->Length / sizeof (UINT16) - 1; Index++) {
+ if (LocalBbsTable[Ptr->Data[Index] & 0xFF].BootPriority == BBS_IGNORE_ENTRY ||
+ LocalBbsTable[Ptr->Data[Index] & 0xFF].BootPriority == BBS_DO_NOT_BOOT_FROM ||
+ LocalBbsTable[Ptr->Data[Index] & 0xFF].BootPriority == BBS_LOWEST_PRIORITY ||
+ LocalBbsTable[Ptr->Data[Index] & 0xFF].DeviceType != BBS_EMBED_NETWORK
+ ) {
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ NewPtr->Data[NETIndex] = Ptr->Data[Index];
+ NETIndex++;
+ }
+ NewNETPtr = NewPtr->Data;
+
+ //
+ // copy BEV
+ //
+ Ptr = (LEGACY_DEV_ORDER_ENTRY *) (&Ptr->Data[Ptr->Length / sizeof (UINT16) - 1]);
+ NewPtr = (LEGACY_DEV_ORDER_ENTRY *) (&NewPtr->Data[NewPtr->Length / sizeof (UINT16) -1]);
+ NewPtr->BbsType = Ptr->BbsType;
+ NewPtr->Length = (UINT16) (sizeof (UINT16) + BEVCount * sizeof (UINT16));
+ for (Index = 0; Index < Ptr->Length / sizeof (UINT16) - 1; Index++) {
+ if (LocalBbsTable[Ptr->Data[Index] & 0xFF].BootPriority == BBS_IGNORE_ENTRY ||
+ LocalBbsTable[Ptr->Data[Index] & 0xFF].BootPriority == BBS_DO_NOT_BOOT_FROM ||
+ LocalBbsTable[Ptr->Data[Index] & 0xFF].BootPriority == BBS_LOWEST_PRIORITY ||
+ LocalBbsTable[Ptr->Data[Index] & 0xFF].DeviceType != BBS_BEV_DEVICE
+ ) {
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ NewPtr->Data[BEVIndex] = Ptr->Data[Index];
+ BEVIndex++;
+ }
+ NewBEVPtr = NewPtr->Data;
+
+ for (Index = 0; Index < BbsCount; Index++) {
+ if ((LocalBbsTable[Index].BootPriority == BBS_IGNORE_ENTRY) ||
+ (LocalBbsTable[Index].BootPriority == BBS_DO_NOT_BOOT_FROM)
+ ) {
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ switch (LocalBbsTable[Index].DeviceType) {
+ case BBS_FLOPPY:
+ Idx = &FDIndex;
+ NewDevPtr = NewFDPtr;
+ break;
+
+ case BBS_HARDDISK:
+ Idx = &HDIndex;
+ NewDevPtr = NewHDPtr;
+ break;
+
+ case BBS_CDROM:
+ Idx = &CDIndex;
+ NewDevPtr = NewCDPtr;
+ break;
+
+ case BBS_EMBED_NETWORK:
+ Idx = &NETIndex;
+ NewDevPtr = NewNETPtr;
+ break;
+
+ case BBS_BEV_DEVICE:
+ Idx = &BEVIndex;
+ NewDevPtr = NewBEVPtr;
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ Idx = NULL;
+ break;
+ }
+ //
+ // at this point we have copied those valid indexes to new buffer
+ // and we should check if there is any new appeared boot device
+ //
+ if (Idx != NULL) {
+ for (Index2 = 0; Index2 < *Idx; Index2++) {
+ if ((NewDevPtr[Index2] & 0xFF) == (UINT16) Index) {
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (Index2 == *Idx) {
+ //
+ // Index2 == *Idx means we didn't find Index
+ // so Index is a new appeared device's index in BBS table
+ // insert it before disabled indexes.
+ //
+ for (Index2 = 0; Index2 < *Idx; Index2++) {
+ if ((NewDevPtr[Index2] & 0xFF00) == 0xFF00) {
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ CopyMem (&NewDevPtr[Index2 + 1], &NewDevPtr[Index2], (*Idx - Index2) * sizeof (UINT16));
+ NewDevPtr[Index2] = (UINT16) (Index & 0xFF);
+ (*Idx)++;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ FreePool (DevOrder);
+
+ Status = gRT->SetVariable (
+ VAR_LEGACY_DEV_ORDER,
+ &gEfiLegacyDevOrderVariableGuid,
+ EFI_VARIABLE_BOOTSERVICE_ACCESS | EFI_VARIABLE_NON_VOLATILE,
+ TotalSize,
+ NewDevOrder
+ );
+ FreePool (NewDevOrder);
+
+ return Status;
+}
+
+/**
+ Set Boot Priority for specified device type.
+
+ @param DeviceType The device type.
+ @param BbsIndex The BBS index to set the highest priority. Ignore when -1.
+ @param LocalBbsTable The BBS table.
+ @param Priority The prority table.
+
+ @retval EFI_SUCCESS The function completes successfully.
+ @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND Failed to find device.
+ @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES Failed to get the efi variable of device order.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+BdsSetBootPriority4SameTypeDev (
+ IN UINT16 DeviceType,
+ IN UINTN BbsIndex,
+ IN OUT BBS_TABLE *LocalBbsTable,
+ IN OUT UINT16 *Priority
+ )
+{
+ LEGACY_DEV_ORDER_ENTRY *DevOrder;
+ LEGACY_DEV_ORDER_ENTRY *DevOrderPtr;
+ UINTN DevOrderSize;
+ UINTN Index;
+
+ DevOrder = BdsLibGetVariableAndSize (
+ VAR_LEGACY_DEV_ORDER,
+ &gEfiLegacyDevOrderVariableGuid,
+ &DevOrderSize
+ );
+ if (NULL == DevOrder) {
+ return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
+ }
+
+ DevOrderPtr = DevOrder;
+ while ((UINT8 *) DevOrderPtr < (UINT8 *) DevOrder + DevOrderSize) {
+ if (DevOrderPtr->BbsType == DeviceType) {
+ break;
+ }
+
+ DevOrderPtr = (LEGACY_DEV_ORDER_ENTRY *) ((UINTN) DevOrderPtr + sizeof (BBS_TYPE) + DevOrderPtr->Length);
+ }
+
+ if ((UINT8 *) DevOrderPtr >= (UINT8 *) DevOrder + DevOrderSize) {
+ FreePool (DevOrder);
+ return EFI_NOT_FOUND;
+ }
+
+ if (BbsIndex != (UINTN) -1) {
+ LocalBbsTable[BbsIndex].BootPriority = *Priority;
+ (*Priority)++;
+ }
+ //
+ // If the high byte of the DevIndex is 0xFF, it indicates that this device has been disabled.
+ //
+ for (Index = 0; Index < DevOrderPtr->Length / sizeof (UINT16) - 1; Index++) {
+ if ((DevOrderPtr->Data[Index] & 0xFF00) == 0xFF00) {
+ //
+ // LocalBbsTable[DevIndex[Index] & 0xFF].BootPriority = BBS_DISABLED_ENTRY;
+ //
+ } else if (DevOrderPtr->Data[Index] != BbsIndex) {
+ LocalBbsTable[DevOrderPtr->Data[Index]].BootPriority = *Priority;
+ (*Priority)++;
+ }
+ }
+
+ FreePool (DevOrder);
+ return EFI_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+/**
+ Print the BBS Table.
+
+ @param LocalBbsTable The BBS table.
+ @param BbsCount The count of entry in BBS table.
+**/
+VOID
+PrintBbsTable (
+ IN BBS_TABLE *LocalBbsTable,
+ IN UINT16 BbsCount
+ )
+{
+ UINT16 Idx;
+
+ DEBUG ((DEBUG_ERROR, "\n"));
+ DEBUG ((DEBUG_ERROR, " NO Prio bb/dd/ff cl/sc Type Stat segm:offs\n"));
+ DEBUG ((DEBUG_ERROR, "=============================================\n"));
+ for (Idx = 0; Idx < BbsCount; Idx++) {
+ if ((LocalBbsTable[Idx].BootPriority == BBS_IGNORE_ENTRY) ||
+ (LocalBbsTable[Idx].BootPriority == BBS_DO_NOT_BOOT_FROM) ||
+ (LocalBbsTable[Idx].BootPriority == BBS_LOWEST_PRIORITY)
+ ) {
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ DEBUG (
+ (DEBUG_ERROR,
+ " %02x: %04x %02x/%02x/%02x %02x/%02x %04x %04x %04x:%04x\n",
+ (UINTN) Idx,
+ (UINTN) LocalBbsTable[Idx].BootPriority,
+ (UINTN) LocalBbsTable[Idx].Bus,
+ (UINTN) LocalBbsTable[Idx].Device,
+ (UINTN) LocalBbsTable[Idx].Function,
+ (UINTN) LocalBbsTable[Idx].Class,
+ (UINTN) LocalBbsTable[Idx].SubClass,
+ (UINTN) LocalBbsTable[Idx].DeviceType,
+ (UINTN) * (UINT16 *) &LocalBbsTable[Idx].StatusFlags,
+ (UINTN) LocalBbsTable[Idx].BootHandlerSegment,
+ (UINTN) LocalBbsTable[Idx].BootHandlerOffset,
+ (UINTN) ((LocalBbsTable[Idx].MfgStringSegment << 4) + LocalBbsTable[Idx].MfgStringOffset),
+ (UINTN) ((LocalBbsTable[Idx].DescStringSegment << 4) + LocalBbsTable[Idx].DescStringOffset))
+ );
+ }
+
+ DEBUG ((DEBUG_ERROR, "\n"));
+}
+
+/**
+ Set the boot priority for BBS entries based on boot option entry and boot order.
+
+ @param Entry The boot option is to be checked for refresh BBS table.
+
+ @retval EFI_SUCCESS The boot priority for BBS entries is refreshed successfully.
+ @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND BBS entries can't be found.
+ @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES Failed to get the legacy device boot order.
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+EFIAPI
+BdsRefreshBbsTableForBoot (
+ IN BDS_COMMON_OPTION *Entry
+ )
+{
+ EFI_STATUS Status;
+ UINT16 BbsIndex;
+ UINT16 HddCount;
+ UINT16 BbsCount;
+ HDD_INFO *LocalHddInfo;
+ BBS_TABLE *LocalBbsTable;
+ UINT16 DevType;
+ EFI_LEGACY_BIOS_PROTOCOL *LegacyBios;
+ UINTN Index;
+ UINT16 Priority;
+ UINT16 *BootOrder;
+ UINTN BootOrderSize;
+ UINT8 *BootOptionVar;
+ UINTN BootOptionSize;
+ CHAR16 BootOption[9];
+ UINT8 *Ptr;
+ UINT16 DevPathLen;
+ EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *DevPath;
+ UINT16 *DeviceType;
+ UINTN DeviceTypeCount;
+ UINTN DeviceTypeIndex;
+
+ HddCount = 0;
+ BbsCount = 0;
+ LocalHddInfo = NULL;
+ LocalBbsTable = NULL;
+ DevType = BBS_UNKNOWN;
+
+ Status = gBS->LocateProtocol (&gEfiLegacyBiosProtocolGuid, NULL, (VOID **) &LegacyBios);
+ if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+ return Status;
+ }
+
+ LegacyBios->GetBbsInfo (
+ LegacyBios,
+ &HddCount,
+ &LocalHddInfo,
+ &BbsCount,
+ &LocalBbsTable
+ );
+ //
+ // First, set all the present devices' boot priority to BBS_UNPRIORITIZED_ENTRY
+ // We will set them according to the settings setup by user
+ //
+ for (Index = 0; Index < BbsCount; Index++) {
+ if (!((BBS_IGNORE_ENTRY == LocalBbsTable[Index].BootPriority) ||
+ (BBS_DO_NOT_BOOT_FROM == LocalBbsTable[Index].BootPriority) ||
+ (BBS_LOWEST_PRIORITY == LocalBbsTable[Index].BootPriority))) {
+ LocalBbsTable[Index].BootPriority = BBS_UNPRIORITIZED_ENTRY;
+ }
+ }
+ //
+ // boot priority always starts at 0
+ //
+ Priority = 0;
+ if (Entry->LoadOptionsSize == sizeof (BBS_TABLE) + sizeof (UINT16)) {
+ //
+ // If Entry stands for a legacy boot option, we prioritize the devices with the same type first.
+ //
+ DevType = ((BBS_TABLE *) Entry->LoadOptions)->DeviceType;
+ BbsIndex = *(UINT16 *) ((BBS_TABLE *) Entry->LoadOptions + 1);
+ Status = BdsSetBootPriority4SameTypeDev (
+ DevType,
+ BbsIndex,
+ LocalBbsTable,
+ &Priority
+ );
+ if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+ return Status;
+ }
+ }
+ //
+ // we have to set the boot priority for other BBS entries with different device types
+ //
+ BootOrder = BdsLibGetVariableAndSize (
+ L"BootOrder",
+ &gEfiGlobalVariableGuid,
+ &BootOrderSize
+ );
+ DeviceType = AllocatePool (BootOrderSize + sizeof (UINT16));
+ ASSERT (DeviceType != NULL);
+
+ DeviceType[0] = DevType;
+ DeviceTypeCount = 1;
+ for (Index = 0; ((BootOrder != NULL) && (Index < BootOrderSize / sizeof (UINT16))); Index++) {
+ UnicodeSPrint (BootOption, sizeof (BootOption), L"Boot%04x", BootOrder[Index]);
+ BootOptionVar = BdsLibGetVariableAndSize (
+ BootOption,
+ &gEfiGlobalVariableGuid,
+ &BootOptionSize
+ );
+ if (NULL == BootOptionVar) {
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ Ptr = BootOptionVar;
+
+ Ptr += sizeof (UINT32);
+ DevPathLen = *(UINT16 *) Ptr;
+ Ptr += sizeof (UINT16);
+ Ptr += StrSize ((UINT16 *) Ptr);
+ DevPath = (EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *) Ptr;
+ if (BBS_DEVICE_PATH != DevPath->Type || BBS_BBS_DP != DevPath->SubType) {
+ FreePool (BootOptionVar);
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ Ptr += DevPathLen;
+ DevType = ((BBS_TABLE *) Ptr)->DeviceType;
+ for (DeviceTypeIndex = 0; DeviceTypeIndex < DeviceTypeCount; DeviceTypeIndex++) {
+ if (DeviceType[DeviceTypeIndex] == DevType) {
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ if (DeviceTypeIndex < DeviceTypeCount) {
+ //
+ // We don't want to process twice for a device type
+ //
+ FreePool (BootOptionVar);
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ DeviceType[DeviceTypeCount] = DevType;
+ DeviceTypeCount++;
+
+ Status = BdsSetBootPriority4SameTypeDev (
+ DevType,
+ (UINTN) -1,
+ LocalBbsTable,
+ &Priority
+ );
+ FreePool (BootOptionVar);
+ if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ FreePool (DeviceType);
+
+ if (BootOrder != NULL) {
+ FreePool (BootOrder);
+ }
+
+ DEBUG_CODE_BEGIN();
+ PrintBbsTable (LocalBbsTable, BbsCount);
+ DEBUG_CODE_END();
+
+ return Status;
+}
+
+/**
+ Boot the legacy system with the boot option
+
+ @param Option The legacy boot option which have BBS device path
+
+ @retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED There is no legacybios protocol, do not support
+ legacy boot.
+ @retval EFI_STATUS Return the status of LegacyBios->LegacyBoot ().
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+BdsLibDoLegacyBoot (
+ IN BDS_COMMON_OPTION *Option
+ )
+{
+ EFI_STATUS Status;
+ EFI_LEGACY_BIOS_PROTOCOL *LegacyBios;
+ EFI_EVENT LegacyBootEvent;
+
+ Status = gBS->LocateProtocol (&gEfiLegacyBiosProtocolGuid, NULL, (VOID **) &LegacyBios);
+ if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+ //
+ // If no LegacyBios protocol we do not support legacy boot
+ //
+ return EFI_UNSUPPORTED;
+ }
+ //
+ // Notes: if we separate the int 19, then we don't need to refresh BBS
+ //
+ BdsRefreshBbsTableForBoot (Option);
+
+ //
+ // Write boot to OS performance data for legacy boot.
+ //
+ PERF_CODE (
+ //
+ // Create an event to be signalled when Legacy Boot occurs to write performance data.
+ //
+ Status = EfiCreateEventLegacyBootEx(
+ TPL_NOTIFY,
+ WriteBootToOsPerformanceData,
+ NULL,
+ &LegacyBootEvent
+ );
+ ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
+ );
+
+ DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO | DEBUG_LOAD, "Legacy Boot: %S\n", Option->Description));
+ return LegacyBios->LegacyBoot (
+ LegacyBios,
+ (BBS_BBS_DEVICE_PATH *) Option->DevicePath,
+ Option->LoadOptionsSize,
+ Option->LoadOptions
+ );
+}
+
+/**
+ Internal function to check if the input boot option is a valid EFI NV Boot####.
+
+ @param OptionToCheck Boot option to be checked.
+
+ @retval TRUE This boot option matches a valid EFI NV Boot####.
+ @retval FALSE If not.
+
+**/
+BOOLEAN
+IsBootOptionValidNVVarialbe (
+ IN BDS_COMMON_OPTION *OptionToCheck
+ )
+{
+ LIST_ENTRY TempList;
+ BDS_COMMON_OPTION *BootOption;
+ BOOLEAN Valid;
+ CHAR16 OptionName[20];
+
+ Valid = FALSE;
+
+ InitializeListHead (&TempList);
+ UnicodeSPrint (OptionName, sizeof (OptionName), L"Boot%04x", OptionToCheck->BootCurrent);
+
+ BootOption = BdsLibVariableToOption (&TempList, OptionName);
+ if (BootOption == NULL) {
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+
+ //
+ // If the Boot Option Number and Device Path matches, OptionToCheck matches a
+ // valid EFI NV Boot####.
+ //
+ if ((OptionToCheck->BootCurrent == BootOption->BootCurrent) &&
+ (CompareMem (OptionToCheck->DevicePath, BootOption->DevicePath, GetDevicePathSize (OptionToCheck->DevicePath)) == 0))
+ {
+ Valid = TRUE;
+ }
+
+ FreePool (BootOption);
+
+ return Valid;
+}
+
+/**
+ Check whether a USB device match the specified USB Class device path. This
+ function follows "Load Option Processing" behavior in UEFI specification.
+
+ @param UsbIo USB I/O protocol associated with the USB device.
+ @param UsbClass The USB Class device path to match.
+
+ @retval TRUE The USB device match the USB Class device path.
+ @retval FALSE The USB device does not match the USB Class device path.
+
+**/
+BOOLEAN
+BdsMatchUsbClass (
+ IN EFI_USB_IO_PROTOCOL *UsbIo,
+ IN USB_CLASS_DEVICE_PATH *UsbClass
+ )
+{
+ EFI_STATUS Status;
+ EFI_USB_DEVICE_DESCRIPTOR DevDesc;
+ EFI_USB_INTERFACE_DESCRIPTOR IfDesc;
+ UINT8 DeviceClass;
+ UINT8 DeviceSubClass;
+ UINT8 DeviceProtocol;
+
+ if ((DevicePathType (UsbClass) != MESSAGING_DEVICE_PATH) ||
+ (DevicePathSubType (UsbClass) != MSG_USB_CLASS_DP)){
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+
+ //
+ // Check Vendor Id and Product Id.
+ //
+ Status = UsbIo->UsbGetDeviceDescriptor (UsbIo, &DevDesc);
+ if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+
+ if ((UsbClass->VendorId != 0xffff) &&
+ (UsbClass->VendorId != DevDesc.IdVendor)) {
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+
+ if ((UsbClass->ProductId != 0xffff) &&
+ (UsbClass->ProductId != DevDesc.IdProduct)) {
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+
+ DeviceClass = DevDesc.DeviceClass;
+ DeviceSubClass = DevDesc.DeviceSubClass;
+ DeviceProtocol = DevDesc.DeviceProtocol;
+ if (DeviceClass == 0) {
+ //
+ // If Class in Device Descriptor is set to 0, use the Class, SubClass and
+ // Protocol in Interface Descriptor instead.
+ //
+ Status = UsbIo->UsbGetInterfaceDescriptor (UsbIo, &IfDesc);
+ if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+
+ DeviceClass = IfDesc.InterfaceClass;
+ DeviceSubClass = IfDesc.InterfaceSubClass;
+ DeviceProtocol = IfDesc.InterfaceProtocol;
+ }
+
+ //
+ // Check Class, SubClass and Protocol.
+ //
+ if ((UsbClass->DeviceClass != 0xff) &&
+ (UsbClass->DeviceClass != DeviceClass)) {
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+
+ if ((UsbClass->DeviceSubClass != 0xff) &&
+ (UsbClass->DeviceSubClass != DeviceSubClass)) {
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+
+ if ((UsbClass->DeviceProtocol != 0xff) &&
+ (UsbClass->DeviceProtocol != DeviceProtocol)) {
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+/**
+ Check whether a USB device match the specified USB WWID device path. This
+ function follows "Load Option Processing" behavior in UEFI specification.
+
+ @param UsbIo USB I/O protocol associated with the USB device.
+ @param UsbWwid The USB WWID device path to match.
+
+ @retval TRUE The USB device match the USB WWID device path.
+ @retval FALSE The USB device does not match the USB WWID device path.
+
+**/
+BOOLEAN
+BdsMatchUsbWwid (
+ IN EFI_USB_IO_PROTOCOL *UsbIo,
+ IN USB_WWID_DEVICE_PATH *UsbWwid
+ )
+{
+ EFI_STATUS Status;
+ EFI_USB_DEVICE_DESCRIPTOR DevDesc;
+ EFI_USB_INTERFACE_DESCRIPTOR IfDesc;
+ UINT16 *LangIdTable;
+ UINT16 TableSize;
+ UINT16 Index;
+ CHAR16 *CompareStr;
+ UINTN CompareLen;
+ CHAR16 *SerialNumberStr;
+ UINTN Length;
+
+ if ((DevicePathType (UsbWwid) != MESSAGING_DEVICE_PATH) ||
+ (DevicePathSubType (UsbWwid) != MSG_USB_WWID_DP )){
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+
+ //
+ // Check Vendor Id and Product Id.
+ //
+ Status = UsbIo->UsbGetDeviceDescriptor (UsbIo, &DevDesc);
+ if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+ if ((DevDesc.IdVendor != UsbWwid->VendorId) ||
+ (DevDesc.IdProduct != UsbWwid->ProductId)) {
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+
+ //
+ // Check Interface Number.
+ //
+ Status = UsbIo->UsbGetInterfaceDescriptor (UsbIo, &IfDesc);
+ if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+ if (IfDesc.InterfaceNumber != UsbWwid->InterfaceNumber) {
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+
+ //
+ // Check Serial Number.
+ //
+ if (DevDesc.StrSerialNumber == 0) {
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+
+ //
+ // Get all supported languages.
+ //
+ TableSize = 0;
+ LangIdTable = NULL;
+ Status = UsbIo->UsbGetSupportedLanguages (UsbIo, &LangIdTable, &TableSize);
+ if (EFI_ERROR (Status) || (TableSize == 0) || (LangIdTable == NULL)) {
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+
+ //
+ // Serial number in USB WWID device path is the last 64-or-less UTF-16 characters.
+ //
+ CompareStr = (CHAR16 *) (UINTN) (UsbWwid + 1);
+ CompareLen = (DevicePathNodeLength (UsbWwid) - sizeof (USB_WWID_DEVICE_PATH)) / sizeof (CHAR16);
+ if (CompareStr[CompareLen - 1] == L'\0') {
+ CompareLen--;
+ }
+
+ //
+ // Compare serial number in each supported language.
+ //
+ for (Index = 0; Index < TableSize / sizeof (UINT16); Index++) {
+ SerialNumberStr = NULL;
+ Status = UsbIo->UsbGetStringDescriptor (
+ UsbIo,
+ LangIdTable[Index],
+ DevDesc.StrSerialNumber,
+ &SerialNumberStr
+ );
+ if (EFI_ERROR (Status) || (SerialNumberStr == NULL)) {
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ Length = StrLen (SerialNumberStr);
+ if ((Length >= CompareLen) &&
+ (CompareMem (SerialNumberStr + Length - CompareLen, CompareStr, CompareLen * sizeof (CHAR16)) == 0)) {
+ FreePool (SerialNumberStr);
+ return TRUE;
+ }
+
+ FreePool (SerialNumberStr);
+ }
+
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+/**
+ Find a USB device path which match the specified short-form device path start
+ with USB Class or USB WWID device path and load the boot file then return the
+ image handle. If ParentDevicePath is NULL, this function will search in all USB
+ devices of the platform. If ParentDevicePath is not NULL,this function will only
+ search in its child devices.
+
+ @param ParentDevicePath The device path of the parent.
+ @param ShortFormDevicePath The USB Class or USB WWID device path to match.
+
+ @return The image Handle if find load file from specified short-form device path
+ or NULL if not found.
+
+**/
+EFI_HANDLE *
+BdsFindUsbDevice (
+ IN EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *ParentDevicePath,
+ IN EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *ShortFormDevicePath
+ )
+{
+ EFI_STATUS Status;
+ UINTN UsbIoHandleCount;
+ EFI_HANDLE *UsbIoHandleBuffer;
+ EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *UsbIoDevicePath;
+ EFI_USB_IO_PROTOCOL *UsbIo;
+ UINTN Index;
+ UINTN ParentSize;
+ UINTN Size;
+ EFI_HANDLE ImageHandle;
+ EFI_HANDLE Handle;
+ EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *FullDevicePath;
+ EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *NextDevicePath;
+
+ FullDevicePath = NULL;
+ ImageHandle = NULL;
+
+ //
+ // Get all UsbIo Handles.
+ //
+ UsbIoHandleCount = 0;
+ UsbIoHandleBuffer = NULL;
+ Status = gBS->LocateHandleBuffer (
+ ByProtocol,
+ &gEfiUsbIoProtocolGuid,
+ NULL,
+ &UsbIoHandleCount,
+ &UsbIoHandleBuffer
+ );
+ if (EFI_ERROR (Status) || (UsbIoHandleCount == 0) || (UsbIoHandleBuffer == NULL)) {
+ return NULL;
+ }
+
+ ParentSize = (ParentDevicePath == NULL) ? 0 : GetDevicePathSize (ParentDevicePath);
+ for (Index = 0; Index < UsbIoHandleCount; Index++) {
+ //
+ // Get the Usb IO interface.
+ //
+ Status = gBS->HandleProtocol(
+ UsbIoHandleBuffer[Index],
+ &gEfiUsbIoProtocolGuid,
+ (VOID **) &UsbIo
+ );
+ if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ UsbIoDevicePath = DevicePathFromHandle (UsbIoHandleBuffer[Index]);
+ if (UsbIoDevicePath == NULL) {
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ if (ParentDevicePath != NULL) {
+ //
+ // Compare starting part of UsbIoHandle's device path with ParentDevicePath.
+ //
+ Size = GetDevicePathSize (UsbIoDevicePath);
+ if ((Size < ParentSize) ||
+ (CompareMem (UsbIoDevicePath, ParentDevicePath, ParentSize - END_DEVICE_PATH_LENGTH) != 0)) {
+ continue;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (BdsMatchUsbClass (UsbIo, (USB_CLASS_DEVICE_PATH *) ShortFormDevicePath) ||
+ BdsMatchUsbWwid (UsbIo, (USB_WWID_DEVICE_PATH *) ShortFormDevicePath)) {
+ //
+ // Try to find if there is the boot file in this DevicePath
+ //
+ NextDevicePath = NextDevicePathNode (ShortFormDevicePath);
+ if (!IsDevicePathEnd (NextDevicePath)) {
+ FullDevicePath = AppendDevicePath (UsbIoDevicePath, NextDevicePath);
+ //
+ // Connect the full device path, so that Simple File System protocol
+ // could be installed for this USB device.
+ //
+ BdsLibConnectDevicePath (FullDevicePath);
+ REPORT_STATUS_CODE (EFI_PROGRESS_CODE, PcdGet32 (PcdProgressCodeOsLoaderLoad));
+ Status = gBS->LoadImage (
+ TRUE,
+ gImageHandle,
+ FullDevicePath,
+ NULL,
+ 0,
+ &ImageHandle
+ );
+ FreePool (FullDevicePath);
+ } else {
+ FullDevicePath = UsbIoDevicePath;
+ Status = EFI_NOT_FOUND;
+ }
+
+ //
+ // If we didn't find an image directly, we need to try as if it is a removable device boot option
+ // and load the image according to the default boot behavior for removable device.
+ //
+ if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+ //
+ // check if there is a bootable removable media could be found in this device path ,
+ // and get the bootable media handle
+ //
+ Handle = BdsLibGetBootableHandle(UsbIoDevicePath);
+ if (Handle == NULL) {
+ continue;
+ }
+ //
+ // Load the default boot file \EFI\BOOT\boot{machinename}.EFI from removable Media
+ // machinename is ia32, ia64, x64, ...
+ //
+ FullDevicePath = FileDevicePath (Handle, EFI_REMOVABLE_MEDIA_FILE_NAME);
+ if (FullDevicePath != NULL) {
+ REPORT_STATUS_CODE (EFI_PROGRESS_CODE, PcdGet32 (PcdProgressCodeOsLoaderLoad));
+ Status = gBS->LoadImage (
+ TRUE,
+ gImageHandle,
+ FullDevicePath,
+ NULL,
+ 0,
+ &ImageHandle
+ );
+ if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+ //
+ // The DevicePath failed, and it's not a valid
+ // removable media device.
+ //
+ continue;
+ }
+ } else {
+ continue;
+ }
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ FreePool (UsbIoHandleBuffer);
+ return ImageHandle;
+}
+
+/**
+ Expand USB Class or USB WWID device path node to be full device path of a USB
+ device in platform then load the boot file on this full device path and return the
+ image handle.
+
+ This function support following 4 cases:
+ 1) Boot Option device path starts with a USB Class or USB WWID device path,
+ and there is no Media FilePath device path in the end.
+ In this case, it will follow Removable Media Boot Behavior.
+ 2) Boot Option device path starts with a USB Class or USB WWID device path,
+ and ended with Media FilePath device path.
+ 3) Boot Option device path starts with a full device path to a USB Host Controller,
+ contains a USB Class or USB WWID device path node, while not ended with Media
+ FilePath device path. In this case, it will follow Removable Media Boot Behavior.
+ 4) Boot Option device path starts with a full device path to a USB Host Controller,
+ contains a USB Class or USB WWID device path node, and ended with Media
+ FilePath device path.
+
+ @param DevicePath The Boot Option device path.
+
+ @return The image handle of boot file, or NULL if there is no boot file found in
+ the specified USB Class or USB WWID device path.
+
+**/
+EFI_HANDLE *
+BdsExpandUsbShortFormDevicePath (
+ IN EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *DevicePath
+ )
+{
+ EFI_HANDLE *ImageHandle;
+ EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *TempDevicePath;
+ EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *ShortFormDevicePath;
+
+ //
+ // Search for USB Class or USB WWID device path node.
+ //
+ ShortFormDevicePath = NULL;
+ ImageHandle = NULL;
+ TempDevicePath = DevicePath;
+ while (!IsDevicePathEnd (TempDevicePath)) {
+ if ((DevicePathType (TempDevicePath) == MESSAGING_DEVICE_PATH) &&
+ ((DevicePathSubType (TempDevicePath) == MSG_USB_CLASS_DP) ||
+ (DevicePathSubType (TempDevicePath) == MSG_USB_WWID_DP))) {
+ ShortFormDevicePath = TempDevicePath;
+ break;
+ }
+ TempDevicePath = NextDevicePathNode (TempDevicePath);
+ }
+
+ if (ShortFormDevicePath == NULL) {
+ //
+ // No USB Class or USB WWID device path node found, do nothing.
+ //
+ return NULL;
+ }
+
+ if (ShortFormDevicePath == DevicePath) {
+ //
+ // Boot Option device path starts with USB Class or USB WWID device path.
+ //
+ ImageHandle = BdsFindUsbDevice (NULL, ShortFormDevicePath);
+ if (ImageHandle == NULL) {
+ //
+ // Failed to find a match in existing devices, connect the short form USB
+ // device path and try again.
+ //
+ BdsLibConnectUsbDevByShortFormDP (0xff, ShortFormDevicePath);
+ ImageHandle = BdsFindUsbDevice (NULL, ShortFormDevicePath);
+ }
+ } else {
+ //
+ // Boot Option device path contains USB Class or USB WWID device path node.
+ //
+
+ //
+ // Prepare the parent device path for search.
+ //
+ TempDevicePath = DuplicateDevicePath (DevicePath);
+ ASSERT (TempDevicePath != NULL);
+ SetDevicePathEndNode (((UINT8 *) TempDevicePath) + ((UINTN) ShortFormDevicePath - (UINTN) DevicePath));
+
+ //
+ // The USB Host Controller device path is already in Boot Option device path
+ // and USB Bus driver already support RemainingDevicePath starts with USB
+ // Class or USB WWID device path, so just search in existing USB devices and
+ // doesn't perform ConnectController here.
+ //
+ ImageHandle = BdsFindUsbDevice (TempDevicePath, ShortFormDevicePath);
+ FreePool (TempDevicePath);
+ }
+
+ return ImageHandle;
+}
+
+/**
+ Process the boot option follow the UEFI specification and
+ special treat the legacy boot option with BBS_DEVICE_PATH.
+
+ @param Option The boot option need to be processed
+ @param DevicePath The device path which describe where to load the
+ boot image or the legacy BBS device path to boot
+ the legacy OS
+ @param ExitDataSize The size of exit data.
+ @param ExitData Data returned when Boot image failed.
+
+ @retval EFI_SUCCESS Boot from the input boot option successfully.
+ @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND If the Device Path is not found in the system
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+EFIAPI
+BdsLibBootViaBootOption (
+ IN BDS_COMMON_OPTION *Option,
+ IN EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *DevicePath,
+ OUT UINTN *ExitDataSize,
+ OUT CHAR16 **ExitData OPTIONAL
+ )
+{
+ EFI_STATUS Status;
+ EFI_STATUS StatusLogo;
+ EFI_HANDLE Handle;
+ EFI_HANDLE ImageHandle;
+ EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *FilePath;
+ EFI_LOADED_IMAGE_PROTOCOL *ImageInfo;
+ EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *WorkingDevicePath;
+ LIST_ENTRY TempBootLists;
+ EFI_BOOT_LOGO_PROTOCOL *BootLogo;
+
+ Status = EFI_SUCCESS;
+ *ExitDataSize = 0;
+ *ExitData = NULL;
+
+ //
+ // If it's Device Path that starts with a hard drive path, append it with the front part to compose a
+ // full device path
+ //
+ WorkingDevicePath = NULL;
+ if ((DevicePathType (DevicePath) == MEDIA_DEVICE_PATH) &&
+ (DevicePathSubType (DevicePath) == MEDIA_HARDDRIVE_DP)) {
+ WorkingDevicePath = BdsExpandPartitionPartialDevicePathToFull (
+ (HARDDRIVE_DEVICE_PATH *)DevicePath
+ );
+ if (WorkingDevicePath != NULL) {
+ DevicePath = WorkingDevicePath;
+ }
+ }
+
+ //
+ // Set Boot Current
+ //
+ if (IsBootOptionValidNVVarialbe (Option)) {
+ //
+ // For a temporary boot (i.e. a boot by selected a EFI Shell using "Boot From File"), Boot Current is actually not valid.
+ // In this case, "BootCurrent" is not created.
+ // Only create the BootCurrent variable when it points to a valid Boot#### variable.
+ //
+ SetVariableAndReportStatusCodeOnError (
+ L"BootCurrent",
+ &gEfiGlobalVariableGuid,
+ EFI_VARIABLE_BOOTSERVICE_ACCESS | EFI_VARIABLE_RUNTIME_ACCESS,
+ sizeof (UINT16),
+ &Option->BootCurrent
+ );
+ }
+
+ //
+ // Signal the EVT_SIGNAL_READY_TO_BOOT event
+ //
+ EfiSignalEventReadyToBoot();
+
+ //
+ // Report Status Code to indicate ReadyToBoot event was signalled
+ //
+ REPORT_STATUS_CODE (EFI_PROGRESS_CODE, (EFI_SOFTWARE_DXE_BS_DRIVER | EFI_SW_DXE_BS_PC_READY_TO_BOOT_EVENT));
+
+ //
+ // Expand USB Class or USB WWID device path node to be full device path of a USB
+ // device in platform then load the boot file on this full device path and get the
+ // image handle.
+ //
+ ImageHandle = BdsExpandUsbShortFormDevicePath (DevicePath);
+
+ //
+ // Adjust the different type memory page number just before booting
+ // and save the updated info into the variable for next boot to use
+ //
+ BdsSetMemoryTypeInformationVariable ();
+
+ //
+ // By expanding the USB Class or WWID device path, the ImageHandle has returnned.
+ // Here get the ImageHandle for the non USB class or WWID device path.
+ //
+ if (ImageHandle == NULL) {
+ ASSERT (Option->DevicePath != NULL);
+ if ((DevicePathType (Option->DevicePath) == BBS_DEVICE_PATH) &&
+ (DevicePathSubType (Option->DevicePath) == BBS_BBS_DP)
+ ) {
+ //
+ // Check to see if we should legacy BOOT. If yes then do the legacy boot
+ //
+ return BdsLibDoLegacyBoot (Option);
+ }
+
+ //
+ // If the boot option point to Internal FV shell, make sure it is valid
+ //
+ Status = BdsLibUpdateFvFileDevicePath (&DevicePath, PcdGetPtr(PcdShellFile));
+ if (!EFI_ERROR(Status)) {
+ if (Option->DevicePath != NULL) {
+ FreePool(Option->DevicePath);
+ }
+ Option->DevicePath = AllocateZeroPool (GetDevicePathSize (DevicePath));
+ ASSERT(Option->DevicePath != NULL);
+ CopyMem (Option->DevicePath, DevicePath, GetDevicePathSize (DevicePath));
+ //
+ // Update the shell boot option
+ //
+ InitializeListHead (&TempBootLists);
+ BdsLibRegisterNewOption (&TempBootLists, DevicePath, L"EFI Internal Shell", L"BootOrder");
+
+ //
+ // free the temporary device path created by BdsLibUpdateFvFileDevicePath()
+ //
+ FreePool (DevicePath);
+ DevicePath = Option->DevicePath;
+ }
+
+ DEBUG_CODE_BEGIN();
+
+ if (Option->Description == NULL) {
+ DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO | DEBUG_LOAD, "Booting from unknown device path\n"));
+ } else {
+ DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO | DEBUG_LOAD, "Booting %S\n", Option->Description));
+ }
+
+ DEBUG_CODE_END();
+
+ //
+ // Report status code for OS Loader LoadImage.
+ //
+ REPORT_STATUS_CODE (EFI_PROGRESS_CODE, PcdGet32 (PcdProgressCodeOsLoaderLoad));
+ Status = gBS->LoadImage (
+ TRUE,
+ gImageHandle,
+ DevicePath,
+ NULL,
+ 0,
+ &ImageHandle
+ );
+
+ //
+ // If we didn't find an image directly, we need to try as if it is a removable device boot option
+ // and load the image according to the default boot behavior for removable device.
+ //
+ if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+ //
+ // check if there is a bootable removable media could be found in this device path ,
+ // and get the bootable media handle
+ //
+ Handle = BdsLibGetBootableHandle(DevicePath);
+ if (Handle != NULL) {
+ //
+ // Load the default boot file \EFI\BOOT\boot{machinename}.EFI from removable Media
+ // machinename is ia32, ia64, x64, ...
+ //
+ FilePath = FileDevicePath (Handle, EFI_REMOVABLE_MEDIA_FILE_NAME);
+ if (FilePath != NULL) {
+ REPORT_STATUS_CODE (EFI_PROGRESS_CODE, PcdGet32 (PcdProgressCodeOsLoaderLoad));
+ Status = gBS->LoadImage (
+ TRUE,
+ gImageHandle,
+ FilePath,
+ NULL,
+ 0,
+ &ImageHandle
+ );
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ //
+ // Provide the image with it's load options
+ //
+ if ((ImageHandle == NULL) || (EFI_ERROR(Status))) {
+ //
+ // Report Status Code to indicate that the failure to load boot option
+ //
+ REPORT_STATUS_CODE (
+ EFI_ERROR_CODE | EFI_ERROR_MINOR,
+ (EFI_SOFTWARE_DXE_BS_DRIVER | EFI_SW_DXE_BS_EC_BOOT_OPTION_LOAD_ERROR)
+ );
+ goto Done;
+ }
+
+ Status = gBS->HandleProtocol (ImageHandle, &gEfiLoadedImageProtocolGuid, (VOID **) &ImageInfo);
+ ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
+
+ if (Option->LoadOptionsSize != 0) {
+ ImageInfo->LoadOptionsSize = Option->LoadOptionsSize;
+ ImageInfo->LoadOptions = Option->LoadOptions;
+ }
+
+ //
+ // Clean to NULL because the image is loaded directly from the firmwares boot manager.
+ //
+ ImageInfo->ParentHandle = NULL;
+
+ //
+ // Before calling the image, enable the Watchdog Timer for
+ // the 5 Minute period
+ //
+ gBS->SetWatchdogTimer (5 * 60, 0x0000, 0x00, NULL);
+
+ //
+ // Write boot to OS performance data for UEFI boot
+ //
+ PERF_CODE (
+ WriteBootToOsPerformanceData (NULL, NULL);
+ );
+
+ //
+ // Report status code for OS Loader StartImage.
+ //
+ REPORT_STATUS_CODE (EFI_PROGRESS_CODE, PcdGet32 (PcdProgressCodeOsLoaderStart));
+
+ Status = gBS->StartImage (ImageHandle, ExitDataSize, ExitData);
+ DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO | DEBUG_LOAD, "Image Return Status = %r\n", Status));
+ if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+ //
+ // Report Status Code to indicate that boot failure
+ //
+ REPORT_STATUS_CODE (
+ EFI_ERROR_CODE | EFI_ERROR_MINOR,
+ (EFI_SOFTWARE_DXE_BS_DRIVER | EFI_SW_DXE_BS_EC_BOOT_OPTION_FAILED)
+ );
+ }
+
+ //
+ // Clear the Watchdog Timer after the image returns
+ //
+ gBS->SetWatchdogTimer (0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, NULL);
+
+Done:
+ //
+ // Set Logo status invalid after trying one boot option
+ //
+ BootLogo = NULL;
+ StatusLogo = gBS->LocateProtocol (&gEfiBootLogoProtocolGuid, NULL, (VOID **) &BootLogo);
+ if (!EFI_ERROR (StatusLogo) && (BootLogo != NULL)) {
+ BootLogo->SetBootLogo (BootLogo, NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0);
+ }
+
+ //
+ // Clear Boot Current
+ // Deleting variable with current implementation shouldn't fail.
+ //
+ gRT->SetVariable (
+ L"BootCurrent",
+ &gEfiGlobalVariableGuid,
+ EFI_VARIABLE_BOOTSERVICE_ACCESS | EFI_VARIABLE_RUNTIME_ACCESS,
+ 0,
+ NULL
+ );
+
+ return Status;
+}
+
+
+/**
+ Expand a device path that starts with a hard drive media device path node to be a
+ full device path that includes the full hardware path to the device. We need
+ to do this so it can be booted. As an optimization the front match (the part point
+ to the partition node. E.g. ACPI() /PCI()/ATA()/Partition() ) is saved in a variable
+ so a connect all is not required on every boot. All successful history device path
+ which point to partition node (the front part) will be saved.
+
+ @param HardDriveDevicePath EFI Device Path to boot, if it starts with a hard
+ drive media device path.
+ @return A Pointer to the full device path or NULL if a valid Hard Drive devic path
+ cannot be found.
+
+**/
+EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *
+EFIAPI
+BdsExpandPartitionPartialDevicePathToFull (
+ IN HARDDRIVE_DEVICE_PATH *HardDriveDevicePath
+ )
+{
+ EFI_STATUS Status;
+ UINTN BlockIoHandleCount;
+ EFI_HANDLE *BlockIoBuffer;
+ EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *FullDevicePath;
+ EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *BlockIoDevicePath;
+ EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *DevicePath;
+ UINTN Index;
+ UINTN InstanceNum;
+ EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *CachedDevicePath;
+ EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *TempNewDevicePath;
+ UINTN CachedDevicePathSize;
+ BOOLEAN DeviceExist;
+ BOOLEAN NeedAdjust;
+ EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *Instance;
+ UINTN Size;
+
+ FullDevicePath = NULL;
+ //
+ // Check if there is prestore HD_BOOT_DEVICE_PATH_VARIABLE_NAME variable.
+ // If exist, search the front path which point to partition node in the variable instants.
+ // If fail to find or HD_BOOT_DEVICE_PATH_VARIABLE_NAME not exist, reconnect all and search in all system
+ //
+ GetVariable2 (
+ HD_BOOT_DEVICE_PATH_VARIABLE_NAME,
+ &gHdBootDevicePathVariablGuid,
+ (VOID **) &CachedDevicePath,
+ &CachedDevicePathSize
+ );
+
+ //
+ // Delete the invalid HD_BOOT_DEVICE_PATH_VARIABLE_NAME variable.
+ //
+ if ((CachedDevicePath != NULL) && !IsDevicePathValid (CachedDevicePath, CachedDevicePathSize)) {
+ FreePool (CachedDevicePath);
+ CachedDevicePath = NULL;
+ Status = gRT->SetVariable (
+ HD_BOOT_DEVICE_PATH_VARIABLE_NAME,
+ &gHdBootDevicePathVariablGuid,
+ 0,
+ 0,
+ NULL
+ );
+ ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
+ }
+
+ if (CachedDevicePath != NULL) {
+ TempNewDevicePath = CachedDevicePath;
+ DeviceExist = FALSE;
+ NeedAdjust = FALSE;
+ do {
+ //
+ // Check every instance of the variable
+ // First, check whether the instance contain the partition node, which is needed for distinguishing multi
+ // partial partition boot option. Second, check whether the instance could be connected.
+ //
+ Instance = GetNextDevicePathInstance (&TempNewDevicePath, &Size);
+ if (MatchPartitionDevicePathNode (Instance, HardDriveDevicePath)) {
+ //
+ // Connect the device path instance, the device path point to hard drive media device path node
+ // e.g. ACPI() /PCI()/ATA()/Partition()
+ //
+ Status = BdsLibConnectDevicePath (Instance);
+ if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+ DeviceExist = TRUE;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ //
+ // Come here means the first instance is not matched
+ //
+ NeedAdjust = TRUE;
+ FreePool(Instance);
+ } while (TempNewDevicePath != NULL);
+
+ if (DeviceExist) {
+ //
+ // Find the matched device path.
+ // Append the file path information from the boot option and return the fully expanded device path.
+ //
+ DevicePath = NextDevicePathNode ((EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *) HardDriveDevicePath);
+ FullDevicePath = AppendDevicePath (Instance, DevicePath);
+
+ //
+ // Adjust the HD_BOOT_DEVICE_PATH_VARIABLE_NAME instances sequence if the matched one is not first one.
+ //
+ if (NeedAdjust) {
+ //
+ // First delete the matched instance.
+ //
+ TempNewDevicePath = CachedDevicePath;
+ CachedDevicePath = BdsLibDelPartMatchInstance (CachedDevicePath, Instance );
+ FreePool (TempNewDevicePath);
+
+ //
+ // Second, append the remaining path after the matched instance
+ //
+ TempNewDevicePath = CachedDevicePath;
+ CachedDevicePath = AppendDevicePathInstance (Instance, CachedDevicePath );
+ FreePool (TempNewDevicePath);
+ //
+ // Save the matching Device Path so we don't need to do a connect all next time
+ // Failure to set the variable only impacts the performance when next time expanding the short-form device path.
+ //
+ Status = gRT->SetVariable (
+ HD_BOOT_DEVICE_PATH_VARIABLE_NAME,
+ &gHdBootDevicePathVariablGuid,
+ EFI_VARIABLE_BOOTSERVICE_ACCESS | EFI_VARIABLE_NON_VOLATILE,
+ GetDevicePathSize (CachedDevicePath),
+ CachedDevicePath
+ );
+ }
+
+ FreePool (Instance);
+ FreePool (CachedDevicePath);
+ return FullDevicePath;
+ }
+ }
+
+ //
+ // If we get here we fail to find or HD_BOOT_DEVICE_PATH_VARIABLE_NAME not exist, and now we need
+ // to search all devices in the system for a matched partition
+ //
+ BdsLibConnectAllDriversToAllControllers ();
+ Status = gBS->LocateHandleBuffer (ByProtocol, &gEfiBlockIoProtocolGuid, NULL, &BlockIoHandleCount, &BlockIoBuffer);
+ if (EFI_ERROR (Status) || BlockIoHandleCount == 0 || BlockIoBuffer == NULL) {
+ //
+ // If there was an error or there are no device handles that support
+ // the BLOCK_IO Protocol, then return.
+ //
+ return NULL;
+ }
+ //
+ // Loop through all the device handles that support the BLOCK_IO Protocol
+ //
+ for (Index = 0; Index < BlockIoHandleCount; Index++) {
+
+ Status = gBS->HandleProtocol (BlockIoBuffer[Index], &gEfiDevicePathProtocolGuid, (VOID *) &BlockIoDevicePath);
+ if (EFI_ERROR (Status) || BlockIoDevicePath == NULL) {
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ if (MatchPartitionDevicePathNode (BlockIoDevicePath, HardDriveDevicePath)) {
+ //
+ // Find the matched partition device path
+ //
+ DevicePath = NextDevicePathNode ((EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *) HardDriveDevicePath);
+ FullDevicePath = AppendDevicePath (BlockIoDevicePath, DevicePath);
+
+ //
+ // Save the matched partition device path in HD_BOOT_DEVICE_PATH_VARIABLE_NAME variable
+ //
+ if (CachedDevicePath != NULL) {
+ //
+ // Save the matched partition device path as first instance of HD_BOOT_DEVICE_PATH_VARIABLE_NAME variable
+ //
+ if (BdsLibMatchDevicePaths (CachedDevicePath, BlockIoDevicePath)) {
+ TempNewDevicePath = CachedDevicePath;
+ CachedDevicePath = BdsLibDelPartMatchInstance (CachedDevicePath, BlockIoDevicePath);
+ FreePool(TempNewDevicePath);
+ }
+
+ if (CachedDevicePath != NULL) {
+ TempNewDevicePath = CachedDevicePath;
+ CachedDevicePath = AppendDevicePathInstance (BlockIoDevicePath, CachedDevicePath);
+ FreePool(TempNewDevicePath);
+ } else {
+ CachedDevicePath = DuplicateDevicePath (BlockIoDevicePath);
+ }
+
+ //
+ // Here limit the device path instance number to 12, which is max number for a system support 3 IDE controller
+ // If the user try to boot many OS in different HDs or partitions, in theory,
+ // the HD_BOOT_DEVICE_PATH_VARIABLE_NAME variable maybe become larger and larger.
+ //
+ InstanceNum = 0;
+ ASSERT (CachedDevicePath != NULL);
+ TempNewDevicePath = CachedDevicePath;
+ while (!IsDevicePathEnd (TempNewDevicePath)) {
+ TempNewDevicePath = NextDevicePathNode (TempNewDevicePath);
+ //
+ // Parse one instance
+ //
+ while (!IsDevicePathEndType (TempNewDevicePath)) {
+ TempNewDevicePath = NextDevicePathNode (TempNewDevicePath);
+ }
+ InstanceNum++;
+ //
+ // If the CachedDevicePath variable contain too much instance, only remain 12 instances.
+ //
+ if (InstanceNum >= 12) {
+ SetDevicePathEndNode (TempNewDevicePath);
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ } else {
+ CachedDevicePath = DuplicateDevicePath (BlockIoDevicePath);
+ }
+
+ //
+ // Save the matching Device Path so we don't need to do a connect all next time
+ // Failure to set the variable only impacts the performance when next time expanding the short-form device path.
+ //
+ Status = gRT->SetVariable (
+ HD_BOOT_DEVICE_PATH_VARIABLE_NAME,
+ &gHdBootDevicePathVariablGuid,
+ EFI_VARIABLE_BOOTSERVICE_ACCESS | EFI_VARIABLE_NON_VOLATILE,
+ GetDevicePathSize (CachedDevicePath),
+ CachedDevicePath
+ );
+
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (CachedDevicePath != NULL) {
+ FreePool (CachedDevicePath);
+ }
+ if (BlockIoBuffer != NULL) {
+ FreePool (BlockIoBuffer);
+ }
+ return FullDevicePath;
+}
+
+/**
+ Check whether there is a instance in BlockIoDevicePath, which contain multi device path
+ instances, has the same partition node with HardDriveDevicePath device path
+
+ @param BlockIoDevicePath Multi device path instances which need to check
+ @param HardDriveDevicePath A device path which starts with a hard drive media
+ device path.
+
+ @retval TRUE There is a matched device path instance.
+ @retval FALSE There is no matched device path instance.
+
+**/
+BOOLEAN
+EFIAPI
+MatchPartitionDevicePathNode (
+ IN EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *BlockIoDevicePath,
+ IN HARDDRIVE_DEVICE_PATH *HardDriveDevicePath
+ )
+{
+ HARDDRIVE_DEVICE_PATH *TmpHdPath;
+ EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *DevicePath;
+ BOOLEAN Match;
+ EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *BlockIoHdDevicePathNode;
+
+ if ((BlockIoDevicePath == NULL) || (HardDriveDevicePath == NULL)) {
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+
+ //
+ // Make PreviousDevicePath == the device path node before the end node
+ //
+ DevicePath = BlockIoDevicePath;
+ BlockIoHdDevicePathNode = NULL;
+
+ //
+ // find the partition device path node
+ //
+ while (!IsDevicePathEnd (DevicePath)) {
+ if ((DevicePathType (DevicePath) == MEDIA_DEVICE_PATH) &&
+ (DevicePathSubType (DevicePath) == MEDIA_HARDDRIVE_DP)
+ ) {
+ BlockIoHdDevicePathNode = DevicePath;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ DevicePath = NextDevicePathNode (DevicePath);
+ }
+
+ if (BlockIoHdDevicePathNode == NULL) {
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+ //
+ // See if the harddrive device path in blockio matches the orig Hard Drive Node
+ //
+ TmpHdPath = (HARDDRIVE_DEVICE_PATH *) BlockIoHdDevicePathNode;
+ Match = FALSE;
+
+ //
+ // Check for the match
+ //
+ if ((TmpHdPath->MBRType == HardDriveDevicePath->MBRType) &&
+ (TmpHdPath->SignatureType == HardDriveDevicePath->SignatureType)) {
+ switch (TmpHdPath->SignatureType) {
+ case SIGNATURE_TYPE_GUID:
+ Match = CompareGuid ((EFI_GUID *)TmpHdPath->Signature, (EFI_GUID *)HardDriveDevicePath->Signature);
+ break;
+ case SIGNATURE_TYPE_MBR:
+ Match = (BOOLEAN)(*((UINT32 *)(&(TmpHdPath->Signature[0]))) == ReadUnaligned32((UINT32 *)(&(HardDriveDevicePath->Signature[0]))));
+ break;
+ default:
+ Match = FALSE;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return Match;
+}
+
+/**
+ Delete the boot option associated with the handle passed in.
+
+ @param Handle The handle which present the device path to create
+ boot option
+
+ @retval EFI_SUCCESS Delete the boot option success
+ @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND If the Device Path is not found in the system
+ @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES Lack of memory resource
+ @retval Other Error return value from SetVariable()
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+BdsLibDeleteOptionFromHandle (
+ IN EFI_HANDLE Handle
+ )
+{
+ UINT16 *BootOrder;
+ UINT8 *BootOptionVar;
+ UINTN BootOrderSize;
+ UINTN BootOptionSize;
+ EFI_STATUS Status;
+ UINTN Index;
+ UINT16 BootOption[BOOT_OPTION_MAX_CHAR];
+ UINTN DevicePathSize;
+ UINTN OptionDevicePathSize;
+ EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *DevicePath;
+ EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *OptionDevicePath;
+ UINT8 *TempPtr;
+
+ Status = EFI_SUCCESS;
+ BootOrder = NULL;
+ BootOrderSize = 0;
+
+ //
+ // Check "BootOrder" variable, if no, means there is no any boot order.
+ //
+ BootOrder = BdsLibGetVariableAndSize (
+ L"BootOrder",
+ &gEfiGlobalVariableGuid,
+ &BootOrderSize
+ );
+ if (BootOrder == NULL) {
+ return EFI_NOT_FOUND;
+ }
+
+ //
+ // Convert device handle to device path protocol instance
+ //
+ DevicePath = DevicePathFromHandle (Handle);
+ if (DevicePath == NULL) {
+ return EFI_NOT_FOUND;
+ }
+ DevicePathSize = GetDevicePathSize (DevicePath);
+
+ //
+ // Loop all boot order variable and find the matching device path
+ //
+ Index = 0;
+ while (Index < BootOrderSize / sizeof (UINT16)) {
+ UnicodeSPrint (BootOption, sizeof (BootOption), L"Boot%04x", BootOrder[Index]);
+ BootOptionVar = BdsLibGetVariableAndSize (
+ BootOption,
+ &gEfiGlobalVariableGuid,
+ &BootOptionSize
+ );
+
+ if (BootOptionVar == NULL) {
+ FreePool (BootOrder);
+ return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
+ }
+
+ if (!ValidateOption(BootOptionVar, BootOptionSize)) {
+ BdsDeleteBootOption (BootOrder[Index], BootOrder, &BootOrderSize);
+ FreePool (BootOptionVar);
+ Index++;
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ TempPtr = BootOptionVar;
+ TempPtr += sizeof (UINT32) + sizeof (UINT16);
+ TempPtr += StrSize ((CHAR16 *) TempPtr);
+ OptionDevicePath = (EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *) TempPtr;
+ OptionDevicePathSize = GetDevicePathSize (OptionDevicePath);
+
+ //
+ // Check whether the device path match
+ //
+ if ((OptionDevicePathSize == DevicePathSize) &&
+ (CompareMem (DevicePath, OptionDevicePath, DevicePathSize) == 0)) {
+ BdsDeleteBootOption (BootOrder[Index], BootOrder, &BootOrderSize);
+ FreePool (BootOptionVar);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ FreePool (BootOptionVar);
+ Index++;
+ }
+
+ //
+ // Adjust number of boot option for "BootOrder" variable.
+ //
+ Status = gRT->SetVariable (
+ L"BootOrder",
+ &gEfiGlobalVariableGuid,
+ EFI_VARIABLE_BOOTSERVICE_ACCESS | EFI_VARIABLE_RUNTIME_ACCESS | EFI_VARIABLE_NON_VOLATILE,
+ BootOrderSize,
+ BootOrder
+ );
+ //
+ // Shrinking variable with existing variable implementation shouldn't fail.
+ //
+ ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
+
+ FreePool (BootOrder);
+
+ return Status;
+}
+
+
+/**
+ Delete all invalid EFI boot options.
+
+ @retval EFI_SUCCESS Delete all invalid boot option success
+ @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND Variable "BootOrder" is not found
+ @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES Lack of memory resource
+ @retval Other Error return value from SetVariable()
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+BdsDeleteAllInvalidEfiBootOption (
+ VOID
+ )
+{
+ UINT16 *BootOrder;
+ UINT8 *BootOptionVar;
+ UINTN BootOrderSize;
+ UINTN BootOptionSize;
+ EFI_STATUS Status;
+ UINTN Index;
+ UINTN Index2;
+ UINT16 BootOption[BOOT_OPTION_MAX_CHAR];
+ EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *OptionDevicePath;
+ UINT8 *TempPtr;
+ CHAR16 *Description;
+ BOOLEAN Corrupted;
+
+ Status = EFI_SUCCESS;
+ BootOrder = NULL;
+ Description = NULL;
+ OptionDevicePath = NULL;
+ BootOrderSize = 0;
+ Corrupted = FALSE;
+
+ //
+ // Check "BootOrder" variable firstly, this variable hold the number of boot options
+ //
+ BootOrder = BdsLibGetVariableAndSize (
+ L"BootOrder",
+ &gEfiGlobalVariableGuid,
+ &BootOrderSize
+ );
+ if (NULL == BootOrder) {
+ return EFI_NOT_FOUND;
+ }
+
+ Index = 0;
+ while (Index < BootOrderSize / sizeof (UINT16)) {
+ UnicodeSPrint (BootOption, sizeof (BootOption), L"Boot%04x", BootOrder[Index]);
+ BootOptionVar = BdsLibGetVariableAndSize (
+ BootOption,
+ &gEfiGlobalVariableGuid,
+ &BootOptionSize
+ );
+ if (NULL == BootOptionVar) {
+ FreePool (BootOrder);
+ return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
+ }
+
+ if (!ValidateOption(BootOptionVar, BootOptionSize)) {
+ Corrupted = TRUE;
+ } else {
+ TempPtr = BootOptionVar;
+ TempPtr += sizeof (UINT32) + sizeof (UINT16);
+ Description = (CHAR16 *) TempPtr;
+ TempPtr += StrSize ((CHAR16 *) TempPtr);
+ OptionDevicePath = (EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *) TempPtr;
+
+ //
+ // Skip legacy boot option (BBS boot device)
+ //
+ if ((DevicePathType (OptionDevicePath) == BBS_DEVICE_PATH) &&
+ (DevicePathSubType (OptionDevicePath) == BBS_BBS_DP)) {
+ FreePool (BootOptionVar);
+ Index++;
+ continue;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (Corrupted || !BdsLibIsValidEFIBootOptDevicePathExt (OptionDevicePath, FALSE, Description)) {
+ //
+ // Delete this invalid boot option "Boot####"
+ //
+ Status = gRT->SetVariable (
+ BootOption,
+ &gEfiGlobalVariableGuid,
+ EFI_VARIABLE_BOOTSERVICE_ACCESS | EFI_VARIABLE_RUNTIME_ACCESS | EFI_VARIABLE_NON_VOLATILE,
+ 0,
+ NULL
+ );
+ //
+ // Deleting variable with current variable implementation shouldn't fail.
+ //
+ ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
+ //
+ // Mark this boot option in boot order as deleted
+ //
+ BootOrder[Index] = 0xffff;
+ Corrupted = FALSE;
+ }
+
+ FreePool (BootOptionVar);
+ Index++;
+ }
+
+ //
+ // Adjust boot order array
+ //
+ Index2 = 0;
+ for (Index = 0; Index < BootOrderSize / sizeof (UINT16); Index++) {
+ if (BootOrder[Index] != 0xffff) {
+ BootOrder[Index2] = BootOrder[Index];
+ Index2 ++;
+ }
+ }
+ Status = gRT->SetVariable (
+ L"BootOrder",
+ &gEfiGlobalVariableGuid,
+ EFI_VARIABLE_BOOTSERVICE_ACCESS | EFI_VARIABLE_RUNTIME_ACCESS | EFI_VARIABLE_NON_VOLATILE,
+ Index2 * sizeof (UINT16),
+ BootOrder
+ );
+ //
+ // Shrinking variable with current variable implementation shouldn't fail.
+ //
+ ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
+
+ FreePool (BootOrder);
+
+ return Status;
+}
+
+
+/**
+ For EFI boot option, BDS separate them as six types:
+ 1. Network - The boot option points to the SimpleNetworkProtocol device.
+ Bds will try to automatically create this type boot option when enumerate.
+ 2. Shell - The boot option points to internal flash shell.
+ Bds will try to automatically create this type boot option when enumerate.
+ 3. Removable BlockIo - The boot option only points to the removable media
+ device, like USB flash disk, DVD, Floppy etc.
+ These device should contain a *removable* blockIo
+ protocol in their device handle.
+ Bds will try to automatically create this type boot option
+ when enumerate.
+ 4. Fixed BlockIo - The boot option only points to a Fixed blockIo device,
+ like HardDisk.
+ These device should contain a *fixed* blockIo
+ protocol in their device handle.
+ BDS will skip fixed blockIo devices, and NOT
+ automatically create boot option for them. But BDS
+ will help to delete those fixed blockIo boot option,
+ whose description rule conflict with other auto-created
+ boot options.
+ 5. Non-BlockIo Simplefile - The boot option points to a device whose handle
+ has SimpleFileSystem Protocol, but has no blockio
+ protocol. These devices do not offer blockIo
+ protocol, but BDS still can get the
+ \EFI\BOOT\boot{machinename}.EFI by SimpleFileSystem
+ Protocol.
+ 6. File - The boot option points to a file. These boot options are usually
+ created by user manually or OS loader. BDS will not delete or modify
+ these boot options.
+
+ This function will enumerate all possible boot device in the system, and
+ automatically create boot options for Network, Shell, Removable BlockIo,
+ and Non-BlockIo Simplefile devices.
+ It will only execute once of every boot.
+
+ @param BdsBootOptionList The header of the link list which indexed all
+ current boot options
+
+ @retval EFI_SUCCESS Finished all the boot device enumerate and create
+ the boot option base on that boot device
+
+ @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES Failed to enumerate the boot device and create the boot option list
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+EFIAPI
+BdsLibEnumerateAllBootOption (
+ IN OUT LIST_ENTRY *BdsBootOptionList
+ )
+{
+ EFI_STATUS Status;
+ UINT16 FloppyNumber;
+ UINT16 HarddriveNumber;
+ UINT16 CdromNumber;
+ UINT16 UsbNumber;
+ UINT16 MiscNumber;
+ UINT16 ScsiNumber;
+ UINT16 NonBlockNumber;
+ UINTN NumberBlockIoHandles;
+ EFI_HANDLE *BlockIoHandles;
+ EFI_BLOCK_IO_PROTOCOL *BlkIo;
+ BOOLEAN Removable[2];
+ UINTN RemovableIndex;
+ UINTN Index;
+ UINTN NumOfLoadFileHandles;
+ EFI_HANDLE *LoadFileHandles;
+ UINTN FvHandleCount;
+ EFI_HANDLE *FvHandleBuffer;
+ EFI_FV_FILETYPE Type;
+ UINTN Size;
+ EFI_FV_FILE_ATTRIBUTES Attributes;
+ UINT32 AuthenticationStatus;
+ EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME2_PROTOCOL *Fv;
+ EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *DevicePath;
+ UINTN DevicePathType;
+ CHAR16 Buffer[40];
+ EFI_HANDLE *FileSystemHandles;
+ UINTN NumberFileSystemHandles;
+ BOOLEAN NeedDelete;
+ EFI_IMAGE_DOS_HEADER DosHeader;
+ CHAR8 *PlatLang;
+ CHAR8 *LastLang;
+ EFI_IMAGE_OPTIONAL_HEADER_UNION HdrData;
+ EFI_IMAGE_OPTIONAL_HEADER_PTR_UNION Hdr;
+
+ FloppyNumber = 0;
+ HarddriveNumber = 0;
+ CdromNumber = 0;
+ UsbNumber = 0;
+ MiscNumber = 0;
+ ScsiNumber = 0;
+ PlatLang = NULL;
+ LastLang = NULL;
+ ZeroMem (Buffer, sizeof (Buffer));
+
+ //
+ // If the boot device enumerate happened, just get the boot
+ // device from the boot order variable
+ //
+ if (mEnumBootDevice) {
+ GetVariable2 (LAST_ENUM_LANGUAGE_VARIABLE_NAME, &gLastEnumLangGuid, (VOID**)&LastLang, NULL);
+ GetEfiGlobalVariable2 (L"PlatformLang", (VOID**)&PlatLang, NULL);
+ ASSERT (PlatLang != NULL);
+ if ((LastLang != NULL) && (AsciiStrCmp (LastLang, PlatLang) == 0)) {
+ Status = BdsLibBuildOptionFromVar (BdsBootOptionList, L"BootOrder");
+ FreePool (LastLang);
+ FreePool (PlatLang);
+ return Status;
+ } else {
+ Status = gRT->SetVariable (
+ LAST_ENUM_LANGUAGE_VARIABLE_NAME,
+ &gLastEnumLangGuid,
+ EFI_VARIABLE_BOOTSERVICE_ACCESS | EFI_VARIABLE_NON_VOLATILE,
+ AsciiStrSize (PlatLang),
+ PlatLang
+ );
+ //
+ // Failure to set the variable only impacts the performance next time enumerating the boot options.
+ //
+
+ if (LastLang != NULL) {
+ FreePool (LastLang);
+ }
+ FreePool (PlatLang);
+ }
+ }
+
+ //
+ // Notes: this dirty code is to get the legacy boot option from the
+ // BBS table and create to variable as the EFI boot option, it should
+ // be removed after the CSM can provide legacy boot option directly
+ //
+ REFRESH_LEGACY_BOOT_OPTIONS;
+
+ //
+ // Delete invalid boot option
+ //
+ BdsDeleteAllInvalidEfiBootOption ();
+
+ //
+ // Parse removable media followed by fixed media.
+ // The Removable[] array is used by the for-loop below to create removable media boot options
+ // at first, and then to create fixed media boot options.
+ //
+ Removable[0] = FALSE;
+ Removable[1] = TRUE;
+
+ gBS->LocateHandleBuffer (
+ ByProtocol,
+ &gEfiBlockIoProtocolGuid,
+ NULL,
+ &NumberBlockIoHandles,
+ &BlockIoHandles
+ );
+
+ for (RemovableIndex = 0; RemovableIndex < 2; RemovableIndex++) {
+ for (Index = 0; Index < NumberBlockIoHandles; Index++) {
+ Status = gBS->HandleProtocol (
+ BlockIoHandles[Index],
+ &gEfiBlockIoProtocolGuid,
+ (VOID **) &BlkIo
+ );
+ //
+ // skip the logical partition
+ //
+ if (EFI_ERROR (Status) || BlkIo->Media->LogicalPartition) {
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ //
+ // firstly fixed block io then the removable block io
+ //
+ if (BlkIo->Media->RemovableMedia == Removable[RemovableIndex]) {
+ continue;
+ }
+ DevicePath = DevicePathFromHandle (BlockIoHandles[Index]);
+ DevicePathType = BdsGetBootTypeFromDevicePath (DevicePath);
+
+ switch (DevicePathType) {
+ case BDS_EFI_ACPI_FLOPPY_BOOT:
+ if (FloppyNumber != 0) {
+ UnicodeSPrint (Buffer, sizeof (Buffer), L"%s %d", BdsLibGetStringById (STRING_TOKEN (STR_DESCRIPTION_FLOPPY)), FloppyNumber);
+ } else {
+ UnicodeSPrint (Buffer, sizeof (Buffer), L"%s", BdsLibGetStringById (STRING_TOKEN (STR_DESCRIPTION_FLOPPY)));
+ }
+ BdsLibBuildOptionFromHandle (BlockIoHandles[Index], BdsBootOptionList, Buffer);
+ FloppyNumber++;
+ break;
+
+ //
+ // Assume a removable SATA device should be the DVD/CD device, a fixed SATA device should be the Hard Drive device.
+ //
+ case BDS_EFI_MESSAGE_ATAPI_BOOT:
+ case BDS_EFI_MESSAGE_SATA_BOOT:
+ if (BlkIo->Media->RemovableMedia) {
+ if (CdromNumber != 0) {
+ UnicodeSPrint (Buffer, sizeof (Buffer), L"%s %d", BdsLibGetStringById (STRING_TOKEN (STR_DESCRIPTION_CD_DVD)), CdromNumber);
+ } else {
+ UnicodeSPrint (Buffer, sizeof (Buffer), L"%s", BdsLibGetStringById (STRING_TOKEN (STR_DESCRIPTION_CD_DVD)));
+ }
+ CdromNumber++;
+ } else {
+ if (HarddriveNumber != 0) {
+ UnicodeSPrint (Buffer, sizeof (Buffer), L"%s %d", BdsLibGetStringById (STRING_TOKEN (STR_DESCRIPTION_HARDDRIVE)), HarddriveNumber);
+ } else {
+ UnicodeSPrint (Buffer, sizeof (Buffer), L"%s", BdsLibGetStringById (STRING_TOKEN (STR_DESCRIPTION_HARDDRIVE)));
+ }
+ HarddriveNumber++;
+ }
+ DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO | DEBUG_LOAD, "Buffer: %S\n", Buffer));
+ BdsLibBuildOptionFromHandle (BlockIoHandles[Index], BdsBootOptionList, Buffer);
+ break;
+
+ case BDS_EFI_MESSAGE_USB_DEVICE_BOOT:
+ if (UsbNumber != 0) {
+ UnicodeSPrint (Buffer, sizeof (Buffer), L"%s %d", BdsLibGetStringById (STRING_TOKEN (STR_DESCRIPTION_USB)), UsbNumber);
+ } else {
+ UnicodeSPrint (Buffer, sizeof (Buffer), L"%s", BdsLibGetStringById (STRING_TOKEN (STR_DESCRIPTION_USB)));
+ }
+ BdsLibBuildOptionFromHandle (BlockIoHandles[Index], BdsBootOptionList, Buffer);
+ UsbNumber++;
+ break;
+
+ case BDS_EFI_MESSAGE_SCSI_BOOT:
+ if (ScsiNumber != 0) {
+ UnicodeSPrint (Buffer, sizeof (Buffer), L"%s %d", BdsLibGetStringById (STRING_TOKEN (STR_DESCRIPTION_SCSI)), ScsiNumber);
+ } else {
+ UnicodeSPrint (Buffer, sizeof (Buffer), L"%s", BdsLibGetStringById (STRING_TOKEN (STR_DESCRIPTION_SCSI)));
+ }
+ BdsLibBuildOptionFromHandle (BlockIoHandles[Index], BdsBootOptionList, Buffer);
+ ScsiNumber++;
+ break;
+
+ case BDS_EFI_MESSAGE_MISC_BOOT:
+ default:
+ if (MiscNumber != 0) {
+ UnicodeSPrint (Buffer, sizeof (Buffer), L"%s %d", BdsLibGetStringById (STRING_TOKEN (STR_DESCRIPTION_MISC)), MiscNumber);
+ } else {
+ UnicodeSPrint (Buffer, sizeof (Buffer), L"%s", BdsLibGetStringById (STRING_TOKEN (STR_DESCRIPTION_MISC)));
+ }
+ BdsLibBuildOptionFromHandle (BlockIoHandles[Index], BdsBootOptionList, Buffer);
+ MiscNumber++;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (NumberBlockIoHandles != 0) {
+ FreePool (BlockIoHandles);
+ }
+
+ //
+ // If there is simple file protocol which does not consume block Io protocol, create a boot option for it here.
+ //
+ NonBlockNumber = 0;
+ gBS->LocateHandleBuffer (
+ ByProtocol,
+ &gEfiSimpleFileSystemProtocolGuid,
+ NULL,
+ &NumberFileSystemHandles,
+ &FileSystemHandles
+ );
+ for (Index = 0; Index < NumberFileSystemHandles; Index++) {
+ Status = gBS->HandleProtocol (
+ FileSystemHandles[Index],
+ &gEfiBlockIoProtocolGuid,
+ (VOID **) &BlkIo
+ );
+ if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+ //
+ // Skip if the file system handle supports a BlkIo protocol,
+ //
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ //
+ // Do the removable Media thing. \EFI\BOOT\boot{machinename}.EFI
+ // machinename is ia32, ia64, x64, ...
+ //
+ Hdr.Union = &HdrData;
+ NeedDelete = TRUE;
+ Status = BdsLibGetImageHeader (
+ FileSystemHandles[Index],
+ EFI_REMOVABLE_MEDIA_FILE_NAME,
+ &DosHeader,
+ Hdr
+ );
+ if (!EFI_ERROR (Status) &&
+ EFI_IMAGE_MACHINE_TYPE_SUPPORTED (Hdr.Pe32->FileHeader.Machine) &&
+ Hdr.Pe32->OptionalHeader.Subsystem == EFI_IMAGE_SUBSYSTEM_EFI_APPLICATION) {
+ NeedDelete = FALSE;
+ }
+
+ if (NeedDelete) {
+ //
+ // No such file or the file is not a EFI application, delete this boot option
+ //
+ BdsLibDeleteOptionFromHandle (FileSystemHandles[Index]);
+ } else {
+ if (NonBlockNumber != 0) {
+ UnicodeSPrint (Buffer, sizeof (Buffer), L"%s %d", BdsLibGetStringById (STRING_TOKEN (STR_DESCRIPTION_NON_BLOCK)), NonBlockNumber);
+ } else {
+ UnicodeSPrint (Buffer, sizeof (Buffer), L"%s", BdsLibGetStringById (STRING_TOKEN (STR_DESCRIPTION_NON_BLOCK)));
+ }
+ BdsLibBuildOptionFromHandle (FileSystemHandles[Index], BdsBootOptionList, Buffer);
+ NonBlockNumber++;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (NumberFileSystemHandles != 0) {
+ FreePool (FileSystemHandles);
+ }
+
+ //
+ // Parse Network Boot Device
+ //
+ NumOfLoadFileHandles = 0;
+ //
+ // Search Load File protocol for PXE boot option.
+ //
+ gBS->LocateHandleBuffer (
+ ByProtocol,
+ &gEfiLoadFileProtocolGuid,
+ NULL,
+ &NumOfLoadFileHandles,
+ &LoadFileHandles
+ );
+
+ for (Index = 0; Index < NumOfLoadFileHandles; Index++) {
+ if (Index != 0) {
+ UnicodeSPrint (Buffer, sizeof (Buffer), L"%s %d", BdsLibGetStringById (STRING_TOKEN (STR_DESCRIPTION_NETWORK)), Index);
+ } else {
+ UnicodeSPrint (Buffer, sizeof (Buffer), L"%s", BdsLibGetStringById (STRING_TOKEN (STR_DESCRIPTION_NETWORK)));
+ }
+ BdsLibBuildOptionFromHandle (LoadFileHandles[Index], BdsBootOptionList, Buffer);
+ }
+
+ if (NumOfLoadFileHandles != 0) {
+ FreePool (LoadFileHandles);
+ }
+
+ //
+ // Check if we have on flash shell
+ //
+ gBS->LocateHandleBuffer (
+ ByProtocol,
+ &gEfiFirmwareVolume2ProtocolGuid,
+ NULL,
+ &FvHandleCount,
+ &FvHandleBuffer
+ );
+ for (Index = 0; Index < FvHandleCount; Index++) {
+ gBS->HandleProtocol (
+ FvHandleBuffer[Index],
+ &gEfiFirmwareVolume2ProtocolGuid,
+ (VOID **) &Fv
+ );
+
+ Status = Fv->ReadFile (
+ Fv,
+ PcdGetPtr(PcdShellFile),
+ NULL,
+ &Size,
+ &Type,
+ &Attributes,
+ &AuthenticationStatus
+ );
+ if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+ //
+ // Skip if no shell file in the FV
+ //
+ continue;
+ }
+ //
+ // Build the shell boot option
+ //
+ BdsLibBuildOptionFromShell (FvHandleBuffer[Index], BdsBootOptionList);
+ }
+
+ if (FvHandleCount != 0) {
+ FreePool (FvHandleBuffer);
+ }
+ //
+ // Make sure every boot only have one time
+ // boot device enumerate
+ //
+ Status = BdsLibBuildOptionFromVar (BdsBootOptionList, L"BootOrder");
+ mEnumBootDevice = TRUE;
+
+ return Status;
+}
+
+/**
+ Build the boot option with the handle parsed in
+
+ @param Handle The handle which present the device path to create
+ boot option
+ @param BdsBootOptionList The header of the link list which indexed all
+ current boot options
+ @param String The description of the boot option.
+
+**/
+VOID
+EFIAPI
+BdsLibBuildOptionFromHandle (
+ IN EFI_HANDLE Handle,
+ IN LIST_ENTRY *BdsBootOptionList,
+ IN CHAR16 *String
+ )
+{
+ EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *DevicePath;
+
+ DevicePath = DevicePathFromHandle (Handle);
+
+ //
+ // Create and register new boot option
+ //
+ BdsLibRegisterNewOption (BdsBootOptionList, DevicePath, String, L"BootOrder");
+}
+
+
+/**
+ Build the on flash shell boot option with the handle parsed in.
+
+ @param Handle The handle which present the device path to create
+ on flash shell boot option
+ @param BdsBootOptionList The header of the link list which indexed all
+ current boot options
+
+**/
+VOID
+EFIAPI
+BdsLibBuildOptionFromShell (
+ IN EFI_HANDLE Handle,
+ IN OUT LIST_ENTRY *BdsBootOptionList
+ )
+{
+ EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *DevicePath;
+ MEDIA_FW_VOL_FILEPATH_DEVICE_PATH ShellNode;
+
+ DevicePath = DevicePathFromHandle (Handle);
+
+ //
+ // Build the shell device path
+ //
+ EfiInitializeFwVolDevicepathNode (&ShellNode, PcdGetPtr(PcdShellFile));
+
+ DevicePath = AppendDevicePathNode (DevicePath, (EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *) &ShellNode);
+
+ //
+ // Create and register the shell boot option
+ //
+ BdsLibRegisterNewOption (BdsBootOptionList, DevicePath, L"EFI Internal Shell", L"BootOrder");
+
+}
+
+/**
+ Boot from the UEFI spec defined "BootNext" variable.
+
+**/
+VOID
+EFIAPI
+BdsLibBootNext (
+ VOID
+ )
+{
+ EFI_STATUS Status;
+ UINT16 *BootNext;
+ UINTN BootNextSize;
+ CHAR16 Buffer[20];
+ BDS_COMMON_OPTION *BootOption;
+ LIST_ENTRY TempList;
+ UINTN ExitDataSize;
+ CHAR16 *ExitData;
+
+ //
+ // Init the boot option name buffer and temp link list
+ //
+ InitializeListHead (&TempList);
+ ZeroMem (Buffer, sizeof (Buffer));
+
+ BootNext = BdsLibGetVariableAndSize (
+ L"BootNext",
+ &gEfiGlobalVariableGuid,
+ &BootNextSize
+ );
+
+ //
+ // Clear the boot next variable first
+ //
+ if (BootNext != NULL) {
+ Status = gRT->SetVariable (
+ L"BootNext",
+ &gEfiGlobalVariableGuid,
+ EFI_VARIABLE_BOOTSERVICE_ACCESS | EFI_VARIABLE_RUNTIME_ACCESS | EFI_VARIABLE_NON_VOLATILE,
+ 0,
+ NULL
+ );
+ //
+ // Deleting variable with current variable implementation shouldn't fail.
+ //
+ ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
+
+ //
+ // Start to build the boot option and try to boot
+ //
+ UnicodeSPrint (Buffer, sizeof (Buffer), L"Boot%04x", *BootNext);
+ BootOption = BdsLibVariableToOption (&TempList, Buffer);
+ ASSERT (BootOption != NULL);
+ BdsLibConnectDevicePath (BootOption->DevicePath);
+ BdsLibBootViaBootOption (BootOption, BootOption->DevicePath, &ExitDataSize, &ExitData);
+ FreePool(BootOption);
+ FreePool(BootNext);
+ }
+
+}
+
+/**
+ Return the bootable media handle.
+ First, check the device is connected
+ Second, check whether the device path point to a device which support SimpleFileSystemProtocol,
+ Third, detect the the default boot file in the Media, and return the removable Media handle.
+
+ @param DevicePath Device Path to a bootable device
+
+ @return The bootable media handle. If the media on the DevicePath is not bootable, NULL will return.
+
+**/
+EFI_HANDLE
+EFIAPI
+BdsLibGetBootableHandle (
+ IN EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *DevicePath
+ )
+{
+ EFI_STATUS Status;
+ EFI_TPL OldTpl;
+ EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *UpdatedDevicePath;
+ EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *DupDevicePath;
+ EFI_HANDLE Handle;
+ EFI_BLOCK_IO_PROTOCOL *BlockIo;
+ VOID *Buffer;
+ EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *TempDevicePath;
+ UINTN Size;
+ UINTN TempSize;
+ EFI_HANDLE ReturnHandle;
+ EFI_HANDLE *SimpleFileSystemHandles;
+
+ UINTN NumberSimpleFileSystemHandles;
+ UINTN Index;
+ EFI_IMAGE_DOS_HEADER DosHeader;
+ EFI_IMAGE_OPTIONAL_HEADER_UNION HdrData;
+ EFI_IMAGE_OPTIONAL_HEADER_PTR_UNION Hdr;
+
+ UpdatedDevicePath = DevicePath;
+
+ //
+ // Enter to critical section to protect the acquired BlockIo instance
+ // from getting released due to the USB mass storage hotplug event
+ //
+ OldTpl = gBS->RaiseTPL (TPL_CALLBACK);
+
+ //
+ // Check whether the device is connected
+ //
+ Status = gBS->LocateDevicePath (&gEfiBlockIoProtocolGuid, &UpdatedDevicePath, &Handle);
+ if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+ //
+ // Skip the case that the boot option point to a simple file protocol which does not consume block Io protocol,
+ //
+ Status = gBS->LocateDevicePath (&gEfiSimpleFileSystemProtocolGuid, &UpdatedDevicePath, &Handle);
+ if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+ //
+ // Fail to find the proper BlockIo and simple file protocol, maybe because device not present, we need to connect it firstly
+ //
+ UpdatedDevicePath = DevicePath;
+ Status = gBS->LocateDevicePath (&gEfiDevicePathProtocolGuid, &UpdatedDevicePath, &Handle);
+ gBS->ConnectController (Handle, NULL, NULL, TRUE);
+ }
+ } else {
+ //
+ // For removable device boot option, its contained device path only point to the removable device handle,
+ // should make sure all its children handles (its child partion or media handles) are created and connected.
+ //
+ gBS->ConnectController (Handle, NULL, NULL, TRUE);
+ //
+ // Get BlockIo protocol and check removable attribute
+ //
+ Status = gBS->HandleProtocol (Handle, &gEfiBlockIoProtocolGuid, (VOID **)&BlockIo);
+ ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
+
+ //
+ // Issue a dummy read to the device to check for media change.
+ // When the removable media is changed, any Block IO read/write will
+ // cause the BlockIo protocol be reinstalled and EFI_MEDIA_CHANGED is
+ // returned. After the Block IO protocol is reinstalled, subsequent
+ // Block IO read/write will success.
+ //
+ Buffer = AllocatePool (BlockIo->Media->BlockSize);
+ if (Buffer != NULL) {
+ BlockIo->ReadBlocks (
+ BlockIo,
+ BlockIo->Media->MediaId,
+ 0,
+ BlockIo->Media->BlockSize,
+ Buffer
+ );
+ FreePool(Buffer);
+ }
+ }
+
+ //
+ // Detect the the default boot file from removable Media
+ //
+
+ //
+ // If fail to get bootable handle specified by a USB boot option, the BDS should try to find other bootable device in the same USB bus
+ // Try to locate the USB node device path first, if fail then use its previous PCI node to search
+ //
+ DupDevicePath = DuplicateDevicePath (DevicePath);
+ ASSERT (DupDevicePath != NULL);
+
+ UpdatedDevicePath = DupDevicePath;
+ Status = gBS->LocateDevicePath (&gEfiDevicePathProtocolGuid, &UpdatedDevicePath, &Handle);
+ //
+ // if the resulting device path point to a usb node, and the usb node is a dummy node, should only let device path only point to the previous Pci node
+ // Acpi()/Pci()/Usb() --> Acpi()/Pci()
+ //
+ if ((DevicePathType (UpdatedDevicePath) == MESSAGING_DEVICE_PATH) &&
+ (DevicePathSubType (UpdatedDevicePath) == MSG_USB_DP)) {
+ //
+ // Remove the usb node, let the device path only point to PCI node
+ //
+ SetDevicePathEndNode (UpdatedDevicePath);
+ UpdatedDevicePath = DupDevicePath;
+ } else {
+ UpdatedDevicePath = DevicePath;
+ }
+
+ //
+ // Get the device path size of boot option
+ //
+ Size = GetDevicePathSize(UpdatedDevicePath) - sizeof (EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL); // minus the end node
+ ReturnHandle = NULL;
+ gBS->LocateHandleBuffer (
+ ByProtocol,
+ &gEfiSimpleFileSystemProtocolGuid,
+ NULL,
+ &NumberSimpleFileSystemHandles,
+ &SimpleFileSystemHandles
+ );
+ for (Index = 0; Index < NumberSimpleFileSystemHandles; Index++) {
+ //
+ // Get the device path size of SimpleFileSystem handle
+ //
+ TempDevicePath = DevicePathFromHandle (SimpleFileSystemHandles[Index]);
+ TempSize = GetDevicePathSize (TempDevicePath)- sizeof (EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL); // minus the end node
+ //
+ // Check whether the device path of boot option is part of the SimpleFileSystem handle's device path
+ //
+ if (Size <= TempSize && CompareMem (TempDevicePath, UpdatedDevicePath, Size)==0) {
+ //
+ // Load the default boot file \EFI\BOOT\boot{machinename}.EFI from removable Media
+ // machinename is ia32, ia64, x64, ...
+ //
+ Hdr.Union = &HdrData;
+ Status = BdsLibGetImageHeader (
+ SimpleFileSystemHandles[Index],
+ EFI_REMOVABLE_MEDIA_FILE_NAME,
+ &DosHeader,
+ Hdr
+ );
+ if (!EFI_ERROR (Status) &&
+ EFI_IMAGE_MACHINE_TYPE_SUPPORTED (Hdr.Pe32->FileHeader.Machine) &&
+ Hdr.Pe32->OptionalHeader.Subsystem == EFI_IMAGE_SUBSYSTEM_EFI_APPLICATION) {
+ ReturnHandle = SimpleFileSystemHandles[Index];
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ FreePool(DupDevicePath);
+
+ if (SimpleFileSystemHandles != NULL) {
+ FreePool(SimpleFileSystemHandles);
+ }
+
+ gBS->RestoreTPL (OldTpl);
+
+ return ReturnHandle;
+}
+
+/**
+ Check to see if the network cable is plugged in. If the DevicePath is not
+ connected it will be connected.
+
+ @param DevicePath Device Path to check
+
+ @retval TRUE DevicePath points to an Network that is connected
+ @retval FALSE DevicePath does not point to a bootable network
+
+**/
+BOOLEAN
+BdsLibNetworkBootWithMediaPresent (
+ IN EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *DevicePath
+ )
+{
+ EFI_STATUS Status;
+ EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *UpdatedDevicePath;
+ EFI_HANDLE Handle;
+ EFI_SIMPLE_NETWORK_PROTOCOL *Snp;
+ BOOLEAN MediaPresent;
+ UINT32 InterruptStatus;
+
+ MediaPresent = FALSE;
+
+ UpdatedDevicePath = DevicePath;
+ //
+ // Locate Load File Protocol for PXE boot option first
+ //
+ Status = gBS->LocateDevicePath (&gEfiLoadFileProtocolGuid, &UpdatedDevicePath, &Handle);
+ if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+ //
+ // Device not present so see if we need to connect it
+ //
+ Status = BdsLibConnectDevicePath (DevicePath);
+ if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+ //
+ // This one should work after we did the connect
+ //
+ Status = gBS->LocateDevicePath (&gEfiLoadFileProtocolGuid, &UpdatedDevicePath, &Handle);
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+ Status = gBS->HandleProtocol (Handle, &gEfiSimpleNetworkProtocolGuid, (VOID **)&Snp);
+ if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+ //
+ // Failed to open SNP from this handle, try to get SNP from parent handle
+ //
+ UpdatedDevicePath = DevicePathFromHandle (Handle);
+ if (UpdatedDevicePath != NULL) {
+ Status = gBS->LocateDevicePath (&gEfiSimpleNetworkProtocolGuid, &UpdatedDevicePath, &Handle);
+ if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+ //
+ // SNP handle found, get SNP from it
+ //
+ Status = gBS->HandleProtocol (Handle, &gEfiSimpleNetworkProtocolGuid, (VOID **) &Snp);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+ if (Snp->Mode->MediaPresentSupported) {
+ if (Snp->Mode->State == EfiSimpleNetworkInitialized) {
+ //
+ // Invoke Snp->GetStatus() to refresh the media status
+ //
+ Snp->GetStatus (Snp, &InterruptStatus, NULL);
+
+ //
+ // In case some one else is using the SNP check to see if it's connected
+ //
+ MediaPresent = Snp->Mode->MediaPresent;
+ } else {
+ //
+ // No one is using SNP so we need to Start and Initialize so
+ // MediaPresent will be valid.
+ //
+ Status = Snp->Start (Snp);
+ if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+ Status = Snp->Initialize (Snp, 0, 0);
+ if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+ MediaPresent = Snp->Mode->MediaPresent;
+ Snp->Shutdown (Snp);
+ }
+ Snp->Stop (Snp);
+ }
+ }
+ } else {
+ MediaPresent = TRUE;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ return MediaPresent;
+}
+
+/**
+ For a bootable Device path, return its boot type.
+
+ @param DevicePath The bootable device Path to check
+
+ @retval BDS_EFI_MEDIA_HD_BOOT If given device path contains MEDIA_DEVICE_PATH type device path node
+ which subtype is MEDIA_HARDDRIVE_DP
+ @retval BDS_EFI_MEDIA_CDROM_BOOT If given device path contains MEDIA_DEVICE_PATH type device path node
+ which subtype is MEDIA_CDROM_DP
+ @retval BDS_EFI_ACPI_FLOPPY_BOOT If given device path contains ACPI_DEVICE_PATH type device path node
+ which HID is floppy device.
+ @retval BDS_EFI_MESSAGE_ATAPI_BOOT If given device path contains MESSAGING_DEVICE_PATH type device path node
+ and its last device path node's subtype is MSG_ATAPI_DP.
+ @retval BDS_EFI_MESSAGE_SCSI_BOOT If given device path contains MESSAGING_DEVICE_PATH type device path node
+ and its last device path node's subtype is MSG_SCSI_DP.
+ @retval BDS_EFI_MESSAGE_USB_DEVICE_BOOT If given device path contains MESSAGING_DEVICE_PATH type device path node
+ and its last device path node's subtype is MSG_USB_DP.
+ @retval BDS_EFI_MESSAGE_MISC_BOOT If the device path not contains any media device path node, and
+ its last device path node point to a message device path node.
+ @retval BDS_LEGACY_BBS_BOOT If given device path contains BBS_DEVICE_PATH type device path node.
+ @retval BDS_EFI_UNSUPPORT An EFI Removable BlockIO device path not point to a media and message device,
+
+**/
+UINT32
+EFIAPI
+BdsGetBootTypeFromDevicePath (
+ IN EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *DevicePath
+ )
+{
+ ACPI_HID_DEVICE_PATH *Acpi;
+ EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *TempDevicePath;
+ EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *LastDeviceNode;
+ UINT32 BootType;
+
+ if (NULL == DevicePath) {
+ return BDS_EFI_UNSUPPORT;
+ }
+
+ TempDevicePath = DevicePath;
+
+ while (!IsDevicePathEndType (TempDevicePath)) {
+ switch (DevicePathType (TempDevicePath)) {
+ case BBS_DEVICE_PATH:
+ return BDS_LEGACY_BBS_BOOT;
+ case MEDIA_DEVICE_PATH:
+ if (DevicePathSubType (TempDevicePath) == MEDIA_HARDDRIVE_DP) {
+ return BDS_EFI_MEDIA_HD_BOOT;
+ } else if (DevicePathSubType (TempDevicePath) == MEDIA_CDROM_DP) {
+ return BDS_EFI_MEDIA_CDROM_BOOT;
+ }
+ break;
+ case ACPI_DEVICE_PATH:
+ Acpi = (ACPI_HID_DEVICE_PATH *) TempDevicePath;
+ if (EISA_ID_TO_NUM (Acpi->HID) == 0x0604) {
+ return BDS_EFI_ACPI_FLOPPY_BOOT;
+ }
+ break;
+ case MESSAGING_DEVICE_PATH:
+ //
+ // Get the last device path node
+ //
+ LastDeviceNode = NextDevicePathNode (TempDevicePath);
+ if (DevicePathSubType(LastDeviceNode) == MSG_DEVICE_LOGICAL_UNIT_DP) {
+ //
+ // if the next node type is Device Logical Unit, which specify the Logical Unit Number (LUN),
+ // skip it
+ //
+ LastDeviceNode = NextDevicePathNode (LastDeviceNode);
+ }
+ //
+ // if the device path not only point to driver device, it is not a messaging device path,
+ //
+ if (!IsDevicePathEndType (LastDeviceNode)) {
+ break;
+ }
+
+ switch (DevicePathSubType (TempDevicePath)) {
+ case MSG_ATAPI_DP:
+ BootType = BDS_EFI_MESSAGE_ATAPI_BOOT;
+ break;
+
+ case MSG_USB_DP:
+ BootType = BDS_EFI_MESSAGE_USB_DEVICE_BOOT;
+ break;
+
+ case MSG_SCSI_DP:
+ BootType = BDS_EFI_MESSAGE_SCSI_BOOT;
+ break;
+
+ case MSG_SATA_DP:
+ BootType = BDS_EFI_MESSAGE_SATA_BOOT;
+ break;
+
+ case MSG_MAC_ADDR_DP:
+ case MSG_VLAN_DP:
+ case MSG_IPv4_DP:
+ case MSG_IPv6_DP:
+ BootType = BDS_EFI_MESSAGE_MAC_BOOT;
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ BootType = BDS_EFI_MESSAGE_MISC_BOOT;
+ break;
+ }
+ return BootType;
+
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+ TempDevicePath = NextDevicePathNode (TempDevicePath);
+ }
+
+ return BDS_EFI_UNSUPPORT;
+}
+
+/**
+ Check whether the Device path in a boot option point to a valid bootable device,
+ And if CheckMedia is true, check the device is ready to boot now.
+
+ @param DevPath the Device path in a boot option
+ @param CheckMedia if true, check the device is ready to boot now.
+
+ @retval TRUE the Device path is valid
+ @retval FALSE the Device path is invalid .
+
+**/
+BOOLEAN
+EFIAPI
+BdsLibIsValidEFIBootOptDevicePath (
+ IN EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *DevPath,
+ IN BOOLEAN CheckMedia
+ )
+{
+ return BdsLibIsValidEFIBootOptDevicePathExt (DevPath, CheckMedia, NULL);
+}
+
+/**
+ Check whether the Device path in a boot option point to a valid bootable device,
+ And if CheckMedia is true, check the device is ready to boot now.
+ If Description is not NULL and the device path point to a fixed BlockIo
+ device, check the description whether conflict with other auto-created
+ boot options.
+
+ @param DevPath the Device path in a boot option
+ @param CheckMedia if true, check the device is ready to boot now.
+ @param Description the description in a boot option
+
+ @retval TRUE the Device path is valid
+ @retval FALSE the Device path is invalid .
+
+**/
+BOOLEAN
+EFIAPI
+BdsLibIsValidEFIBootOptDevicePathExt (
+ IN EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *DevPath,
+ IN BOOLEAN CheckMedia,
+ IN CHAR16 *Description
+ )
+{
+ EFI_STATUS Status;
+ EFI_HANDLE Handle;
+ EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *TempDevicePath;
+ EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *LastDeviceNode;
+ EFI_BLOCK_IO_PROTOCOL *BlockIo;
+
+ TempDevicePath = DevPath;
+ LastDeviceNode = DevPath;
+
+ //
+ // Check if it's a valid boot option for network boot device.
+ // Check if there is EfiLoadFileProtocol installed.
+ // If yes, that means there is a boot option for network.
+ //
+ Status = gBS->LocateDevicePath (
+ &gEfiLoadFileProtocolGuid,
+ &TempDevicePath,
+ &Handle
+ );
+ if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+ //
+ // Device not present so see if we need to connect it
+ //
+ TempDevicePath = DevPath;
+ BdsLibConnectDevicePath (TempDevicePath);
+ Status = gBS->LocateDevicePath (
+ &gEfiLoadFileProtocolGuid,
+ &TempDevicePath,
+ &Handle
+ );
+ }
+
+ if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+ if (!IsDevicePathEnd (TempDevicePath)) {
+ //
+ // LoadFile protocol is not installed on handle with exactly the same DevPath
+ //
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+
+ if (CheckMedia) {
+ //
+ // Test if it is ready to boot now
+ //
+ if (BdsLibNetworkBootWithMediaPresent(DevPath)) {
+ return TRUE;
+ }
+ } else {
+ return TRUE;
+ }
+ }
+
+ //
+ // If the boot option point to a file, it is a valid EFI boot option,
+ // and assume it is ready to boot now
+ //
+ while (!IsDevicePathEnd (TempDevicePath)) {
+ //
+ // If there is USB Class or USB WWID device path node, treat it as valid EFI
+ // Boot Option. BdsExpandUsbShortFormDevicePath () will be used to expand it
+ // to full device path.
+ //
+ if ((DevicePathType (TempDevicePath) == MESSAGING_DEVICE_PATH) &&
+ ((DevicePathSubType (TempDevicePath) == MSG_USB_CLASS_DP) ||
+ (DevicePathSubType (TempDevicePath) == MSG_USB_WWID_DP))) {
+ return TRUE;
+ }
+
+ LastDeviceNode = TempDevicePath;
+ TempDevicePath = NextDevicePathNode (TempDevicePath);
+ }
+ if ((DevicePathType (LastDeviceNode) == MEDIA_DEVICE_PATH) &&
+ (DevicePathSubType (LastDeviceNode) == MEDIA_FILEPATH_DP)) {
+ return TRUE;
+ }
+
+ //
+ // Check if it's a valid boot option for internal FV application
+ //
+ if (EfiGetNameGuidFromFwVolDevicePathNode ((MEDIA_FW_VOL_FILEPATH_DEVICE_PATH *) LastDeviceNode) != NULL) {
+ //
+ // If the boot option point to internal FV application, make sure it is valid
+ //
+ TempDevicePath = DevPath;
+ Status = BdsLibUpdateFvFileDevicePath (
+ &TempDevicePath,
+ EfiGetNameGuidFromFwVolDevicePathNode ((MEDIA_FW_VOL_FILEPATH_DEVICE_PATH *) LastDeviceNode)
+ );
+ if (Status == EFI_ALREADY_STARTED) {
+ return TRUE;
+ } else {
+ if (Status == EFI_SUCCESS) {
+ FreePool (TempDevicePath);
+ }
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+ }
+
+ //
+ // If the boot option point to a blockIO device:
+ // if it is a removable blockIo device, it is valid.
+ // if it is a fixed blockIo device, check its description confliction.
+ //
+ TempDevicePath = DevPath;
+ Status = gBS->LocateDevicePath (&gEfiBlockIoProtocolGuid, &TempDevicePath, &Handle);
+ if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+ //
+ // Device not present so see if we need to connect it
+ //
+ Status = BdsLibConnectDevicePath (DevPath);
+ if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+ //
+ // Try again to get the Block Io protocol after we did the connect
+ //
+ TempDevicePath = DevPath;
+ Status = gBS->LocateDevicePath (&gEfiBlockIoProtocolGuid, &TempDevicePath, &Handle);
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+ Status = gBS->HandleProtocol (Handle, &gEfiBlockIoProtocolGuid, (VOID **)&BlockIo);
+ if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+ if (CheckMedia) {
+ //
+ // Test if it is ready to boot now
+ //
+ if (BdsLibGetBootableHandle (DevPath) != NULL) {
+ return TRUE;
+ }
+ } else {
+ return TRUE;
+ }
+ }
+ } else {
+ //
+ // if the boot option point to a simple file protocol which does not consume block Io protocol, it is also a valid EFI boot option,
+ //
+ Status = gBS->LocateDevicePath (&gEfiSimpleFileSystemProtocolGuid, &TempDevicePath, &Handle);
+ if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+ if (CheckMedia) {
+ //
+ // Test if it is ready to boot now
+ //
+ if (BdsLibGetBootableHandle (DevPath) != NULL) {
+ return TRUE;
+ }
+ } else {
+ return TRUE;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+
+/**
+ According to a file guild, check a Fv file device path is valid. If it is invalid,
+ try to return the valid device path.
+ FV address maybe changes for memory layout adjust from time to time, use this function
+ could promise the Fv file device path is right.
+
+ @param DevicePath on input, the Fv file device path need to check on
+ output, the updated valid Fv file device path
+ @param FileGuid the Fv file guild
+
+ @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER the input DevicePath or FileGuid is invalid
+ parameter
+ @retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED the input DevicePath does not contain Fv file
+ guild at all
+ @retval EFI_ALREADY_STARTED the input DevicePath has pointed to Fv file, it is
+ valid
+ @retval EFI_SUCCESS has successfully updated the invalid DevicePath,
+ and return the updated device path in DevicePath
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+EFIAPI
+BdsLibUpdateFvFileDevicePath (
+ IN OUT EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL ** DevicePath,
+ IN EFI_GUID *FileGuid
+ )
+{
+ EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *TempDevicePath;
+ EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *LastDeviceNode;
+ EFI_STATUS Status;
+ EFI_GUID *GuidPoint;
+ UINTN Index;
+ UINTN FvHandleCount;
+ EFI_HANDLE *FvHandleBuffer;
+ EFI_FV_FILETYPE Type;
+ UINTN Size;
+ EFI_FV_FILE_ATTRIBUTES Attributes;
+ UINT32 AuthenticationStatus;
+ BOOLEAN FindFvFile;
+ EFI_LOADED_IMAGE_PROTOCOL *LoadedImage;
+ EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME2_PROTOCOL *Fv;
+ MEDIA_FW_VOL_FILEPATH_DEVICE_PATH FvFileNode;
+ EFI_HANDLE FoundFvHandle;
+ EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *NewDevicePath;
+
+ if ((DevicePath == NULL) || (*DevicePath == NULL)) {
+ return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
+ }
+ if (FileGuid == NULL) {
+ return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
+ }
+
+ //
+ // Check whether the device path point to the default the input Fv file
+ //
+ TempDevicePath = *DevicePath;
+ LastDeviceNode = TempDevicePath;
+ while (!IsDevicePathEnd (TempDevicePath)) {
+ LastDeviceNode = TempDevicePath;
+ TempDevicePath = NextDevicePathNode (TempDevicePath);
+ }
+ GuidPoint = EfiGetNameGuidFromFwVolDevicePathNode (
+ (MEDIA_FW_VOL_FILEPATH_DEVICE_PATH *) LastDeviceNode
+ );
+ if (GuidPoint == NULL) {
+ //
+ // if this option does not points to a Fv file, just return EFI_UNSUPPORTED
+ //
+ return EFI_UNSUPPORTED;
+ }
+ if (!CompareGuid (GuidPoint, FileGuid)) {
+ //
+ // If the Fv file is not the input file guid, just return EFI_UNSUPPORTED
+ //
+ return EFI_UNSUPPORTED;
+ }
+
+ //
+ // Check whether the input Fv file device path is valid
+ //
+ TempDevicePath = *DevicePath;
+ FoundFvHandle = NULL;
+ Status = gBS->LocateDevicePath (
+ &gEfiFirmwareVolume2ProtocolGuid,
+ &TempDevicePath,
+ &FoundFvHandle
+ );
+ if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+ Status = gBS->HandleProtocol (
+ FoundFvHandle,
+ &gEfiFirmwareVolume2ProtocolGuid,
+ (VOID **) &Fv
+ );
+ if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+ //
+ // Set FV ReadFile Buffer as NULL, only need to check whether input Fv file exist there
+ //
+ Status = Fv->ReadFile (
+ Fv,
+ FileGuid,
+ NULL,
+ &Size,
+ &Type,
+ &Attributes,
+ &AuthenticationStatus
+ );
+ if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+ return EFI_ALREADY_STARTED;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ //
+ // Look for the input wanted FV file in current FV
+ // First, try to look for in Bds own FV. Bds and input wanted FV file usually are in the same FV
+ //
+ FindFvFile = FALSE;
+ FoundFvHandle = NULL;
+ Status = gBS->HandleProtocol (
+ gImageHandle,
+ &gEfiLoadedImageProtocolGuid,
+ (VOID **) &LoadedImage
+ );
+ if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+ Status = gBS->HandleProtocol (
+ LoadedImage->DeviceHandle,
+ &gEfiFirmwareVolume2ProtocolGuid,
+ (VOID **) &Fv
+ );
+ if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+ Status = Fv->ReadFile (
+ Fv,
+ FileGuid,
+ NULL,
+ &Size,
+ &Type,
+ &Attributes,
+ &AuthenticationStatus
+ );
+ if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+ FindFvFile = TRUE;
+ FoundFvHandle = LoadedImage->DeviceHandle;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ //
+ // Second, if fail to find, try to enumerate all FV
+ //
+ if (!FindFvFile) {
+ FvHandleBuffer = NULL;
+ gBS->LocateHandleBuffer (
+ ByProtocol,
+ &gEfiFirmwareVolume2ProtocolGuid,
+ NULL,
+ &FvHandleCount,
+ &FvHandleBuffer
+ );
+ for (Index = 0; Index < FvHandleCount; Index++) {
+ gBS->HandleProtocol (
+ FvHandleBuffer[Index],
+ &gEfiFirmwareVolume2ProtocolGuid,
+ (VOID **) &Fv
+ );
+
+ Status = Fv->ReadFile (
+ Fv,
+ FileGuid,
+ NULL,
+ &Size,
+ &Type,
+ &Attributes,
+ &AuthenticationStatus
+ );
+ if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+ //
+ // Skip if input Fv file not in the FV
+ //
+ continue;
+ }
+ FindFvFile = TRUE;
+ FoundFvHandle = FvHandleBuffer[Index];
+ break;
+ }
+
+ if (FvHandleBuffer != NULL) {
+ FreePool (FvHandleBuffer);
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (FindFvFile) {
+ //
+ // Build the shell device path
+ //
+ NewDevicePath = DevicePathFromHandle (FoundFvHandle);
+ EfiInitializeFwVolDevicepathNode (&FvFileNode, FileGuid);
+ NewDevicePath = AppendDevicePathNode (NewDevicePath, (EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *) &FvFileNode);
+ ASSERT (NewDevicePath != NULL);
+ *DevicePath = NewDevicePath;
+ return EFI_SUCCESS;
+ }
+ return EFI_NOT_FOUND;
+}
diff --git a/Core/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Library/GenericBdsLib/BdsConnect.c b/Core/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Library/GenericBdsLib/BdsConnect.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..f487aa611a --- /dev/null +++ b/Core/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Library/GenericBdsLib/BdsConnect.c @@ -0,0 +1,435 @@ +/** @file
+ BDS Lib functions which relate with connect the device
+
+Copyright (c) 2004 - 2013, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+This program and the accompanying materials
+are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
+which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
+http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
+
+THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
+WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
+
+**/
+
+#include "InternalBdsLib.h"
+
+
+/**
+ This function will connect all the system driver to controller
+ first, and then special connect the default console, this make
+ sure all the system controller available and the platform default
+ console connected.
+
+**/
+VOID
+EFIAPI
+BdsLibConnectAll (
+ VOID
+ )
+{
+ //
+ // Connect the platform console first
+ //
+ BdsLibConnectAllDefaultConsoles ();
+
+ //
+ // Generic way to connect all the drivers
+ //
+ BdsLibConnectAllDriversToAllControllers ();
+
+ //
+ // Here we have the assumption that we have already had
+ // platform default console
+ //
+ BdsLibConnectAllDefaultConsoles ();
+}
+
+
+/**
+ This function will connect all the system drivers to all controllers
+ first, and then connect all the console devices the system current
+ have. After this we should get all the device work and console available
+ if the system have console device.
+
+**/
+VOID
+BdsLibGenericConnectAll (
+ VOID
+ )
+{
+ //
+ // Most generic way to connect all the drivers
+ //
+ BdsLibConnectAllDriversToAllControllers ();
+ BdsLibConnectAllConsoles ();
+}
+
+/**
+ This function will create all handles associate with every device
+ path node. If the handle associate with one device path node can not
+ be created successfully, then still give chance to do the dispatch,
+ which load the missing drivers if possible.
+
+ @param DevicePathToConnect The device path which will be connected, it can be
+ a multi-instance device path
+
+ @retval EFI_SUCCESS All handles associate with every device path node
+ have been created
+ @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES There is no resource to create new handles
+ @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND Create the handle associate with one device path
+ node failed
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+EFIAPI
+BdsLibConnectDevicePath (
+ IN EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *DevicePathToConnect
+ )
+{
+ EFI_STATUS Status;
+ EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *DevicePath;
+ EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *CopyOfDevicePath;
+ EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *Instance;
+ EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *RemainingDevicePath;
+ EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *Next;
+ EFI_HANDLE Handle;
+ EFI_HANDLE PreviousHandle;
+ UINTN Size;
+ EFI_TPL CurrentTpl;
+
+ if (DevicePathToConnect == NULL) {
+ return EFI_SUCCESS;
+ }
+
+ CurrentTpl = EfiGetCurrentTpl ();
+
+ DevicePath = DuplicateDevicePath (DevicePathToConnect);
+ if (DevicePath == NULL) {
+ return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
+ }
+ CopyOfDevicePath = DevicePath;
+
+ do {
+ //
+ // The outer loop handles multi instance device paths.
+ // Only console variables contain multiple instance device paths.
+ //
+ // After this call DevicePath points to the next Instance
+ //
+ Instance = GetNextDevicePathInstance (&DevicePath, &Size);
+ if (Instance == NULL) {
+ FreePool (CopyOfDevicePath);
+ return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
+ }
+
+ Next = Instance;
+ while (!IsDevicePathEndType (Next)) {
+ Next = NextDevicePathNode (Next);
+ }
+
+ SetDevicePathEndNode (Next);
+
+ //
+ // Start the real work of connect with RemainingDevicePath
+ //
+ PreviousHandle = NULL;
+ do {
+ //
+ // Find the handle that best matches the Device Path. If it is only a
+ // partial match the remaining part of the device path is returned in
+ // RemainingDevicePath.
+ //
+ RemainingDevicePath = Instance;
+ Status = gBS->LocateDevicePath (&gEfiDevicePathProtocolGuid, &RemainingDevicePath, &Handle);
+
+ if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+ if (Handle == PreviousHandle) {
+ //
+ // If no forward progress is made try invoking the Dispatcher.
+ // A new FV may have been added to the system an new drivers
+ // may now be found.
+ // Status == EFI_SUCCESS means a driver was dispatched
+ // Status == EFI_NOT_FOUND means no new drivers were dispatched
+ //
+ if (CurrentTpl == TPL_APPLICATION) {
+ //
+ // Dispatch calls LoadImage/StartImage which cannot run at TPL > TPL_APPLICATION
+ //
+ Status = gDS->Dispatch ();
+ } else {
+ //
+ // Always return EFI_NOT_FOUND here
+ // to prevent dead loop when control handle is found but connection failded case
+ //
+ Status = EFI_NOT_FOUND;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+ PreviousHandle = Handle;
+ //
+ // Connect all drivers that apply to Handle and RemainingDevicePath,
+ // the Recursive flag is FALSE so only one level will be expanded.
+ //
+ // Do not check the connect status here, if the connect controller fail,
+ // then still give the chance to do dispatch, because partial
+ // RemainingDevicepath may be in the new FV
+ //
+ // 1. If the connect fail, RemainingDevicepath and handle will not
+ // change, so next time will do the dispatch, then dispatch's status
+ // will take effect
+ // 2. If the connect success, the RemainingDevicepath and handle will
+ // change, then avoid the dispatch, we have chance to continue the
+ // next connection
+ //
+ gBS->ConnectController (Handle, NULL, RemainingDevicePath, FALSE);
+ }
+ }
+ //
+ // Loop until RemainingDevicePath is an empty device path
+ //
+ } while (!EFI_ERROR (Status) && !IsDevicePathEnd (RemainingDevicePath));
+
+ } while (DevicePath != NULL);
+
+ if (CopyOfDevicePath != NULL) {
+ FreePool (CopyOfDevicePath);
+ }
+ //
+ // All handle with DevicePath exists in the handle database
+ //
+ return Status;
+}
+
+/**
+ This function will connect all current system handles recursively.
+
+ gBS->ConnectController() service is invoked for each handle exist in system handler buffer.
+ If the handle is bus type handler, all childrens also will be connected recursively
+ by gBS->ConnectController().
+
+ @retval EFI_SUCCESS All handles and it's child handle have been connected
+ @retval EFI_STATUS Error status returned by of gBS->LocateHandleBuffer().
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+EFIAPI
+BdsLibConnectAllEfi (
+ VOID
+ )
+{
+ EFI_STATUS Status;
+ UINTN HandleCount;
+ EFI_HANDLE *HandleBuffer;
+ UINTN Index;
+
+ Status = gBS->LocateHandleBuffer (
+ AllHandles,
+ NULL,
+ NULL,
+ &HandleCount,
+ &HandleBuffer
+ );
+ if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+ return Status;
+ }
+
+ for (Index = 0; Index < HandleCount; Index++) {
+ Status = gBS->ConnectController (HandleBuffer[Index], NULL, NULL, TRUE);
+ }
+
+ if (HandleBuffer != NULL) {
+ FreePool (HandleBuffer);
+ }
+
+ return EFI_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+/**
+ This function will disconnect all current system handles.
+
+ gBS->DisconnectController() is invoked for each handle exists in system handle buffer.
+ If handle is a bus type handle, all childrens also are disconnected recursively by
+ gBS->DisconnectController().
+
+ @retval EFI_SUCCESS All handles have been disconnected
+ @retval EFI_STATUS Error status returned by of gBS->LocateHandleBuffer().
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+EFIAPI
+BdsLibDisconnectAllEfi (
+ VOID
+ )
+{
+ EFI_STATUS Status;
+ UINTN HandleCount;
+ EFI_HANDLE *HandleBuffer;
+ UINTN Index;
+
+ //
+ // Disconnect all
+ //
+ Status = gBS->LocateHandleBuffer (
+ AllHandles,
+ NULL,
+ NULL,
+ &HandleCount,
+ &HandleBuffer
+ );
+ if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+ return Status;
+ }
+
+ for (Index = 0; Index < HandleCount; Index++) {
+ Status = gBS->DisconnectController (HandleBuffer[Index], NULL, NULL);
+ }
+
+ if (HandleBuffer != NULL) {
+ FreePool (HandleBuffer);
+ }
+
+ return EFI_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+
+/**
+ Connects all drivers to all controllers.
+ This function make sure all the current system driver will manage
+ the correspoinding controllers if have. And at the same time, make
+ sure all the system controllers have driver to manage it if have.
+
+**/
+VOID
+EFIAPI
+BdsLibConnectAllDriversToAllControllers (
+ VOID
+ )
+{
+ EFI_STATUS Status;
+
+ do {
+ //
+ // Connect All EFI 1.10 drivers following EFI 1.10 algorithm
+ //
+ BdsLibConnectAllEfi ();
+
+ //
+ // Check to see if it's possible to dispatch an more DXE drivers.
+ // The BdsLibConnectAllEfi () may have made new DXE drivers show up.
+ // If anything is Dispatched Status == EFI_SUCCESS and we will try
+ // the connect again.
+ //
+ Status = gDS->Dispatch ();
+
+ } while (!EFI_ERROR (Status));
+
+}
+
+
+/**
+ Connect the specific Usb device which match the short form device path,
+ and whose bus is determined by Host Controller (Uhci or Ehci).
+
+ @param HostControllerPI Uhci (0x00) or Ehci (0x20) or Both uhci and ehci
+ (0xFF)
+ @param RemainingDevicePath a short-form device path that starts with the first
+ element being a USB WWID or a USB Class device
+ path
+
+ @return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER RemainingDevicePath is NULL pointer.
+ RemainingDevicePath is not a USB device path.
+ Invalid HostControllerPI type.
+ @return EFI_SUCCESS Success to connect USB device
+ @return EFI_NOT_FOUND Fail to find handle for USB controller to connect.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+EFIAPI
+BdsLibConnectUsbDevByShortFormDP(
+ IN UINT8 HostControllerPI,
+ IN EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *RemainingDevicePath
+ )
+{
+ EFI_STATUS Status;
+ EFI_HANDLE *HandleArray;
+ UINTN HandleArrayCount;
+ UINTN Index;
+ EFI_PCI_IO_PROTOCOL *PciIo;
+ UINT8 Class[3];
+ BOOLEAN AtLeastOneConnected;
+
+ //
+ // Check the passed in parameters
+ //
+ if (RemainingDevicePath == NULL) {
+ return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
+ }
+
+ if ((DevicePathType (RemainingDevicePath) != MESSAGING_DEVICE_PATH) ||
+ ((DevicePathSubType (RemainingDevicePath) != MSG_USB_CLASS_DP)
+ && (DevicePathSubType (RemainingDevicePath) != MSG_USB_WWID_DP)
+ )) {
+ return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
+ }
+
+ if (HostControllerPI != 0xFF &&
+ HostControllerPI != 0x00 &&
+ HostControllerPI != 0x20) {
+ return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
+ }
+
+ //
+ // Find the usb host controller firstly, then connect with the remaining device path
+ //
+ AtLeastOneConnected = FALSE;
+ Status = gBS->LocateHandleBuffer (
+ ByProtocol,
+ &gEfiPciIoProtocolGuid,
+ NULL,
+ &HandleArrayCount,
+ &HandleArray
+ );
+ if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+ for (Index = 0; Index < HandleArrayCount; Index++) {
+ Status = gBS->HandleProtocol (
+ HandleArray[Index],
+ &gEfiPciIoProtocolGuid,
+ (VOID **)&PciIo
+ );
+ if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+ //
+ // Check whether the Pci device is the wanted usb host controller
+ //
+ Status = PciIo->Pci.Read (PciIo, EfiPciIoWidthUint8, 0x09, 3, &Class);
+ if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+ if ((PCI_CLASS_SERIAL == Class[2]) &&
+ (PCI_CLASS_SERIAL_USB == Class[1])) {
+ if (HostControllerPI == Class[0] || HostControllerPI == 0xFF) {
+ Status = gBS->ConnectController (
+ HandleArray[Index],
+ NULL,
+ RemainingDevicePath,
+ FALSE
+ );
+ if (!EFI_ERROR(Status)) {
+ AtLeastOneConnected = TRUE;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (HandleArray != NULL) {
+ FreePool (HandleArray);
+ }
+
+ if (AtLeastOneConnected) {
+ return EFI_SUCCESS;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return EFI_NOT_FOUND;
+}
diff --git a/Core/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Library/GenericBdsLib/BdsConsole.c b/Core/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Library/GenericBdsLib/BdsConsole.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..eefec0642a --- /dev/null +++ b/Core/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Library/GenericBdsLib/BdsConsole.c @@ -0,0 +1,1301 @@ +/** @file
+ BDS Lib functions which contain all the code to connect console device
+
+Copyright (c) 2004 - 2014, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+This program and the accompanying materials
+are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
+which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
+http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
+
+THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
+WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
+
+**/
+
+#include "InternalBdsLib.h"
+#include <IndustryStandard/Bmp.h>
+
+
+/**
+ Check if we need to save the EFI variable with "ConVarName" as name
+ as NV type
+ If ConVarName is NULL, then ASSERT().
+
+ @param ConVarName The name of the EFI variable.
+
+ @retval TRUE Set the EFI variable as NV type.
+ @retval FALSE EFI variable as NV type can be set NonNV.
+**/
+BOOLEAN
+IsNvNeed (
+ IN CHAR16 *ConVarName
+ )
+{
+ CHAR16 *Ptr;
+
+ ASSERT (ConVarName != NULL);
+
+ Ptr = ConVarName;
+
+ //
+ // If the variable includes "Dev" at last, we consider
+ // it does not support NV attribute.
+ //
+ while (*Ptr != L'\0') {
+ Ptr++;
+ }
+
+ if (((INTN)((UINTN)Ptr - (UINTN)ConVarName) / sizeof (CHAR16)) <= 3) {
+ return TRUE;
+ }
+
+ if ((*(Ptr - 3) == 'D') && (*(Ptr - 2) == 'e') && (*(Ptr - 1) == 'v')) {
+ return FALSE;
+ } else {
+ return TRUE;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ Fill console handle in System Table if there are no valid console handle in.
+
+ Firstly, check the validation of console handle in System Table. If it is invalid,
+ update it by the first console device handle from EFI console variable.
+
+ @param VarName The name of the EFI console variable.
+ @param ConsoleGuid Specified Console protocol GUID.
+ @param ConsoleHandle On IN, console handle in System Table to be checked.
+ On OUT, new console handle in system table.
+ @param ProtocolInterface On IN, console protocol on console handle in System Table to be checked.
+ On OUT, new console protocol on new console handle in system table.
+
+ @retval TRUE System Table has been updated.
+ @retval FALSE System Table hasn't been updated.
+
+**/
+BOOLEAN
+UpdateSystemTableConsole (
+ IN CHAR16 *VarName,
+ IN EFI_GUID *ConsoleGuid,
+ IN OUT EFI_HANDLE *ConsoleHandle,
+ IN OUT VOID **ProtocolInterface
+ )
+{
+ EFI_STATUS Status;
+ UINTN DevicePathSize;
+ EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *FullDevicePath;
+ EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *VarConsole;
+ EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *Instance;
+ VOID *Interface;
+ EFI_HANDLE NewHandle;
+ EFI_SIMPLE_TEXT_OUTPUT_PROTOCOL *TextOut;
+
+ ASSERT (VarName != NULL);
+ ASSERT (ConsoleHandle != NULL);
+ ASSERT (ConsoleGuid != NULL);
+ ASSERT (ProtocolInterface != NULL);
+
+ if (*ConsoleHandle != NULL) {
+ Status = gBS->HandleProtocol (
+ *ConsoleHandle,
+ ConsoleGuid,
+ &Interface
+ );
+ if (Status == EFI_SUCCESS && Interface == *ProtocolInterface) {
+ //
+ // If ConsoleHandle is valid and console protocol on this handle also
+ // also matched, just return.
+ //
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+ }
+
+ //
+ // Get all possible consoles device path from EFI variable
+ //
+ VarConsole = BdsLibGetVariableAndSize (
+ VarName,
+ &gEfiGlobalVariableGuid,
+ &DevicePathSize
+ );
+ if (VarConsole == NULL) {
+ //
+ // If there is no any console device, just return.
+ //
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+
+ FullDevicePath = VarConsole;
+
+ do {
+ //
+ // Check every instance of the console variable
+ //
+ Instance = GetNextDevicePathInstance (&VarConsole, &DevicePathSize);
+ if (Instance == NULL) {
+ FreePool (FullDevicePath);
+ ASSERT (FALSE);
+ }
+
+ //
+ // Find console device handle by device path instance
+ //
+ Status = gBS->LocateDevicePath (
+ ConsoleGuid,
+ &Instance,
+ &NewHandle
+ );
+ if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+ //
+ // Get the console protocol on this console device handle
+ //
+ Status = gBS->HandleProtocol (
+ NewHandle,
+ ConsoleGuid,
+ &Interface
+ );
+ if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+ //
+ // Update new console handle in System Table.
+ //
+ *ConsoleHandle = NewHandle;
+ *ProtocolInterface = Interface;
+ if (CompareGuid (ConsoleGuid, &gEfiSimpleTextOutProtocolGuid)) {
+ //
+ // If it is console out device, set console mode 80x25 if current mode is invalid.
+ //
+ TextOut = (EFI_SIMPLE_TEXT_OUTPUT_PROTOCOL *) Interface;
+ if (TextOut->Mode->Mode == -1) {
+ TextOut->SetMode (TextOut, 0);
+ }
+ }
+ return TRUE;
+ }
+ }
+
+ } while (Instance != NULL);
+
+ //
+ // No any available console devcie found.
+ //
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+/**
+ This function update console variable based on ConVarName, it can
+ add or remove one specific console device path from the variable
+
+ @param ConVarName Console related variable name, ConIn, ConOut,
+ ErrOut.
+ @param CustomizedConDevicePath The console device path which will be added to
+ the console variable ConVarName, this parameter
+ can not be multi-instance.
+ @param ExclusiveDevicePath The console device path which will be removed
+ from the console variable ConVarName, this
+ parameter can not be multi-instance.
+
+ @retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED The added device path is same to the removed one.
+ @retval EFI_SUCCESS Success add or remove the device path from the
+ console variable.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+EFIAPI
+BdsLibUpdateConsoleVariable (
+ IN CHAR16 *ConVarName,
+ IN EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *CustomizedConDevicePath,
+ IN EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *ExclusiveDevicePath
+ )
+{
+ EFI_STATUS Status;
+ EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *VarConsole;
+ UINTN DevicePathSize;
+ EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *NewDevicePath;
+ EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *TempNewDevicePath;
+ UINT32 Attributes;
+
+ VarConsole = NULL;
+ DevicePathSize = 0;
+
+ //
+ // Notes: check the device path point, here should check
+ // with compare memory
+ //
+ if (CustomizedConDevicePath == ExclusiveDevicePath) {
+ return EFI_UNSUPPORTED;
+ }
+ //
+ // Delete the ExclusiveDevicePath from current default console
+ //
+ VarConsole = BdsLibGetVariableAndSize (
+ ConVarName,
+ &gEfiGlobalVariableGuid,
+ &DevicePathSize
+ );
+
+ //
+ // Initialize NewDevicePath
+ //
+ NewDevicePath = VarConsole;
+
+ //
+ // If ExclusiveDevicePath is even the part of the instance in VarConsole, delete it.
+ // In the end, NewDevicePath is the final device path.
+ //
+ if (ExclusiveDevicePath != NULL && VarConsole != NULL) {
+ NewDevicePath = BdsLibDelPartMatchInstance (VarConsole, ExclusiveDevicePath);
+ }
+ //
+ // Try to append customized device path to NewDevicePath.
+ //
+ if (CustomizedConDevicePath != NULL) {
+ if (!BdsLibMatchDevicePaths (NewDevicePath, CustomizedConDevicePath)) {
+ //
+ // Check if there is part of CustomizedConDevicePath in NewDevicePath, delete it.
+ //
+ NewDevicePath = BdsLibDelPartMatchInstance (NewDevicePath, CustomizedConDevicePath);
+ //
+ // In the first check, the default console variable will be _ModuleEntryPoint,
+ // just append current customized device path
+ //
+ TempNewDevicePath = NewDevicePath;
+ NewDevicePath = AppendDevicePathInstance (NewDevicePath, CustomizedConDevicePath);
+ if (TempNewDevicePath != NULL) {
+ FreePool(TempNewDevicePath);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ //
+ // The attribute for ConInDev, ConOutDev and ErrOutDev does not include NV.
+ //
+ if (IsNvNeed(ConVarName)) {
+ //
+ // ConVarName has NV attribute.
+ //
+ Attributes = EFI_VARIABLE_BOOTSERVICE_ACCESS | EFI_VARIABLE_RUNTIME_ACCESS | EFI_VARIABLE_NON_VOLATILE;
+ } else {
+ //
+ // ConVarName does not have NV attribute.
+ //
+ Attributes = EFI_VARIABLE_BOOTSERVICE_ACCESS | EFI_VARIABLE_RUNTIME_ACCESS;
+ }
+
+ //
+ // Finally, Update the variable of the default console by NewDevicePath
+ //
+ DevicePathSize = GetDevicePathSize (NewDevicePath);
+ Status = SetVariableAndReportStatusCodeOnError (
+ ConVarName,
+ &gEfiGlobalVariableGuid,
+ Attributes,
+ DevicePathSize,
+ NewDevicePath
+ );
+ if ((DevicePathSize == 0) && (Status == EFI_NOT_FOUND)) {
+ Status = EFI_SUCCESS;
+ }
+
+ if (VarConsole == NewDevicePath) {
+ if (VarConsole != NULL) {
+ FreePool(VarConsole);
+ }
+ } else {
+ if (VarConsole != NULL) {
+ FreePool(VarConsole);
+ }
+ if (NewDevicePath != NULL) {
+ FreePool(NewDevicePath);
+ }
+ }
+
+ return Status;
+
+}
+
+
+/**
+ Connect the console device base on the variable ConVarName, if
+ device path of the ConVarName is multi-instance device path and
+ anyone of the instances is connected success, then this function
+ will return success.
+ If the handle associate with one device path node can not
+ be created successfully, then still give chance to do the dispatch,
+ which load the missing drivers if possible..
+
+ @param ConVarName Console related variable name, ConIn, ConOut,
+ ErrOut.
+
+ @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND There is not any console devices connected
+ success
+ @retval EFI_SUCCESS Success connect any one instance of the console
+ device path base on the variable ConVarName.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+EFIAPI
+BdsLibConnectConsoleVariable (
+ IN CHAR16 *ConVarName
+ )
+{
+ EFI_STATUS Status;
+ EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *StartDevicePath;
+ UINTN VariableSize;
+ EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *Instance;
+ EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *Next;
+ EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *CopyOfDevicePath;
+ UINTN Size;
+ BOOLEAN DeviceExist;
+
+ Status = EFI_SUCCESS;
+ DeviceExist = FALSE;
+
+ //
+ // Check if the console variable exist
+ //
+ StartDevicePath = BdsLibGetVariableAndSize (
+ ConVarName,
+ &gEfiGlobalVariableGuid,
+ &VariableSize
+ );
+ if (StartDevicePath == NULL) {
+ return EFI_UNSUPPORTED;
+ }
+
+ CopyOfDevicePath = StartDevicePath;
+ do {
+ //
+ // Check every instance of the console variable
+ //
+ Instance = GetNextDevicePathInstance (&CopyOfDevicePath, &Size);
+ if (Instance == NULL) {
+ FreePool (StartDevicePath);
+ return EFI_UNSUPPORTED;
+ }
+
+ Next = Instance;
+ while (!IsDevicePathEndType (Next)) {
+ Next = NextDevicePathNode (Next);
+ }
+
+ SetDevicePathEndNode (Next);
+ //
+ // Connect the USB console
+ // USB console device path is a short-form device path that
+ // starts with the first element being a USB WWID
+ // or a USB Class device path
+ //
+ if ((DevicePathType (Instance) == MESSAGING_DEVICE_PATH) &&
+ ((DevicePathSubType (Instance) == MSG_USB_CLASS_DP)
+ || (DevicePathSubType (Instance) == MSG_USB_WWID_DP)
+ )) {
+ Status = BdsLibConnectUsbDevByShortFormDP (0xFF, Instance);
+ if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+ DeviceExist = TRUE;
+ }
+ } else {
+ //
+ // Connect the instance device path
+ //
+ Status = BdsLibConnectDevicePath (Instance);
+
+ if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+ //
+ // Delete the instance from the console varialbe
+ //
+ BdsLibUpdateConsoleVariable (ConVarName, NULL, Instance);
+ } else {
+ DeviceExist = TRUE;
+ }
+ }
+ FreePool(Instance);
+ } while (CopyOfDevicePath != NULL);
+
+ FreePool (StartDevicePath);
+
+ if (!DeviceExist) {
+ return EFI_NOT_FOUND;
+ }
+
+ return EFI_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+/**
+ This function will search every simpletext device in current system,
+ and make every simpletext device as pertantial console device.
+
+**/
+VOID
+EFIAPI
+BdsLibConnectAllConsoles (
+ VOID
+ )
+{
+ UINTN Index;
+ EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *ConDevicePath;
+ UINTN HandleCount;
+ EFI_HANDLE *HandleBuffer;
+
+ Index = 0;
+ HandleCount = 0;
+ HandleBuffer = NULL;
+ ConDevicePath = NULL;
+
+ //
+ // Update all the console variables
+ //
+ gBS->LocateHandleBuffer (
+ ByProtocol,
+ &gEfiSimpleTextInProtocolGuid,
+ NULL,
+ &HandleCount,
+ &HandleBuffer
+ );
+
+ for (Index = 0; Index < HandleCount; Index++) {
+ gBS->HandleProtocol (
+ HandleBuffer[Index],
+ &gEfiDevicePathProtocolGuid,
+ (VOID **) &ConDevicePath
+ );
+ BdsLibUpdateConsoleVariable (L"ConIn", ConDevicePath, NULL);
+ }
+
+ if (HandleBuffer != NULL) {
+ FreePool(HandleBuffer);
+ HandleBuffer = NULL;
+ }
+
+ gBS->LocateHandleBuffer (
+ ByProtocol,
+ &gEfiSimpleTextOutProtocolGuid,
+ NULL,
+ &HandleCount,
+ &HandleBuffer
+ );
+ for (Index = 0; Index < HandleCount; Index++) {
+ gBS->HandleProtocol (
+ HandleBuffer[Index],
+ &gEfiDevicePathProtocolGuid,
+ (VOID **) &ConDevicePath
+ );
+ BdsLibUpdateConsoleVariable (L"ConOut", ConDevicePath, NULL);
+ BdsLibUpdateConsoleVariable (L"ErrOut", ConDevicePath, NULL);
+ }
+
+ if (HandleBuffer != NULL) {
+ FreePool(HandleBuffer);
+ }
+
+ //
+ // Connect all console variables
+ //
+ BdsLibConnectAllDefaultConsoles ();
+
+}
+
+/**
+ This function will connect console device base on the console
+ device variable ConIn, ConOut and ErrOut.
+
+ @retval EFI_SUCCESS At least one of the ConIn and ConOut device have
+ been connected success.
+ @retval EFI_STATUS Return the status of BdsLibConnectConsoleVariable ().
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+EFIAPI
+BdsLibConnectAllDefaultConsoles (
+ VOID
+ )
+{
+ EFI_STATUS Status;
+ BOOLEAN SystemTableUpdated;
+
+ //
+ // Connect all default console variables
+ //
+
+ //
+ // It seems impossible not to have any ConOut device on platform,
+ // so we check the status here.
+ //
+ Status = BdsLibConnectConsoleVariable (L"ConOut");
+ if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+ return Status;
+ }
+
+ //
+ // Insert the performance probe for Console Out
+ //
+ PERF_START (NULL, "ConOut", "BDS", 1);
+ PERF_END (NULL, "ConOut", "BDS", 0);
+
+ //
+ // Because possibly the platform is legacy free, in such case,
+ // ConIn devices (Serial Port and PS2 Keyboard ) does not exist,
+ // so we need not check the status.
+ //
+ BdsLibConnectConsoleVariable (L"ConIn");
+
+ //
+ // The _ModuleEntryPoint err out var is legal.
+ //
+ BdsLibConnectConsoleVariable (L"ErrOut");
+
+ SystemTableUpdated = FALSE;
+ //
+ // Fill console handles in System Table if no console device assignd.
+ //
+ if (UpdateSystemTableConsole (L"ConIn", &gEfiSimpleTextInProtocolGuid, &gST->ConsoleInHandle, (VOID **) &gST->ConIn)) {
+ SystemTableUpdated = TRUE;
+ }
+ if (UpdateSystemTableConsole (L"ConOut", &gEfiSimpleTextOutProtocolGuid, &gST->ConsoleOutHandle, (VOID **) &gST->ConOut)) {
+ SystemTableUpdated = TRUE;
+ }
+ if (UpdateSystemTableConsole (L"ErrOut", &gEfiSimpleTextOutProtocolGuid, &gST->StandardErrorHandle, (VOID **) &gST->StdErr)) {
+ SystemTableUpdated = TRUE;
+ }
+
+ if (SystemTableUpdated) {
+ //
+ // Update the CRC32 in the EFI System Table header
+ //
+ gST->Hdr.CRC32 = 0;
+ gBS->CalculateCrc32 (
+ (UINT8 *) &gST->Hdr,
+ gST->Hdr.HeaderSize,
+ &gST->Hdr.CRC32
+ );
+ }
+
+ return EFI_SUCCESS;
+
+}
+
+/**
+ This function will connect console device except ConIn base on the console
+ device variable ConOut and ErrOut.
+
+ @retval EFI_SUCCESS At least one of the ConOut device have
+ been connected success.
+ @retval EFI_STATUS Return the status of BdsLibConnectConsoleVariable ().
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+EFIAPI
+BdsLibConnectAllDefaultConsolesWithOutConIn (
+ VOID
+ )
+{
+ EFI_STATUS Status;
+ BOOLEAN SystemTableUpdated;
+
+ //
+ // Connect all default console variables except ConIn
+ //
+
+ //
+ // It seems impossible not to have any ConOut device on platform,
+ // so we check the status here.
+ //
+ Status = BdsLibConnectConsoleVariable (L"ConOut");
+ if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+ return Status;
+ }
+
+ //
+ // Insert the performance probe for Console Out
+ //
+ PERF_START (NULL, "ConOut", "BDS", 1);
+ PERF_END (NULL, "ConOut", "BDS", 0);
+
+ //
+ // The _ModuleEntryPoint err out var is legal.
+ //
+ BdsLibConnectConsoleVariable (L"ErrOut");
+
+ SystemTableUpdated = FALSE;
+ //
+ // Fill console handles in System Table if no console device assignd.
+ //
+ if (UpdateSystemTableConsole (L"ConOut", &gEfiSimpleTextOutProtocolGuid, &gST->ConsoleOutHandle, (VOID **) &gST->ConOut)) {
+ SystemTableUpdated = TRUE;
+ }
+ if (UpdateSystemTableConsole (L"ErrOut", &gEfiSimpleTextOutProtocolGuid, &gST->StandardErrorHandle, (VOID **) &gST->StdErr)) {
+ SystemTableUpdated = TRUE;
+ }
+
+ if (SystemTableUpdated) {
+ //
+ // Update the CRC32 in the EFI System Table header
+ //
+ gST->Hdr.CRC32 = 0;
+ gBS->CalculateCrc32 (
+ (UINT8 *) &gST->Hdr,
+ gST->Hdr.HeaderSize,
+ &gST->Hdr.CRC32
+ );
+ }
+
+ return EFI_SUCCESS;
+
+}
+
+/**
+ Convert a *.BMP graphics image to a GOP blt buffer. If a NULL Blt buffer
+ is passed in a GopBlt buffer will be allocated by this routine. If a GopBlt
+ buffer is passed in it will be used if it is big enough.
+
+ @param BmpImage Pointer to BMP file
+ @param BmpImageSize Number of bytes in BmpImage
+ @param GopBlt Buffer containing GOP version of BmpImage.
+ @param GopBltSize Size of GopBlt in bytes.
+ @param PixelHeight Height of GopBlt/BmpImage in pixels
+ @param PixelWidth Width of GopBlt/BmpImage in pixels
+
+ @retval EFI_SUCCESS GopBlt and GopBltSize are returned.
+ @retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED BmpImage is not a valid *.BMP image
+ @retval EFI_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL The passed in GopBlt buffer is not big enough.
+ GopBltSize will contain the required size.
+ @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES No enough buffer to allocate.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+ConvertBmpToGopBlt (
+ IN VOID *BmpImage,
+ IN UINTN BmpImageSize,
+ IN OUT VOID **GopBlt,
+ IN OUT UINTN *GopBltSize,
+ OUT UINTN *PixelHeight,
+ OUT UINTN *PixelWidth
+ )
+{
+ UINT8 *Image;
+ UINT8 *ImageHeader;
+ BMP_IMAGE_HEADER *BmpHeader;
+ BMP_COLOR_MAP *BmpColorMap;
+ EFI_GRAPHICS_OUTPUT_BLT_PIXEL *BltBuffer;
+ EFI_GRAPHICS_OUTPUT_BLT_PIXEL *Blt;
+ UINT64 BltBufferSize;
+ UINTN Index;
+ UINTN Height;
+ UINTN Width;
+ UINTN ImageIndex;
+ UINT32 DataSizePerLine;
+ BOOLEAN IsAllocated;
+ UINT32 ColorMapNum;
+
+ if (sizeof (BMP_IMAGE_HEADER) > BmpImageSize) {
+ return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
+ }
+
+ BmpHeader = (BMP_IMAGE_HEADER *) BmpImage;
+
+ if (BmpHeader->CharB != 'B' || BmpHeader->CharM != 'M') {
+ return EFI_UNSUPPORTED;
+ }
+
+ //
+ // Doesn't support compress.
+ //
+ if (BmpHeader->CompressionType != 0) {
+ return EFI_UNSUPPORTED;
+ }
+
+ //
+ // Only support BITMAPINFOHEADER format.
+ // BITMAPFILEHEADER + BITMAPINFOHEADER = BMP_IMAGE_HEADER
+ //
+ if (BmpHeader->HeaderSize != sizeof (BMP_IMAGE_HEADER) - OFFSET_OF(BMP_IMAGE_HEADER, HeaderSize)) {
+ return EFI_UNSUPPORTED;
+ }
+
+ //
+ // The data size in each line must be 4 byte alignment.
+ //
+ DataSizePerLine = ((BmpHeader->PixelWidth * BmpHeader->BitPerPixel + 31) >> 3) & (~0x3);
+ BltBufferSize = MultU64x32 (DataSizePerLine, BmpHeader->PixelHeight);
+ if (BltBufferSize > (UINT32) ~0) {
+ return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
+ }
+
+ if ((BmpHeader->Size != BmpImageSize) ||
+ (BmpHeader->Size < BmpHeader->ImageOffset) ||
+ (BmpHeader->Size - BmpHeader->ImageOffset != BmpHeader->PixelHeight * DataSizePerLine)) {
+ return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
+ }
+
+ //
+ // Calculate Color Map offset in the image.
+ //
+ Image = BmpImage;
+ BmpColorMap = (BMP_COLOR_MAP *) (Image + sizeof (BMP_IMAGE_HEADER));
+ if (BmpHeader->ImageOffset < sizeof (BMP_IMAGE_HEADER)) {
+ return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
+ }
+
+ if (BmpHeader->ImageOffset > sizeof (BMP_IMAGE_HEADER)) {
+ switch (BmpHeader->BitPerPixel) {
+ case 1:
+ ColorMapNum = 2;
+ break;
+ case 4:
+ ColorMapNum = 16;
+ break;
+ case 8:
+ ColorMapNum = 256;
+ break;
+ default:
+ ColorMapNum = 0;
+ break;
+ }
+ //
+ // BMP file may has padding data between the bmp header section and the bmp data section.
+ //
+ if (BmpHeader->ImageOffset - sizeof (BMP_IMAGE_HEADER) < sizeof (BMP_COLOR_MAP) * ColorMapNum) {
+ return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
+ }
+ }
+
+ //
+ // Calculate graphics image data address in the image
+ //
+ Image = ((UINT8 *) BmpImage) + BmpHeader->ImageOffset;
+ ImageHeader = Image;
+
+ //
+ // Calculate the BltBuffer needed size.
+ //
+ BltBufferSize = MultU64x32 ((UINT64) BmpHeader->PixelWidth, BmpHeader->PixelHeight);
+ //
+ // Ensure the BltBufferSize * sizeof (EFI_GRAPHICS_OUTPUT_BLT_PIXEL) doesn't overflow
+ //
+ if (BltBufferSize > DivU64x32 ((UINTN) ~0, sizeof (EFI_GRAPHICS_OUTPUT_BLT_PIXEL))) {
+ return EFI_UNSUPPORTED;
+ }
+ BltBufferSize = MultU64x32 (BltBufferSize, sizeof (EFI_GRAPHICS_OUTPUT_BLT_PIXEL));
+
+ IsAllocated = FALSE;
+ if (*GopBlt == NULL) {
+ //
+ // GopBlt is not allocated by caller.
+ //
+ *GopBltSize = (UINTN) BltBufferSize;
+ *GopBlt = AllocatePool (*GopBltSize);
+ IsAllocated = TRUE;
+ if (*GopBlt == NULL) {
+ return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
+ }
+ } else {
+ //
+ // GopBlt has been allocated by caller.
+ //
+ if (*GopBltSize < (UINTN) BltBufferSize) {
+ *GopBltSize = (UINTN) BltBufferSize;
+ return EFI_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL;
+ }
+ }
+
+ *PixelWidth = BmpHeader->PixelWidth;
+ *PixelHeight = BmpHeader->PixelHeight;
+
+ //
+ // Convert image from BMP to Blt buffer format
+ //
+ BltBuffer = *GopBlt;
+ for (Height = 0; Height < BmpHeader->PixelHeight; Height++) {
+ Blt = &BltBuffer[(BmpHeader->PixelHeight - Height - 1) * BmpHeader->PixelWidth];
+ for (Width = 0; Width < BmpHeader->PixelWidth; Width++, Image++, Blt++) {
+ switch (BmpHeader->BitPerPixel) {
+ case 1:
+ //
+ // Convert 1-bit (2 colors) BMP to 24-bit color
+ //
+ for (Index = 0; Index < 8 && Width < BmpHeader->PixelWidth; Index++) {
+ Blt->Red = BmpColorMap[((*Image) >> (7 - Index)) & 0x1].Red;
+ Blt->Green = BmpColorMap[((*Image) >> (7 - Index)) & 0x1].Green;
+ Blt->Blue = BmpColorMap[((*Image) >> (7 - Index)) & 0x1].Blue;
+ Blt++;
+ Width++;
+ }
+
+ Blt--;
+ Width--;
+ break;
+
+ case 4:
+ //
+ // Convert 4-bit (16 colors) BMP Palette to 24-bit color
+ //
+ Index = (*Image) >> 4;
+ Blt->Red = BmpColorMap[Index].Red;
+ Blt->Green = BmpColorMap[Index].Green;
+ Blt->Blue = BmpColorMap[Index].Blue;
+ if (Width < (BmpHeader->PixelWidth - 1)) {
+ Blt++;
+ Width++;
+ Index = (*Image) & 0x0f;
+ Blt->Red = BmpColorMap[Index].Red;
+ Blt->Green = BmpColorMap[Index].Green;
+ Blt->Blue = BmpColorMap[Index].Blue;
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case 8:
+ //
+ // Convert 8-bit (256 colors) BMP Palette to 24-bit color
+ //
+ Blt->Red = BmpColorMap[*Image].Red;
+ Blt->Green = BmpColorMap[*Image].Green;
+ Blt->Blue = BmpColorMap[*Image].Blue;
+ break;
+
+ case 24:
+ //
+ // It is 24-bit BMP.
+ //
+ Blt->Blue = *Image++;
+ Blt->Green = *Image++;
+ Blt->Red = *Image;
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ //
+ // Other bit format BMP is not supported.
+ //
+ if (IsAllocated) {
+ FreePool (*GopBlt);
+ *GopBlt = NULL;
+ }
+ return EFI_UNSUPPORTED;
+ break;
+ };
+
+ }
+
+ ImageIndex = (UINTN) (Image - ImageHeader);
+ if ((ImageIndex % 4) != 0) {
+ //
+ // Bmp Image starts each row on a 32-bit boundary!
+ //
+ Image = Image + (4 - (ImageIndex % 4));
+ }
+ }
+
+ return EFI_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+/**
+ Use SystemTable Conout to stop video based Simple Text Out consoles from going
+ to the video device. Put up LogoFile on every video device that is a console.
+
+ @param[in] LogoFile File name of logo to display on the center of the screen.
+
+ @retval EFI_SUCCESS ConsoleControl has been flipped to graphics and logo displayed.
+ @retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED Logo not found
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+EFIAPI
+EnableQuietBoot (
+ IN EFI_GUID *LogoFile
+ )
+{
+ EFI_STATUS Status;
+ EFI_OEM_BADGING_PROTOCOL *Badging;
+ UINT32 SizeOfX;
+ UINT32 SizeOfY;
+ INTN DestX;
+ INTN DestY;
+ UINT8 *ImageData;
+ UINTN ImageSize;
+ UINTN BltSize;
+ UINT32 Instance;
+ EFI_BADGING_FORMAT Format;
+ EFI_BADGING_DISPLAY_ATTRIBUTE Attribute;
+ UINTN CoordinateX;
+ UINTN CoordinateY;
+ UINTN Height;
+ UINTN Width;
+ EFI_GRAPHICS_OUTPUT_BLT_PIXEL *Blt;
+ EFI_UGA_DRAW_PROTOCOL *UgaDraw;
+ UINT32 ColorDepth;
+ UINT32 RefreshRate;
+ EFI_GRAPHICS_OUTPUT_PROTOCOL *GraphicsOutput;
+ EFI_BOOT_LOGO_PROTOCOL *BootLogo;
+ UINTN NumberOfLogos;
+ EFI_GRAPHICS_OUTPUT_BLT_PIXEL *LogoBlt;
+ UINTN LogoDestX;
+ UINTN LogoDestY;
+ UINTN LogoHeight;
+ UINTN LogoWidth;
+ UINTN NewDestX;
+ UINTN NewDestY;
+ UINTN NewHeight;
+ UINTN NewWidth;
+ UINT64 BufferSize;
+
+ UgaDraw = NULL;
+ //
+ // Try to open GOP first
+ //
+ Status = gBS->HandleProtocol (gST->ConsoleOutHandle, &gEfiGraphicsOutputProtocolGuid, (VOID **) &GraphicsOutput);
+ if (EFI_ERROR (Status) && FeaturePcdGet (PcdUgaConsumeSupport)) {
+ GraphicsOutput = NULL;
+ //
+ // Open GOP failed, try to open UGA
+ //
+ Status = gBS->HandleProtocol (gST->ConsoleOutHandle, &gEfiUgaDrawProtocolGuid, (VOID **) &UgaDraw);
+ }
+ if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+ return EFI_UNSUPPORTED;
+ }
+
+ //
+ // Try to open Boot Logo Protocol.
+ //
+ BootLogo = NULL;
+ gBS->LocateProtocol (&gEfiBootLogoProtocolGuid, NULL, (VOID **) &BootLogo);
+
+ //
+ // Erase Cursor from screen
+ //
+ gST->ConOut->EnableCursor (gST->ConOut, FALSE);
+
+ Badging = NULL;
+ Status = gBS->LocateProtocol (&gEfiOEMBadgingProtocolGuid, NULL, (VOID **) &Badging);
+
+ if (GraphicsOutput != NULL) {
+ SizeOfX = GraphicsOutput->Mode->Info->HorizontalResolution;
+ SizeOfY = GraphicsOutput->Mode->Info->VerticalResolution;
+
+ } else if (UgaDraw != NULL && FeaturePcdGet (PcdUgaConsumeSupport)) {
+ Status = UgaDraw->GetMode (UgaDraw, &SizeOfX, &SizeOfY, &ColorDepth, &RefreshRate);
+ if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+ return EFI_UNSUPPORTED;
+ }
+ } else {
+ return EFI_UNSUPPORTED;
+ }
+
+ Blt = NULL;
+ NumberOfLogos = 0;
+ LogoDestX = 0;
+ LogoDestY = 0;
+ LogoHeight = 0;
+ LogoWidth = 0;
+ NewDestX = 0;
+ NewDestY = 0;
+ NewHeight = 0;
+ NewWidth = 0;
+ Instance = 0;
+ while (1) {
+ ImageData = NULL;
+ ImageSize = 0;
+
+ if (Badging != NULL) {
+ //
+ // Get image from OEMBadging protocol.
+ //
+ Status = Badging->GetImage (
+ Badging,
+ &Instance,
+ &Format,
+ &ImageData,
+ &ImageSize,
+ &Attribute,
+ &CoordinateX,
+ &CoordinateY
+ );
+ if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+ goto Done;
+ }
+
+ //
+ // Currently only support BMP format.
+ //
+ if (Format != EfiBadgingFormatBMP) {
+ if (ImageData != NULL) {
+ FreePool (ImageData);
+ }
+ continue;
+ }
+ } else {
+ //
+ // Get the specified image from FV.
+ //
+ Status = GetSectionFromAnyFv (LogoFile, EFI_SECTION_RAW, 0, (VOID **) &ImageData, &ImageSize);
+ if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+ return EFI_UNSUPPORTED;
+ }
+
+ CoordinateX = 0;
+ CoordinateY = 0;
+ if (!FeaturePcdGet(PcdBootlogoOnlyEnable)) {
+ Attribute = EfiBadgingDisplayAttributeCenter;
+ } else {
+ Attribute = EfiBadgingDisplayAttributeCustomized;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (Blt != NULL) {
+ FreePool (Blt);
+ }
+ Blt = NULL;
+ Status = ConvertBmpToGopBlt (
+ ImageData,
+ ImageSize,
+ (VOID **) &Blt,
+ &BltSize,
+ &Height,
+ &Width
+ );
+ if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+ FreePool (ImageData);
+
+ if (Badging == NULL) {
+ return Status;
+ } else {
+ continue;
+ }
+ }
+
+ //
+ // Calculate the display position according to Attribute.
+ //
+ switch (Attribute) {
+ case EfiBadgingDisplayAttributeLeftTop:
+ DestX = CoordinateX;
+ DestY = CoordinateY;
+ break;
+
+ case EfiBadgingDisplayAttributeCenterTop:
+ DestX = (SizeOfX - Width) / 2;
+ DestY = CoordinateY;
+ break;
+
+ case EfiBadgingDisplayAttributeRightTop:
+ DestX = (SizeOfX - Width - CoordinateX);
+ DestY = CoordinateY;;
+ break;
+
+ case EfiBadgingDisplayAttributeCenterRight:
+ DestX = (SizeOfX - Width - CoordinateX);
+ DestY = (SizeOfY - Height) / 2;
+ break;
+
+ case EfiBadgingDisplayAttributeRightBottom:
+ DestX = (SizeOfX - Width - CoordinateX);
+ DestY = (SizeOfY - Height - CoordinateY);
+ break;
+
+ case EfiBadgingDisplayAttributeCenterBottom:
+ DestX = (SizeOfX - Width) / 2;
+ DestY = (SizeOfY - Height - CoordinateY);
+ break;
+
+ case EfiBadgingDisplayAttributeLeftBottom:
+ DestX = CoordinateX;
+ DestY = (SizeOfY - Height - CoordinateY);
+ break;
+
+ case EfiBadgingDisplayAttributeCenterLeft:
+ DestX = CoordinateX;
+ DestY = (SizeOfY - Height) / 2;
+ break;
+
+ case EfiBadgingDisplayAttributeCenter:
+ DestX = (SizeOfX - Width) / 2;
+ DestY = (SizeOfY - Height) / 2;
+ break;
+
+ case EfiBadgingDisplayAttributeCustomized:
+ DestX = (SizeOfX - Width) / 2;
+ DestY = ((SizeOfY * 382) / 1000) - Height / 2;
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ DestX = CoordinateX;
+ DestY = CoordinateY;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ if ((DestX >= 0) && (DestY >= 0)) {
+ if (GraphicsOutput != NULL) {
+ Status = GraphicsOutput->Blt (
+ GraphicsOutput,
+ Blt,
+ EfiBltBufferToVideo,
+ 0,
+ 0,
+ (UINTN) DestX,
+ (UINTN) DestY,
+ Width,
+ Height,
+ Width * sizeof (EFI_GRAPHICS_OUTPUT_BLT_PIXEL)
+ );
+ } else if (UgaDraw != NULL && FeaturePcdGet (PcdUgaConsumeSupport)) {
+ Status = UgaDraw->Blt (
+ UgaDraw,
+ (EFI_UGA_PIXEL *) Blt,
+ EfiUgaBltBufferToVideo,
+ 0,
+ 0,
+ (UINTN) DestX,
+ (UINTN) DestY,
+ Width,
+ Height,
+ Width * sizeof (EFI_UGA_PIXEL)
+ );
+ } else {
+ Status = EFI_UNSUPPORTED;
+ }
+
+ //
+ // Report displayed Logo information.
+ //
+ if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+ NumberOfLogos++;
+
+ if (LogoWidth == 0) {
+ //
+ // The first Logo.
+ //
+ LogoDestX = (UINTN) DestX;
+ LogoDestY = (UINTN) DestY;
+ LogoWidth = Width;
+ LogoHeight = Height;
+ } else {
+ //
+ // Merge new logo with old one.
+ //
+ NewDestX = MIN ((UINTN) DestX, LogoDestX);
+ NewDestY = MIN ((UINTN) DestY, LogoDestY);
+ NewWidth = MAX ((UINTN) DestX + Width, LogoDestX + LogoWidth) - NewDestX;
+ NewHeight = MAX ((UINTN) DestY + Height, LogoDestY + LogoHeight) - NewDestY;
+
+ LogoDestX = NewDestX;
+ LogoDestY = NewDestY;
+ LogoWidth = NewWidth;
+ LogoHeight = NewHeight;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ FreePool (ImageData);
+
+ if (Badging == NULL) {
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+Done:
+ if (BootLogo == NULL || NumberOfLogos == 0) {
+ //
+ // No logo displayed.
+ //
+ if (Blt != NULL) {
+ FreePool (Blt);
+ }
+
+ return Status;
+ }
+
+ //
+ // Advertise displayed Logo information.
+ //
+ if (NumberOfLogos == 1) {
+ //
+ // Only one logo displayed, use its Blt buffer directly for BootLogo protocol.
+ //
+ LogoBlt = Blt;
+ Status = EFI_SUCCESS;
+ } else {
+ //
+ // More than one Logo displayed, get merged BltBuffer using VideoToBuffer operation.
+ //
+ if (Blt != NULL) {
+ FreePool (Blt);
+ }
+
+ //
+ // Ensure the LogoHeight * LogoWidth doesn't overflow
+ //
+ if (LogoHeight > DivU64x64Remainder ((UINTN) ~0, LogoWidth, NULL)) {
+ return EFI_UNSUPPORTED;
+ }
+ BufferSize = MultU64x64 (LogoWidth, LogoHeight);
+
+ //
+ // Ensure the BufferSize * sizeof (EFI_GRAPHICS_OUTPUT_BLT_PIXEL) doesn't overflow
+ //
+ if (BufferSize > DivU64x32 ((UINTN) ~0, sizeof (EFI_GRAPHICS_OUTPUT_BLT_PIXEL))) {
+ return EFI_UNSUPPORTED;
+ }
+
+ LogoBlt = AllocateZeroPool ((UINTN)BufferSize * sizeof (EFI_GRAPHICS_OUTPUT_BLT_PIXEL));
+ if (LogoBlt == NULL) {
+ return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
+ }
+
+ if (GraphicsOutput != NULL) {
+ Status = GraphicsOutput->Blt (
+ GraphicsOutput,
+ LogoBlt,
+ EfiBltVideoToBltBuffer,
+ LogoDestX,
+ LogoDestY,
+ 0,
+ 0,
+ LogoWidth,
+ LogoHeight,
+ LogoWidth * sizeof (EFI_GRAPHICS_OUTPUT_BLT_PIXEL)
+ );
+ } else if (UgaDraw != NULL && FeaturePcdGet (PcdUgaConsumeSupport)) {
+ Status = UgaDraw->Blt (
+ UgaDraw,
+ (EFI_UGA_PIXEL *) LogoBlt,
+ EfiUgaVideoToBltBuffer,
+ LogoDestX,
+ LogoDestY,
+ 0,
+ 0,
+ LogoWidth,
+ LogoHeight,
+ LogoWidth * sizeof (EFI_UGA_PIXEL)
+ );
+ } else {
+ Status = EFI_UNSUPPORTED;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+ BootLogo->SetBootLogo (BootLogo, LogoBlt, LogoDestX, LogoDestY, LogoWidth, LogoHeight);
+ }
+ FreePool (LogoBlt);
+
+ return Status;
+}
+
+/**
+ Use SystemTable Conout to turn on video based Simple Text Out consoles. The
+ Simple Text Out screens will now be synced up with all non video output devices
+
+ @retval EFI_SUCCESS UGA devices are back in text mode and synced up.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+EFIAPI
+DisableQuietBoot (
+ VOID
+ )
+{
+
+ //
+ // Enable Cursor on Screen
+ //
+ gST->ConOut->EnableCursor (gST->ConOut, TRUE);
+ return EFI_SUCCESS;
+}
+
diff --git a/Core/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Library/GenericBdsLib/BdsMisc.c b/Core/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Library/GenericBdsLib/BdsMisc.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..24c1998a14 --- /dev/null +++ b/Core/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Library/GenericBdsLib/BdsMisc.c @@ -0,0 +1,1589 @@ +/** @file
+ Misc BDS library function
+
+Copyright (c) 2004 - 2015, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+This program and the accompanying materials
+are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
+which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
+http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
+
+THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
+WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
+
+**/
+
+#include "InternalBdsLib.h"
+
+
+#define MAX_STRING_LEN 200
+
+BOOLEAN mFeaturerSwitch = TRUE;
+BOOLEAN mResetRequired = FALSE;
+
+extern UINT16 gPlatformBootTimeOutDefault;
+
+/**
+ The function will go through the driver option link list, load and start
+ every driver the driver option device path point to.
+
+ @param BdsDriverLists The header of the current driver option link list
+
+**/
+VOID
+EFIAPI
+BdsLibLoadDrivers (
+ IN LIST_ENTRY *BdsDriverLists
+ )
+{
+ EFI_STATUS Status;
+ LIST_ENTRY *Link;
+ BDS_COMMON_OPTION *Option;
+ EFI_HANDLE ImageHandle;
+ EFI_LOADED_IMAGE_PROTOCOL *ImageInfo;
+ UINTN ExitDataSize;
+ CHAR16 *ExitData;
+ BOOLEAN ReconnectAll;
+
+ ReconnectAll = FALSE;
+
+ //
+ // Process the driver option
+ //
+ for (Link = BdsDriverLists->ForwardLink; Link != BdsDriverLists; Link = Link->ForwardLink) {
+ Option = CR (Link, BDS_COMMON_OPTION, Link, BDS_LOAD_OPTION_SIGNATURE);
+
+ //
+ // If a load option is not marked as LOAD_OPTION_ACTIVE,
+ // the boot manager will not automatically load the option.
+ //
+ if (!IS_LOAD_OPTION_TYPE (Option->Attribute, LOAD_OPTION_ACTIVE)) {
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ //
+ // If a driver load option is marked as LOAD_OPTION_FORCE_RECONNECT,
+ // then all of the EFI drivers in the system will be disconnected and
+ // reconnected after the last driver load option is processed.
+ //
+ if (IS_LOAD_OPTION_TYPE (Option->Attribute, LOAD_OPTION_FORCE_RECONNECT)) {
+ ReconnectAll = TRUE;
+ }
+
+ //
+ // Make sure the driver path is connected.
+ //
+ BdsLibConnectDevicePath (Option->DevicePath);
+
+ //
+ // Load and start the image that Driver#### describes
+ //
+ Status = gBS->LoadImage (
+ FALSE,
+ gImageHandle,
+ Option->DevicePath,
+ NULL,
+ 0,
+ &ImageHandle
+ );
+
+ if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+ gBS->HandleProtocol (ImageHandle, &gEfiLoadedImageProtocolGuid, (VOID **) &ImageInfo);
+
+ //
+ // Verify whether this image is a driver, if not,
+ // exit it and continue to parse next load option
+ //
+ if (ImageInfo->ImageCodeType != EfiBootServicesCode && ImageInfo->ImageCodeType != EfiRuntimeServicesCode) {
+ gBS->Exit (ImageHandle, EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER, 0, NULL);
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ if (Option->LoadOptionsSize != 0) {
+ ImageInfo->LoadOptionsSize = Option->LoadOptionsSize;
+ ImageInfo->LoadOptions = Option->LoadOptions;
+ }
+ //
+ // Before calling the image, enable the Watchdog Timer for
+ // the 5 Minute period
+ //
+ gBS->SetWatchdogTimer (5 * 60, 0x0000, 0x00, NULL);
+
+ Status = gBS->StartImage (ImageHandle, &ExitDataSize, &ExitData);
+ DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO | DEBUG_LOAD, "Driver Return Status = %r\n", Status));
+
+ //
+ // Clear the Watchdog Timer after the image returns
+ //
+ gBS->SetWatchdogTimer (0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, NULL);
+ }
+ }
+
+ //
+ // Process the LOAD_OPTION_FORCE_RECONNECT driver option
+ //
+ if (ReconnectAll) {
+ BdsLibDisconnectAllEfi ();
+ BdsLibConnectAll ();
+ }
+
+}
+
+/**
+ Get the Option Number that does not used.
+ Try to locate the specific option variable one by one utile find a free number.
+
+ @param VariableName Indicate if the boot#### or driver#### option
+
+ @return The Minimal Free Option Number
+
+**/
+UINT16
+BdsLibGetFreeOptionNumber (
+ IN CHAR16 *VariableName
+ )
+{
+ UINTN Index;
+ CHAR16 StrTemp[10];
+ UINT16 *OptionBuffer;
+ UINTN OptionSize;
+
+ //
+ // Try to find the minimum free number from 0, 1, 2, 3....
+ //
+ Index = 0;
+ do {
+ if (*VariableName == 'B') {
+ UnicodeSPrint (StrTemp, sizeof (StrTemp), L"Boot%04x", Index);
+ } else {
+ UnicodeSPrint (StrTemp, sizeof (StrTemp), L"Driver%04x", Index);
+ }
+ //
+ // try if the option number is used
+ //
+ OptionBuffer = BdsLibGetVariableAndSize (
+ StrTemp,
+ &gEfiGlobalVariableGuid,
+ &OptionSize
+ );
+ if (OptionBuffer == NULL) {
+ break;
+ }
+ FreePool(OptionBuffer);
+ Index++;
+ } while (TRUE);
+
+ return ((UINT16) Index);
+}
+
+
+/**
+ This function will register the new boot#### or driver#### option base on
+ the VariableName. The new registered boot#### or driver#### will be linked
+ to BdsOptionList and also update to the VariableName. After the boot#### or
+ driver#### updated, the BootOrder or DriverOrder will also be updated.
+
+ @param BdsOptionList The header of the boot#### or driver#### link list
+ @param DevicePath The device path which the boot#### or driver####
+ option present
+ @param String The description of the boot#### or driver####
+ @param VariableName Indicate if the boot#### or driver#### option
+
+ @retval EFI_SUCCESS The boot#### or driver#### have been success
+ registered
+ @retval EFI_STATUS Return the status of gRT->SetVariable ().
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+EFIAPI
+BdsLibRegisterNewOption (
+ IN LIST_ENTRY *BdsOptionList,
+ IN EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *DevicePath,
+ IN CHAR16 *String,
+ IN CHAR16 *VariableName
+ )
+{
+ EFI_STATUS Status;
+ UINTN Index;
+ UINT16 RegisterOptionNumber;
+ UINT16 *TempOptionPtr;
+ UINTN TempOptionSize;
+ UINT16 *OptionOrderPtr;
+ VOID *OptionPtr;
+ UINTN OptionSize;
+ UINT8 *TempPtr;
+ EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *OptionDevicePath;
+ CHAR16 *Description;
+ CHAR16 OptionName[10];
+ BOOLEAN UpdateDescription;
+ UINT16 BootOrderEntry;
+ UINTN OrderItemNum;
+
+ if (DevicePath == NULL) {
+ return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
+ }
+
+ OptionPtr = NULL;
+ OptionSize = 0;
+ TempPtr = NULL;
+ OptionDevicePath = NULL;
+ Description = NULL;
+ OptionOrderPtr = NULL;
+ UpdateDescription = FALSE;
+ Status = EFI_SUCCESS;
+ ZeroMem (OptionName, sizeof (OptionName));
+
+ TempOptionSize = 0;
+ TempOptionPtr = BdsLibGetVariableAndSize (
+ VariableName,
+ &gEfiGlobalVariableGuid,
+ &TempOptionSize
+ );
+ //
+ // Compare with current option variable if the previous option is set in global variable.
+ //
+ for (Index = 0; Index < TempOptionSize / sizeof (UINT16); Index++) {
+ //
+ // TempOptionPtr must not be NULL if we have non-zero TempOptionSize.
+ //
+ ASSERT (TempOptionPtr != NULL);
+
+ if (*VariableName == 'B') {
+ UnicodeSPrint (OptionName, sizeof (OptionName), L"Boot%04x", TempOptionPtr[Index]);
+ } else {
+ UnicodeSPrint (OptionName, sizeof (OptionName), L"Driver%04x", TempOptionPtr[Index]);
+ }
+
+ OptionPtr = BdsLibGetVariableAndSize (
+ OptionName,
+ &gEfiGlobalVariableGuid,
+ &OptionSize
+ );
+ if (OptionPtr == NULL) {
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ //
+ // Validate the variable.
+ //
+ if (!ValidateOption(OptionPtr, OptionSize)) {
+ FreePool(OptionPtr);
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ TempPtr = OptionPtr;
+ TempPtr += sizeof (UINT32) + sizeof (UINT16);
+ Description = (CHAR16 *) TempPtr;
+ TempPtr += StrSize ((CHAR16 *) TempPtr);
+ OptionDevicePath = (EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *) TempPtr;
+
+ //
+ // Notes: the description may will change base on the GetStringToken
+ //
+ if (CompareMem (OptionDevicePath, DevicePath, GetDevicePathSize (OptionDevicePath)) == 0) {
+ if (CompareMem (Description, String, StrSize (Description)) == 0) {
+ //
+ // Got the option, so just return
+ //
+ FreePool (OptionPtr);
+ FreePool (TempOptionPtr);
+ return EFI_SUCCESS;
+ } else {
+ //
+ // Option description changed, need update.
+ //
+ UpdateDescription = TRUE;
+ FreePool (OptionPtr);
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ FreePool (OptionPtr);
+ }
+
+ OptionSize = sizeof (UINT32) + sizeof (UINT16) + StrSize (String);
+ OptionSize += GetDevicePathSize (DevicePath);
+ OptionPtr = AllocateZeroPool (OptionSize);
+ ASSERT (OptionPtr != NULL);
+
+ TempPtr = OptionPtr;
+ *(UINT32 *) TempPtr = LOAD_OPTION_ACTIVE;
+ TempPtr += sizeof (UINT32);
+ *(UINT16 *) TempPtr = (UINT16) GetDevicePathSize (DevicePath);
+ TempPtr += sizeof (UINT16);
+ CopyMem (TempPtr, String, StrSize (String));
+ TempPtr += StrSize (String);
+ CopyMem (TempPtr, DevicePath, GetDevicePathSize (DevicePath));
+
+ if (UpdateDescription) {
+ //
+ // The number in option#### to be updated.
+ // In this case, we must have non-NULL TempOptionPtr.
+ //
+ ASSERT (TempOptionPtr != NULL);
+ RegisterOptionNumber = TempOptionPtr[Index];
+ } else {
+ //
+ // The new option#### number
+ //
+ RegisterOptionNumber = BdsLibGetFreeOptionNumber(VariableName);
+ }
+
+ if (*VariableName == 'B') {
+ UnicodeSPrint (OptionName, sizeof (OptionName), L"Boot%04x", RegisterOptionNumber);
+ } else {
+ UnicodeSPrint (OptionName, sizeof (OptionName), L"Driver%04x", RegisterOptionNumber);
+ }
+
+ Status = gRT->SetVariable (
+ OptionName,
+ &gEfiGlobalVariableGuid,
+ EFI_VARIABLE_BOOTSERVICE_ACCESS | EFI_VARIABLE_RUNTIME_ACCESS | EFI_VARIABLE_NON_VOLATILE,
+ OptionSize,
+ OptionPtr
+ );
+ //
+ // Return if only need to update a changed description or fail to set option.
+ //
+ if (EFI_ERROR (Status) || UpdateDescription) {
+ FreePool (OptionPtr);
+ if (TempOptionPtr != NULL) {
+ FreePool (TempOptionPtr);
+ }
+ return Status;
+ }
+
+ FreePool (OptionPtr);
+
+ //
+ // Update the option order variable
+ //
+
+ //
+ // If no option order
+ //
+ if (TempOptionSize == 0) {
+ BootOrderEntry = 0;
+ Status = gRT->SetVariable (
+ VariableName,
+ &gEfiGlobalVariableGuid,
+ EFI_VARIABLE_BOOTSERVICE_ACCESS | EFI_VARIABLE_RUNTIME_ACCESS | EFI_VARIABLE_NON_VOLATILE,
+ sizeof (UINT16),
+ &BootOrderEntry
+ );
+ if (TempOptionPtr != NULL) {
+ FreePool (TempOptionPtr);
+ }
+ return Status;
+ }
+
+ //
+ // TempOptionPtr must not be NULL if TempOptionSize is not zero.
+ //
+ ASSERT (TempOptionPtr != NULL);
+ //
+ // Append the new option number to the original option order
+ //
+ OrderItemNum = (TempOptionSize / sizeof (UINT16)) + 1 ;
+ OptionOrderPtr = AllocateZeroPool ( OrderItemNum * sizeof (UINT16));
+ ASSERT (OptionOrderPtr!= NULL);
+ CopyMem (OptionOrderPtr, TempOptionPtr, (OrderItemNum - 1) * sizeof (UINT16));
+
+ OptionOrderPtr[Index] = RegisterOptionNumber;
+
+ Status = gRT->SetVariable (
+ VariableName,
+ &gEfiGlobalVariableGuid,
+ EFI_VARIABLE_BOOTSERVICE_ACCESS | EFI_VARIABLE_RUNTIME_ACCESS | EFI_VARIABLE_NON_VOLATILE,
+ OrderItemNum * sizeof (UINT16),
+ OptionOrderPtr
+ );
+ FreePool (TempOptionPtr);
+ FreePool (OptionOrderPtr);
+
+ return Status;
+}
+
+/**
+ Returns the size of a device path in bytes.
+
+ This function returns the size, in bytes, of the device path data structure
+ specified by DevicePath including the end of device path node. If DevicePath
+ is NULL, then 0 is returned. If the length of the device path is bigger than
+ MaxSize, also return 0 to indicate this is an invalidate device path.
+
+ @param DevicePath A pointer to a device path data structure.
+ @param MaxSize Max valid device path size. If big than this size,
+ return error.
+
+ @retval 0 An invalid device path.
+ @retval Others The size of a device path in bytes.
+
+**/
+UINTN
+GetDevicePathSizeEx (
+ IN CONST EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *DevicePath,
+ IN UINTN MaxSize
+ )
+{
+ UINTN Size;
+ UINTN NodeSize;
+
+ if (DevicePath == NULL) {
+ return 0;
+ }
+
+ //
+ // Search for the end of the device path structure
+ //
+ Size = 0;
+ while (!IsDevicePathEnd (DevicePath)) {
+ NodeSize = DevicePathNodeLength (DevicePath);
+ if (NodeSize < END_DEVICE_PATH_LENGTH) {
+ return 0;
+ }
+ Size += NodeSize;
+ if (Size > MaxSize) {
+ return 0;
+ }
+ DevicePath = NextDevicePathNode (DevicePath);
+ }
+ Size += DevicePathNodeLength (DevicePath);
+ if (Size > MaxSize) {
+ return 0;
+ }
+
+ return Size;
+}
+
+/**
+ Returns the length of a Null-terminated Unicode string. If the length is
+ bigger than MaxStringLen, return length 0 to indicate that this is an
+ invalidate string.
+
+ This function returns the byte length of Unicode characters in the Null-terminated
+ Unicode string specified by String.
+
+ If String is NULL, then ASSERT().
+ If String is not aligned on a 16-bit boundary, then ASSERT().
+
+ @param String A pointer to a Null-terminated Unicode string.
+ @param MaxStringLen Max string len in this string.
+
+ @retval 0 An invalid string.
+ @retval Others The length of String.
+
+**/
+UINTN
+StrSizeEx (
+ IN CONST CHAR16 *String,
+ IN UINTN MaxStringLen
+ )
+{
+ UINTN Length;
+
+ ASSERT (String != NULL && MaxStringLen != 0);
+ ASSERT (((UINTN) String & BIT0) == 0);
+
+ for (Length = 0; *String != L'\0' && MaxStringLen != Length; String++, Length+=2);
+
+ if (*String != L'\0' && MaxStringLen == Length) {
+ return 0;
+ }
+
+ return Length + 2;
+}
+
+/**
+ Validate the EFI Boot#### variable (VendorGuid/Name)
+
+ @param Variable Boot#### variable data.
+ @param VariableSize Returns the size of the EFI variable that was read
+
+ @retval TRUE The variable data is correct.
+ @retval FALSE The variable data is corrupted.
+
+**/
+BOOLEAN
+ValidateOption (
+ UINT8 *Variable,
+ UINTN VariableSize
+ )
+{
+ UINT16 FilePathSize;
+ UINT8 *TempPtr;
+ EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *DevicePath;
+ UINTN TempSize;
+
+ if (VariableSize <= sizeof (UINT16) + sizeof (UINT32)) {
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+
+ //
+ // Skip the option attribute
+ //
+ TempPtr = Variable;
+ TempPtr += sizeof (UINT32);
+
+ //
+ // Get the option's device path size
+ //
+ FilePathSize = *(UINT16 *) TempPtr;
+ TempPtr += sizeof (UINT16);
+
+ //
+ // Get the option's description string size
+ //
+ TempSize = StrSizeEx ((CHAR16 *) TempPtr, VariableSize - sizeof (UINT16) - sizeof (UINT32));
+ TempPtr += TempSize;
+
+ //
+ // Get the option's device path
+ //
+ DevicePath = (EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *) TempPtr;
+ TempPtr += FilePathSize;
+
+ //
+ // Validation boot option variable.
+ //
+ if ((FilePathSize == 0) || (TempSize == 0)) {
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+
+ if (TempSize + FilePathSize + sizeof (UINT16) + sizeof (UINT32) > VariableSize) {
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+
+ return (BOOLEAN) (GetDevicePathSizeEx (DevicePath, FilePathSize) != 0);
+}
+
+/**
+ Convert a single character to number.
+ It assumes the input Char is in the scope of L'0' ~ L'9' and L'A' ~ L'F'
+
+ @param Char The input char which need to change to a hex number.
+
+**/
+UINTN
+CharToUint (
+ IN CHAR16 Char
+ )
+{
+ if ((Char >= L'0') && (Char <= L'9')) {
+ return (UINTN) (Char - L'0');
+ }
+
+ if ((Char >= L'A') && (Char <= L'F')) {
+ return (UINTN) (Char - L'A' + 0xA);
+ }
+
+ ASSERT (FALSE);
+ return 0;
+}
+
+/**
+ Build the boot#### or driver#### option from the VariableName, the
+ build boot#### or driver#### will also be linked to BdsCommonOptionList.
+
+ @param BdsCommonOptionList The header of the boot#### or driver#### option
+ link list
+ @param VariableName EFI Variable name indicate if it is boot#### or
+ driver####
+
+ @retval BDS_COMMON_OPTION Get the option just been created
+ @retval NULL Failed to get the new option
+
+**/
+BDS_COMMON_OPTION *
+EFIAPI
+BdsLibVariableToOption (
+ IN OUT LIST_ENTRY *BdsCommonOptionList,
+ IN CHAR16 *VariableName
+ )
+{
+ UINT32 Attribute;
+ UINT16 FilePathSize;
+ UINT8 *Variable;
+ UINT8 *TempPtr;
+ UINTN VariableSize;
+ EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *DevicePath;
+ BDS_COMMON_OPTION *Option;
+ VOID *LoadOptions;
+ UINT32 LoadOptionsSize;
+ CHAR16 *Description;
+ UINT8 NumOff;
+
+ //
+ // Read the variable. We will never free this data.
+ //
+ Variable = BdsLibGetVariableAndSize (
+ VariableName,
+ &gEfiGlobalVariableGuid,
+ &VariableSize
+ );
+ if (Variable == NULL) {
+ return NULL;
+ }
+
+ //
+ // Validate Boot#### variable data.
+ //
+ if (!ValidateOption(Variable, VariableSize)) {
+ FreePool (Variable);
+ return NULL;
+ }
+
+ //
+ // Notes: careful defined the variable of Boot#### or
+ // Driver####, consider use some macro to abstract the code
+ //
+ //
+ // Get the option attribute
+ //
+ TempPtr = Variable;
+ Attribute = *(UINT32 *) Variable;
+ TempPtr += sizeof (UINT32);
+
+ //
+ // Get the option's device path size
+ //
+ FilePathSize = *(UINT16 *) TempPtr;
+ TempPtr += sizeof (UINT16);
+
+ //
+ // Get the option's description string
+ //
+ Description = (CHAR16 *) TempPtr;
+
+ //
+ // Get the option's description string size
+ //
+ TempPtr += StrSize((CHAR16 *) TempPtr);
+
+ //
+ // Get the option's device path
+ //
+ DevicePath = (EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *) TempPtr;
+ TempPtr += FilePathSize;
+
+ //
+ // Get load opion data.
+ //
+ LoadOptions = TempPtr;
+ LoadOptionsSize = (UINT32) (VariableSize - (UINTN) (TempPtr - Variable));
+
+ //
+ // The Console variables may have multiple device paths, so make
+ // an Entry for each one.
+ //
+ Option = AllocateZeroPool (sizeof (BDS_COMMON_OPTION));
+ if (Option == NULL) {
+ FreePool (Variable);
+ return NULL;
+ }
+
+ Option->Signature = BDS_LOAD_OPTION_SIGNATURE;
+ Option->DevicePath = AllocateZeroPool (GetDevicePathSize (DevicePath));
+ ASSERT(Option->DevicePath != NULL);
+ CopyMem (Option->DevicePath, DevicePath, GetDevicePathSize (DevicePath));
+
+ Option->Attribute = Attribute;
+ Option->Description = AllocateZeroPool (StrSize (Description));
+ ASSERT(Option->Description != NULL);
+ CopyMem (Option->Description, Description, StrSize (Description));
+
+ Option->LoadOptions = AllocateZeroPool (LoadOptionsSize);
+ ASSERT(Option->LoadOptions != NULL);
+ CopyMem (Option->LoadOptions, LoadOptions, LoadOptionsSize);
+ Option->LoadOptionsSize = LoadOptionsSize;
+
+ //
+ // Get the value from VariableName Unicode string
+ // since the ISO standard assumes ASCII equivalent abbreviations, we can be safe in converting this
+ // Unicode stream to ASCII without any loss in meaning.
+ //
+ if (*VariableName == 'B') {
+ NumOff = (UINT8) (sizeof (L"Boot") / sizeof (CHAR16) - 1);
+ Option->BootCurrent = (UINT16) (CharToUint (VariableName[NumOff+0]) * 0x1000)
+ + (UINT16) (CharToUint (VariableName[NumOff+1]) * 0x100)
+ + (UINT16) (CharToUint (VariableName[NumOff+2]) * 0x10)
+ + (UINT16) (CharToUint (VariableName[NumOff+3]) * 0x1);
+ }
+ InsertTailList (BdsCommonOptionList, &Option->Link);
+ FreePool (Variable);
+ return Option;
+}
+
+/**
+ Process BootOrder, or DriverOrder variables, by calling
+ BdsLibVariableToOption () for each UINT16 in the variables.
+
+ @param BdsCommonOptionList The header of the option list base on variable
+ VariableName
+ @param VariableName EFI Variable name indicate the BootOrder or
+ DriverOrder
+
+ @retval EFI_SUCCESS Success create the boot option or driver option
+ list
+ @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES Failed to get the boot option or driver option list
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+EFIAPI
+BdsLibBuildOptionFromVar (
+ IN LIST_ENTRY *BdsCommonOptionList,
+ IN CHAR16 *VariableName
+ )
+{
+ UINT16 *OptionOrder;
+ UINTN OptionOrderSize;
+ UINTN Index;
+ BDS_COMMON_OPTION *Option;
+ CHAR16 OptionName[20];
+
+ //
+ // Zero Buffer in order to get all BOOT#### variables
+ //
+ ZeroMem (OptionName, sizeof (OptionName));
+
+ //
+ // Read the BootOrder, or DriverOrder variable.
+ //
+ OptionOrder = BdsLibGetVariableAndSize (
+ VariableName,
+ &gEfiGlobalVariableGuid,
+ &OptionOrderSize
+ );
+ if (OptionOrder == NULL) {
+ return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
+ }
+
+ for (Index = 0; Index < OptionOrderSize / sizeof (UINT16); Index++) {
+ if (*VariableName == 'B') {
+ UnicodeSPrint (OptionName, sizeof (OptionName), L"Boot%04x", OptionOrder[Index]);
+ } else {
+ UnicodeSPrint (OptionName, sizeof (OptionName), L"Driver%04x", OptionOrder[Index]);
+ }
+
+ Option = BdsLibVariableToOption (BdsCommonOptionList, OptionName);
+ if (Option != NULL) {
+ Option->BootCurrent = OptionOrder[Index];
+ }
+ }
+
+ FreePool (OptionOrder);
+
+ return EFI_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+/**
+ Get boot mode by looking up configuration table and parsing HOB list
+
+ @param BootMode Boot mode from PEI handoff HOB.
+
+ @retval EFI_SUCCESS Successfully get boot mode
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+EFIAPI
+BdsLibGetBootMode (
+ OUT EFI_BOOT_MODE *BootMode
+ )
+{
+ *BootMode = GetBootModeHob ();
+
+ return EFI_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+/**
+ Read the EFI variable (VendorGuid/Name) and return a dynamically allocated
+ buffer, and the size of the buffer. If failure return NULL.
+
+ @param Name String part of EFI variable name
+ @param VendorGuid GUID part of EFI variable name
+ @param VariableSize Returns the size of the EFI variable that was read
+
+ @return Dynamically allocated memory that contains a copy of the EFI variable
+ Caller is responsible freeing the buffer.
+ @retval NULL Variable was not read
+
+**/
+VOID *
+EFIAPI
+BdsLibGetVariableAndSize (
+ IN CHAR16 *Name,
+ IN EFI_GUID *VendorGuid,
+ OUT UINTN *VariableSize
+ )
+{
+ EFI_STATUS Status;
+ UINTN BufferSize;
+ VOID *Buffer;
+
+ Buffer = NULL;
+
+ //
+ // Pass in a zero size buffer to find the required buffer size.
+ //
+ BufferSize = 0;
+ Status = gRT->GetVariable (Name, VendorGuid, NULL, &BufferSize, Buffer);
+ if (Status == EFI_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL) {
+ //
+ // Allocate the buffer to return
+ //
+ Buffer = AllocateZeroPool (BufferSize);
+ if (Buffer == NULL) {
+ *VariableSize = 0;
+ return NULL;
+ }
+ //
+ // Read variable into the allocated buffer.
+ //
+ Status = gRT->GetVariable (Name, VendorGuid, NULL, &BufferSize, Buffer);
+ if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+ FreePool (Buffer);
+ BufferSize = 0;
+ Buffer = NULL;
+ }
+ }
+
+ ASSERT (((Buffer == NULL) && (BufferSize == 0)) ||
+ ((Buffer != NULL) && (BufferSize != 0))
+ );
+ *VariableSize = BufferSize;
+ return Buffer;
+}
+
+/**
+ Delete the instance in Multi which matches partly with Single instance
+
+ @param Multi A pointer to a multi-instance device path data
+ structure.
+ @param Single A pointer to a single-instance device path data
+ structure.
+
+ @return This function will remove the device path instances in Multi which partly
+ match with the Single, and return the result device path. If there is no
+ remaining device path as a result, this function will return NULL.
+
+**/
+EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *
+EFIAPI
+BdsLibDelPartMatchInstance (
+ IN EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *Multi,
+ IN EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *Single
+ )
+{
+ EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *Instance;
+ EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *NewDevicePath;
+ EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *TempNewDevicePath;
+ UINTN InstanceSize;
+ UINTN SingleDpSize;
+ UINTN Size;
+
+ NewDevicePath = NULL;
+ TempNewDevicePath = NULL;
+
+ if (Multi == NULL || Single == NULL) {
+ return Multi;
+ }
+
+ Instance = GetNextDevicePathInstance (&Multi, &InstanceSize);
+ SingleDpSize = GetDevicePathSize (Single) - END_DEVICE_PATH_LENGTH;
+ InstanceSize -= END_DEVICE_PATH_LENGTH;
+
+ while (Instance != NULL) {
+
+ Size = (SingleDpSize < InstanceSize) ? SingleDpSize : InstanceSize;
+
+ if ((CompareMem (Instance, Single, Size) != 0)) {
+ //
+ // Append the device path instance which does not match with Single
+ //
+ TempNewDevicePath = NewDevicePath;
+ NewDevicePath = AppendDevicePathInstance (NewDevicePath, Instance);
+ if (TempNewDevicePath != NULL) {
+ FreePool(TempNewDevicePath);
+ }
+ }
+ FreePool(Instance);
+ Instance = GetNextDevicePathInstance (&Multi, &InstanceSize);
+ InstanceSize -= END_DEVICE_PATH_LENGTH;
+ }
+
+ return NewDevicePath;
+}
+
+/**
+ Function compares a device path data structure to that of all the nodes of a
+ second device path instance.
+
+ @param Multi A pointer to a multi-instance device path data
+ structure.
+ @param Single A pointer to a single-instance device path data
+ structure.
+
+ @retval TRUE If the Single device path is contained within Multi device path.
+ @retval FALSE The Single device path is not match within Multi device path.
+
+**/
+BOOLEAN
+EFIAPI
+BdsLibMatchDevicePaths (
+ IN EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *Multi,
+ IN EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *Single
+ )
+{
+ EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *DevicePath;
+ EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *DevicePathInst;
+ UINTN Size;
+
+ if (Multi == NULL || Single == NULL) {
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+
+ DevicePath = Multi;
+ DevicePathInst = GetNextDevicePathInstance (&DevicePath, &Size);
+
+ //
+ // Search for the match of 'Single' in 'Multi'
+ //
+ while (DevicePathInst != NULL) {
+ //
+ // If the single device path is found in multiple device paths,
+ // return success
+ //
+ if (CompareMem (Single, DevicePathInst, Size) == 0) {
+ FreePool (DevicePathInst);
+ return TRUE;
+ }
+
+ FreePool (DevicePathInst);
+ DevicePathInst = GetNextDevicePathInstance (&DevicePath, &Size);
+ }
+
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+/**
+ This function prints a series of strings.
+
+ @param ConOut Pointer to EFI_SIMPLE_TEXT_OUTPUT_PROTOCOL
+ @param ... A variable argument list containing series of
+ strings, the last string must be NULL.
+
+ @retval EFI_SUCCESS Success print out the string using ConOut.
+ @retval EFI_STATUS Return the status of the ConOut->OutputString ().
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+EFIAPI
+BdsLibOutputStrings (
+ IN EFI_SIMPLE_TEXT_OUTPUT_PROTOCOL *ConOut,
+ ...
+ )
+{
+ VA_LIST Args;
+ EFI_STATUS Status;
+ CHAR16 *String;
+
+ Status = EFI_SUCCESS;
+ VA_START (Args, ConOut);
+
+ while (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+ //
+ // If String is NULL, then it's the end of the list
+ //
+ String = VA_ARG (Args, CHAR16 *);
+ if (String == NULL) {
+ break;
+ }
+
+ Status = ConOut->OutputString (ConOut, String);
+
+ if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ VA_END(Args);
+ return Status;
+}
+
+//
+// Following are BDS Lib functions which contain all the code about setup browser reset reminder feature.
+// Setup Browser reset reminder feature is that an reset reminder will be given before user leaves the setup browser if
+// user change any option setting which needs a reset to be effective, and the reset will be applied according to the user selection.
+//
+
+
+/**
+ Enable the setup browser reset reminder feature.
+ This routine is used in platform tip. If the platform policy need the feature, use the routine to enable it.
+
+**/
+VOID
+EFIAPI
+EnableResetReminderFeature (
+ VOID
+ )
+{
+ mFeaturerSwitch = TRUE;
+}
+
+
+/**
+ Disable the setup browser reset reminder feature.
+ This routine is used in platform tip. If the platform policy do not want the feature, use the routine to disable it.
+
+**/
+VOID
+EFIAPI
+DisableResetReminderFeature (
+ VOID
+ )
+{
+ mFeaturerSwitch = FALSE;
+}
+
+
+/**
+ Record the info that a reset is required.
+ A module boolean variable is used to record whether a reset is required.
+
+**/
+VOID
+EFIAPI
+EnableResetRequired (
+ VOID
+ )
+{
+ mResetRequired = TRUE;
+}
+
+
+/**
+ Record the info that no reset is required.
+ A module boolean variable is used to record whether a reset is required.
+
+**/
+VOID
+EFIAPI
+DisableResetRequired (
+ VOID
+ )
+{
+ mResetRequired = FALSE;
+}
+
+
+/**
+ Check whether platform policy enable the reset reminder feature. The default is enabled.
+
+**/
+BOOLEAN
+EFIAPI
+IsResetReminderFeatureEnable (
+ VOID
+ )
+{
+ return mFeaturerSwitch;
+}
+
+
+/**
+ Check if user changed any option setting which needs a system reset to be effective.
+
+**/
+BOOLEAN
+EFIAPI
+IsResetRequired (
+ VOID
+ )
+{
+ return mResetRequired;
+}
+
+
+/**
+ Check whether a reset is needed, and finish the reset reminder feature.
+ If a reset is needed, Popup a menu to notice user, and finish the feature
+ according to the user selection.
+
+**/
+VOID
+EFIAPI
+SetupResetReminder (
+ VOID
+ )
+{
+ EFI_INPUT_KEY Key;
+ CHAR16 *StringBuffer1;
+ CHAR16 *StringBuffer2;
+
+
+ //
+ //check any reset required change is applied? if yes, reset system
+ //
+ if (IsResetReminderFeatureEnable ()) {
+ if (IsResetRequired ()) {
+
+ StringBuffer1 = AllocateZeroPool (MAX_STRING_LEN * sizeof (CHAR16));
+ ASSERT (StringBuffer1 != NULL);
+ StringBuffer2 = AllocateZeroPool (MAX_STRING_LEN * sizeof (CHAR16));
+ ASSERT (StringBuffer2 != NULL);
+ StrCpyS (
+ StringBuffer1,
+ MAX_STRING_LEN,
+ L"Configuration changed. Reset to apply it Now."
+ );
+ StrCpyS (
+ StringBuffer2,
+ MAX_STRING_LEN,
+ L"Press ENTER to reset"
+ );
+ //
+ // Popup a menu to notice user
+ //
+ do {
+ CreatePopUp (EFI_LIGHTGRAY | EFI_BACKGROUND_BLUE, &Key, StringBuffer1, StringBuffer2, NULL);
+ } while (Key.UnicodeChar != CHAR_CARRIAGE_RETURN);
+
+ FreePool (StringBuffer1);
+ FreePool (StringBuffer2);
+
+ gRT->ResetSystem (EfiResetCold, EFI_SUCCESS, 0, NULL);
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ Get the headers (dos, image, optional header) from an image
+
+ @param Device SimpleFileSystem device handle
+ @param FileName File name for the image
+ @param DosHeader Pointer to dos header
+ @param Hdr The buffer in which to return the PE32, PE32+, or TE header.
+
+ @retval EFI_SUCCESS Successfully get the machine type.
+ @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND The file is not found.
+ @retval EFI_LOAD_ERROR File is not a valid image file.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+EFIAPI
+BdsLibGetImageHeader (
+ IN EFI_HANDLE Device,
+ IN CHAR16 *FileName,
+ OUT EFI_IMAGE_DOS_HEADER *DosHeader,
+ OUT EFI_IMAGE_OPTIONAL_HEADER_PTR_UNION Hdr
+ )
+{
+ EFI_STATUS Status;
+ EFI_SIMPLE_FILE_SYSTEM_PROTOCOL *Volume;
+ EFI_FILE_HANDLE Root;
+ EFI_FILE_HANDLE ThisFile;
+ UINTN BufferSize;
+ UINT64 FileSize;
+ EFI_FILE_INFO *Info;
+
+ Root = NULL;
+ ThisFile = NULL;
+ //
+ // Handle the file system interface to the device
+ //
+ Status = gBS->HandleProtocol (
+ Device,
+ &gEfiSimpleFileSystemProtocolGuid,
+ (VOID *) &Volume
+ );
+ if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+ goto Done;
+ }
+
+ Status = Volume->OpenVolume (
+ Volume,
+ &Root
+ );
+ if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+ Root = NULL;
+ goto Done;
+ }
+ ASSERT (Root != NULL);
+ Status = Root->Open (Root, &ThisFile, FileName, EFI_FILE_MODE_READ, 0);
+ if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+ goto Done;
+ }
+ ASSERT (ThisFile != NULL);
+
+ //
+ // Get file size
+ //
+ BufferSize = SIZE_OF_EFI_FILE_INFO + 200;
+ do {
+ Info = NULL;
+ Status = gBS->AllocatePool (EfiBootServicesData, BufferSize, (VOID **) &Info);
+ if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+ goto Done;
+ }
+ Status = ThisFile->GetInfo (
+ ThisFile,
+ &gEfiFileInfoGuid,
+ &BufferSize,
+ Info
+ );
+ if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+ break;
+ }
+ if (Status != EFI_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL) {
+ FreePool (Info);
+ goto Done;
+ }
+ FreePool (Info);
+ } while (TRUE);
+
+ FileSize = Info->FileSize;
+ FreePool (Info);
+
+ //
+ // Read dos header
+ //
+ BufferSize = sizeof (EFI_IMAGE_DOS_HEADER);
+ Status = ThisFile->Read (ThisFile, &BufferSize, DosHeader);
+ if (EFI_ERROR (Status) ||
+ BufferSize < sizeof (EFI_IMAGE_DOS_HEADER) ||
+ FileSize <= DosHeader->e_lfanew ||
+ DosHeader->e_magic != EFI_IMAGE_DOS_SIGNATURE) {
+ Status = EFI_LOAD_ERROR;
+ goto Done;
+ }
+
+ //
+ // Move to PE signature
+ //
+ Status = ThisFile->SetPosition (ThisFile, DosHeader->e_lfanew);
+ if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+ Status = EFI_LOAD_ERROR;
+ goto Done;
+ }
+
+ //
+ // Read and check PE signature
+ //
+ BufferSize = sizeof (EFI_IMAGE_OPTIONAL_HEADER_UNION);
+ Status = ThisFile->Read (ThisFile, &BufferSize, Hdr.Pe32);
+ if (EFI_ERROR (Status) ||
+ BufferSize < sizeof (EFI_IMAGE_OPTIONAL_HEADER_UNION) ||
+ Hdr.Pe32->Signature != EFI_IMAGE_NT_SIGNATURE) {
+ Status = EFI_LOAD_ERROR;
+ goto Done;
+ }
+
+ //
+ // Check PE32 or PE32+ magic
+ //
+ if (Hdr.Pe32->OptionalHeader.Magic != EFI_IMAGE_NT_OPTIONAL_HDR32_MAGIC &&
+ Hdr.Pe32->OptionalHeader.Magic != EFI_IMAGE_NT_OPTIONAL_HDR64_MAGIC) {
+ Status = EFI_LOAD_ERROR;
+ goto Done;
+ }
+
+ Done:
+ if (ThisFile != NULL) {
+ ThisFile->Close (ThisFile);
+ }
+ if (Root != NULL) {
+ Root->Close (Root);
+ }
+ return Status;
+}
+
+/**
+ This routine adjust the memory information for different memory type and
+ save them into the variables for next boot.
+**/
+VOID
+BdsSetMemoryTypeInformationVariable (
+ VOID
+ )
+{
+ EFI_STATUS Status;
+ EFI_MEMORY_TYPE_INFORMATION *PreviousMemoryTypeInformation;
+ EFI_MEMORY_TYPE_INFORMATION *CurrentMemoryTypeInformation;
+ UINTN VariableSize;
+ UINTN Index;
+ UINTN Index1;
+ UINT32 Previous;
+ UINT32 Current;
+ UINT32 Next;
+ EFI_HOB_GUID_TYPE *GuidHob;
+ BOOLEAN MemoryTypeInformationModified;
+ BOOLEAN MemoryTypeInformationVariableExists;
+ EFI_BOOT_MODE BootMode;
+
+ MemoryTypeInformationModified = FALSE;
+ MemoryTypeInformationVariableExists = FALSE;
+
+
+ BootMode = GetBootModeHob ();
+ //
+ // In BOOT_IN_RECOVERY_MODE, Variable region is not reliable.
+ //
+ if (BootMode == BOOT_IN_RECOVERY_MODE) {
+ return;
+ }
+
+ //
+ // Only check the the Memory Type Information variable in the boot mode
+ // other than BOOT_WITH_DEFAULT_SETTINGS because the Memory Type
+ // Information is not valid in this boot mode.
+ //
+ if (BootMode != BOOT_WITH_DEFAULT_SETTINGS) {
+ VariableSize = 0;
+ Status = gRT->GetVariable (
+ EFI_MEMORY_TYPE_INFORMATION_VARIABLE_NAME,
+ &gEfiMemoryTypeInformationGuid,
+ NULL,
+ &VariableSize,
+ NULL
+ );
+ if (Status == EFI_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL) {
+ MemoryTypeInformationVariableExists = TRUE;
+ }
+ }
+
+ //
+ // Retrieve the current memory usage statistics. If they are not found, then
+ // no adjustments can be made to the Memory Type Information variable.
+ //
+ Status = EfiGetSystemConfigurationTable (
+ &gEfiMemoryTypeInformationGuid,
+ (VOID **) &CurrentMemoryTypeInformation
+ );
+ if (EFI_ERROR (Status) || CurrentMemoryTypeInformation == NULL) {
+ return;
+ }
+
+ //
+ // Get the Memory Type Information settings from Hob if they exist,
+ // PEI is responsible for getting them from variable and build a Hob to save them.
+ // If the previous Memory Type Information is not available, then set defaults
+ //
+ GuidHob = GetFirstGuidHob (&gEfiMemoryTypeInformationGuid);
+ if (GuidHob == NULL) {
+ //
+ // If Platform has not built Memory Type Info into the Hob, just return.
+ //
+ return;
+ }
+ PreviousMemoryTypeInformation = GET_GUID_HOB_DATA (GuidHob);
+ VariableSize = GET_GUID_HOB_DATA_SIZE (GuidHob);
+
+ //
+ // Use a heuristic to adjust the Memory Type Information for the next boot
+ //
+ DEBUG ((EFI_D_INFO, "Memory Previous Current Next \n"));
+ DEBUG ((EFI_D_INFO, " Type Pages Pages Pages \n"));
+ DEBUG ((EFI_D_INFO, "====== ======== ======== ========\n"));
+
+ for (Index = 0; PreviousMemoryTypeInformation[Index].Type != EfiMaxMemoryType; Index++) {
+
+ for (Index1 = 0; CurrentMemoryTypeInformation[Index1].Type != EfiMaxMemoryType; Index1++) {
+ if (PreviousMemoryTypeInformation[Index].Type == CurrentMemoryTypeInformation[Index1].Type) {
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ if (CurrentMemoryTypeInformation[Index1].Type == EfiMaxMemoryType) {
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ //
+ // Previous is the number of pages pre-allocated
+ // Current is the number of pages actually needed
+ //
+ Previous = PreviousMemoryTypeInformation[Index].NumberOfPages;
+ Current = CurrentMemoryTypeInformation[Index1].NumberOfPages;
+ Next = Previous;
+
+ //
+ // Inconsistent Memory Reserved across bootings may lead to S4 fail
+ // Write next varible to 125% * current when the pre-allocated memory is:
+ // 1. More than 150% of needed memory and boot mode is BOOT_WITH_DEFAULT_SETTING
+ // 2. Less than the needed memory
+ //
+ if ((Current + (Current >> 1)) < Previous) {
+ if (BootMode == BOOT_WITH_DEFAULT_SETTINGS) {
+ Next = Current + (Current >> 2);
+ }
+ } else if (Current > Previous) {
+ Next = Current + (Current >> 2);
+ }
+ if (Next > 0 && Next < 4) {
+ Next = 4;
+ }
+
+ if (Next != Previous) {
+ PreviousMemoryTypeInformation[Index].NumberOfPages = Next;
+ MemoryTypeInformationModified = TRUE;
+ }
+
+ DEBUG ((EFI_D_INFO, " %02x %08x %08x %08x\n", PreviousMemoryTypeInformation[Index].Type, Previous, Current, Next));
+ }
+
+ //
+ // If any changes were made to the Memory Type Information settings, then set the new variable value;
+ // Or create the variable in first boot.
+ //
+ if (MemoryTypeInformationModified || !MemoryTypeInformationVariableExists) {
+ Status = SetVariableAndReportStatusCodeOnError (
+ EFI_MEMORY_TYPE_INFORMATION_VARIABLE_NAME,
+ &gEfiMemoryTypeInformationGuid,
+ EFI_VARIABLE_NON_VOLATILE | EFI_VARIABLE_BOOTSERVICE_ACCESS,
+ VariableSize,
+ PreviousMemoryTypeInformation
+ );
+
+ if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+ //
+ // If the Memory Type Information settings have been modified, then reset the platform
+ // so the new Memory Type Information setting will be used to guarantee that an S4
+ // entry/resume cycle will not fail.
+ //
+ if (MemoryTypeInformationModified && PcdGetBool (PcdResetOnMemoryTypeInformationChange)) {
+ DEBUG ((EFI_D_INFO, "Memory Type Information settings change. Warm Reset!!!\n"));
+ gRT->ResetSystem (EfiResetWarm, EFI_SUCCESS, 0, NULL);
+ }
+ } else {
+ DEBUG ((EFI_D_ERROR, "Memory Type Information settings cannot be saved. OS S4 may fail!\n"));
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ This routine is kept for backward compatibility.
+**/
+VOID
+EFIAPI
+BdsLibSaveMemoryTypeInformation (
+ VOID
+ )
+{
+}
+
+
+/**
+ Identify a user and, if authenticated, returns the current user profile handle.
+
+ @param[out] User Point to user profile handle.
+
+ @retval EFI_SUCCESS User is successfully identified, or user identification
+ is not supported.
+ @retval EFI_ACCESS_DENIED User is not successfully identified
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+EFIAPI
+BdsLibUserIdentify (
+ OUT EFI_USER_PROFILE_HANDLE *User
+ )
+{
+ EFI_STATUS Status;
+ EFI_USER_MANAGER_PROTOCOL *Manager;
+
+ Status = gBS->LocateProtocol (
+ &gEfiUserManagerProtocolGuid,
+ NULL,
+ (VOID **) &Manager
+ );
+ if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+ return EFI_SUCCESS;
+ }
+
+ return Manager->Identify (Manager, User);
+}
+
+/**
+ Set the variable and report the error through status code upon failure.
+
+ @param VariableName A Null-terminated string that is the name of the vendor's variable.
+ Each VariableName is unique for each VendorGuid. VariableName must
+ contain 1 or more characters. If VariableName is an empty string,
+ then EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER is returned.
+ @param VendorGuid A unique identifier for the vendor.
+ @param Attributes Attributes bitmask to set for the variable.
+ @param DataSize The size in bytes of the Data buffer. Unless the EFI_VARIABLE_APPEND_WRITE,
+ EFI_VARIABLE_AUTHENTICATED_WRITE_ACCESS, or
+ EFI_VARIABLE_TIME_BASED_AUTHENTICATED_WRITE_ACCESS attribute is set, a size of zero
+ causes the variable to be deleted. When the EFI_VARIABLE_APPEND_WRITE attribute is
+ set, then a SetVariable() call with a DataSize of zero will not cause any change to
+ the variable value (the timestamp associated with the variable may be updated however
+ even if no new data value is provided,see the description of the
+ EFI_VARIABLE_AUTHENTICATION_2 descriptor below. In this case the DataSize will not
+ be zero since the EFI_VARIABLE_AUTHENTICATION_2 descriptor will be populated).
+ @param Data The contents for the variable.
+
+ @retval EFI_SUCCESS The firmware has successfully stored the variable and its data as
+ defined by the Attributes.
+ @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER An invalid combination of attribute bits, name, and GUID was supplied, or the
+ DataSize exceeds the maximum allowed.
+ @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER VariableName is an empty string.
+ @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES Not enough storage is available to hold the variable and its data.
+ @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR The variable could not be retrieved due to a hardware error.
+ @retval EFI_WRITE_PROTECTED The variable in question is read-only.
+ @retval EFI_WRITE_PROTECTED The variable in question cannot be deleted.
+ @retval EFI_SECURITY_VIOLATION The variable could not be written due to EFI_VARIABLE_AUTHENTICATED_WRITE_ACCESS
+ or EFI_VARIABLE_TIME_BASED_AUTHENTICATED_WRITE_ACESS being set, but the AuthInfo
+ does NOT pass the validation check carried out by the firmware.
+
+ @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND The variable trying to be updated or deleted was not found.
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+SetVariableAndReportStatusCodeOnError (
+ IN CHAR16 *VariableName,
+ IN EFI_GUID *VendorGuid,
+ IN UINT32 Attributes,
+ IN UINTN DataSize,
+ IN VOID *Data
+ )
+{
+ EFI_STATUS Status;
+ EDKII_SET_VARIABLE_STATUS *SetVariableStatus;
+ UINTN NameSize;
+
+ Status = gRT->SetVariable (
+ VariableName,
+ VendorGuid,
+ Attributes,
+ DataSize,
+ Data
+ );
+ if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+ NameSize = StrSize (VariableName);
+ SetVariableStatus = AllocatePool (sizeof (EDKII_SET_VARIABLE_STATUS) + NameSize + DataSize);
+ if (SetVariableStatus != NULL) {
+ CopyGuid (&SetVariableStatus->Guid, VendorGuid);
+ SetVariableStatus->NameSize = NameSize;
+ SetVariableStatus->DataSize = DataSize;
+ SetVariableStatus->SetStatus = Status;
+ SetVariableStatus->Attributes = Attributes;
+ CopyMem (SetVariableStatus + 1, VariableName, NameSize);
+ if ((Data != NULL) && (DataSize != 0)) {
+ CopyMem (((UINT8 *) (SetVariableStatus + 1)) + NameSize, Data, DataSize);
+ }
+
+ REPORT_STATUS_CODE_EX (
+ EFI_ERROR_CODE,
+ PcdGet32 (PcdErrorCodeSetVariable),
+ 0,
+ NULL,
+ &gEdkiiStatusCodeDataTypeVariableGuid,
+ SetVariableStatus,
+ sizeof (EDKII_SET_VARIABLE_STATUS) + NameSize + DataSize
+ );
+
+ FreePool (SetVariableStatus);
+ }
+ }
+
+ return Status;
+}
+
diff --git a/Core/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Library/GenericBdsLib/DevicePath.c b/Core/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Library/GenericBdsLib/DevicePath.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..2f22e7df7f --- /dev/null +++ b/Core/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Library/GenericBdsLib/DevicePath.c @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +/** @file
+ BDS internal function define the default device path string, it can be
+ replaced by platform device path.
+
+Copyright (c) 2004 - 2013, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+This program and the accompanying materials
+are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
+which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
+http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
+
+THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
+WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
+
+**/
+
+#include "InternalBdsLib.h"
+
+/**
+ This function converts an input device structure to a Unicode string.
+
+ @param DevPath A pointer to the device path structure.
+
+ @return A new allocated Unicode string that represents the device path.
+
+**/
+CHAR16 *
+EFIAPI
+DevicePathToStr (
+ IN EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *DevPath
+ )
+{
+ return ConvertDevicePathToText (DevPath, TRUE, TRUE);
+}
diff --git a/Core/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Library/GenericBdsLib/GenericBdsLib.inf b/Core/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Library/GenericBdsLib/GenericBdsLib.inf new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..5a138a9169 --- /dev/null +++ b/Core/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Library/GenericBdsLib/GenericBdsLib.inf @@ -0,0 +1,145 @@ +## @file
+# General BDS library.
+#
+# General BDS defines and produce general interfaces for platform BDS driver including:
+# 1) BDS boot policy interface;
+# 2) BDS boot device connect interface;
+# 3) BDS Misc interfaces for mainting boot variable, ouput string, etc.
+#
+# Copyright (c) 2007 - 2014, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+# This program and the accompanying materials
+# are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
+# which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
+# http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
+#
+# THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
+# WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
+#
+##
+
+[Defines]
+ INF_VERSION = 0x00010005
+ BASE_NAME = GenericBdsLib
+ MODULE_UNI_FILE = GenericBdsLib.uni
+ FILE_GUID = e405ec31-ccaa-4dd4-83e8-0aec01703f7e
+ MODULE_TYPE = DXE_DRIVER
+ VERSION_STRING = 1.0
+ LIBRARY_CLASS = GenericBdsLib|DXE_DRIVER DXE_RUNTIME_DRIVER UEFI_APPLICATION
+ CONSTRUCTOR = GenericBdsLibConstructor
+
+#
+# The following information is for reference only and not required by the build tools.
+#
+# VALID_ARCHITECTURES = IA32 X64 IPF EBC
+#
+
+[Sources]
+ DevicePath.c
+ Performance.c
+ BdsConnect.c
+ BdsMisc.c
+ BdsConsole.c
+ BdsBoot.c
+ InternalBdsLib.h
+ String.h
+ String.c
+ GenericBdsStrings.uni
+
+[Packages]
+ MdePkg/MdePkg.dec
+ MdeModulePkg/MdeModulePkg.dec
+ IntelFrameworkPkg/IntelFrameworkPkg.dec
+ IntelFrameworkModulePkg/IntelFrameworkModulePkg.dec
+
+[LibraryClasses]
+ DevicePathLib
+ PeCoffGetEntryPointLib
+ BaseLib
+ HobLib
+ UefiRuntimeServicesTableLib
+ DxeServicesTableLib
+ MemoryAllocationLib
+ UefiLib
+ UefiBootServicesTableLib
+ BaseMemoryLib
+ DebugLib
+ PrintLib
+ PcdLib
+ PerformanceLib
+ TimerLib
+ DxeServicesLib
+ HiiLib
+ ReportStatusCodeLib
+
+[Guids]
+ ## SOMETIMES_CONSUMES ## HOB # The hob holding memory type information
+ ## SOMETIMES_CONSUMES ## SystemTable # The identifier of memory type information type in system table
+ ## SOMETIMES_CONSUMES ## Variable:L"MemoryTypeInformation"
+ ## SOMETIMES_PRODUCES ## Variable:L"MemoryTypeInformation"
+ gEfiMemoryTypeInformationGuid
+ ## SOMETIMES_CONSUMES ## Variable:L"BootXXXX" # Boot option variable
+ ## SOMETIMES_PRODUCES ## Variable:L"BootXXXX" # Boot option variable
+ ## SOMETIMES_CONSUMES ## Variable:L"DriverXXXX" # Driver load option.
+ ## SOMETIMES_PRODUCES ## Variable:L"DriverXXXX" # Driver load option.
+ ## SOMETIMES_CONSUMES ## Variable:L"BootNext" # Next Boot Option
+ ## SOMETIMES_PRODUCES ## Variable:L"BootNext" # Next Boot Option
+ ## SOMETIMES_CONSUMES ## Variable:L"BootOrder" # The boot option array
+ ## SOMETIMES_PRODUCES ## Variable:L"BootOrder" # The boot option array
+ ## SOMETIMES_CONSUMES ## Variable:L"DriverOrder" # The driver order list
+ ## SOMETIMES_CONSUMES ## Variable:L"ConIn" # The device path of console in device
+ ## SOMETIMES_PRODUCES ## Variable:L"ConIn" # The device path of console in device
+ ## SOMETIMES_CONSUMES ## Variable:L"ConOut" # The device path of console out device
+ ## SOMETIMES_PRODUCES ## Variable:L"ConOut" # The device path of console out device
+ ## SOMETIMES_CONSUMES ## Variable:L"ErrOut" # The device path of error out device
+ ## SOMETIMES_PRODUCES ## Variable:L"ErrOut" # The device path of error out device
+ ## SOMETIMES_PRODUCES ## Variable:L"BootCurrent" # The boot option of current boot
+ ## SOMETIMES_PRODUCES ## Variable:L"BootNext" # The number of next boot option
+ gEfiGlobalVariableGuid
+ gEfiFileInfoGuid ## SOMETIMES_CONSUMES ## GUID
+ gPerformanceProtocolGuid ## SOMETIMES_PRODUCES ## Variable:L"PerfDataMemAddr" # The ACPI address of performance data
+ gLastEnumLangGuid ## SOMETIMES_PRODUCES ## Variable:L"LastEnumLang" # Platform language at last time enumeration.
+ gHdBootDevicePathVariablGuid ## SOMETIMES_PRODUCES ## Variable:L"HDDP" # The device path of Boot file on Hard device.
+ gBdsLibStringPackageGuid ## CONSUMES ## HII # HII String PackageList Guid
+ ## SOMETIMES_PRODUCES ## Variable:L"LegacyDevOrder"
+ ## SOMETIMES_CONSUMES ## Variable:L"LegacyDevOrder"
+ gEfiLegacyDevOrderVariableGuid
+ gEdkiiStatusCodeDataTypeVariableGuid ## SOMETIMES_CONSUMES ## GUID
+
+[Protocols]
+ gEfiSimpleFileSystemProtocolGuid ## SOMETIMES_CONSUMES
+ gEfiLoadFileProtocolGuid ## SOMETIMES_CONSUMES
+ gEfiSimpleTextOutProtocolGuid ## CONSUMES
+ gEfiPciIoProtocolGuid ## SOMETIMES_CONSUMES
+ gEfiLoadedImageProtocolGuid ## SOMETIMES_CONSUMES
+ gEfiSimpleNetworkProtocolGuid ## SOMETIMES_CONSUMES
+ gEfiDebugPortProtocolGuid ## SOMETIMES_CONSUMES
+ gEfiSimpleTextInProtocolGuid ## CONSUMES
+ gEfiBlockIoProtocolGuid ## SOMETIMES_CONSUMES
+ gEfiFirmwareVolume2ProtocolGuid ## SOMETIMES_CONSUMES
+ gEfiLegacyBiosProtocolGuid ## SOMETIMES_CONSUMES
+ gEfiCpuArchProtocolGuid ## CONSUMES
+ gEfiDevicePathProtocolGuid ## CONSUMES
+ gEfiGraphicsOutputProtocolGuid ## SOMETIMES_CONSUMES
+ gEfiUgaDrawProtocolGuid |gEfiMdePkgTokenSpaceGuid.PcdUgaConsumeSupport ## SOMETIMES_CONSUMES
+ gEfiOEMBadgingProtocolGuid ## SOMETIMES_CONSUMES
+ gEfiHiiFontProtocolGuid ## CONSUMES
+ gEfiUserManagerProtocolGuid ## SOMETIMES_CONSUMES
+ gEfiUsbIoProtocolGuid ## SOMETIMES_CONSUMES
+ gEfiBootLogoProtocolGuid ## SOMETIMES_CONSUMES
+
+[FeaturePcd]
+ gEfiMdePkgTokenSpaceGuid.PcdUgaConsumeSupport ## CONSUMES
+ gEfiIntelFrameworkModulePkgTokenSpaceGuid.PcdBootlogoOnlyEnable ## CONSUMES
+
+[Pcd]
+ gEfiMdeModulePkgTokenSpaceGuid.PcdResetOnMemoryTypeInformationChange ## SOMETIMES_CONSUMES
+ gEfiMdeModulePkgTokenSpaceGuid.PcdProgressCodeOsLoaderLoad ## SOMETIMES_CONSUMES
+ gEfiMdeModulePkgTokenSpaceGuid.PcdProgressCodeOsLoaderStart ## SOMETIMES_CONSUMES
+ gEfiMdeModulePkgTokenSpaceGuid.PcdErrorCodeSetVariable ## CONSUMES
+ gEfiIntelFrameworkModulePkgTokenSpaceGuid.PcdShellFile ## CONSUMES
+
+#
+# [BootMode]
+# RECOVERY_FULL ## SOMETIMES_CONSUMES # Memory Type Information variable
+#
+
diff --git a/Core/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Library/GenericBdsLib/GenericBdsLib.uni b/Core/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Library/GenericBdsLib/GenericBdsLib.uni Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000000..5611f6f6bf --- /dev/null +++ b/Core/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Library/GenericBdsLib/GenericBdsLib.uni diff --git a/Core/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Library/GenericBdsLib/GenericBdsStrings.uni b/Core/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Library/GenericBdsLib/GenericBdsStrings.uni Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000000..7c3b4f9690 --- /dev/null +++ b/Core/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Library/GenericBdsLib/GenericBdsStrings.uni diff --git a/Core/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Library/GenericBdsLib/InternalBdsLib.h b/Core/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Library/GenericBdsLib/InternalBdsLib.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..7201d8a335 --- /dev/null +++ b/Core/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Library/GenericBdsLib/InternalBdsLib.h @@ -0,0 +1,194 @@ +/** @file
+ BDS library definition, include the file and data structure
+
+Copyright (c) 2004 - 2014, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+This program and the accompanying materials
+are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
+which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
+http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
+
+THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
+WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
+
+**/
+
+#ifndef _INTERNAL_BDS_LIB_H_
+#define _INTERNAL_BDS_LIB_H_
+
+#include <FrameworkDxe.h>
+
+#include <IndustryStandard/Pci.h>
+#include <IndustryStandard/PeImage.h>
+
+#include <Protocol/BlockIo.h>
+#include <Protocol/LoadedImage.h>
+#include <Protocol/Cpu.h>
+#include <Protocol/SimpleFileSystem.h>
+#include <Protocol/LoadFile.h>
+#include <Protocol/DebugPort.h>
+#include <Protocol/DevicePath.h>
+#include <Protocol/SimpleTextIn.h>
+#include <Protocol/LegacyBios.h>
+#include <Protocol/SimpleTextOut.h>
+#include <Protocol/SimpleNetwork.h>
+#include <Protocol/FirmwareVolume2.h>
+#include <Protocol/PciIo.h>
+#include <Protocol/OEMBadging.h>
+#include <Protocol/GraphicsOutput.h>
+#include <Protocol/UgaDraw.h>
+#include <Protocol/HiiFont.h>
+#include <Protocol/HiiImage.h>
+#include <Protocol/UsbIo.h>
+#include <Protocol/BootLogo.h>
+
+#include <Guid/MemoryTypeInformation.h>
+#include <Guid/FileInfo.h>
+#include <Guid/GlobalVariable.h>
+#include <Guid/PcAnsi.h>
+#include <Guid/Performance.h>
+#include <Guid/BdsLibHii.h>
+#include <Guid/HdBootVariable.h>
+#include <Guid/LastEnumLang.h>
+#include <Guid/LegacyDevOrder.h>
+#include <Guid/StatusCodeDataTypeVariable.h>
+
+#include <Library/PrintLib.h>
+#include <Library/DebugLib.h>
+#include <Library/BaseMemoryLib.h>
+#include <Library/UefiBootServicesTableLib.h>
+#include <Library/UefiLib.h>
+#include <Library/MemoryAllocationLib.h>
+#include <Library/DxeServicesTableLib.h>
+#include <Library/UefiRuntimeServicesTableLib.h>
+#include <Library/HobLib.h>
+#include <Library/BaseLib.h>
+#include <Library/DevicePathLib.h>
+#include <Library/PerformanceLib.h>
+#include <Library/PcdLib.h>
+#include <Library/PeCoffGetEntryPointLib.h>
+#include <Library/GenericBdsLib.h>
+#include <Library/TimerLib.h>
+#include <Library/PcdLib.h>
+#include <Library/DxeServicesLib.h>
+#include <Library/ReportStatusCodeLib.h>
+
+#if !defined (EFI_REMOVABLE_MEDIA_FILE_NAME)
+ #if defined (MDE_CPU_EBC)
+ //
+ // Uefi specification only defines the default boot file name for IA32, X64
+ // and IPF processor, so need define boot file name for EBC architecture here.
+ //
+ #define EFI_REMOVABLE_MEDIA_FILE_NAME L"\\EFI\\BOOT\\BOOTEBC.EFI"
+ #else
+ #error "Can not determine the default boot file name for unknown processor type!"
+ #endif
+#endif
+
+/**
+
+ Writes performance data of booting into the allocated memory.
+ OS can process these records.
+
+ @param Event The triggered event.
+ @param Context Context for this event.
+
+**/
+VOID
+EFIAPI
+WriteBootToOsPerformanceData (
+ IN EFI_EVENT Event,
+ IN VOID *Context
+ );
+
+/**
+ Get the headers (dos, image, optional header) from an image
+
+ @param Device SimpleFileSystem device handle
+ @param FileName File name for the image
+ @param DosHeader Pointer to dos header
+ @param Hdr The buffer in which to return the PE32, PE32+, or TE header.
+
+ @retval EFI_SUCCESS Successfully get the machine type.
+ @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND The file is not found.
+ @retval EFI_LOAD_ERROR File is not a valid image file.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+EFIAPI
+BdsLibGetImageHeader (
+ IN EFI_HANDLE Device,
+ IN CHAR16 *FileName,
+ OUT EFI_IMAGE_DOS_HEADER *DosHeader,
+ OUT EFI_IMAGE_OPTIONAL_HEADER_PTR_UNION Hdr
+ );
+
+/**
+ This routine adjust the memory information for different memory type and
+ save them into the variables for next boot.
+**/
+VOID
+BdsSetMemoryTypeInformationVariable (
+ VOID
+ );
+
+/**
+ Validate the EFI Boot#### or Driver#### variable (VendorGuid/Name)
+
+ @param Variable Boot#### variable data.
+ @param VariableSize Returns the size of the EFI variable that was read
+
+ @retval TRUE The variable data is correct.
+ @retval FALSE The variable data is corrupted.
+
+**/
+BOOLEAN
+ValidateOption (
+ UINT8 *Variable,
+ UINTN VariableSize
+ );
+
+/**
+ Set the variable and report the error through status code upon failure.
+
+ @param VariableName A Null-terminated string that is the name of the vendor's variable.
+ Each VariableName is unique for each VendorGuid. VariableName must
+ contain 1 or more characters. If VariableName is an empty string,
+ then EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER is returned.
+ @param VendorGuid A unique identifier for the vendor.
+ @param Attributes Attributes bitmask to set for the variable.
+ @param DataSize The size in bytes of the Data buffer. Unless the EFI_VARIABLE_APPEND_WRITE,
+ EFI_VARIABLE_AUTHENTICATED_WRITE_ACCESS, or
+ EFI_VARIABLE_TIME_BASED_AUTHENTICATED_WRITE_ACCESS attribute is set, a size of zero
+ causes the variable to be deleted. When the EFI_VARIABLE_APPEND_WRITE attribute is
+ set, then a SetVariable() call with a DataSize of zero will not cause any change to
+ the variable value (the timestamp associated with the variable may be updated however
+ even if no new data value is provided,see the description of the
+ EFI_VARIABLE_AUTHENTICATION_2 descriptor below. In this case the DataSize will not
+ be zero since the EFI_VARIABLE_AUTHENTICATION_2 descriptor will be populated).
+ @param Data The contents for the variable.
+
+ @retval EFI_SUCCESS The firmware has successfully stored the variable and its data as
+ defined by the Attributes.
+ @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER An invalid combination of attribute bits, name, and GUID was supplied, or the
+ DataSize exceeds the maximum allowed.
+ @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER VariableName is an empty string.
+ @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES Not enough storage is available to hold the variable and its data.
+ @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR The variable could not be retrieved due to a hardware error.
+ @retval EFI_WRITE_PROTECTED The variable in question is read-only.
+ @retval EFI_WRITE_PROTECTED The variable in question cannot be deleted.
+ @retval EFI_SECURITY_VIOLATION The variable could not be written due to EFI_VARIABLE_AUTHENTICATED_WRITE_ACCESS
+ or EFI_VARIABLE_TIME_BASED_AUTHENTICATED_WRITE_ACESS being set, but the AuthInfo
+ does NOT pass the validation check carried out by the firmware.
+
+ @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND The variable trying to be updated or deleted was not found.
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+SetVariableAndReportStatusCodeOnError (
+ IN CHAR16 *VariableName,
+ IN EFI_GUID *VendorGuid,
+ IN UINT32 Attributes,
+ IN UINTN DataSize,
+ IN VOID *Data
+ );
+
+#endif // _BDS_LIB_H_
diff --git a/Core/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Library/GenericBdsLib/Performance.c b/Core/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Library/GenericBdsLib/Performance.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..e50345a597 --- /dev/null +++ b/Core/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Library/GenericBdsLib/Performance.c @@ -0,0 +1,313 @@ +/** @file
+ This file include the file which can help to get the system
+ performance, all the function will only include if the performance
+ switch is set.
+
+Copyright (c) 2004 - 2015, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+This program and the accompanying materials
+are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
+which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
+http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
+
+THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
+WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
+
+**/
+
+#include "InternalBdsLib.h"
+
+PERF_HEADER mPerfHeader;
+PERF_DATA mPerfData;
+EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS mAcpiLowMemoryBase = 0x0FFFFFFFFULL;
+
+/**
+ Get the short verion of PDB file name to be
+ used in performance data logging.
+
+ @param PdbFileName The long PDB file name.
+ @param GaugeString The output string to be logged by performance logger.
+
+**/
+VOID
+GetShortPdbFileName (
+ IN CONST CHAR8 *PdbFileName,
+ OUT CHAR8 *GaugeString
+ )
+{
+ UINTN Index;
+ UINTN Index1;
+ UINTN StartIndex;
+ UINTN EndIndex;
+
+ if (PdbFileName == NULL) {
+ AsciiStrCpyS (GaugeString, PERF_TOKEN_SIZE, " ");
+ } else {
+ StartIndex = 0;
+ for (EndIndex = 0; PdbFileName[EndIndex] != 0; EndIndex++)
+ ;
+
+ for (Index = 0; PdbFileName[Index] != 0; Index++) {
+ if (PdbFileName[Index] == '\\') {
+ StartIndex = Index + 1;
+ }
+
+ if (PdbFileName[Index] == '.') {
+ EndIndex = Index;
+ }
+ }
+
+ Index1 = 0;
+ for (Index = StartIndex; Index < EndIndex; Index++) {
+ GaugeString[Index1] = PdbFileName[Index];
+ Index1++;
+ if (Index1 == PERF_TOKEN_LENGTH) {
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ GaugeString[Index1] = 0;
+ }
+
+ return ;
+}
+
+/**
+ Get the name from the Driver handle, which can be a handle with
+ EFI_LOADED_IMAGE_PROTOCOL or EFI_DRIVER_BINDING_PROTOCOL installed.
+ This name can be used in performance data logging.
+
+ @param Handle Driver handle.
+ @param GaugeString The output string to be logged by performance logger.
+
+**/
+VOID
+GetNameFromHandle (
+ IN EFI_HANDLE Handle,
+ OUT CHAR8 *GaugeString
+ )
+{
+ EFI_STATUS Status;
+ EFI_LOADED_IMAGE_PROTOCOL *Image;
+ CHAR8 *PdbFileName;
+ EFI_DRIVER_BINDING_PROTOCOL *DriverBinding;
+
+ AsciiStrCpyS (GaugeString, PERF_TOKEN_SIZE, " ");
+
+ //
+ // Get handle name from image protocol
+ //
+ Status = gBS->HandleProtocol (
+ Handle,
+ &gEfiLoadedImageProtocolGuid,
+ (VOID **) &Image
+ );
+
+ if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+ Status = gBS->OpenProtocol (
+ Handle,
+ &gEfiDriverBindingProtocolGuid,
+ (VOID **) &DriverBinding,
+ NULL,
+ NULL,
+ EFI_OPEN_PROTOCOL_GET_PROTOCOL
+ );
+ if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+ return ;
+ }
+ //
+ // Get handle name from image protocol
+ //
+ Status = gBS->HandleProtocol (
+ DriverBinding->ImageHandle,
+ &gEfiLoadedImageProtocolGuid,
+ (VOID **) &Image
+ );
+ }
+
+ PdbFileName = PeCoffLoaderGetPdbPointer (Image->ImageBase);
+
+ if (PdbFileName != NULL) {
+ GetShortPdbFileName (PdbFileName, GaugeString);
+ }
+
+ return ;
+}
+
+/**
+
+ Writes performance data of booting into the allocated memory.
+ OS can process these records.
+
+ @param Event The triggered event.
+ @param Context Context for this event.
+
+**/
+VOID
+EFIAPI
+WriteBootToOsPerformanceData (
+ IN EFI_EVENT Event,
+ IN VOID *Context
+ )
+{
+ EFI_STATUS Status;
+ UINT32 LimitCount;
+ EFI_HANDLE *Handles;
+ UINTN NoHandles;
+ CHAR8 GaugeString[PERF_TOKEN_SIZE];
+ UINT8 *Ptr;
+ UINT32 Index;
+ UINT64 Ticker;
+ UINT64 Freq;
+ UINT32 Duration;
+ UINTN LogEntryKey;
+ CONST VOID *Handle;
+ CONST CHAR8 *Token;
+ CONST CHAR8 *Module;
+ UINT64 StartTicker;
+ UINT64 EndTicker;
+ UINT64 StartValue;
+ UINT64 EndValue;
+ BOOLEAN CountUp;
+ UINTN VarSize;
+ BOOLEAN Found;
+
+ //
+ // Record the performance data for End of BDS
+ //
+ PERF_END(NULL, "BDS", NULL, 0);
+
+ //
+ // Retrieve time stamp count as early as possible
+ //
+ Ticker = GetPerformanceCounter ();
+
+ Freq = GetPerformanceCounterProperties (&StartValue, &EndValue);
+
+ Freq = DivU64x32 (Freq, 1000);
+
+ mPerfHeader.CpuFreq = Freq;
+
+ //
+ // Record BDS raw performance data
+ //
+ if (EndValue >= StartValue) {
+ mPerfHeader.BDSRaw = Ticker - StartValue;
+ CountUp = TRUE;
+ } else {
+ mPerfHeader.BDSRaw = StartValue - Ticker;
+ CountUp = FALSE;
+ }
+
+ //
+ // Reset the entry count
+ //
+ mPerfHeader.Count = 0;
+
+ if (mAcpiLowMemoryBase == 0x0FFFFFFFF) {
+ VarSize = sizeof (EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS);
+ Status = gRT->GetVariable (
+ L"PerfDataMemAddr",
+ &gPerformanceProtocolGuid,
+ NULL,
+ &VarSize,
+ &mAcpiLowMemoryBase
+ );
+ if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+ //
+ // Fail to get the variable, return.
+ //
+ return;
+ }
+ }
+
+ //
+ // Put Detailed performance data into memory
+ //
+ Handles = NULL;
+ Status = gBS->LocateHandleBuffer (
+ AllHandles,
+ NULL,
+ NULL,
+ &NoHandles,
+ &Handles
+ );
+ if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+ return ;
+ }
+
+ Ptr = (UINT8 *) ((UINT32) mAcpiLowMemoryBase + sizeof (PERF_HEADER));
+ LimitCount = (UINT32) (PERF_DATA_MAX_LENGTH - sizeof (PERF_HEADER)) / sizeof (PERF_DATA);
+
+ //
+ // Get performance data
+ //
+ LogEntryKey = 0;
+ while ((LogEntryKey = GetPerformanceMeasurement (
+ LogEntryKey,
+ &Handle,
+ &Token,
+ &Module,
+ &StartTicker,
+ &EndTicker)) != 0) {
+ if (EndTicker != 0) {
+ if (StartTicker == 1) {
+ StartTicker = StartValue;
+ }
+ if (EndTicker == 1) {
+ EndTicker = StartValue;
+ }
+ Ticker = CountUp ? (EndTicker - StartTicker) : (StartTicker - EndTicker);
+
+ Duration = (UINT32) DivU64x32 (Ticker, (UINT32) Freq);
+ if (Duration == 0) {
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ ZeroMem (&mPerfData, sizeof (PERF_DATA));
+
+ mPerfData.Duration = Duration;
+
+ //
+ // See if the Handle is in the handle buffer
+ //
+ Found = FALSE;
+ for (Index = 0; Index < NoHandles; Index++) {
+ if (Handle == Handles[Index]) {
+ GetNameFromHandle (Handles[Index], GaugeString);
+ AsciiStrCpyS (mPerfData.Token, PERF_TOKEN_SIZE, GaugeString);
+ Found = TRUE;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (!Found) {
+ AsciiStrnCpyS (mPerfData.Token, PERF_TOKEN_SIZE, Token, PERF_TOKEN_LENGTH);
+ }
+
+ CopyMem (Ptr, &mPerfData, sizeof (PERF_DATA));
+ Ptr += sizeof (PERF_DATA);
+
+ mPerfHeader.Count++;
+ if (mPerfHeader.Count == LimitCount) {
+ goto Done;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+Done:
+
+ FreePool (Handles);
+
+ mPerfHeader.Signiture = PERFORMANCE_SIGNATURE;
+
+ //
+ // Put performance data to Reserved memory
+ //
+ CopyMem (
+ (UINTN *) (UINTN) mAcpiLowMemoryBase,
+ &mPerfHeader,
+ sizeof (PERF_HEADER)
+ );
+
+ return ;
+}
diff --git a/Core/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Library/GenericBdsLib/String.c b/Core/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Library/GenericBdsLib/String.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..762871605d --- /dev/null +++ b/Core/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Library/GenericBdsLib/String.c @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +/** @file
+ String support
+
+Copyright (c) 2010, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+This program and the accompanying materials
+are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
+which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
+http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
+
+THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
+WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
+
+**/
+#include "String.h"
+
+/**
+ Get string by string id from HII Interface
+
+
+ @param Id String ID.
+
+ @retval CHAR16 * String from ID.
+ @retval NULL If error occurs.
+
+**/
+CHAR16 *
+BdsLibGetStringById (
+ IN EFI_STRING_ID Id
+ )
+{
+ return HiiGetString (gBdsLibStringPackHandle, Id, NULL);
+}
diff --git a/Core/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Library/GenericBdsLib/String.h b/Core/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Library/GenericBdsLib/String.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..13b745de87 --- /dev/null +++ b/Core/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Library/GenericBdsLib/String.h @@ -0,0 +1,48 @@ +/** @file
+ String support
+
+Copyright (c) 2010, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+This program and the accompanying materials
+are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
+which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
+http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
+
+THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
+WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
+
+**/
+
+#ifndef _STRING_H_
+#define _STRING_H_
+
+#include <Library/HiiLib.h>
+#include <Library/DebugLib.h>
+#include <Library/DevicePathLib.h>
+#include <Library/UefiLib.h>
+#include <Library/UefiBootServicesTableLib.h>
+
+extern EFI_HII_HANDLE gBdsLibStringPackHandle;
+
+//
+// This is the VFR compiler generated header file which defines the
+// string identifiers.
+//
+
+extern UINT8 GenericBdsLibStrings[];
+
+/**
+ Get string by string id from HII Interface
+
+
+ @param Id String ID.
+
+ @retval CHAR16 * String from ID.
+ @retval NULL If error occurs.
+
+**/
+CHAR16 *
+BdsLibGetStringById (
+ IN EFI_STRING_ID Id
+ );
+
+#endif // _STRING_H_
diff --git a/Core/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Library/LegacyBootMaintUiLib/LegacyBootMaintUi.c b/Core/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Library/LegacyBootMaintUiLib/LegacyBootMaintUi.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..bb320f37b2 --- /dev/null +++ b/Core/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Library/LegacyBootMaintUiLib/LegacyBootMaintUi.c @@ -0,0 +1,1456 @@ +/** @file
+ Legacy Boot Maintainence UI implementation.
+
+Copyright (c) 2004 - 2015, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+This program and the accompanying materials
+are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
+which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
+http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
+
+THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
+WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
+
+**/
+
+
+#include "LegacyBootMaintUi.h"
+
+LEGACY_BOOT_OPTION_CALLBACK_DATA *mLegacyBootOptionPrivate;
+EFI_GUID mLegacyBootOptionGuid = LEGACY_BOOT_OPTION_FORMSET_GUID;
+CHAR16 mLegacyBootStorageName[] = L"LegacyBootData";
+BBS_TYPE mBbsType[] = {BBS_FLOPPY, BBS_HARDDISK, BBS_CDROM, BBS_EMBED_NETWORK, BBS_BEV_DEVICE, BBS_UNKNOWN};
+
+
+///
+/// Legacy FD Info from LegacyBios.GetBbsInfo()
+///
+LEGACY_MENU_OPTION LegacyFDMenu = {
+ LEGACY_MENU_OPTION_SIGNATURE,
+ {NULL},
+ 0
+};
+
+///
+/// Legacy HD Info from LegacyBios.GetBbsInfo()
+///
+LEGACY_MENU_OPTION LegacyHDMenu = {
+ LEGACY_MENU_OPTION_SIGNATURE,
+ {NULL},
+ 0
+};
+
+///
+/// Legacy CD Info from LegacyBios.GetBbsInfo()
+///
+LEGACY_MENU_OPTION LegacyCDMenu = {
+ LEGACY_MENU_OPTION_SIGNATURE,
+ {NULL},
+ 0
+};
+
+///
+/// Legacy NET Info from LegacyBios.GetBbsInfo()
+///
+LEGACY_MENU_OPTION LegacyNETMenu = {
+ LEGACY_MENU_OPTION_SIGNATURE,
+ {NULL},
+ 0
+};
+
+///
+/// Legacy NET Info from LegacyBios.GetBbsInfo()
+///
+LEGACY_MENU_OPTION LegacyBEVMenu = {
+ LEGACY_MENU_OPTION_SIGNATURE,
+ {NULL},
+ 0
+};
+
+
+VOID *mLegacyStartOpCodeHandle = NULL;
+VOID *mLegacyEndOpCodeHandle = NULL;
+EFI_IFR_GUID_LABEL *mLegacyStartLabel = NULL;
+EFI_IFR_GUID_LABEL *mLegacyEndLabel = NULL;
+
+
+HII_VENDOR_DEVICE_PATH mLegacyBootOptionHiiVendorDevicePath = {
+ {
+ {
+ HARDWARE_DEVICE_PATH,
+ HW_VENDOR_DP,
+ {
+ (UINT8) (sizeof (VENDOR_DEVICE_PATH)),
+ (UINT8) ((sizeof (VENDOR_DEVICE_PATH)) >> 8)
+ }
+ },
+ { 0x6bc75598, 0x89b4, 0x483d, { 0x91, 0x60, 0x7f, 0x46, 0x9a, 0x96, 0x35, 0x31 } }
+ },
+ {
+ END_DEVICE_PATH_TYPE,
+ END_ENTIRE_DEVICE_PATH_SUBTYPE,
+ {
+ (UINT8) (END_DEVICE_PATH_LENGTH),
+ (UINT8) ((END_DEVICE_PATH_LENGTH) >> 8)
+ }
+ }
+};
+
+
+/**
+ Re-order the Boot Option according to the DevOrder.
+
+ The routine re-orders the Boot Option in BootOption array according to
+ the order specified by DevOrder.
+
+ @param DevOrder Pointer to buffer containing the BBS Index,
+ high 8-bit value 0xFF indicating a disabled boot option
+ @param DevOrderCount Count of the BBS Index
+ @param EnBootOption Callee allocated buffer containing the enabled Boot Option Numbers
+ @param EnBootOptionCount Count of the enabled Boot Option Numbers
+ @param DisBootOption Callee allocated buffer containing the disabled Boot Option Numbers
+ @param DisBootOptionCount Count of the disabled Boot Option Numbers
+**/
+VOID
+OrderLegacyBootOption4SameType (
+ UINT16 *DevOrder,
+ UINTN DevOrderCount,
+ UINT16 **EnBootOption,
+ UINTN *EnBootOptionCount,
+ UINT16 **DisBootOption,
+ UINTN *DisBootOptionCount
+ )
+{
+ EFI_STATUS Status;
+ UINT16 *NewBootOption;
+ UINT16 *BootOrder;
+ UINTN BootOrderSize;
+ UINTN Index;
+ UINTN StartPosition;
+
+ EFI_BOOT_MANAGER_LOAD_OPTION BootOption;
+
+ CHAR16 OptionName[sizeof ("Boot####")];
+ UINT16 *BbsIndexArray;
+ UINT16 *DeviceTypeArray;
+
+ GetEfiGlobalVariable2 (L"BootOrder", (VOID **) &BootOrder, &BootOrderSize);
+ ASSERT (BootOrder != NULL);
+
+ BbsIndexArray = AllocatePool (BootOrderSize);
+ DeviceTypeArray = AllocatePool (BootOrderSize);
+ *EnBootOption = AllocatePool (BootOrderSize);
+ *DisBootOption = AllocatePool (BootOrderSize);
+ *DisBootOptionCount = 0;
+ *EnBootOptionCount = 0;
+ Index = 0;
+
+ ASSERT (BbsIndexArray != NULL);
+ ASSERT (DeviceTypeArray != NULL);
+ ASSERT (*EnBootOption != NULL);
+ ASSERT (*DisBootOption != NULL);
+
+ for (Index = 0; Index < BootOrderSize / sizeof (UINT16); Index++) {
+
+ UnicodeSPrint (OptionName, sizeof (OptionName), L"Boot%04x", BootOrder[Index]);
+ Status = EfiBootManagerVariableToLoadOption (OptionName, &BootOption);
+ ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
+
+ if ((DevicePathType (BootOption.FilePath) == BBS_DEVICE_PATH) &&
+ (DevicePathSubType (BootOption.FilePath) == BBS_BBS_DP)) {
+ //
+ // Legacy Boot Option
+ //
+ ASSERT (BootOption.OptionalDataSize == sizeof (LEGACY_BOOT_OPTION_BBS_DATA));
+
+ DeviceTypeArray[Index] = ((BBS_BBS_DEVICE_PATH *) BootOption.FilePath)->DeviceType;
+ BbsIndexArray [Index] = ((LEGACY_BOOT_OPTION_BBS_DATA *) BootOption.OptionalData)->BbsIndex;
+ } else {
+ DeviceTypeArray[Index] = BBS_TYPE_UNKNOWN;
+ BbsIndexArray [Index] = 0xFFFF;
+ }
+ EfiBootManagerFreeLoadOption (&BootOption);
+ }
+
+ //
+ // Record the corresponding Boot Option Numbers according to the DevOrder
+ // Record the EnBootOption and DisBootOption according to the DevOrder
+ //
+ StartPosition = BootOrderSize / sizeof (UINT16);
+ NewBootOption = AllocatePool (DevOrderCount * sizeof (UINT16));
+ ASSERT (NewBootOption != NULL);
+ while (DevOrderCount-- != 0) {
+ for (Index = 0; Index < BootOrderSize / sizeof (UINT16); Index++) {
+ if (BbsIndexArray[Index] == (DevOrder[DevOrderCount] & 0xFF)) {
+ StartPosition = MIN (StartPosition, Index);
+ NewBootOption[DevOrderCount] = BootOrder[Index];
+
+ if ((DevOrder[DevOrderCount] & 0xFF00) == 0xFF00) {
+ (*DisBootOption)[*DisBootOptionCount] = BootOrder[Index];
+ (*DisBootOptionCount)++;
+ } else {
+ (*EnBootOption)[*EnBootOptionCount] = BootOrder[Index];
+ (*EnBootOptionCount)++;
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ //
+ // Overwrite the old BootOption
+ //
+ CopyMem (&BootOrder[StartPosition], NewBootOption, (*DisBootOptionCount + *EnBootOptionCount) * sizeof (UINT16));
+ Status = gRT->SetVariable (
+ L"BootOrder",
+ &gEfiGlobalVariableGuid,
+ VAR_FLAG,
+ BootOrderSize,
+ BootOrder
+ );
+ ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
+
+ FreePool (NewBootOption);
+ FreePool (DeviceTypeArray);
+ FreePool (BbsIndexArray);
+}
+
+/**
+ Update the legacy BBS boot option. L"LegacyDevOrder" and gEfiLegacyDevOrderVariableGuid EFI Variable
+ is udpated with the new Legacy Boot order. The EFI Variable of "Boot####" and gEfiGlobalVariableGuid
+ is also updated.
+
+ @param NVMapData The data for egacy BBS boot.
+
+ @return EFI_SUCCESS The function completed successfully.
+ @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND If L"LegacyDevOrder" and gEfiLegacyDevOrderVariableGuid EFI Variable can be found.
+ @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES Fail to allocate memory resource
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+UpdateBBSOption (
+ IN LEGACY_BOOT_NV_DATA *NVMapData
+ )
+{
+ UINTN Index;
+ UINTN Index2;
+ UINTN CurrentType;
+ VOID *BootOptionVar;
+ CHAR16 VarName[100];
+ UINTN OptionSize;
+ EFI_STATUS Status;
+ UINT32 *Attribute;
+ LEGACY_MENU_OPTION *OptionMenu;
+ UINT16 *LegacyDev;
+ UINT16 *InitialLegacyDev;
+ UINT8 *VarData;
+ UINTN VarSize;
+ LEGACY_DEV_ORDER_ENTRY *DevOrder;
+ UINT8 *OriginalPtr;
+ UINT8 *DisMap;
+ UINTN Pos;
+ UINTN Bit;
+ UINT16 *NewOrder;
+ UINT16 Tmp;
+ UINT16 *EnBootOption;
+ UINTN EnBootOptionCount;
+ UINT16 *DisBootOption;
+ UINTN DisBootOptionCount;
+ UINTN BufferSize;
+
+
+ DisMap = NULL;
+ NewOrder = NULL;
+ CurrentType = 0;
+
+
+ DisMap = mLegacyBootOptionPrivate->MaintainMapData->DisableMap;
+ Status = EFI_SUCCESS;
+
+ //
+ // Update the Variable "LegacyDevOrder"
+ //
+ GetVariable2 (VAR_LEGACY_DEV_ORDER, &gEfiLegacyDevOrderVariableGuid, (VOID **) &VarData, &VarSize);
+ if (VarData == NULL) {
+ return EFI_NOT_FOUND;
+ }
+ OriginalPtr = VarData;
+
+ while (mBbsType[CurrentType] != BBS_UNKNOWN) {
+ switch (mBbsType[CurrentType]) {
+ case BBS_FLOPPY:
+ OptionMenu = (LEGACY_MENU_OPTION *) &LegacyFDMenu;
+ LegacyDev = NVMapData->LegacyFD;
+ InitialLegacyDev = mLegacyBootOptionPrivate->MaintainMapData->InitialNvData.LegacyFD;
+ BufferSize = sizeof (NVMapData->LegacyFD);
+ break;
+
+ case BBS_HARDDISK:
+ OptionMenu = (LEGACY_MENU_OPTION *) &LegacyHDMenu;
+ LegacyDev = NVMapData->LegacyHD;
+ InitialLegacyDev = mLegacyBootOptionPrivate->MaintainMapData->InitialNvData.LegacyHD;
+
+ BufferSize = sizeof (NVMapData->LegacyHD);
+ break;
+
+ case BBS_CDROM:
+ OptionMenu = (LEGACY_MENU_OPTION *) &LegacyCDMenu;
+ LegacyDev = NVMapData->LegacyCD;
+ InitialLegacyDev = mLegacyBootOptionPrivate->MaintainMapData->InitialNvData.LegacyCD;
+ BufferSize = sizeof (NVMapData->LegacyCD);
+ break;
+
+ case BBS_EMBED_NETWORK:
+ OptionMenu = (LEGACY_MENU_OPTION *) &LegacyNETMenu;
+ LegacyDev = NVMapData->LegacyNET;
+ InitialLegacyDev = mLegacyBootOptionPrivate->MaintainMapData->InitialNvData.LegacyNET;
+ BufferSize = sizeof (NVMapData->LegacyNET);
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ ASSERT (mBbsType[CurrentType] == BBS_BEV_DEVICE);
+ OptionMenu = (LEGACY_MENU_OPTION *) &LegacyBEVMenu;
+ LegacyDev = NVMapData->LegacyBEV;
+ InitialLegacyDev = mLegacyBootOptionPrivate->MaintainMapData->InitialNvData.LegacyBEV;
+ BufferSize = sizeof (NVMapData->LegacyBEV);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ //
+ // Check whether has value changed.
+ //
+ if (CompareMem (LegacyDev, InitialLegacyDev, BufferSize) == 0) {
+ CurrentType++;
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ DevOrder = (LEGACY_DEV_ORDER_ENTRY *) OriginalPtr;
+ while (VarData < OriginalPtr + VarSize) {
+ if (DevOrder->BbsType == mBbsType[CurrentType]) {
+ break;
+ }
+
+ VarData += sizeof (BBS_TYPE) + DevOrder->Length;
+ DevOrder = (LEGACY_DEV_ORDER_ENTRY *) VarData;
+ }
+
+ if (VarData >= OriginalPtr + VarSize) {
+ FreePool (OriginalPtr);
+ return EFI_NOT_FOUND;
+ }
+
+ NewOrder = AllocateZeroPool (DevOrder->Length - sizeof (DevOrder->Length));
+ if (NewOrder == NULL) {
+ FreePool (OriginalPtr);
+ return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
+ }
+
+ for (Index = 0; Index < OptionMenu->MenuNumber; Index++) {
+ if (0xFF == LegacyDev[Index]) {
+ break;
+ }
+
+ NewOrder[Index] = LegacyDev[Index];
+ }
+
+ //
+ // Only the enable/disable state of each boot device with same device type can be changed,
+ // so we can count on the index information in DevOrder.
+ // DisMap bit array is the only reliable source to check a device's en/dis state,
+ // so we use DisMap to set en/dis state of each item in NewOrder array
+ //
+ for (Index2 = 0; Index2 < OptionMenu->MenuNumber; Index2++) {
+ Tmp = (UINT16) (DevOrder->Data[Index2] & 0xFF);
+ Pos = Tmp / 8;
+ Bit = 7 - (Tmp % 8);
+ if ((DisMap[Pos] & (1 << Bit)) != 0) {
+ NewOrder[Index] = (UINT16) (0xFF00 | Tmp);
+ Index++;
+ }
+ }
+
+ CopyMem (
+ DevOrder->Data,
+ NewOrder,
+ DevOrder->Length - sizeof (DevOrder->Length)
+ );
+ FreePool (NewOrder);
+
+ //
+ // Update BootOrder and Boot####.Attribute
+ //
+ // 1. Re-order the Option Number in BootOrder according to Legacy Dev Order
+ //
+ ASSERT (OptionMenu->MenuNumber == DevOrder->Length / sizeof (UINT16) - 1);
+
+ OrderLegacyBootOption4SameType (
+ DevOrder->Data,
+ DevOrder->Length / sizeof (UINT16) - 1,
+ &EnBootOption,
+ &EnBootOptionCount,
+ &DisBootOption,
+ &DisBootOptionCount
+ );
+
+ //
+ // 2. Deactivate the DisBootOption and activate the EnBootOption
+ //
+ for (Index = 0; Index < DisBootOptionCount; Index++) {
+ UnicodeSPrint (VarName, sizeof (VarName), L"Boot%04x", DisBootOption[Index]);
+ GetEfiGlobalVariable2 (VarName, (VOID **) &BootOptionVar, &OptionSize);
+ if (BootOptionVar != NULL) {
+ Attribute = (UINT32 *) BootOptionVar;
+ *Attribute &= ~LOAD_OPTION_ACTIVE;
+
+ Status = gRT->SetVariable (
+ VarName,
+ &gEfiGlobalVariableGuid,
+ VAR_FLAG,
+ OptionSize,
+ BootOptionVar
+ );
+
+ FreePool (BootOptionVar);
+ }
+ }
+
+ for (Index = 0; Index < EnBootOptionCount; Index++) {
+ UnicodeSPrint (VarName, sizeof (VarName), L"Boot%04x", EnBootOption[Index]);
+ GetEfiGlobalVariable2 (VarName, (VOID **) &BootOptionVar, &OptionSize);
+ if (BootOptionVar != NULL) {
+ Attribute = (UINT32 *) BootOptionVar;
+ *Attribute |= LOAD_OPTION_ACTIVE;
+
+ Status = gRT->SetVariable (
+ VarName,
+ &gEfiGlobalVariableGuid,
+ VAR_FLAG,
+ OptionSize,
+ BootOptionVar
+ );
+
+ FreePool (BootOptionVar);
+ }
+ }
+
+
+ FreePool (EnBootOption);
+ FreePool (DisBootOption);
+
+ CurrentType++;
+ }
+
+ Status = gRT->SetVariable (
+ VAR_LEGACY_DEV_ORDER,
+ &gEfiLegacyDevOrderVariableGuid,
+ EFI_VARIABLE_BOOTSERVICE_ACCESS | EFI_VARIABLE_NON_VOLATILE,
+ VarSize,
+ OriginalPtr
+ );
+
+ FreePool (OriginalPtr);
+ return Status;
+}
+
+/**
+ This function allows a caller to extract the current configuration for one
+ or more named elements from the target driver.
+
+
+ @param This Points to the EFI_HII_CONFIG_ACCESS_PROTOCOL.
+ @param Request A null-terminated Unicode string in <ConfigRequest> format.
+ @param Progress On return, points to a character in the Request string.
+ Points to the string's null terminator if request was successful.
+ Points to the most recent '&' before the first failing name/value
+ pair (or the beginning of the string if the failure is in the
+ first name/value pair) if the request was not successful.
+ @param Results A null-terminated Unicode string in <ConfigAltResp> format which
+ has all values filled in for the names in the Request string.
+ String to be allocated by the called function.
+
+ @retval EFI_SUCCESS The Results is filled with the requested values.
+ @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES Not enough memory to store the results.
+ @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Request is illegal syntax, or unknown name.
+ @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND Routing data doesn't match any storage in this driver.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+EFIAPI
+LegacyBootOptionExtractConfig (
+ IN CONST EFI_HII_CONFIG_ACCESS_PROTOCOL *This,
+ IN CONST EFI_STRING Request,
+ OUT EFI_STRING *Progress,
+ OUT EFI_STRING *Results
+ )
+{
+ if (Progress == NULL || Results == NULL) {
+ return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
+ }
+ *Progress = Request;
+ return EFI_NOT_FOUND;
+}
+
+/**
+ This function processes the results of changes in configuration.
+
+
+ @param This Points to the EFI_HII_CONFIG_ACCESS_PROTOCOL.
+ @param Configuration A null-terminated Unicode string in <ConfigResp> format.
+ @param Progress A pointer to a string filled in with the offset of the most
+ recent '&' before the first failing name/value pair (or the
+ beginning of the string if the failure is in the first
+ name/value pair) or the terminating NULL if all was successful.
+
+ @retval EFI_SUCCESS The Results is processed successfully.
+ @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Configuration is NULL.
+ @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND Routing data doesn't match any storage in this driver.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+EFIAPI
+LegacyBootOptionRouteConfig (
+ IN CONST EFI_HII_CONFIG_ACCESS_PROTOCOL *This,
+ IN CONST EFI_STRING Configuration,
+ OUT EFI_STRING *Progress
+ )
+{
+ EFI_STATUS Status;
+ EFI_HII_CONFIG_ROUTING_PROTOCOL *ConfigRouting;
+ LEGACY_BOOT_NV_DATA *CurrentNVMapData;
+ UINTN BufferSize;
+
+
+ if (Configuration == NULL || Progress == NULL) {
+ return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
+ }
+
+ //
+ // Check routing data in <ConfigHdr>.
+ // Note: there is no name for Name/Value storage, only GUID will be checked
+ //
+ if (!HiiIsConfigHdrMatch (Configuration, &mLegacyBootOptionGuid, mLegacyBootStorageName)) {
+ return EFI_NOT_FOUND;
+ }
+
+ Status = gBS->LocateProtocol (
+ &gEfiHiiConfigRoutingProtocolGuid,
+ NULL,
+ (VOID **) &ConfigRouting
+ );
+ if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+ return Status;
+ }
+
+ //
+ // Convert <ConfigResp> to buffer data by helper function ConfigToBlock()
+ //
+ CurrentNVMapData = &mLegacyBootOptionPrivate->MaintainMapData->CurrentNvData;
+ Status = ConfigRouting->ConfigToBlock (
+ ConfigRouting,
+ Configuration,
+ (UINT8 *) CurrentNVMapData,
+ &BufferSize,
+ Progress
+ );
+ ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
+
+ Status = UpdateBBSOption (CurrentNVMapData);
+
+ return Status;
+}
+
+/**
+ Refresh the global UpdateData structure.
+
+**/
+VOID
+RefreshLegacyUpdateData (
+ VOID
+ )
+{
+ //
+ // Free current updated date
+ //
+ if (mLegacyStartOpCodeHandle != NULL) {
+ HiiFreeOpCodeHandle (mLegacyStartOpCodeHandle);
+ }
+ if (mLegacyEndOpCodeHandle != NULL) {
+ HiiFreeOpCodeHandle (mLegacyEndOpCodeHandle);
+ }
+
+ //
+ // Create new OpCode Handle
+ //
+ mLegacyStartOpCodeHandle = HiiAllocateOpCodeHandle ();
+ mLegacyEndOpCodeHandle = HiiAllocateOpCodeHandle ();
+
+ //
+ // Create Hii Extend Label OpCode as the start opcode
+ //
+ mLegacyStartLabel = (EFI_IFR_GUID_LABEL *) HiiCreateGuidOpCode (
+ mLegacyStartOpCodeHandle,
+ &gEfiIfrTianoGuid,
+ NULL,
+ sizeof (EFI_IFR_GUID_LABEL)
+ );
+ mLegacyStartLabel->ExtendOpCode = EFI_IFR_EXTEND_OP_LABEL;
+
+ mLegacyStartLabel->Number = FORM_BOOT_LEGACY_DEVICE_ID;
+
+ //
+ // Create Hii Extend Label OpCode as the start opcode
+ //
+ mLegacyEndLabel = (EFI_IFR_GUID_LABEL *) HiiCreateGuidOpCode (
+ mLegacyEndOpCodeHandle,
+ &gEfiIfrTianoGuid,
+ NULL,
+ sizeof (EFI_IFR_GUID_LABEL)
+ );
+ mLegacyEndLabel->ExtendOpCode = EFI_IFR_EXTEND_OP_LABEL;
+
+ mLegacyEndLabel->Number = FORM_BOOT_LEGACY_LABEL_END;
+
+}
+
+/**
+ Get the Menu Entry from the list in Menu Entry List.
+
+ If MenuNumber is great or equal to the number of Menu
+ Entry in the list, then ASSERT.
+
+ @param MenuOption The Menu Entry List to read the menu entry.
+ @param MenuNumber The index of Menu Entry.
+
+ @return The Menu Entry.
+
+**/
+LEGACY_MENU_ENTRY *
+GetMenuEntry (
+ LEGACY_MENU_OPTION *MenuOption,
+ UINTN MenuNumber
+ )
+{
+ LEGACY_MENU_ENTRY *NewMenuEntry;
+ UINTN Index;
+ LIST_ENTRY *List;
+
+ ASSERT (MenuNumber < MenuOption->MenuNumber);
+
+ List = MenuOption->Head.ForwardLink;
+ for (Index = 0; Index < MenuNumber; Index++) {
+ List = List->ForwardLink;
+ }
+
+ NewMenuEntry = CR (List, LEGACY_MENU_ENTRY, Link, LEGACY_MENU_ENTRY_SIGNATURE);
+
+ return NewMenuEntry;
+}
+
+/**
+ Create string tokens for a menu from its help strings and display strings
+
+ @param HiiHandle Hii Handle of the package to be updated.
+ @param MenuOption The Menu whose string tokens need to be created
+
+**/
+VOID
+CreateLegacyMenuStringToken (
+ IN EFI_HII_HANDLE HiiHandle,
+ IN LEGACY_MENU_OPTION *MenuOption
+ )
+{
+ LEGACY_MENU_ENTRY *NewMenuEntry;
+ UINTN Index;
+
+ for (Index = 0; Index < MenuOption->MenuNumber; Index++) {
+ NewMenuEntry = GetMenuEntry (MenuOption, Index);
+
+ NewMenuEntry->DisplayStringToken = HiiSetString (
+ HiiHandle,
+ 0,
+ NewMenuEntry->DisplayString,
+ NULL
+ );
+
+ if (NULL == NewMenuEntry->HelpString) {
+ NewMenuEntry->HelpStringToken = NewMenuEntry->DisplayStringToken;
+ } else {
+ NewMenuEntry->HelpStringToken = HiiSetString (
+ HiiHandle,
+ 0,
+ NewMenuEntry->HelpString,
+ NULL
+ );
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ Create a dynamic page so that Legacy Device boot order
+ can be set for specified device type.
+
+ @param UpdatePageId The form ID. It also spefies the legacy device type.
+
+
+**/
+VOID
+UpdateLegacyDeviceOrderPage (
+ IN UINT16 UpdatePageId
+ )
+{
+ LEGACY_MENU_OPTION *OptionMenu;
+ LEGACY_MENU_ENTRY *NewMenuEntry;
+ EFI_STRING_ID StrRef;
+ EFI_STRING_ID StrRefHelp;
+ UINT16 *Default;
+ UINT16 Index;
+ UINT16 Key;
+ CHAR16 String[100];
+ CHAR16 *TypeStr;
+ CHAR16 *TypeStrHelp;
+ CHAR16 *FormTitle;
+ VOID *OptionsOpCodeHandle;
+ VOID *DefaultOpCodeHandle;
+
+ Key = 0;
+ StrRef = 0;
+ StrRefHelp = 0;
+ OptionMenu = NULL;
+ TypeStr = NULL;
+ TypeStrHelp = NULL;
+ Default = NULL;
+
+ RefreshLegacyUpdateData();
+
+ //
+ // Create oneof option list
+ //
+ switch (UpdatePageId) {
+ case FORM_FLOPPY_BOOT_ID:
+ OptionMenu = (LEGACY_MENU_OPTION *) &LegacyFDMenu;
+ Key = (UINT16) LEGACY_FD_QUESTION_ID;
+ TypeStr = STR_FLOPPY;
+ TypeStrHelp = STR_FLOPPY_HELP;
+ FormTitle = STR_FLOPPY_TITLE;
+ Default = mLegacyBootOptionPrivate->MaintainMapData->CurrentNvData.LegacyFD;
+ break;
+
+ case FORM_HARDDISK_BOOT_ID:
+ OptionMenu = (LEGACY_MENU_OPTION *) &LegacyHDMenu;
+ Key = (UINT16) LEGACY_HD_QUESTION_ID;
+ TypeStr = STR_HARDDISK;
+ TypeStrHelp = STR_HARDDISK_HELP;
+ FormTitle = STR_HARDDISK_TITLE;
+ Default = mLegacyBootOptionPrivate->MaintainMapData->CurrentNvData.LegacyHD;
+ break;
+
+ case FORM_CDROM_BOOT_ID:
+ OptionMenu = (LEGACY_MENU_OPTION *) &LegacyCDMenu;
+ Key = (UINT16) LEGACY_CD_QUESTION_ID;
+ TypeStr = STR_CDROM;
+ TypeStrHelp = STR_CDROM_HELP;
+ FormTitle = STR_CDROM_TITLE;
+ Default = mLegacyBootOptionPrivate->MaintainMapData->CurrentNvData.LegacyCD;
+ break;
+
+ case FORM_NET_BOOT_ID:
+ OptionMenu = (LEGACY_MENU_OPTION *) &LegacyNETMenu;
+ Key = (UINT16) LEGACY_NET_QUESTION_ID;
+ TypeStr = STR_NET;
+ TypeStrHelp = STR_NET_HELP;
+ FormTitle = STR_NET_TITLE;
+ Default = mLegacyBootOptionPrivate->MaintainMapData->CurrentNvData.LegacyNET;
+ break;
+
+ case FORM_BEV_BOOT_ID:
+ OptionMenu = (LEGACY_MENU_OPTION *) &LegacyBEVMenu;
+ Key = (UINT16) LEGACY_BEV_QUESTION_ID;
+ TypeStr = STR_BEV;
+ TypeStrHelp = STR_BEV_HELP;
+ FormTitle = STR_BEV_TITLE;
+ Default = mLegacyBootOptionPrivate->MaintainMapData->CurrentNvData.LegacyBEV;
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ DEBUG ((EFI_D_ERROR, "Invalid command ID for updating page!\n"));
+ return;
+ }
+
+ HiiSetString (mLegacyBootOptionPrivate->HiiHandle, STRING_TOKEN(STR_ORDER_CHANGE_PROMPT), FormTitle, NULL);
+
+ CreateLegacyMenuStringToken (mLegacyBootOptionPrivate->HiiHandle, OptionMenu);
+
+ OptionsOpCodeHandle = HiiAllocateOpCodeHandle ();
+ ASSERT (OptionsOpCodeHandle != NULL);
+
+
+ for (Index = 0; Index < OptionMenu->MenuNumber; Index++) {
+ NewMenuEntry = GetMenuEntry (OptionMenu, Index);
+ //
+ // Create OneOf for each legacy device
+ //
+ HiiCreateOneOfOptionOpCode (
+ OptionsOpCodeHandle,
+ NewMenuEntry->DisplayStringToken,
+ 0,
+ EFI_IFR_TYPE_NUM_SIZE_16,
+ ((LEGACY_DEVICE_CONTEXT *) NewMenuEntry->VariableContext)->BbsIndex
+ );
+ }
+
+ //
+ // Create OneOf for item "Disabled"
+ //
+ HiiCreateOneOfOptionOpCode (
+ OptionsOpCodeHandle,
+ STRING_TOKEN (STR_DISABLE_LEGACY_DEVICE),
+ 0,
+ EFI_IFR_TYPE_NUM_SIZE_16,
+ 0xFF
+ );
+
+ //
+ // Create oneof tag here for FD/HD/CD #1 #2
+ //
+ for (Index = 0; Index < OptionMenu->MenuNumber; Index++) {
+ DefaultOpCodeHandle = HiiAllocateOpCodeHandle ();
+ ASSERT (DefaultOpCodeHandle != NULL);
+
+ HiiCreateDefaultOpCode (
+ DefaultOpCodeHandle,
+ EFI_HII_DEFAULT_CLASS_STANDARD,
+ EFI_IFR_TYPE_NUM_SIZE_16,
+ *Default++
+ );
+
+ //
+ // Create the string for oneof tag
+ //
+ UnicodeSPrint (String, sizeof (String), TypeStr, Index);
+ StrRef = HiiSetString (mLegacyBootOptionPrivate->HiiHandle, 0, String, NULL);
+
+ UnicodeSPrint (String, sizeof (String), TypeStrHelp, Index);
+ StrRefHelp = HiiSetString (mLegacyBootOptionPrivate->HiiHandle, 0, String, NULL);
+
+ HiiCreateOneOfOpCode (
+ mLegacyStartOpCodeHandle,
+ (EFI_QUESTION_ID) (Key + Index),
+ VARSTORE_ID_LEGACY_BOOT,
+ (UINT16) (Key + Index * 2 - CONFIG_OPTION_OFFSET),
+ StrRef,
+ StrRefHelp,
+ EFI_IFR_FLAG_CALLBACK,
+ EFI_IFR_NUMERIC_SIZE_2,
+ OptionsOpCodeHandle,
+ DefaultOpCodeHandle //NULL //
+ );
+
+ HiiFreeOpCodeHandle (DefaultOpCodeHandle);
+ }
+
+ HiiUpdateForm (
+ mLegacyBootOptionPrivate->HiiHandle,
+ &mLegacyBootOptionGuid,
+ LEGACY_ORDER_CHANGE_FORM_ID,
+ mLegacyStartOpCodeHandle,
+ mLegacyEndOpCodeHandle
+ );
+
+ HiiFreeOpCodeHandle (OptionsOpCodeHandle);
+}
+
+
+/**
+ Adjust question value when one question value has been changed.
+
+ @param QuestionId The question id for the value changed question.
+ @param Value The value for the changed question.
+
+**/
+VOID
+AdjustOptionValue (
+ IN UINT16 QuestionId,
+ IN EFI_IFR_TYPE_VALUE *Value
+ )
+{
+ UINTN Number;
+ UINT16 *Default;
+ LEGACY_BOOT_NV_DATA *CurrentNVMap;
+ UINT16 *CurrentVal;
+ UINTN Index;
+ UINTN Index2;
+ UINTN Index3;
+ UINTN NewValuePos;
+ UINTN OldValue;
+ UINTN NewValue;
+ UINT8 *DisMap;
+ UINTN Pos;
+ UINTN Bit;
+
+ Number = 0;
+ CurrentVal = 0;
+ Default = NULL;
+ NewValue = 0;
+ NewValuePos = 0;
+ OldValue = 0;
+
+ //
+ // Update Select FD/HD/CD/NET/BEV Order Form
+ //
+ ASSERT ((QuestionId >= LEGACY_FD_QUESTION_ID) && (QuestionId < LEGACY_BEV_QUESTION_ID + MAX_MENU_NUMBER));
+
+ CurrentNVMap = &mLegacyBootOptionPrivate->MaintainMapData->CurrentNvData;
+ HiiGetBrowserData (&mLegacyBootOptionGuid, mLegacyBootStorageName, sizeof (LEGACY_BOOT_NV_DATA), (UINT8 *) CurrentNVMap);
+ DisMap = mLegacyBootOptionPrivate->MaintainMapData->DisableMap;
+
+ if (QuestionId >= LEGACY_FD_QUESTION_ID && QuestionId < LEGACY_FD_QUESTION_ID + MAX_MENU_NUMBER) {
+ Number = (UINT16) LegacyFDMenu.MenuNumber;
+ CurrentVal = CurrentNVMap->LegacyFD;
+ Default = mLegacyBootOptionPrivate->MaintainMapData->LastTimeNvData.LegacyFD;
+ } else if (QuestionId >= LEGACY_HD_QUESTION_ID && QuestionId < LEGACY_HD_QUESTION_ID + MAX_MENU_NUMBER) {
+ Number = (UINT16) LegacyHDMenu.MenuNumber;
+ CurrentVal = CurrentNVMap->LegacyHD;
+ Default = mLegacyBootOptionPrivate->MaintainMapData->LastTimeNvData.LegacyHD;
+ } else if (QuestionId >= LEGACY_CD_QUESTION_ID && QuestionId < LEGACY_CD_QUESTION_ID + MAX_MENU_NUMBER) {
+ Number = (UINT16) LegacyCDMenu.MenuNumber;
+ CurrentVal = CurrentNVMap->LegacyCD;
+ Default = mLegacyBootOptionPrivate->MaintainMapData->LastTimeNvData.LegacyCD;
+ } else if (QuestionId >= LEGACY_NET_QUESTION_ID && QuestionId < LEGACY_NET_QUESTION_ID + MAX_MENU_NUMBER) {
+ Number = (UINT16) LegacyNETMenu.MenuNumber;
+ CurrentVal = CurrentNVMap->LegacyNET;
+ Default = mLegacyBootOptionPrivate->MaintainMapData->LastTimeNvData.LegacyNET;
+ } else if (QuestionId >= LEGACY_BEV_QUESTION_ID && QuestionId < LEGACY_BEV_QUESTION_ID + MAX_MENU_NUMBER) {
+ Number = (UINT16) LegacyBEVMenu.MenuNumber;
+ CurrentVal = CurrentNVMap->LegacyBEV;
+ Default = mLegacyBootOptionPrivate->MaintainMapData->LastTimeNvData.LegacyBEV;
+ }
+
+ //
+ // First, find the different position
+ // if there is change, it should be only one
+ //
+ for (Index = 0; Index < Number; Index++) {
+ if (CurrentVal[Index] != Default[Index]) {
+ OldValue = Default[Index];
+ NewValue = CurrentVal[Index];
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (Index != Number) {
+ //
+ // there is change, now process
+ //
+ if (0xFF == NewValue) {
+ //
+ // This item will be disable
+ // Just move the items behind this forward to overlap it
+ //
+ Pos = OldValue / 8;
+ Bit = 7 - (OldValue % 8);
+ DisMap[Pos] = (UINT8) (DisMap[Pos] | (UINT8) (1 << Bit));
+ for (Index2 = Index; Index2 < Number - 1; Index2++) {
+ CurrentVal[Index2] = CurrentVal[Index2 + 1];
+ }
+
+ CurrentVal[Index2] = 0xFF;
+ } else {
+ for (Index2 = 0; Index2 < Number; Index2++) {
+ if (Index2 == Index) {
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ if (Default[Index2] == NewValue) {
+ //
+ // If NewValue is in OldLegacyDev array
+ // remember its old position
+ //
+ NewValuePos = Index2;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (Index2 != Number) {
+ //
+ // We will change current item to an existing item
+ // (It's hard to describe here, please read code, it's like a cycle-moving)
+ //
+ for (Index2 = NewValuePos; Index2 != Index;) {
+ if (NewValuePos < Index) {
+ CurrentVal[Index2] = Default[Index2 + 1];
+ Index2++;
+ } else {
+ CurrentVal[Index2] = Default[Index2 - 1];
+ Index2--;
+ }
+ }
+ } else {
+ //
+ // If NewValue is not in OldlegacyDev array, we are changing to a disabled item
+ // so we should modify DisMap to reflect the change
+ //
+ Pos = NewValue / 8;
+ Bit = 7 - (NewValue % 8);
+ DisMap[Pos] = (UINT8) (DisMap[Pos] & (~ (UINT8) (1 << Bit)));
+ if (0xFF != OldValue) {
+ //
+ // Because NewValue is a item that was disabled before
+ // so after changing the OldValue should be disabled
+ // actually we are doing a swap of enable-disable states of two items
+ //
+ Pos = OldValue / 8;
+ Bit = 7 - (OldValue % 8);
+ DisMap[Pos] = (UINT8) (DisMap[Pos] | (UINT8) (1 << Bit));
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ //
+ // To prevent DISABLE appears in the middle of the list
+ // we should perform a re-ordering
+ //
+ Index3 = Index;
+ Index = 0;
+ while (Index < Number) {
+ if (0xFF != CurrentVal[Index]) {
+ Index++;
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ Index2 = Index;
+ Index2++;
+ while (Index2 < Number) {
+ if (0xFF != CurrentVal[Index2]) {
+ break;
+ }
+
+ Index2++;
+ }
+
+ if (Index2 < Number) {
+ CurrentVal[Index] = CurrentVal[Index2];
+ CurrentVal[Index2] = 0xFF;
+ }
+
+ Index++;
+ }
+
+ //
+ // Return correct question value.
+ //
+ Value->u16 = CurrentVal[Index3];
+ CopyMem (Default, CurrentVal, sizeof (UINT16) * Number);
+ }
+
+ //
+ // Pass changed uncommitted data back to Form Browser
+ //
+ HiiSetBrowserData (&mLegacyBootOptionGuid, mLegacyBootStorageName, sizeof (LEGACY_BOOT_NV_DATA), (UINT8 *) CurrentNVMap, NULL);
+}
+
+/**
+ This call back function is registered with Boot Manager formset.
+ When user selects a boot option, this call back function will
+ be triggered. The boot option is saved for later processing.
+
+
+ @param This Points to the EFI_HII_CONFIG_ACCESS_PROTOCOL.
+ @param Action Specifies the type of action taken by the browser.
+ @param QuestionId A unique value which is sent to the original exporting driver
+ so that it can identify the type of data to expect.
+ @param Type The type of value for the question.
+ @param Value A pointer to the data being sent to the original exporting driver.
+ @param ActionRequest On return, points to the action requested by the callback function.
+
+ @retval EFI_SUCCESS The callback successfully handled the action.
+ @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER The setup browser call this function with invalid parameters.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+EFIAPI
+LegacyBootOptionCallback (
+ IN CONST EFI_HII_CONFIG_ACCESS_PROTOCOL *This,
+ IN EFI_BROWSER_ACTION Action,
+ IN EFI_QUESTION_ID QuestionId,
+ IN UINT8 Type,
+ IN EFI_IFR_TYPE_VALUE *Value,
+ OUT EFI_BROWSER_ACTION_REQUEST *ActionRequest
+ )
+{
+ if (Action != EFI_BROWSER_ACTION_CHANGED && Action != EFI_BROWSER_ACTION_CHANGING) {
+ //
+ // Do nothing for other UEFI Action. Only do call back when data is changed.
+ //
+ return EFI_UNSUPPORTED;
+ }
+
+ if ((Value == NULL) || (ActionRequest == NULL)) {
+ return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
+ }
+
+ if (Action == EFI_BROWSER_ACTION_CHANGING) {
+ switch (QuestionId) {
+ case FORM_FLOPPY_BOOT_ID:
+ case FORM_HARDDISK_BOOT_ID:
+ case FORM_CDROM_BOOT_ID:
+ case FORM_NET_BOOT_ID:
+ case FORM_BEV_BOOT_ID:
+ UpdateLegacyDeviceOrderPage (QuestionId);
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+ } else if (Action == EFI_BROWSER_ACTION_CHANGED) {
+ if ((Value == NULL) || (ActionRequest == NULL)) {
+ return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
+ }
+
+ if ((QuestionId >= LEGACY_FD_QUESTION_ID) && (QuestionId < LEGACY_BEV_QUESTION_ID + MAX_MENU_NUMBER)) {
+ AdjustOptionValue(QuestionId, Value);
+ }
+ }
+ return EFI_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+
+/**
+ Create a menu entry by given menu type.
+
+ @param MenuType The Menu type to be created.
+
+ @retval NULL If failed to create the menu.
+ @return the new menu entry.
+
+**/
+LEGACY_MENU_ENTRY *
+CreateMenuEntry (
+ VOID
+ )
+{
+ LEGACY_MENU_ENTRY *MenuEntry;
+
+ //
+ // Create new menu entry
+ //
+ MenuEntry = AllocateZeroPool (sizeof (LEGACY_MENU_ENTRY));
+ if (MenuEntry == NULL) {
+ return NULL;
+ }
+
+ MenuEntry->VariableContext = AllocateZeroPool (sizeof (LEGACY_DEVICE_CONTEXT));
+ if (MenuEntry->VariableContext == NULL) {
+ FreePool (MenuEntry);
+ return NULL;
+ }
+
+ MenuEntry->Signature = LEGACY_MENU_ENTRY_SIGNATURE;
+ return MenuEntry;
+}
+
+/**
+
+ Base on the L"LegacyDevOrder" variable to build the current order data.
+
+**/
+VOID
+GetLegacyOptionsOrder (
+ VOID
+ )
+{
+ UINTN VarSize;
+ UINT8 *VarData;
+ UINT8 *VarTmp;
+ LEGACY_DEV_ORDER_ENTRY *DevOrder;
+ UINT16 *LegacyDev;
+ UINTN Index;
+ LEGACY_MENU_OPTION *OptionMenu;
+ UINT16 VarDevOrder;
+ UINTN Pos;
+ UINTN Bit;
+ UINT8 *DisMap;
+ UINTN TotalLength;
+
+ LegacyDev = NULL;
+ OptionMenu = NULL;
+
+ DisMap = ZeroMem (mLegacyBootOptionPrivate->MaintainMapData->DisableMap, sizeof (mLegacyBootOptionPrivate->MaintainMapData->DisableMap));
+
+ //
+ // Get Device Order from variable
+ //
+ GetVariable2 (VAR_LEGACY_DEV_ORDER, &gEfiLegacyDevOrderVariableGuid, (VOID **) &VarData, &VarSize);
+ VarTmp = VarData;
+ if (NULL != VarData) {
+ DevOrder = (LEGACY_DEV_ORDER_ENTRY *) VarData;
+ while (VarData < VarTmp + VarSize) {
+ switch (DevOrder->BbsType) {
+ case BBS_FLOPPY:
+ LegacyDev = mLegacyBootOptionPrivate->MaintainMapData->InitialNvData.LegacyFD;
+ OptionMenu = &LegacyFDMenu;
+ break;
+
+ case BBS_HARDDISK:
+ LegacyDev = mLegacyBootOptionPrivate->MaintainMapData->InitialNvData.LegacyHD;
+ OptionMenu = &LegacyHDMenu;
+ break;
+
+ case BBS_CDROM:
+ LegacyDev = mLegacyBootOptionPrivate->MaintainMapData->InitialNvData.LegacyCD;
+ OptionMenu = &LegacyCDMenu;
+ break;
+
+ case BBS_EMBED_NETWORK:
+ LegacyDev = mLegacyBootOptionPrivate->MaintainMapData->InitialNvData.LegacyNET;
+ OptionMenu = &LegacyNETMenu;
+ break;
+
+ case BBS_BEV_DEVICE:
+ LegacyDev = mLegacyBootOptionPrivate->MaintainMapData->InitialNvData.LegacyBEV;
+ OptionMenu = &LegacyBEVMenu;
+ break;
+
+ case BBS_UNKNOWN:
+ default:
+ ASSERT (FALSE);
+ DEBUG ((DEBUG_ERROR, "Unsupported device type found!\n"));
+ break;
+ }
+
+ //
+ // Create oneof tag here for FD/HD/CD #1 #2
+ //
+ for (Index = 0; Index < OptionMenu->MenuNumber; Index++) {
+ TotalLength = sizeof (BBS_TYPE) + sizeof (UINT16) + Index * sizeof (UINT16);
+ VarDevOrder = *(UINT16 *) ((UINT8 *) DevOrder + TotalLength);
+
+ if (0xFF00 == (VarDevOrder & 0xFF00)) {
+ LegacyDev[Index] = 0xFF;
+ Pos = (VarDevOrder & 0xFF) / 8;
+ Bit = 7 - ((VarDevOrder & 0xFF) % 8);
+ DisMap[Pos] = (UINT8) (DisMap[Pos] | (UINT8) (1 << Bit));
+ } else {
+ LegacyDev[Index] = VarDevOrder & 0xFF;
+ }
+ }
+
+ VarData ++;
+ VarData += *(UINT16 *) VarData;
+ DevOrder = (LEGACY_DEV_ORDER_ENTRY *) VarData;
+ }
+ }
+
+ CopyMem (&mLegacyBootOptionPrivate->MaintainMapData->LastTimeNvData, &mLegacyBootOptionPrivate->MaintainMapData->InitialNvData, sizeof (LEGACY_BOOT_NV_DATA));
+ CopyMem (&mLegacyBootOptionPrivate->MaintainMapData->CurrentNvData, &mLegacyBootOptionPrivate->MaintainMapData->InitialNvData, sizeof (LEGACY_BOOT_NV_DATA));
+}
+
+/**
+
+ Build the LegacyFDMenu LegacyHDMenu LegacyCDMenu according to LegacyBios.GetBbsInfo().
+
+**/
+VOID
+GetLegacyOptions (
+ VOID
+ )
+{
+ LEGACY_MENU_ENTRY *NewMenuEntry;
+ LEGACY_DEVICE_CONTEXT *NewLegacyDevContext;
+ EFI_BOOT_MANAGER_LOAD_OPTION *BootOption;
+ UINTN BootOptionCount;
+ UINT16 Index;
+ UINTN FDNum;
+ UINTN HDNum;
+ UINTN CDNum;
+ UINTN NETNum;
+ UINTN BEVNum;
+
+ //
+ // Initialize Bbs Table Context from BBS info data
+ //
+ InitializeListHead (&LegacyFDMenu.Head);
+ InitializeListHead (&LegacyHDMenu.Head);
+ InitializeListHead (&LegacyCDMenu.Head);
+ InitializeListHead (&LegacyNETMenu.Head);
+ InitializeListHead (&LegacyBEVMenu.Head);
+
+ FDNum = 0;
+ HDNum = 0;
+ CDNum = 0;
+ NETNum = 0;
+ BEVNum = 0;
+
+ EfiBootManagerConnectAll ();
+
+ //
+ // for better user experience
+ // 1. User changes HD configuration (e.g.: unplug HDD), here we have a chance to remove the HDD boot option
+ // 2. User enables/disables UEFI PXE, here we have a chance to add/remove EFI Network boot option
+ //
+ EfiBootManagerRefreshAllBootOption ();
+
+ BootOption = EfiBootManagerGetLoadOptions (&BootOptionCount, LoadOptionTypeBoot);
+ for (Index = 0; Index < BootOptionCount; Index++) {
+ if ((DevicePathType (BootOption[Index].FilePath) != BBS_DEVICE_PATH) ||
+ (DevicePathSubType (BootOption[Index].FilePath) != BBS_BBS_DP)
+ ) {
+ continue;
+ }
+ ASSERT (BootOption[Index].OptionalDataSize == sizeof (LEGACY_BOOT_OPTION_BBS_DATA));
+ NewMenuEntry = CreateMenuEntry ();
+ ASSERT (NewMenuEntry != NULL);
+
+ NewLegacyDevContext = (LEGACY_DEVICE_CONTEXT *) NewMenuEntry->VariableContext;
+ NewLegacyDevContext->BbsIndex = ((LEGACY_BOOT_OPTION_BBS_DATA *) BootOption[Index].OptionalData)->BbsIndex;
+ NewLegacyDevContext->Description = AllocateCopyPool (StrSize (BootOption[Index].Description), BootOption[Index].Description);
+ ASSERT (NewLegacyDevContext->Description != NULL);
+
+ NewMenuEntry->DisplayString = NewLegacyDevContext->Description;
+ NewMenuEntry->HelpString = NULL;
+
+ switch (((BBS_BBS_DEVICE_PATH *) BootOption[Index].FilePath)->DeviceType) {
+ case BBS_TYPE_FLOPPY:
+ InsertTailList (&LegacyFDMenu.Head, &NewMenuEntry->Link);
+ FDNum++;
+ break;
+
+ case BBS_TYPE_HARDDRIVE:
+ InsertTailList (&LegacyHDMenu.Head, &NewMenuEntry->Link);
+ HDNum++;
+ break;
+
+ case BBS_TYPE_CDROM:
+ InsertTailList (&LegacyCDMenu.Head, &NewMenuEntry->Link);
+ CDNum++;
+ break;
+
+ case BBS_TYPE_EMBEDDED_NETWORK:
+ InsertTailList (&LegacyNETMenu.Head, &NewMenuEntry->Link);
+ NETNum++;
+ break;
+
+ case BBS_TYPE_BEV:
+ InsertTailList (&LegacyBEVMenu.Head, &NewMenuEntry->Link);
+ BEVNum++;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ EfiBootManagerFreeLoadOptions (BootOption, BootOptionCount);
+
+ LegacyFDMenu.MenuNumber = FDNum;
+ LegacyHDMenu.MenuNumber = HDNum;
+ LegacyCDMenu.MenuNumber = CDNum;
+ LegacyNETMenu.MenuNumber = NETNum;
+ LegacyBEVMenu.MenuNumber = BEVNum;
+}
+
+
+/**
+
+ Install Boot Manager Menu driver.
+
+ @param ImageHandle The image handle.
+ @param SystemTable The system table.
+
+ @retval EFI_SUCEESS Install Boot manager menu success.
+ @retval Other Return error status.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+EFIAPI
+LegacyBootMaintUiLibConstructor (
+ IN EFI_HANDLE ImageHandle,
+ IN EFI_SYSTEM_TABLE *SystemTable
+ )
+{
+ EFI_STATUS Status;
+ EFI_LEGACY_BIOS_PROTOCOL *LegacyBios;
+ LEGACY_BOOT_OPTION_CALLBACK_DATA *LegacyBootOptionData;
+
+ Status = gBS->LocateProtocol (&gEfiLegacyBiosProtocolGuid, NULL, (VOID **) &LegacyBios);
+ if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+ //
+ // Create LegacyBootOptionData structures for Driver Callback
+ //
+ LegacyBootOptionData = AllocateZeroPool (sizeof (LEGACY_BOOT_OPTION_CALLBACK_DATA));
+ ASSERT (LegacyBootOptionData != NULL);
+
+ LegacyBootOptionData->MaintainMapData = AllocateZeroPool (sizeof (LEGACY_BOOT_MAINTAIN_DATA));
+ ASSERT (LegacyBootOptionData->MaintainMapData != NULL);
+
+ LegacyBootOptionData->ConfigAccess.ExtractConfig = LegacyBootOptionExtractConfig;
+ LegacyBootOptionData->ConfigAccess.RouteConfig = LegacyBootOptionRouteConfig;
+ LegacyBootOptionData->ConfigAccess.Callback = LegacyBootOptionCallback;
+
+ //
+ // Install Device Path Protocol and Config Access protocol to driver handle
+ //
+ Status = gBS->InstallMultipleProtocolInterfaces (
+ &LegacyBootOptionData->DriverHandle,
+ &gEfiDevicePathProtocolGuid,
+ &mLegacyBootOptionHiiVendorDevicePath,
+ &gEfiHiiConfigAccessProtocolGuid,
+ &LegacyBootOptionData->ConfigAccess,
+ NULL
+ );
+ ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
+
+ //
+ // Publish our HII data
+ //
+ LegacyBootOptionData->HiiHandle = HiiAddPackages (
+ &mLegacyBootOptionGuid,
+ LegacyBootOptionData->DriverHandle,
+ LegacyBootMaintUiVfrBin,
+ LegacyBootMaintUiLibStrings,
+ NULL
+ );
+ ASSERT (LegacyBootOptionData->HiiHandle != NULL);
+
+ mLegacyBootOptionPrivate = LegacyBootOptionData;
+
+ GetLegacyOptions ();
+
+ GetLegacyOptionsOrder();
+ }
+
+ return EFI_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+/**
+ Destructor of Customized Display Library Instance.
+
+ @param ImageHandle The firmware allocated handle for the EFI image.
+ @param SystemTable A pointer to the EFI System Table.
+
+ @retval EFI_SUCCESS The destructor completed successfully.
+ @retval Other value The destructor did not complete successfully.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+EFIAPI
+LegacyBootMaintUiLibDestructor (
+ IN EFI_HANDLE ImageHandle,
+ IN EFI_SYSTEM_TABLE *SystemTable
+ )
+{
+ EFI_STATUS Status;
+
+ if (mLegacyBootOptionPrivate->DriverHandle != NULL) {
+ Status = gBS->UninstallMultipleProtocolInterfaces (
+ mLegacyBootOptionPrivate->DriverHandle,
+ &gEfiDevicePathProtocolGuid,
+ &mLegacyBootOptionHiiVendorDevicePath,
+ &gEfiHiiConfigAccessProtocolGuid,
+ &mLegacyBootOptionPrivate->ConfigAccess,
+ NULL
+ );
+ ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
+
+ HiiRemovePackages (mLegacyBootOptionPrivate->HiiHandle);
+
+ FreePool (mLegacyBootOptionPrivate->MaintainMapData);
+ FreePool (mLegacyBootOptionPrivate);
+ }
+
+ return EFI_SUCCESS;
+}
+
diff --git a/Core/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Library/LegacyBootMaintUiLib/LegacyBootMaintUi.h b/Core/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Library/LegacyBootMaintUiLib/LegacyBootMaintUi.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..86ea8eba7a --- /dev/null +++ b/Core/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Library/LegacyBootMaintUiLib/LegacyBootMaintUi.h @@ -0,0 +1,255 @@ +/** @file
+ Legacy boot maintainence Ui definition.
+
+Copyright (c) 2004 - 2015, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+This program and the accompanying materials
+are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
+which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
+http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
+
+THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
+WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
+
+**/
+
+
+#ifndef _EFI_LEGACY_BOOT_OPTION_H_
+#define _EFI_LEGACY_BOOT_OPTION_H_
+
+#include <PiDxe.h>
+
+
+#include <Guid/GlobalVariable.h>
+#include <Guid/LegacyDevOrder.h>
+#include <Guid/MdeModuleHii.h>
+
+#include <Protocol/HiiConfigAccess.h>
+#include <Protocol/HiiConfigRouting.h>
+
+#include <Protocol/HiiDatabase.h>
+#include <Protocol/LegacyBios.h>
+
+#include <Library/UefiDriverEntryPoint.h>
+#include <Library/UefiBootServicesTableLib.h>
+#include <Library/UefiRuntimeServicesTableLib.h>
+#include <Library/BaseLib.h>
+#include <Library/DevicePathLib.h>
+#include <Library/DebugLib.h>
+#include <Library/HiiLib.h>
+#include <Library/UefiBootManagerLib.h>
+#include <Library/MemoryAllocationLib.h>
+#include <Library/UefiLib.h>
+#include <Library/PrintLib.h>
+#include <Library/BaseMemoryLib.h>
+
+#include "LegacyBootMaintUiVfr.h"
+
+#define CONFIG_OPTION_OFFSET 0x1200
+
+//
+// VarOffset that will be used to create question
+// all these values are computed from the structure
+// defined below
+//
+#define VAR_OFFSET(Field) ((UINT16) ((UINTN) &(((LEGACY_BOOT_NV_DATA *) 0)->Field)))
+
+//
+// Question Id of Zero is invalid, so add an offset to it
+//
+#define QUESTION_ID(Field) (VAR_OFFSET (Field) + CONFIG_OPTION_OFFSET)
+
+
+#define LEGACY_FD_QUESTION_ID QUESTION_ID (LegacyFD)
+#define LEGACY_HD_QUESTION_ID QUESTION_ID (LegacyHD)
+#define LEGACY_CD_QUESTION_ID QUESTION_ID (LegacyCD)
+#define LEGACY_NET_QUESTION_ID QUESTION_ID (LegacyNET)
+#define LEGACY_BEV_QUESTION_ID QUESTION_ID (LegacyBEV)
+
+
+//
+// String Contant
+//
+#define STR_FLOPPY L"Floppy Drive #%02x"
+#define STR_HARDDISK L"HardDisk Drive #%02x"
+#define STR_CDROM L"ATAPI CDROM Drive #%02x"
+#define STR_NET L"NET Drive #%02x"
+#define STR_BEV L"BEV Drive #%02x"
+
+#define STR_FLOPPY_HELP L"Select Floppy Drive #%02x"
+#define STR_HARDDISK_HELP L"Select HardDisk Drive #%02x"
+#define STR_CDROM_HELP L"Select ATAPI CDROM Drive #%02x"
+#define STR_NET_HELP L"NET Drive #%02x"
+#define STR_BEV_HELP L"BEV Drive #%02x"
+
+#define STR_FLOPPY_TITLE L"Set Legacy Floppy Drive Order"
+#define STR_HARDDISK_TITLE L"Set Legacy HardDisk Drive Order"
+#define STR_CDROM_TITLE L"Set Legacy CDROM Drive Order"
+#define STR_NET_TITLE L"Set Legacy NET Drive Order"
+#define STR_BEV_TITLE L"Set Legacy BEV Drive Order"
+
+//
+// These are the VFR compiler generated data representing our VFR data.
+//
+extern UINT8 LegacyBootMaintUiVfrBin[];
+
+#pragma pack(1)
+
+///
+/// HII specific Vendor Device Path definition.
+///
+typedef struct {
+ VENDOR_DEVICE_PATH VendorDevicePath;
+ EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL End;
+} HII_VENDOR_DEVICE_PATH;
+
+
+
+//
+// Variable created with this flag will be "Efi:...."
+//
+#define VAR_FLAG EFI_VARIABLE_BOOTSERVICE_ACCESS | EFI_VARIABLE_RUNTIME_ACCESS | EFI_VARIABLE_NON_VOLATILE
+
+
+#define LEGACY_BOOT_OPTION_CALLBACK_DATA_SIGNATURE SIGNATURE_32 ('L', 'G', 'C', 'B')
+
+typedef struct {
+ UINTN Signature;
+
+ //
+ // HII relative handles
+ //
+ EFI_HII_HANDLE HiiHandle;
+ EFI_HANDLE DriverHandle;
+
+ //
+ // Produced protocols
+ //
+ EFI_HII_CONFIG_ACCESS_PROTOCOL ConfigAccess;
+
+ //
+ // Maintain the data.
+ //
+ LEGACY_BOOT_MAINTAIN_DATA *MaintainMapData;
+} LEGACY_BOOT_OPTION_CALLBACK_DATA;
+
+//
+// All of the signatures that will be used in list structure
+//
+#define LEGACY_MENU_OPTION_SIGNATURE SIGNATURE_32 ('m', 'e', 'n', 'u')
+#define LEGACY_MENU_ENTRY_SIGNATURE SIGNATURE_32 ('e', 'n', 't', 'r')
+
+#define LEGACY_LEGACY_DEV_CONTEXT_SELECT 0x9
+
+typedef struct {
+ UINTN Signature;
+ LIST_ENTRY Head;
+ UINTN MenuNumber;
+} LEGACY_MENU_OPTION;
+
+typedef struct {
+ UINT16 BbsIndex;
+ CHAR16 *Description;
+} LEGACY_DEVICE_CONTEXT;
+
+typedef struct {
+ UINTN Signature;
+ LIST_ENTRY Link;
+ UINTN OptionNumber;
+ UINT16 *DisplayString;
+ UINT16 *HelpString;
+ EFI_STRING_ID DisplayStringToken;
+ EFI_STRING_ID HelpStringToken;
+ VOID *VariableContext;
+} LEGACY_MENU_ENTRY;
+
+typedef struct {
+ UINT16 BbsIndex;
+} LEGACY_BOOT_OPTION_BBS_DATA;
+
+#pragma pack()
+
+/**
+ This call back function is registered with Boot Manager formset.
+ When user selects a boot option, this call back function will
+ be triggered. The boot option is saved for later processing.
+
+
+ @param This Points to the EFI_HII_CONFIG_ACCESS_PROTOCOL.
+ @param Action Specifies the type of action taken by the browser.
+ @param QuestionId A unique value which is sent to the original exporting driver
+ so that it can identify the type of data to expect.
+ @param Type The type of value for the question.
+ @param Value A pointer to the data being sent to the original exporting driver.
+ @param ActionRequest On return, points to the action requested by the callback function.
+
+ @retval EFI_SUCCESS The callback successfully handled the action.
+ @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER The setup browser call this function with invalid parameters.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+EFIAPI
+LegacyBootOptionCallback (
+ IN CONST EFI_HII_CONFIG_ACCESS_PROTOCOL *This,
+ IN EFI_BROWSER_ACTION Action,
+ IN EFI_QUESTION_ID QuestionId,
+ IN UINT8 Type,
+ IN EFI_IFR_TYPE_VALUE *Value,
+ OUT EFI_BROWSER_ACTION_REQUEST *ActionRequest
+ );
+
+/**
+ This function allows a caller to extract the current configuration for one
+ or more named elements from the target driver.
+
+
+ @param This - Points to the EFI_HII_CONFIG_ACCESS_PROTOCOL.
+ @param Request - A null-terminated Unicode string in <ConfigRequest> format.
+ @param Progress - On return, points to a character in the Request string.
+ Points to the string's null terminator if request was successful.
+ Points to the most recent '&' before the first failing name/value
+ pair (or the beginning of the string if the failure is in the
+ first name/value pair) if the request was not successful.
+ @param Results - A null-terminated Unicode string in <ConfigAltResp> format which
+ has all values filled in for the names in the Request string.
+ String to be allocated by the called function.
+
+ @retval EFI_SUCCESS The Results is filled with the requested values.
+ @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES Not enough memory to store the results.
+ @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Request is NULL, illegal syntax, or unknown name.
+ @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND Routing data doesn't match any storage in this driver.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+EFIAPI
+LegacyBootOptionExtractConfig (
+ IN CONST EFI_HII_CONFIG_ACCESS_PROTOCOL *This,
+ IN CONST EFI_STRING Request,
+ OUT EFI_STRING *Progress,
+ OUT EFI_STRING *Results
+ );
+
+/**
+ This function processes the results of changes in configuration.
+
+
+ @param This - Points to the EFI_HII_CONFIG_ACCESS_PROTOCOL.
+ @param Configuration - A null-terminated Unicode string in <ConfigResp> format.
+ @param Progress - A pointer to a string filled in with the offset of the most
+ recent '&' before the first failing name/value pair (or the
+ beginning of the string if the failure is in the first
+ name/value pair) or the terminating NULL if all was successful.
+
+ @retval EFI_SUCCESS The Results is processed successfully.
+ @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Configuration is NULL.
+ @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND Routing data doesn't match any storage in this driver.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+EFIAPI
+LegacyBootOptionRouteConfig (
+ IN CONST EFI_HII_CONFIG_ACCESS_PROTOCOL *This,
+ IN CONST EFI_STRING Configuration,
+ OUT EFI_STRING *Progress
+ );
+
+#endif
diff --git a/Core/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Library/LegacyBootMaintUiLib/LegacyBootMaintUiLib.inf b/Core/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Library/LegacyBootMaintUiLib/LegacyBootMaintUiLib.inf new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..17c9cac811 --- /dev/null +++ b/Core/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Library/LegacyBootMaintUiLib/LegacyBootMaintUiLib.inf @@ -0,0 +1,69 @@ +## @file
+# Legacy Boot Maintainence UI module is library for BDS phase.
+#
+# Copyright (c) 2015, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+# This program and the accompanying materials
+# are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
+# which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
+# http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
+#
+# THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
+# WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
+#
+##
+
+[Defines]
+ INF_VERSION = 0x00010005
+ BASE_NAME = LegacyBootMaintUiLib
+ MODULE_UNI_FILE = LegacyBootMaintUiLib.uni
+ FILE_GUID = e6f7f038-3ed9-401a-af1f-5ea7bf644d34
+ MODULE_TYPE = DXE_DRIVER
+ VERSION_STRING = 1.0
+ LIBRARY_CLASS = NULL|DXE_DRIVER UEFI_APPLICATION
+ CONSTRUCTOR = LegacyBootMaintUiLibConstructor
+ DESTRUCTOR = LegacyBootMaintUiLibDestructor
+#
+# The following information is for reference only and not required by the build tools.
+#
+# VALID_ARCHITECTURES = IA32 X64 IPF EBC
+#
+
+[Sources]
+ LegacyBootMaintUiVfr.h
+ LegacyBootMaintUi.h
+ LegacyBootMaintUiVfr.Vfr
+ LegacyBootMaintUiStrings.uni
+ LegacyBootMaintUi.c
+
+[Packages]
+ MdePkg/MdePkg.dec
+ MdeModulePkg/MdeModulePkg.dec
+ IntelFrameworkModulePkg/IntelFrameworkModulePkg.dec
+ IntelFrameworkPkg/IntelFrameworkPkg.dec
+
+[LibraryClasses]
+ DevicePathLib
+ BaseLib
+ UefiRuntimeServicesTableLib
+ UefiBootServicesTableLib
+ DebugLib
+ HiiLib
+ MemoryAllocationLib
+ UefiBootManagerLib
+ UefiLib
+ PrintLib
+ BaseMemoryLib
+
+[Guids]
+ gEfiIfrTianoGuid ## SOMETIMES_PRODUCES ## UNDEFINED # Extended IFR Guid Opcode
+ gEfiIfrBootMaintenanceGuid ## CONSUMES ## HII # BootMaint HII Package
+ gEfiLegacyDevOrderVariableGuid ## PRODUCES ## Variable:L"LegacyDevOrder"
+
+[Protocols]
+ gEfiHiiConfigAccessProtocolGuid ## PRODUCES
+ gEfiLegacyBiosProtocolGuid ## CONSUMES
+ gEfiHiiConfigRoutingProtocolGuid ## CONSUMES
+
+[Depex]
+ gEfiHiiDatabaseProtocolGuid
+
diff --git a/Core/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Library/LegacyBootMaintUiLib/LegacyBootMaintUiLib.uni b/Core/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Library/LegacyBootMaintUiLib/LegacyBootMaintUiLib.uni Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000000..892d6e218e --- /dev/null +++ b/Core/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Library/LegacyBootMaintUiLib/LegacyBootMaintUiLib.uni diff --git a/Core/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Library/LegacyBootMaintUiLib/LegacyBootMaintUiStrings.uni b/Core/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Library/LegacyBootMaintUiLib/LegacyBootMaintUiStrings.uni Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000000..dbec69bfd6 --- /dev/null +++ b/Core/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Library/LegacyBootMaintUiLib/LegacyBootMaintUiStrings.uni diff --git a/Core/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Library/LegacyBootMaintUiLib/LegacyBootMaintUiVfr.Vfr b/Core/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Library/LegacyBootMaintUiLib/LegacyBootMaintUiVfr.Vfr new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..882da99f9e --- /dev/null +++ b/Core/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Library/LegacyBootMaintUiLib/LegacyBootMaintUiVfr.Vfr @@ -0,0 +1,73 @@ +///** @file
+//
+// Browser formset.
+//
+// Copyright (c) 2015, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+// This program and the accompanying materials
+// are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
+// which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
+// http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
+//
+// THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
+// WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
+//
+//**/
+
+#include "LegacyBootMaintUiVfr.h"
+
+
+formset
+ guid = LEGACY_BOOT_OPTION_FORMSET_GUID,
+ title = STRING_TOKEN(STR_LEGACY_BOOT_PROMPT),
+ help = STRING_TOKEN(STR_LEGACY_BOOT_HELP),
+ classguid = EFI_IFR_BOOT_MAINTENANCE_GUID,
+
+ varstore LEGACY_BOOT_NV_DATA,
+ varid = VARSTORE_ID_LEGACY_BOOT,
+ name = LegacyBootData,
+ guid = LEGACY_BOOT_OPTION_FORMSET_GUID;
+
+ form formid = LEGACY_BOOT_FORM_ID,
+ title = STRING_TOKEN(STR_LEGACY_BOOT_PROMPT);
+
+ goto LEGACY_ORDER_CHANGE_FORM_ID,
+ prompt = STRING_TOKEN(STR_FORM_FLOPPY_BOOT_TITLE),
+ help = STRING_TOKEN(STR_FORM_FLOPPY_BOOT_HELP),
+ flags = INTERACTIVE,
+ key = FORM_FLOPPY_BOOT_ID;
+
+ goto LEGACY_ORDER_CHANGE_FORM_ID,
+ prompt = STRING_TOKEN(STR_FORM_HARDDISK_BOOT_TITLE),
+ help = STRING_TOKEN(STR_FORM_HARDDISK_BOOT_HELP),
+ flags = INTERACTIVE,
+ key = FORM_HARDDISK_BOOT_ID;
+
+ goto LEGACY_ORDER_CHANGE_FORM_ID,
+ prompt = STRING_TOKEN(STR_FORM_CDROM_BOOT_TITLE),
+ help = STRING_TOKEN(STR_FORM_CDROM_BOOT_HELP),
+ flags = INTERACTIVE,
+ key = FORM_CDROM_BOOT_ID;
+
+ goto LEGACY_ORDER_CHANGE_FORM_ID,
+ prompt = STRING_TOKEN(STR_FORM_NET_BOOT_TITLE),
+ help = STRING_TOKEN(STR_FORM_NET_BOOT_HELP),
+ flags = INTERACTIVE,
+ key = FORM_NET_BOOT_ID;
+
+ goto LEGACY_ORDER_CHANGE_FORM_ID,
+ prompt = STRING_TOKEN(STR_FORM_BEV_BOOT_TITLE),
+ help = STRING_TOKEN(STR_FORM_BEV_BOOT_HELP),
+ flags = INTERACTIVE,
+ key = FORM_BEV_BOOT_ID;
+
+ endform;
+
+ form formid = LEGACY_ORDER_CHANGE_FORM_ID,
+ title = STRING_TOKEN(STR_ORDER_CHANGE_PROMPT);
+
+ label FORM_BOOT_LEGACY_DEVICE_ID;
+ label FORM_BOOT_LEGACY_LABEL_END;
+
+ endform;
+
+endformset;
diff --git a/Core/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Library/LegacyBootMaintUiLib/LegacyBootMaintUiVfr.h b/Core/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Library/LegacyBootMaintUiLib/LegacyBootMaintUiVfr.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..713ea4c640 --- /dev/null +++ b/Core/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Library/LegacyBootMaintUiLib/LegacyBootMaintUiVfr.h @@ -0,0 +1,85 @@ +/** @file
+ Legacy Boot Maintainence UI definition.
+
+Copyright (c) 2004 - 2015, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+This program and the accompanying materials
+are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
+which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
+http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
+
+THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
+WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
+
+**/
+
+
+#ifndef _EFI_LEGACY_BOOT_OPTION_VFR_H_
+#define _EFI_LEGACY_BOOT_OPTION_VFR_H_
+
+#include <Guid/HiiBootMaintenanceFormset.h>
+
+#define MAX_MENU_NUMBER 100
+
+#define LEGACY_BOOT_OPTION_FORMSET_GUID { 0x6bc75598, 0x89b4, 0x483d, { 0x91, 0x60, 0x7f, 0x46, 0x9a, 0x96, 0x35, 0x31 } }
+
+#define VARSTORE_ID_LEGACY_BOOT 0x0001
+
+
+#define LEGACY_BOOT_FORM_ID 0x1000
+#define LEGACY_ORDER_CHANGE_FORM_ID 0x1001
+
+
+#define FORM_FLOPPY_BOOT_ID 0x2000
+#define FORM_HARDDISK_BOOT_ID 0x2001
+#define FORM_CDROM_BOOT_ID 0x2002
+#define FORM_NET_BOOT_ID 0x2003
+#define FORM_BEV_BOOT_ID 0x2004
+
+
+
+#define FORM_BOOT_LEGACY_DEVICE_ID 0x9000
+#define FORM_BOOT_LEGACY_LABEL_END 0x9001
+
+
+#pragma pack(1)
+
+///
+/// This is the structure that will be used to store the
+/// question's current value. Use it at initialize time to
+/// set default value for each question. When using at run
+/// time, this map is returned by the callback function,
+/// so dynamically changing the question's value will be
+/// possible through this mechanism
+///
+typedef struct {
+ //
+ // Legacy Device Order Selection Storage
+ //
+ UINT16 LegacyFD[MAX_MENU_NUMBER];
+ UINT16 LegacyHD[MAX_MENU_NUMBER];
+ UINT16 LegacyCD[MAX_MENU_NUMBER];
+ UINT16 LegacyNET[MAX_MENU_NUMBER];
+ UINT16 LegacyBEV[MAX_MENU_NUMBER];
+} LEGACY_BOOT_NV_DATA;
+
+///
+/// This is the structure that will be used to store the
+/// question's current value. Use it at initialize time to
+/// set default value for each question. When using at run
+/// time, this map is returned by the callback function,
+/// so dynamically changing the question's value will be
+/// possible through this mechanism
+///
+typedef struct {
+ //
+ // Legacy Device Order Selection Storage
+ //
+ LEGACY_BOOT_NV_DATA InitialNvData;
+ LEGACY_BOOT_NV_DATA CurrentNvData;
+ LEGACY_BOOT_NV_DATA LastTimeNvData;
+ UINT8 DisableMap[32];
+} LEGACY_BOOT_MAINTAIN_DATA;
+
+#pragma pack()
+
+#endif
diff --git a/Core/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Library/LegacyBootManagerLib/InternalLegacyBm.h b/Core/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Library/LegacyBootManagerLib/InternalLegacyBm.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..e7bdde9def --- /dev/null +++ b/Core/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Library/LegacyBootManagerLib/InternalLegacyBm.h @@ -0,0 +1,66 @@ +/** @file
+
+Copyright (c) 2011 - 2015, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+This program and the accompanying materials
+are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
+which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
+http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
+
+THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
+WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
+
+**/
+
+#ifndef _INTERNAL_LEGACY_BM_H_
+#define _INTERNAL_LEGACY_BM_H_
+
+#include <PiDxe.h>
+#include <Guid/LegacyDevOrder.h>
+#include <Guid/GlobalVariable.h>
+#include <Protocol/LegacyBios.h>
+#include <Protocol/PciRootBridgeIo.h>
+#include <Protocol/PciIo.h>
+#include <Library/BaseLib.h>
+#include <Library/BaseMemoryLib.h>
+#include <Library/DebugLib.h>
+#include <Library/UefiBootServicesTableLib.h>
+#include <Library/UefiRuntimeServicesTableLib.h>
+#include <Library/UefiLib.h>
+#include <Library/DevicePathLib.h>
+#include <Library/UefiBootManagerLib.h>
+#include <Library/MemoryAllocationLib.h>
+#include <Library/PrintLib.h>
+#include <Library/PerformanceLib.h>
+
+#pragma pack(1)
+typedef struct {
+ UINT16 BbsIndex;
+} LEGACY_BM_BOOT_OPTION_BBS_DATA;
+#pragma pack()
+
+/**
+ Boot the legacy system with the boot option.
+
+ @param BootOption The legacy boot option which have BBS device path
+ On return, BootOption->Status contains the boot status.
+ EFI_UNSUPPORTED There is no legacybios protocol, do not support
+ legacy boot.
+ EFI_STATUS The status of LegacyBios->LegacyBoot ().
+**/
+VOID
+EFIAPI
+LegacyBmBoot (
+ IN EFI_BOOT_MANAGER_LOAD_OPTION *BootOption
+ );
+
+/**
+ Refresh all legacy boot options.
+
+**/
+VOID
+EFIAPI
+LegacyBmRefreshAllBootOption (
+ VOID
+ );
+
+#endif // _INTERNAL_LEGACY_BM_H_
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/Core/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Library/LegacyBootManagerLib/LegacyBm.c b/Core/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Library/LegacyBootManagerLib/LegacyBm.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d3b48e8d0b --- /dev/null +++ b/Core/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Library/LegacyBootManagerLib/LegacyBm.c @@ -0,0 +1,1536 @@ +/** @file
+ This function deal with the legacy boot option, it create, delete
+ and manage the legacy boot option, all legacy boot option is getting from
+ the legacy BBS table.
+
+Copyright (c) 2011 - 2016, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+This program and the accompanying materials
+are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
+which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
+http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
+
+THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
+WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
+
+**/
+
+#include "InternalLegacyBm.h"
+
+#define LEGACY_BM_BOOT_DESCRIPTION_LENGTH 32
+
+/**
+ Initialize legacy boot manager library by call EfiBootManagerRegisterLegacyBootSupport
+ function to export two function pointer.
+
+ @param ImageHandle The image handle.
+ @param SystemTable The system table.
+
+ @retval EFI_SUCCESS The legacy boot manager library is initialized correctly.
+ @return Other value if failed to initialize the legacy boot manager library.
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+EFIAPI
+LegacyBootManagerLibConstructor (
+ IN EFI_HANDLE ImageHandle,
+ IN EFI_SYSTEM_TABLE *SystemTable
+)
+{
+ EfiBootManagerRegisterLegacyBootSupport (
+ LegacyBmRefreshAllBootOption,
+ LegacyBmBoot
+ );
+ return EFI_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+/**
+ Get the device type from the input legacy device path.
+
+ @param DevicePath The legacy device path.
+
+ @retval The legacy device type.
+**/
+UINT16
+LegacyBmDeviceType (
+ EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *DevicePath
+ )
+{
+ ASSERT ((DevicePathType (DevicePath) == BBS_DEVICE_PATH) &&
+ (DevicePathSubType (DevicePath) == BBS_BBS_DP));
+ return ((BBS_BBS_DEVICE_PATH *) DevicePath)->DeviceType;
+}
+
+/**
+ Validate the BbsEntry base on the Boot Priority info in the BbsEntry.
+
+ @param BbsEntry The input bbs entry info.
+
+ @retval TRUE The BbsEntry is valid.
+ @retval FALSE The BbsEntry is invalid.
+**/
+BOOLEAN
+LegacyBmValidBbsEntry (
+ IN BBS_TABLE *BbsEntry
+ )
+{
+ switch (BbsEntry->BootPriority) {
+ case BBS_IGNORE_ENTRY:
+ case BBS_DO_NOT_BOOT_FROM:
+ case BBS_LOWEST_PRIORITY:
+ return FALSE;
+ default:
+ return TRUE;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ Build Legacy Device Name String according.
+
+ @param CurBBSEntry BBS Table.
+ @param Index Index.
+ @param BufSize The buffer size.
+ @param BootString The output string.
+
+**/
+VOID
+LegacyBmBuildLegacyDevNameString (
+ IN BBS_TABLE *CurBBSEntry,
+ IN UINTN Index,
+ IN UINTN BufSize,
+ OUT CHAR16 *BootString
+ )
+{
+ CHAR16 *Fmt;
+ CHAR16 *Type;
+ CHAR8 *StringDesc;
+ CHAR8 StringBufferA[LEGACY_BM_BOOT_DESCRIPTION_LENGTH + 1];
+ CHAR16 StringBufferU[LEGACY_BM_BOOT_DESCRIPTION_LENGTH + 1];
+
+ switch (Index) {
+ //
+ // Primary Master
+ //
+ case 1:
+ Fmt = L"Primary Master %s";
+ break;
+
+ //
+ // Primary Slave
+ //
+ case 2:
+ Fmt = L"Primary Slave %s";
+ break;
+
+ //
+ // Secondary Master
+ //
+ case 3:
+ Fmt = L"Secondary Master %s";
+ break;
+
+ //
+ // Secondary Slave
+ //
+ case 4:
+ Fmt = L"Secondary Slave %s";
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ Fmt = L"%s";
+ break;
+ }
+
+ switch (CurBBSEntry->DeviceType) {
+ case BBS_FLOPPY:
+ Type = L"Floppy";
+ break;
+
+ case BBS_HARDDISK:
+ Type = L"Harddisk";
+ break;
+
+ case BBS_CDROM:
+ Type = L"CDROM";
+ break;
+
+ case BBS_PCMCIA:
+ Type = L"PCMCIAe";
+ break;
+
+ case BBS_USB:
+ Type = L"USB";
+ break;
+
+ case BBS_EMBED_NETWORK:
+ Type = L"Network";
+ break;
+
+ case BBS_BEV_DEVICE:
+ Type = L"BEVe";
+ break;
+
+ case BBS_UNKNOWN:
+ default:
+ Type = L"Unknown";
+ break;
+ }
+ //
+ // If current BBS entry has its description then use it.
+ //
+ StringDesc = (CHAR8 *) (UINTN) ((CurBBSEntry->DescStringSegment << 4) + CurBBSEntry->DescStringOffset);
+ if (NULL != StringDesc) {
+ //
+ // Only get fisrt 32 characters, this is suggested by BBS spec
+ //
+ CopyMem (StringBufferA, StringDesc, LEGACY_BM_BOOT_DESCRIPTION_LENGTH);
+ StringBufferA[LEGACY_BM_BOOT_DESCRIPTION_LENGTH] = 0;
+ AsciiStrToUnicodeStrS (StringBufferA, StringBufferU, sizeof (StringBufferU) / sizeof (StringBufferU[0]));
+ Fmt = L"%s";
+ Type = StringBufferU;
+ }
+
+ //
+ // BbsTable 16 entries are for onboard IDE.
+ // Set description string for SATA harddisks, Harddisk 0 ~ Harddisk 11
+ //
+ if (Index >= 5 && Index <= 16 && (CurBBSEntry->DeviceType == BBS_HARDDISK || CurBBSEntry->DeviceType == BBS_CDROM)) {
+ Fmt = L"%s %d";
+ UnicodeSPrint (BootString, BufSize, Fmt, Type, Index - 5);
+ } else {
+ UnicodeSPrint (BootString, BufSize, Fmt, Type);
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ Get the Bbs index for the input boot option.
+
+ @param BootOption The input boot option info.
+ @param BbsTable The input Bbs table.
+ @param BbsCount The input total bbs entry number.
+ @param BbsIndexUsed The array shows how many BBS table indexs have been used.
+
+ @retval The index for the input boot option.
+**/
+UINT16
+LegacyBmFuzzyMatch (
+ EFI_BOOT_MANAGER_LOAD_OPTION *BootOption,
+ BBS_TABLE *BbsTable,
+ UINT16 BbsCount,
+ BOOLEAN *BbsIndexUsed
+ )
+{
+ UINT16 Index;
+ LEGACY_BM_BOOT_OPTION_BBS_DATA *BbsData;
+ CHAR16 Description[LEGACY_BM_BOOT_DESCRIPTION_LENGTH + 1];
+
+ BbsData = (LEGACY_BM_BOOT_OPTION_BBS_DATA *) BootOption->OptionalData;
+
+ //
+ // Directly check the BBS index stored in BootOption
+ //
+ if ((BbsData->BbsIndex < BbsCount) &&
+ (LegacyBmDeviceType (BootOption->FilePath) == BbsTable[BbsData->BbsIndex].DeviceType)) {
+ LegacyBmBuildLegacyDevNameString (
+ &BbsTable[BbsData->BbsIndex],
+ BbsData->BbsIndex,
+ sizeof (Description),
+ Description
+ );
+ if ((StrCmp (Description, BootOption->Description) == 0) && !BbsIndexUsed[BbsData->BbsIndex]) {
+ //
+ // If devices with the same description string are connected,
+ // the BbsIndex of the first device is returned for the other device also.
+ // So, check if the BbsIndex is already being used, before assigning the BbsIndex.
+ //
+ BbsIndexUsed[BbsData->BbsIndex] = TRUE;
+ return BbsData->BbsIndex;
+ }
+ }
+
+ //
+ // BBS table could be changed (entry removed/moved)
+ // find the correct BBS index
+ //
+ for (Index = 0; Index < BbsCount; Index++) {
+ if (!LegacyBmValidBbsEntry (&BbsTable[Index]) ||
+ (BbsTable[Index].DeviceType != LegacyBmDeviceType (BootOption->FilePath))) {
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ LegacyBmBuildLegacyDevNameString (
+ &BbsTable[Index],
+ Index,
+ sizeof (Description),
+ Description
+ );
+ if ((StrCmp (Description, BootOption->Description) == 0) && !BbsIndexUsed[Index]) {
+ //
+ // If devices with the same description string are connected,
+ // the BbsIndex of the first device is assigned for the other device also.
+ // So, check if the BbsIndex is already being used, before assigning the corrected BbsIndex.
+ //
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ //
+ // Add the corrected BbsIndex in the UsedBbsIndex Buffer
+ //
+ if (Index != BbsCount) {
+ BbsIndexUsed[Index] = TRUE;
+ }
+
+ return Index;
+}
+
+/**
+
+ Update legacy device order base on the input info.
+
+ @param LegacyDevOrder Legacy device order data buffer.
+ @param LegacyDevOrderSize Legacy device order data buffer size.
+ @param DeviceType Device type which need to check.
+ @param OldBbsIndex Old Bds Index.
+ @param NewBbsIndex New Bds Index, if it is -1,means remove this option.
+
+**/
+VOID
+LegacyBmUpdateBbsIndex (
+ LEGACY_DEV_ORDER_ENTRY *LegacyDevOrder,
+ UINTN *LegacyDevOrderSize,
+ UINT16 DeviceType,
+ UINT16 OldBbsIndex,
+ UINT16 NewBbsIndex // Delete entry if -1
+ )
+{
+ LEGACY_DEV_ORDER_ENTRY *Entry;
+ UINTN Index;
+
+ ASSERT (((LegacyDevOrder == NULL) && (*LegacyDevOrderSize == 0)) ||
+ ((LegacyDevOrder != NULL) && (*LegacyDevOrderSize != 0))
+ );
+
+ for (Entry = LegacyDevOrder;
+ Entry < (LEGACY_DEV_ORDER_ENTRY *) ((UINT8 *) LegacyDevOrder + *LegacyDevOrderSize);
+ Entry = (LEGACY_DEV_ORDER_ENTRY *) ((UINTN) Entry + sizeof (BBS_TYPE) + Entry->Length)
+ ) {
+ if (Entry->BbsType == DeviceType) {
+ for (Index = 0; Index < Entry->Length / sizeof (UINT16) - 1; Index++) {
+ if (Entry->Data[Index] == OldBbsIndex) {
+ if (NewBbsIndex == (UINT16) -1) {
+ //
+ // Delete the old entry
+ //
+ CopyMem (
+ &Entry->Data[Index],
+ &Entry->Data[Index + 1],
+ (UINT8 *) LegacyDevOrder + *LegacyDevOrderSize - (UINT8 *) &Entry->Data[Index + 1]
+ );
+ Entry->Length -= sizeof (UINT16);
+ *LegacyDevOrderSize -= sizeof(UINT16);
+ } else {
+ Entry->Data[Index] = NewBbsIndex;
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ Delete all the legacy boot options.
+
+ @retval EFI_SUCCESS All legacy boot options are deleted.
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+LegacyBmDeleteAllBootOptions (
+ VOID
+ )
+{
+ EFI_STATUS Status;
+ UINTN Index;
+ EFI_BOOT_MANAGER_LOAD_OPTION *BootOption;
+ UINTN BootOptionCount;
+
+ BootOption = EfiBootManagerGetLoadOptions (&BootOptionCount, LoadOptionTypeBoot);
+ for (Index = 0; Index < BootOptionCount; Index++) {
+ if ((DevicePathType (BootOption[Index].FilePath) == BBS_DEVICE_PATH) &&
+ (DevicePathSubType (BootOption[Index].FilePath) == BBS_BBS_DP)) {
+ Status = EfiBootManagerDeleteLoadOptionVariable (BootOption[Index].OptionNumber, BootOption[Index].OptionType);
+ //
+ // Deleting variable with current variable implementation shouldn't fail.
+ //
+ ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
+ }
+ }
+
+ Status = gRT->SetVariable (
+ VAR_LEGACY_DEV_ORDER,
+ &gEfiLegacyDevOrderVariableGuid,
+ 0,
+ 0,
+ NULL
+ );
+ //
+ // Deleting variable with current variable implementation shouldn't fail.
+ //
+ ASSERT (Status == EFI_SUCCESS || Status == EFI_NOT_FOUND);
+
+ return EFI_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+
+/**
+ Delete all the invalid legacy boot options.
+
+ @retval EFI_SUCCESS All invalide legacy boot options are deleted.
+ @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES Fail to allocate necessary memory.
+ @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND Fail to retrive variable of boot order.
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+LegacyBmDeleteAllInvalidBootOptions (
+ VOID
+ )
+{
+ EFI_STATUS Status;
+ UINT16 HddCount;
+ UINT16 BbsCount;
+ HDD_INFO *HddInfo;
+ BBS_TABLE *BbsTable;
+ UINT16 BbsIndex;
+ EFI_LEGACY_BIOS_PROTOCOL *LegacyBios;
+ UINTN Index;
+ EFI_BOOT_MANAGER_LOAD_OPTION *BootOption;
+ UINTN BootOptionCount;
+ LEGACY_DEV_ORDER_ENTRY *LegacyDevOrder;
+ UINTN LegacyDevOrderSize;
+ BOOLEAN *BbsIndexUsed;
+
+ HddCount = 0;
+ BbsCount = 0;
+ HddInfo = NULL;
+ BbsTable = NULL;
+
+ Status = gBS->LocateProtocol (&gEfiLegacyBiosProtocolGuid, NULL, (VOID **) &LegacyBios);
+ if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+ return Status;
+ }
+
+ Status = LegacyBios->GetBbsInfo (
+ LegacyBios,
+ &HddCount,
+ &HddInfo,
+ &BbsCount,
+ &BbsTable
+ );
+ if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+ return Status;
+ }
+
+ GetVariable2 (VAR_LEGACY_DEV_ORDER, &gEfiLegacyDevOrderVariableGuid, (VOID **) &LegacyDevOrder, &LegacyDevOrderSize);
+
+ BootOption = EfiBootManagerGetLoadOptions (&BootOptionCount, LoadOptionTypeBoot);
+
+ BbsIndexUsed = AllocateZeroPool (BbsCount * sizeof (BOOLEAN));
+ ASSERT (BbsIndexUsed != NULL);
+
+ for (Index = 0; Index < BootOptionCount; Index++) {
+ //
+ // Skip non legacy boot option
+ //
+ if ((DevicePathType (BootOption[Index].FilePath) != BBS_DEVICE_PATH) ||
+ (DevicePathSubType (BootOption[Index].FilePath) != BBS_BBS_DP)) {
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ BbsIndex = LegacyBmFuzzyMatch (&BootOption[Index], BbsTable, BbsCount, BbsIndexUsed);
+ if (BbsIndex == BbsCount) {
+ DEBUG ((EFI_D_INFO, "[LegacyBds] Delete Boot Option Boot%04x: %s\n", (UINTN) BootOption[Index].OptionNumber, BootOption[Index].Description));
+ //
+ // Delete entry from LegacyDevOrder
+ //
+ LegacyBmUpdateBbsIndex (
+ LegacyDevOrder,
+ &LegacyDevOrderSize,
+ LegacyBmDeviceType (BootOption[Index].FilePath),
+ ((LEGACY_BM_BOOT_OPTION_BBS_DATA *) BootOption[Index].OptionalData)->BbsIndex,
+ (UINT16) -1
+ );
+ EfiBootManagerDeleteLoadOptionVariable (BootOption[Index].OptionNumber, BootOption[Index].OptionType);
+ } else {
+ if (((LEGACY_BM_BOOT_OPTION_BBS_DATA *) BootOption[Index].OptionalData)->BbsIndex != BbsIndex) {
+ DEBUG ((EFI_D_INFO, "[LegacyBds] Update Boot Option Boot%04x: %s Bbs0x%04x->Bbs0x%04x\n", (UINTN) BootOption[Index].OptionNumber, BootOption[Index].Description,
+ (UINTN) ((LEGACY_BM_BOOT_OPTION_BBS_DATA *) BootOption[Index].OptionalData)->BbsIndex, (UINTN) BbsIndex));
+ //
+ // Update the BBS index in LegacyDevOrder
+ //
+ LegacyBmUpdateBbsIndex (
+ LegacyDevOrder,
+ &LegacyDevOrderSize,
+ LegacyBmDeviceType (BootOption[Index].FilePath),
+ ((LEGACY_BM_BOOT_OPTION_BBS_DATA *) BootOption[Index].OptionalData)->BbsIndex,
+ BbsIndex
+ );
+
+ //
+ // Update the OptionalData in the Boot#### variable
+ //
+ ((LEGACY_BM_BOOT_OPTION_BBS_DATA *) BootOption[Index].OptionalData)->BbsIndex = BbsIndex;
+ EfiBootManagerLoadOptionToVariable (&BootOption[Index]);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ EfiBootManagerFreeLoadOptions (BootOption, BootOptionCount);
+
+ if (LegacyDevOrder != NULL) {
+ Status = gRT->SetVariable (
+ VAR_LEGACY_DEV_ORDER,
+ &gEfiLegacyDevOrderVariableGuid,
+ EFI_VARIABLE_BOOTSERVICE_ACCESS | EFI_VARIABLE_NON_VOLATILE,
+ LegacyDevOrderSize,
+ LegacyDevOrder
+ );
+ //
+ // Shrink variable with current variable implementation shouldn't fail.
+ //
+ ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
+
+ FreePool (LegacyDevOrder);
+ }
+ FreePool(BbsIndexUsed);
+ return Status;
+}
+
+/**
+ Create legacy boot option.
+
+ @param BootOption Ponter to the boot option which will be crated.
+ @param BbsEntry The input bbs entry info.
+ @param BbsIndex The BBS index.
+
+ @retval EFI_SUCCESS Create legacy boot option successfully.
+ @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Invalid input parameter.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+LegacyBmCreateLegacyBootOption (
+ IN OUT EFI_BOOT_MANAGER_LOAD_OPTION *BootOption,
+ IN BBS_TABLE *BbsEntry,
+ IN UINT16 BbsIndex
+ )
+{
+ EFI_STATUS Status;
+ EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *DevicePath;
+ CHAR16 Description[LEGACY_BM_BOOT_DESCRIPTION_LENGTH + 1];
+ CHAR8 HelpString[LEGACY_BM_BOOT_DESCRIPTION_LENGTH + 1];
+ UINTN StringLen;
+ LEGACY_BM_BOOT_OPTION_BBS_DATA *OptionalData;
+ BBS_BBS_DEVICE_PATH *BbsNode;
+
+ if ((BootOption == NULL) || (BbsEntry == NULL)) {
+ return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
+ }
+
+ LegacyBmBuildLegacyDevNameString (BbsEntry, BbsIndex, sizeof (Description), Description);
+
+ //
+ // Create the BBS device path with description string
+ //
+ UnicodeStrToAsciiStrS (Description, HelpString, sizeof (HelpString));
+ StringLen = AsciiStrLen (HelpString);
+ DevicePath = AllocatePool (sizeof (BBS_BBS_DEVICE_PATH) + StringLen + END_DEVICE_PATH_LENGTH);
+ ASSERT (DevicePath != NULL);
+
+ BbsNode = (BBS_BBS_DEVICE_PATH *) DevicePath;
+ SetDevicePathNodeLength (BbsNode, sizeof (BBS_BBS_DEVICE_PATH) + StringLen);
+ BbsNode->Header.Type = BBS_DEVICE_PATH;
+ BbsNode->Header.SubType = BBS_BBS_DP;
+ BbsNode->DeviceType = BbsEntry->DeviceType;
+ CopyMem (&BbsNode->StatusFlag, &BbsEntry->StatusFlags, sizeof (BBS_STATUS_FLAGS));
+ CopyMem (BbsNode->String, HelpString, StringLen + 1);
+
+ SetDevicePathEndNode (NextDevicePathNode (BbsNode));
+
+ //
+ // Create the OptionalData
+ //
+ OptionalData = AllocatePool (sizeof (LEGACY_BM_BOOT_OPTION_BBS_DATA));
+ ASSERT (OptionalData != NULL);
+ OptionalData->BbsIndex = BbsIndex;
+
+ //
+ // Create the BootOption
+ //
+ Status = EfiBootManagerInitializeLoadOption (
+ BootOption,
+ LoadOptionNumberUnassigned,
+ LoadOptionTypeBoot,
+ LOAD_OPTION_ACTIVE,
+ Description,
+ DevicePath,
+ (UINT8 *) OptionalData,
+ sizeof (LEGACY_BM_BOOT_OPTION_BBS_DATA)
+ );
+ FreePool (DevicePath);
+ FreePool (OptionalData);
+
+ return Status;
+}
+
+/**
+ Fill the device order buffer.
+
+ @param BbsTable The BBS table.
+ @param BbsType The BBS Type.
+ @param BbsCount The BBS Count.
+ @param Buf device order buffer.
+
+ @return The device order buffer.
+
+**/
+UINT16 *
+LegacyBmFillDevOrderBuf (
+ IN BBS_TABLE *BbsTable,
+ IN BBS_TYPE BbsType,
+ IN UINTN BbsCount,
+ OUT UINT16 *Buf
+ )
+{
+ UINTN Index;
+
+ for (Index = 0; Index < BbsCount; Index++) {
+ if (!LegacyBmValidBbsEntry (&BbsTable[Index])) {
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ if (BbsTable[Index].DeviceType != BbsType) {
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ *Buf = (UINT16) (Index & 0xFF);
+ Buf++;
+ }
+
+ return Buf;
+}
+
+/**
+ Create the device order buffer.
+
+ @param BbsTable The BBS table.
+ @param BbsCount The BBS Count.
+
+ @retval EFI_SUCCES The buffer is created and the EFI variable named
+ VAR_LEGACY_DEV_ORDER and EfiLegacyDevOrderGuid is
+ set correctly.
+ @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES Memmory or storage is not enough.
+ @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR Fail to add the device order into EFI variable fail
+ because of hardware error.
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+LegacyBmCreateDevOrder (
+ IN BBS_TABLE *BbsTable,
+ IN UINT16 BbsCount
+ )
+{
+ UINTN Index;
+ UINTN FDCount;
+ UINTN HDCount;
+ UINTN CDCount;
+ UINTN NETCount;
+ UINTN BEVCount;
+ UINTN TotalSize;
+ UINTN HeaderSize;
+ LEGACY_DEV_ORDER_ENTRY *DevOrder;
+ LEGACY_DEV_ORDER_ENTRY *DevOrderPtr;
+ EFI_STATUS Status;
+
+ FDCount = 0;
+ HDCount = 0;
+ CDCount = 0;
+ NETCount = 0;
+ BEVCount = 0;
+ TotalSize = 0;
+ HeaderSize = sizeof (BBS_TYPE) + sizeof (UINT16);
+ DevOrder = NULL;
+ Status = EFI_SUCCESS;
+
+ //
+ // Count all boot devices
+ //
+ for (Index = 0; Index < BbsCount; Index++) {
+ if (!LegacyBmValidBbsEntry (&BbsTable[Index])) {
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ switch (BbsTable[Index].DeviceType) {
+ case BBS_FLOPPY:
+ FDCount++;
+ break;
+
+ case BBS_HARDDISK:
+ HDCount++;
+ break;
+
+ case BBS_CDROM:
+ CDCount++;
+ break;
+
+ case BBS_EMBED_NETWORK:
+ NETCount++;
+ break;
+
+ case BBS_BEV_DEVICE:
+ BEVCount++;
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ TotalSize += (HeaderSize + sizeof (UINT16) * FDCount);
+ TotalSize += (HeaderSize + sizeof (UINT16) * HDCount);
+ TotalSize += (HeaderSize + sizeof (UINT16) * CDCount);
+ TotalSize += (HeaderSize + sizeof (UINT16) * NETCount);
+ TotalSize += (HeaderSize + sizeof (UINT16) * BEVCount);
+
+ //
+ // Create buffer to hold all boot device order
+ //
+ DevOrder = AllocateZeroPool (TotalSize);
+ if (NULL == DevOrder) {
+ return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
+ }
+ DevOrderPtr = DevOrder;
+
+ DevOrderPtr->BbsType = BBS_FLOPPY;
+ DevOrderPtr->Length = (UINT16) (sizeof (DevOrderPtr->Length) + FDCount * sizeof (UINT16));
+ DevOrderPtr = (LEGACY_DEV_ORDER_ENTRY *) LegacyBmFillDevOrderBuf (BbsTable, BBS_FLOPPY, BbsCount, DevOrderPtr->Data);
+
+ DevOrderPtr->BbsType = BBS_HARDDISK;
+ DevOrderPtr->Length = (UINT16) (sizeof (UINT16) + HDCount * sizeof (UINT16));
+ DevOrderPtr = (LEGACY_DEV_ORDER_ENTRY *) LegacyBmFillDevOrderBuf (BbsTable, BBS_HARDDISK, BbsCount, DevOrderPtr->Data);
+
+ DevOrderPtr->BbsType = BBS_CDROM;
+ DevOrderPtr->Length = (UINT16) (sizeof (UINT16) + CDCount * sizeof (UINT16));
+ DevOrderPtr = (LEGACY_DEV_ORDER_ENTRY *) LegacyBmFillDevOrderBuf (BbsTable, BBS_CDROM, BbsCount, DevOrderPtr->Data);
+
+ DevOrderPtr->BbsType = BBS_EMBED_NETWORK;
+ DevOrderPtr->Length = (UINT16) (sizeof (UINT16) + NETCount * sizeof (UINT16));
+ DevOrderPtr = (LEGACY_DEV_ORDER_ENTRY *) LegacyBmFillDevOrderBuf (BbsTable, BBS_EMBED_NETWORK, BbsCount, DevOrderPtr->Data);
+
+ DevOrderPtr->BbsType = BBS_BEV_DEVICE;
+ DevOrderPtr->Length = (UINT16) (sizeof (UINT16) + BEVCount * sizeof (UINT16));
+ DevOrderPtr = (LEGACY_DEV_ORDER_ENTRY *) LegacyBmFillDevOrderBuf (BbsTable, BBS_BEV_DEVICE, BbsCount, DevOrderPtr->Data);
+
+ ASSERT (TotalSize == (UINTN) ((UINT8 *) DevOrderPtr - (UINT8 *) DevOrder));
+
+ //
+ // Save device order for legacy boot device to variable.
+ //
+ Status = gRT->SetVariable (
+ VAR_LEGACY_DEV_ORDER,
+ &gEfiLegacyDevOrderVariableGuid,
+ EFI_VARIABLE_BOOTSERVICE_ACCESS | EFI_VARIABLE_NON_VOLATILE,
+ TotalSize,
+ DevOrder
+ );
+ FreePool (DevOrder);
+
+ return Status;
+}
+
+/**
+ Add the legacy boot devices from BBS table into
+ the legacy device boot order.
+
+ @retval EFI_SUCCESS The boot devices are added successfully.
+ @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND The legacy boot devices are not found.
+ @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES Memmory or storage is not enough.
+ @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR Fail to add the legacy device boot order into EFI variable
+ because of hardware error.
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+LegacyBmUpdateDevOrder (
+ VOID
+ )
+{
+ LEGACY_DEV_ORDER_ENTRY *DevOrder;
+ LEGACY_DEV_ORDER_ENTRY *NewDevOrder;
+ LEGACY_DEV_ORDER_ENTRY *Ptr;
+ LEGACY_DEV_ORDER_ENTRY *NewPtr;
+ EFI_LEGACY_BIOS_PROTOCOL *LegacyBios;
+ EFI_STATUS Status;
+ UINT16 HddCount;
+ UINT16 BbsCount;
+ HDD_INFO *LocalHddInfo;
+ BBS_TABLE *LocalBbsTable;
+ UINTN Index;
+ UINTN Index2;
+ UINTN *Idx;
+ UINTN FDCount;
+ UINTN HDCount;
+ UINTN CDCount;
+ UINTN NETCount;
+ UINTN BEVCount;
+ UINTN TotalSize;
+ UINTN HeaderSize;
+ UINT16 *NewFDPtr;
+ UINT16 *NewHDPtr;
+ UINT16 *NewCDPtr;
+ UINT16 *NewNETPtr;
+ UINT16 *NewBEVPtr;
+ UINT16 *NewDevPtr;
+ UINTN FDIndex;
+ UINTN HDIndex;
+ UINTN CDIndex;
+ UINTN NETIndex;
+ UINTN BEVIndex;
+
+ Idx = NULL;
+ FDCount = 0;
+ HDCount = 0;
+ CDCount = 0;
+ NETCount = 0;
+ BEVCount = 0;
+ TotalSize = 0;
+ HeaderSize = sizeof (BBS_TYPE) + sizeof (UINT16);
+ FDIndex = 0;
+ HDIndex = 0;
+ CDIndex = 0;
+ NETIndex = 0;
+ BEVIndex = 0;
+ NewDevPtr = NULL;
+
+ Status = gBS->LocateProtocol (&gEfiLegacyBiosProtocolGuid, NULL, (VOID **) &LegacyBios);
+ if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+ return Status;
+ }
+
+ Status = LegacyBios->GetBbsInfo (
+ LegacyBios,
+ &HddCount,
+ &LocalHddInfo,
+ &BbsCount,
+ &LocalBbsTable
+ );
+ if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+ return Status;
+ }
+
+ GetVariable2 (VAR_LEGACY_DEV_ORDER, &gEfiLegacyDevOrderVariableGuid, (VOID **) &DevOrder, NULL);
+ if (NULL == DevOrder) {
+ return LegacyBmCreateDevOrder (LocalBbsTable, BbsCount);
+ }
+ //
+ // First we figure out how many boot devices with same device type respectively
+ //
+ for (Index = 0; Index < BbsCount; Index++) {
+ if (!LegacyBmValidBbsEntry (&LocalBbsTable[Index])) {
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ switch (LocalBbsTable[Index].DeviceType) {
+ case BBS_FLOPPY:
+ FDCount++;
+ break;
+
+ case BBS_HARDDISK:
+ HDCount++;
+ break;
+
+ case BBS_CDROM:
+ CDCount++;
+ break;
+
+ case BBS_EMBED_NETWORK:
+ NETCount++;
+ break;
+
+ case BBS_BEV_DEVICE:
+ BEVCount++;
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ TotalSize += (HeaderSize + FDCount * sizeof (UINT16));
+ TotalSize += (HeaderSize + HDCount * sizeof (UINT16));
+ TotalSize += (HeaderSize + CDCount * sizeof (UINT16));
+ TotalSize += (HeaderSize + NETCount * sizeof (UINT16));
+ TotalSize += (HeaderSize + BEVCount * sizeof (UINT16));
+
+ NewDevOrder = AllocateZeroPool (TotalSize);
+ if (NULL == NewDevOrder) {
+ return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
+ }
+
+ //
+ // copy FD
+ //
+ Ptr = DevOrder;
+ NewPtr = NewDevOrder;
+ NewPtr->BbsType = Ptr->BbsType;
+ NewPtr->Length = (UINT16) (sizeof (UINT16) + FDCount * sizeof (UINT16));
+ for (Index = 0; Index < Ptr->Length / sizeof (UINT16) - 1; Index++) {
+ if (!LegacyBmValidBbsEntry (&LocalBbsTable[Ptr->Data[Index] & 0xFF]) ||
+ LocalBbsTable[Ptr->Data[Index] & 0xFF].DeviceType != BBS_FLOPPY
+ ) {
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ NewPtr->Data[FDIndex] = Ptr->Data[Index];
+ FDIndex++;
+ }
+ NewFDPtr = NewPtr->Data;
+
+ //
+ // copy HD
+ //
+ Ptr = (LEGACY_DEV_ORDER_ENTRY *) (&Ptr->Data[Ptr->Length / sizeof (UINT16) - 1]);
+ NewPtr = (LEGACY_DEV_ORDER_ENTRY *) (&NewPtr->Data[NewPtr->Length / sizeof (UINT16) -1]);
+ NewPtr->BbsType = Ptr->BbsType;
+ NewPtr->Length = (UINT16) (sizeof (UINT16) + HDCount * sizeof (UINT16));
+ for (Index = 0; Index < Ptr->Length / sizeof (UINT16) - 1; Index++) {
+ if (!LegacyBmValidBbsEntry (&LocalBbsTable[Ptr->Data[Index] & 0xFF]) ||
+ LocalBbsTable[Ptr->Data[Index] & 0xFF].DeviceType != BBS_HARDDISK
+ ) {
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ NewPtr->Data[HDIndex] = Ptr->Data[Index];
+ HDIndex++;
+ }
+ NewHDPtr = NewPtr->Data;
+
+ //
+ // copy CD
+ //
+ Ptr = (LEGACY_DEV_ORDER_ENTRY *) (&Ptr->Data[Ptr->Length / sizeof (UINT16) - 1]);
+ NewPtr = (LEGACY_DEV_ORDER_ENTRY *) (&NewPtr->Data[NewPtr->Length / sizeof (UINT16) -1]);
+ NewPtr->BbsType = Ptr->BbsType;
+ NewPtr->Length = (UINT16) (sizeof (UINT16) + CDCount * sizeof (UINT16));
+ for (Index = 0; Index < Ptr->Length / sizeof (UINT16) - 1; Index++) {
+ if (!LegacyBmValidBbsEntry (&LocalBbsTable[Ptr->Data[Index] & 0xFF]) ||
+ LocalBbsTable[Ptr->Data[Index] & 0xFF].DeviceType != BBS_CDROM
+ ) {
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ NewPtr->Data[CDIndex] = Ptr->Data[Index];
+ CDIndex++;
+ }
+ NewCDPtr = NewPtr->Data;
+
+ //
+ // copy NET
+ //
+ Ptr = (LEGACY_DEV_ORDER_ENTRY *) (&Ptr->Data[Ptr->Length / sizeof (UINT16) - 1]);
+ NewPtr = (LEGACY_DEV_ORDER_ENTRY *) (&NewPtr->Data[NewPtr->Length / sizeof (UINT16) -1]);
+ NewPtr->BbsType = Ptr->BbsType;
+ NewPtr->Length = (UINT16) (sizeof (UINT16) + NETCount * sizeof (UINT16));
+ for (Index = 0; Index < Ptr->Length / sizeof (UINT16) - 1; Index++) {
+ if (!LegacyBmValidBbsEntry (&LocalBbsTable[Ptr->Data[Index] & 0xFF]) ||
+ LocalBbsTable[Ptr->Data[Index] & 0xFF].DeviceType != BBS_EMBED_NETWORK
+ ) {
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ NewPtr->Data[NETIndex] = Ptr->Data[Index];
+ NETIndex++;
+ }
+ NewNETPtr = NewPtr->Data;
+
+ //
+ // copy BEV
+ //
+ Ptr = (LEGACY_DEV_ORDER_ENTRY *) (&Ptr->Data[Ptr->Length / sizeof (UINT16) - 1]);
+ NewPtr = (LEGACY_DEV_ORDER_ENTRY *) (&NewPtr->Data[NewPtr->Length / sizeof (UINT16) -1]);
+ NewPtr->BbsType = Ptr->BbsType;
+ NewPtr->Length = (UINT16) (sizeof (UINT16) + BEVCount * sizeof (UINT16));
+ for (Index = 0; Index < Ptr->Length / sizeof (UINT16) - 1; Index++) {
+ if (!LegacyBmValidBbsEntry (&LocalBbsTable[Ptr->Data[Index] & 0xFF]) ||
+ LocalBbsTable[Ptr->Data[Index] & 0xFF].DeviceType != BBS_BEV_DEVICE
+ ) {
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ NewPtr->Data[BEVIndex] = Ptr->Data[Index];
+ BEVIndex++;
+ }
+ NewBEVPtr = NewPtr->Data;
+
+ for (Index = 0; Index < BbsCount; Index++) {
+ if (!LegacyBmValidBbsEntry (&LocalBbsTable[Index])) {
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ switch (LocalBbsTable[Index].DeviceType) {
+ case BBS_FLOPPY:
+ Idx = &FDIndex;
+ NewDevPtr = NewFDPtr;
+ break;
+
+ case BBS_HARDDISK:
+ Idx = &HDIndex;
+ NewDevPtr = NewHDPtr;
+ break;
+
+ case BBS_CDROM:
+ Idx = &CDIndex;
+ NewDevPtr = NewCDPtr;
+ break;
+
+ case BBS_EMBED_NETWORK:
+ Idx = &NETIndex;
+ NewDevPtr = NewNETPtr;
+ break;
+
+ case BBS_BEV_DEVICE:
+ Idx = &BEVIndex;
+ NewDevPtr = NewBEVPtr;
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ Idx = NULL;
+ break;
+ }
+ //
+ // at this point we have copied those valid indexes to new buffer
+ // and we should check if there is any new appeared boot device
+ //
+ if (Idx != NULL) {
+ for (Index2 = 0; Index2 < *Idx; Index2++) {
+ if ((NewDevPtr[Index2] & 0xFF) == (UINT16) Index) {
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (Index2 == *Idx) {
+ //
+ // Index2 == *Idx means we didn't find Index
+ // so Index is a new appeared device's index in BBS table
+ // insert it before disabled indexes.
+ //
+ for (Index2 = 0; Index2 < *Idx; Index2++) {
+ if ((NewDevPtr[Index2] & 0xFF00) == 0xFF00) {
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ CopyMem (&NewDevPtr[Index2 + 1], &NewDevPtr[Index2], (*Idx - Index2) * sizeof (UINT16));
+ NewDevPtr[Index2] = (UINT16) (Index & 0xFF);
+ (*Idx)++;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ FreePool (DevOrder);
+
+ Status = gRT->SetVariable (
+ VAR_LEGACY_DEV_ORDER,
+ &gEfiLegacyDevOrderVariableGuid,
+ EFI_VARIABLE_BOOTSERVICE_ACCESS | EFI_VARIABLE_NON_VOLATILE,
+ TotalSize,
+ NewDevOrder
+ );
+ FreePool (NewDevOrder);
+
+ return Status;
+}
+
+/**
+ Set Boot Priority for specified device type.
+
+ @param DeviceType The device type.
+ @param BbsIndex The BBS index to set the highest priority. Ignore when -1.
+ @param LocalBbsTable The BBS table.
+ @param Priority The prority table.
+
+ @retval EFI_SUCCESS The function completes successfully.
+ @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND Failed to find device.
+ @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES Failed to get the efi variable of device order.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+LegacyBmSetPriorityForSameTypeDev (
+ IN UINT16 DeviceType,
+ IN UINTN BbsIndex,
+ IN OUT BBS_TABLE *LocalBbsTable,
+ IN OUT UINT16 *Priority
+ )
+{
+ LEGACY_DEV_ORDER_ENTRY *DevOrder;
+ LEGACY_DEV_ORDER_ENTRY *DevOrderPtr;
+ UINTN DevOrderSize;
+ UINTN Index;
+
+ GetVariable2 (VAR_LEGACY_DEV_ORDER, &gEfiLegacyDevOrderVariableGuid, (VOID **) &DevOrder, &DevOrderSize);
+ if (NULL == DevOrder) {
+ return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
+ }
+
+ DevOrderPtr = DevOrder;
+ while ((UINT8 *) DevOrderPtr < (UINT8 *) DevOrder + DevOrderSize) {
+ if (DevOrderPtr->BbsType == DeviceType) {
+ break;
+ }
+
+ DevOrderPtr = (LEGACY_DEV_ORDER_ENTRY *) ((UINTN) DevOrderPtr + sizeof (BBS_TYPE) + DevOrderPtr->Length);
+ }
+
+ if ((UINT8 *) DevOrderPtr >= (UINT8 *) DevOrder + DevOrderSize) {
+ FreePool (DevOrder);
+ return EFI_NOT_FOUND;
+ }
+
+ if (BbsIndex != (UINTN) -1) {
+ //
+ // In case the BBS entry isn't valid because devices were plugged or removed.
+ //
+ if (!LegacyBmValidBbsEntry (&LocalBbsTable[BbsIndex]) || (LocalBbsTable[BbsIndex].DeviceType != DeviceType)) {
+ FreePool (DevOrder);
+ return EFI_NOT_FOUND;
+ }
+ LocalBbsTable[BbsIndex].BootPriority = *Priority;
+ (*Priority)++;
+ }
+ //
+ // If the high byte of the DevIndex is 0xFF, it indicates that this device has been disabled.
+ //
+ for (Index = 0; Index < DevOrderPtr->Length / sizeof (UINT16) - 1; Index++) {
+ if ((DevOrderPtr->Data[Index] & 0xFF00) == 0xFF00) {
+ //
+ // LocalBbsTable[DevIndex[Index] & 0xFF].BootPriority = BBS_DISABLED_ENTRY;
+ //
+ } else if (DevOrderPtr->Data[Index] != BbsIndex) {
+ LocalBbsTable[DevOrderPtr->Data[Index]].BootPriority = *Priority;
+ (*Priority)++;
+ }
+ }
+
+ FreePool (DevOrder);
+ return EFI_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+/**
+ Print the BBS Table.
+
+ @param LocalBbsTable The BBS table.
+ @param BbsCount The count of entry in BBS table.
+**/
+VOID
+LegacyBmPrintBbsTable (
+ IN BBS_TABLE *LocalBbsTable,
+ IN UINT16 BbsCount
+ )
+{
+ UINT16 Index;
+
+ DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "\n"));
+ DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, " NO Prio bb/dd/ff cl/sc Type Stat segm:offs\n"));
+ DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "=============================================\n"));
+ for (Index = 0; Index < BbsCount; Index++) {
+ if (!LegacyBmValidBbsEntry (&LocalBbsTable[Index])) {
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ DEBUG (
+ (DEBUG_INFO,
+ " %02x: %04x %02x/%02x/%02x %02x/%02x %04x %04x %04x:%04x\n",
+ (UINTN) Index,
+ (UINTN) LocalBbsTable[Index].BootPriority,
+ (UINTN) LocalBbsTable[Index].Bus,
+ (UINTN) LocalBbsTable[Index].Device,
+ (UINTN) LocalBbsTable[Index].Function,
+ (UINTN) LocalBbsTable[Index].Class,
+ (UINTN) LocalBbsTable[Index].SubClass,
+ (UINTN) LocalBbsTable[Index].DeviceType,
+ (UINTN) * (UINT16 *) &LocalBbsTable[Index].StatusFlags,
+ (UINTN) LocalBbsTable[Index].BootHandlerSegment,
+ (UINTN) LocalBbsTable[Index].BootHandlerOffset,
+ (UINTN) ((LocalBbsTable[Index].MfgStringSegment << 4) + LocalBbsTable[Index].MfgStringOffset),
+ (UINTN) ((LocalBbsTable[Index].DescStringSegment << 4) + LocalBbsTable[Index].DescStringOffset))
+ );
+ }
+
+ DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "\n"));
+}
+
+/**
+ Set the boot priority for BBS entries based on boot option entry and boot order.
+
+ @param BootOption The boot option is to be checked for refresh BBS table.
+
+ @retval EFI_SUCCESS The boot priority for BBS entries is refreshed successfully.
+ @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND BBS entries can't be found.
+ @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES Failed to get the legacy device boot order.
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+LegacyBmRefreshBbsTableForBoot (
+ IN EFI_BOOT_MANAGER_LOAD_OPTION *BootOption
+ )
+{
+ EFI_STATUS Status;
+ UINT16 BbsIndex;
+ UINT16 HddCount;
+ UINT16 BbsCount;
+ HDD_INFO *LocalHddInfo;
+ BBS_TABLE *LocalBbsTable;
+ UINT16 DevType;
+ EFI_LEGACY_BIOS_PROTOCOL *LegacyBios;
+ UINTN Index;
+ UINT16 Priority;
+ UINT16 *DeviceType;
+ UINTN DeviceTypeCount;
+ UINTN DeviceTypeIndex;
+ EFI_BOOT_MANAGER_LOAD_OPTION *Option;
+ UINTN OptionCount;
+
+ HddCount = 0;
+ BbsCount = 0;
+ LocalHddInfo = NULL;
+ LocalBbsTable = NULL;
+ DevType = BBS_UNKNOWN;
+
+ Status = gBS->LocateProtocol (&gEfiLegacyBiosProtocolGuid, NULL, (VOID **) &LegacyBios);
+ if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+ return Status;
+ }
+
+ Status = LegacyBios->GetBbsInfo (
+ LegacyBios,
+ &HddCount,
+ &LocalHddInfo,
+ &BbsCount,
+ &LocalBbsTable
+ );
+ if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+ return Status;
+ }
+
+ //
+ // First, set all the present devices' boot priority to BBS_UNPRIORITIZED_ENTRY
+ // We will set them according to the settings setup by user
+ //
+ for (Index = 0; Index < BbsCount; Index++) {
+ if (LegacyBmValidBbsEntry (&LocalBbsTable[Index])) {
+ LocalBbsTable[Index].BootPriority = BBS_UNPRIORITIZED_ENTRY;
+ }
+ }
+ //
+ // boot priority always starts at 0
+ //
+ Priority = 0;
+ if ((DevicePathType (BootOption->FilePath) == BBS_DEVICE_PATH) &&
+ (DevicePathSubType (BootOption->FilePath) == BBS_BBS_DP)) {
+ //
+ // If BootOption stands for a legacy boot option, we prioritize the devices with the same type first.
+ //
+ DevType = LegacyBmDeviceType (BootOption->FilePath);
+ BbsIndex = ((LEGACY_BM_BOOT_OPTION_BBS_DATA *) BootOption->OptionalData)->BbsIndex;
+ Status = LegacyBmSetPriorityForSameTypeDev (
+ DevType,
+ BbsIndex,
+ LocalBbsTable,
+ &Priority
+ );
+ if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+ return Status;
+ }
+ }
+ //
+ // we have to set the boot priority for other BBS entries with different device types
+ //
+ Option = EfiBootManagerGetLoadOptions (&OptionCount, LoadOptionTypeBoot);
+ DeviceType = AllocatePool (sizeof (UINT16) * OptionCount);
+ ASSERT (DeviceType != NULL);
+ DeviceType[0] = DevType;
+ DeviceTypeCount = 1;
+ for (Index = 0; Index < OptionCount; Index++) {
+ if ((DevicePathType (Option[Index].FilePath) != BBS_DEVICE_PATH) ||
+ (DevicePathSubType (Option[Index].FilePath) != BBS_BBS_DP)) {
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ DevType = LegacyBmDeviceType (Option[Index].FilePath);
+ for (DeviceTypeIndex = 0; DeviceTypeIndex < DeviceTypeCount; DeviceTypeIndex++) {
+ if (DeviceType[DeviceTypeIndex] == DevType) {
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ if (DeviceTypeIndex < DeviceTypeCount) {
+ //
+ // We don't want to process twice for a device type
+ //
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ DeviceType[DeviceTypeCount] = DevType;
+ DeviceTypeCount++;
+
+ Status = LegacyBmSetPriorityForSameTypeDev (
+ DevType,
+ (UINTN) -1,
+ LocalBbsTable,
+ &Priority
+ );
+ }
+ EfiBootManagerFreeLoadOptions (Option, OptionCount);
+
+ DEBUG_CODE_BEGIN();
+ LegacyBmPrintBbsTable (LocalBbsTable, BbsCount);
+ DEBUG_CODE_END();
+
+ return Status;
+}
+
+
+/**
+ Boot the legacy system with the boot option.
+
+ @param BootOption The legacy boot option which have BBS device path
+ On return, BootOption->Status contains the boot status.
+ EFI_UNSUPPORTED There is no legacybios protocol, do not support
+ legacy boot.
+ EFI_STATUS The status of LegacyBios->LegacyBoot ().
+**/
+VOID
+EFIAPI
+LegacyBmBoot (
+ IN EFI_BOOT_MANAGER_LOAD_OPTION *BootOption
+ )
+{
+ EFI_STATUS Status;
+ EFI_LEGACY_BIOS_PROTOCOL *LegacyBios;
+
+ Status = gBS->LocateProtocol (&gEfiLegacyBiosProtocolGuid, NULL, (VOID **) &LegacyBios);
+ if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+ //
+ // If no LegacyBios protocol we do not support legacy boot
+ //
+ BootOption->Status = EFI_UNSUPPORTED;
+ return;
+ }
+ //
+ // Notes: if we separate the int 19, then we don't need to refresh BBS
+ //
+ Status = LegacyBmRefreshBbsTableForBoot (BootOption);
+ if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+ BootOption->Status = Status;
+ return;
+ }
+
+ BootOption->Status = LegacyBios->LegacyBoot (
+ LegacyBios,
+ (BBS_BBS_DEVICE_PATH *) BootOption->FilePath,
+ BootOption->OptionalDataSize,
+ BootOption->OptionalData
+ );
+}
+
+/**
+ This function enumerates all the legacy boot options.
+
+ @param BootOptionCount Return the legacy boot option count.
+
+ @retval Pointer to the legacy boot option buffer.
+**/
+EFI_BOOT_MANAGER_LOAD_OPTION *
+LegacyBmEnumerateAllBootOptions (
+ UINTN *BootOptionCount
+ )
+{
+ EFI_STATUS Status;
+ UINT16 HddCount;
+ UINT16 BbsCount;
+ HDD_INFO *HddInfo;
+ BBS_TABLE *BbsTable;
+ EFI_LEGACY_BIOS_PROTOCOL *LegacyBios;
+ UINT16 Index;
+ EFI_BOOT_MANAGER_LOAD_OPTION *BootOptions;
+
+ ASSERT (BootOptionCount != NULL);
+
+ BootOptions = NULL;
+ *BootOptionCount = 0;
+ BbsCount = 0;
+
+ Status = gBS->LocateProtocol (&gEfiLegacyBiosProtocolGuid, NULL, (VOID **) &LegacyBios);
+ if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+ return NULL;
+ }
+
+ Status = LegacyBios->GetBbsInfo (
+ LegacyBios,
+ &HddCount,
+ &HddInfo,
+ &BbsCount,
+ &BbsTable
+ );
+ if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+ return NULL;
+ }
+
+ for (Index = 0; Index < BbsCount; Index++) {
+ if (!LegacyBmValidBbsEntry (&BbsTable[Index])) {
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ BootOptions = ReallocatePool (
+ sizeof (EFI_BOOT_MANAGER_LOAD_OPTION) * (*BootOptionCount),
+ sizeof (EFI_BOOT_MANAGER_LOAD_OPTION) * (*BootOptionCount + 1),
+ BootOptions
+ );
+ ASSERT (BootOptions != NULL);
+
+ Status = LegacyBmCreateLegacyBootOption (&BootOptions[(*BootOptionCount)++], &BbsTable[Index], Index);
+ ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
+ }
+
+ return BootOptions;
+}
+
+/**
+ Return the index of the boot option in the boot option array.
+
+ The function compares the Description, FilePath, OptionalData.
+
+ @param Key The input boot option which is compared with.
+ @param Array The input boot option array.
+ @param Count The count of the input boot options.
+
+ @retval The index of the input boot option in the array.
+
+**/
+INTN
+LegacyBmFindBootOption (
+ IN CONST EFI_BOOT_MANAGER_LOAD_OPTION *Key,
+ IN CONST EFI_BOOT_MANAGER_LOAD_OPTION *Array,
+ IN UINTN Count
+ )
+{
+ UINTN Index;
+
+ for (Index = 0; Index < Count; Index++) {
+ if ((StrCmp (Key->Description, Array[Index].Description) == 0) &&
+ (CompareMem (Key->FilePath, Array[Index].FilePath, GetDevicePathSize (Key->FilePath)) == 0) &&
+ (Key->OptionalDataSize == Array[Index].OptionalDataSize) &&
+ (CompareMem (Key->OptionalData, Array[Index].OptionalData, Key->OptionalDataSize) == 0)) {
+ return (INTN) Index;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return -1;
+}
+
+/**
+ Refresh all legacy boot options.
+
+**/
+VOID
+EFIAPI
+LegacyBmRefreshAllBootOption (
+ VOID
+ )
+{
+ EFI_STATUS Status;
+ EFI_LEGACY_BIOS_PROTOCOL *LegacyBios;
+ UINTN RootBridgeHandleCount;
+ EFI_HANDLE *RootBridgeHandleBuffer;
+ UINTN HandleCount;
+ EFI_HANDLE *HandleBuffer;
+ UINTN RootBridgeIndex;
+ UINTN Index;
+ UINTN Flags;
+ EFI_BOOT_MANAGER_LOAD_OPTION *BootOptions;
+ UINTN BootOptionCount;
+ EFI_BOOT_MANAGER_LOAD_OPTION *ExistingBootOptions;
+ UINTN ExistingBootOptionCount;
+
+ Status = gBS->LocateProtocol (&gEfiLegacyBiosProtocolGuid, NULL, (VOID **) &LegacyBios);
+ if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+ LegacyBmDeleteAllBootOptions ();
+ return;
+ }
+ PERF_START (NULL, "LegacyBootOptionEnum", "BDS", 0);
+
+ //
+ // Before enumerating the legacy boot option, we need to dispatch all the legacy option roms
+ // to ensure the GetBbsInfo() counts all the legacy devices.
+ //
+ gBS->LocateHandleBuffer (
+ ByProtocol,
+ &gEfiPciRootBridgeIoProtocolGuid,
+ NULL,
+ &RootBridgeHandleCount,
+ &RootBridgeHandleBuffer
+ );
+ for (RootBridgeIndex = 0; RootBridgeIndex < RootBridgeHandleCount; RootBridgeIndex++) {
+ gBS->ConnectController (RootBridgeHandleBuffer[RootBridgeIndex], NULL, NULL, FALSE);
+ gBS->LocateHandleBuffer (
+ ByProtocol,
+ &gEfiPciIoProtocolGuid,
+ NULL,
+ &HandleCount,
+ &HandleBuffer
+ );
+ for (Index = 0; Index < HandleCount; Index++) {
+ //
+ // Start the thunk driver so that the legacy option rom gets dispatched.
+ // Note: We don't directly call InstallPciRom because some thunk drivers
+ // (e.g. BlockIo thunk driver) depend on the immediate result after dispatching
+ //
+ Status = LegacyBios->CheckPciRom (
+ LegacyBios,
+ HandleBuffer[Index],
+ NULL,
+ NULL,
+ &Flags
+ );
+ if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+ gBS->ConnectController (HandleBuffer[Index], NULL, NULL, FALSE);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ //
+ // Same algorithm pattern as the EfiBootManagerRefreshAllBootOption
+ // Firstly delete the invalid legacy boot options,
+ // then enumreate and save the newly appeared legacy boot options
+ // the last step is legacy boot option special action to refresh the LegacyDevOrder variable
+ //
+ LegacyBmDeleteAllInvalidBootOptions ();
+
+ ExistingBootOptions = EfiBootManagerGetLoadOptions (&ExistingBootOptionCount, LoadOptionTypeBoot);
+ BootOptions = LegacyBmEnumerateAllBootOptions (&BootOptionCount);
+
+ for (Index = 0; Index < BootOptionCount; Index++) {
+ if (LegacyBmFindBootOption (&BootOptions[Index], ExistingBootOptions, ExistingBootOptionCount) == -1) {
+ Status = EfiBootManagerAddLoadOptionVariable (&BootOptions[Index], (UINTN) -1);
+ DEBUG ((
+ EFI_D_INFO, "[LegacyBds] New Boot Option: Boot%04x Bbs0x%04x %s %r\n",
+ (UINTN) BootOptions[Index].OptionNumber,
+ (UINTN) ((LEGACY_BM_BOOT_OPTION_BBS_DATA *) BootOptions[Index].OptionalData)->BbsIndex,
+ BootOptions[Index].Description,
+ Status
+ ));
+ //
+ // Continue upon failure to add boot option.
+ //
+ }
+ }
+
+ EfiBootManagerFreeLoadOptions (ExistingBootOptions, ExistingBootOptionCount);
+ EfiBootManagerFreeLoadOptions (BootOptions, BootOptionCount);
+
+ //
+ // Failure to create LegacyDevOrder variable only impacts the boot order.
+ //
+ LegacyBmUpdateDevOrder ();
+
+ PERF_END (NULL, "LegacyBootOptionEnum", "BDS", 0);
+}
diff --git a/Core/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Library/LegacyBootManagerLib/LegacyBootManagerLib.inf b/Core/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Library/LegacyBootManagerLib/LegacyBootManagerLib.inf new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..4025c82886 --- /dev/null +++ b/Core/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Library/LegacyBootManagerLib/LegacyBootManagerLib.inf @@ -0,0 +1,64 @@ +## @file
+# Legacy Boot Manager module is library for BDS phase.
+#
+# Copyright (c) 2011 - 2015, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+# This program and the accompanying materials
+# are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
+# which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
+# http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
+#
+# THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
+# WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
+#
+##
+
+[Defines]
+ INF_VERSION = 0x00010005
+ BASE_NAME = LegacyBootManagerLib
+ MODULE_UNI_FILE = LegacyBootManagerLib.uni
+ FILE_GUID = F1B87BE4-0ACC-409A-A52B-7BFFABCC96A0
+ MODULE_TYPE = DXE_DRIVER
+ VERSION_STRING = 1.0
+ LIBRARY_CLASS = NULL|DXE_DRIVER UEFI_APPLICATION
+ CONSTRUCTOR = LegacyBootManagerLibConstructor
+
+#
+# The following information is for reference only and not required by the build tools.
+#
+# VALID_ARCHITECTURES = IA32 X64 EBC
+#
+
+[Sources]
+ LegacyBm.c
+ InternalLegacyBm.h
+
+[Packages]
+ MdePkg/MdePkg.dec
+ MdeModulePkg/MdeModulePkg.dec
+ IntelFrameworkPkg/IntelFrameworkPkg.dec
+ IntelFrameworkModulePkg/IntelFrameworkModulePkg.dec
+
+[LibraryClasses]
+ BaseLib
+ BaseMemoryLib
+ UefiBootServicesTableLib
+ UefiRuntimeServicesTableLib
+ DevicePathLib
+ MemoryAllocationLib
+ UefiLib
+ DebugLib
+ PrintLib
+ PerformanceLib
+ UefiBootManagerLib
+
+[Guids]
+ gEfiGlobalVariableGuid ## SOMETIMES_PRODUCES ## Variable:L"Boot####" (Boot option variable)
+ ## SOMETIMES_CONSUMES ## Variable:L"BootOrder" (The boot option array)
+ gEfiLegacyDevOrderVariableGuid
+
+[Protocols]
+ gEfiLegacyBiosProtocolGuid ## SOMETIMES_CONSUMES
+
+[FeaturePcd]
+
+[Pcd]
diff --git a/Core/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Library/LegacyBootManagerLib/LegacyBootManagerLib.uni b/Core/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Library/LegacyBootManagerLib/LegacyBootManagerLib.uni Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000000..2585c93496 --- /dev/null +++ b/Core/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Library/LegacyBootManagerLib/LegacyBootManagerLib.uni diff --git a/Core/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Library/LzmaCustomDecompressLib/F86GuidedSectionExtraction.c b/Core/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Library/LzmaCustomDecompressLib/F86GuidedSectionExtraction.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..ada9a809fa --- /dev/null +++ b/Core/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Library/LzmaCustomDecompressLib/F86GuidedSectionExtraction.c @@ -0,0 +1,218 @@ +/** @file
+ LZMA Decompress GUIDed Section Extraction Library, which produces LZMA custom
+ decompression algorithm with the converter for the different arch code.
+ It wraps Lzma decompress interfaces to GUIDed Section Extraction interfaces
+ and registers them into GUIDed handler table.
+
+ Copyright (c) 2012, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+ This program and the accompanying materials
+ are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
+ which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
+ http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
+
+ THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
+ WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
+
+**/
+
+#include "LzmaDecompressLibInternal.h"
+#include "Sdk/C/Bra.h"
+
+/**
+ Examines a GUIDed section and returns the size of the decoded buffer and the
+ size of an scratch buffer required to actually decode the data in a GUIDed section.
+
+ Examines a GUIDed section specified by InputSection.
+ If GUID for InputSection does not match the GUID that this handler supports,
+ then RETURN_UNSUPPORTED is returned.
+ If the required information can not be retrieved from InputSection,
+ then RETURN_INVALID_PARAMETER is returned.
+ If the GUID of InputSection does match the GUID that this handler supports,
+ then the size required to hold the decoded buffer is returned in OututBufferSize,
+ the size of an optional scratch buffer is returned in ScratchSize, and the Attributes field
+ from EFI_GUID_DEFINED_SECTION header of InputSection is returned in SectionAttribute.
+
+ If InputSection is NULL, then ASSERT().
+ If OutputBufferSize is NULL, then ASSERT().
+ If ScratchBufferSize is NULL, then ASSERT().
+ If SectionAttribute is NULL, then ASSERT().
+
+
+ @param[in] InputSection A pointer to a GUIDed section of an FFS formatted file.
+ @param[out] OutputBufferSize A pointer to the size, in bytes, of an output buffer required
+ if the buffer specified by InputSection were decoded.
+ @param[out] ScratchBufferSize A pointer to the size, in bytes, required as scratch space
+ if the buffer specified by InputSection were decoded.
+ @param[out] SectionAttribute A pointer to the attributes of the GUIDed section. See the Attributes
+ field of EFI_GUID_DEFINED_SECTION in the PI Specification.
+
+ @retval RETURN_SUCCESS The information about InputSection was returned.
+ @retval RETURN_UNSUPPORTED The section specified by InputSection does not match the GUID this handler supports.
+ @retval RETURN_INVALID_PARAMETER The information can not be retrieved from the section specified by InputSection.
+
+**/
+RETURN_STATUS
+EFIAPI
+LzmaArchGuidedSectionGetInfo (
+ IN CONST VOID *InputSection,
+ OUT UINT32 *OutputBufferSize,
+ OUT UINT32 *ScratchBufferSize,
+ OUT UINT16 *SectionAttribute
+ )
+{
+ ASSERT (InputSection != NULL);
+ ASSERT (OutputBufferSize != NULL);
+ ASSERT (ScratchBufferSize != NULL);
+ ASSERT (SectionAttribute != NULL);
+
+ if (IS_SECTION2 (InputSection)) {
+ if (!CompareGuid (
+ &gLzmaF86CustomDecompressGuid,
+ &(((EFI_GUID_DEFINED_SECTION2 *) InputSection)->SectionDefinitionGuid))) {
+ return RETURN_INVALID_PARAMETER;
+ }
+
+ *SectionAttribute = ((EFI_GUID_DEFINED_SECTION2 *) InputSection)->Attributes;
+
+ return LzmaUefiDecompressGetInfo (
+ (UINT8 *) InputSection + ((EFI_GUID_DEFINED_SECTION2 *) InputSection)->DataOffset,
+ SECTION2_SIZE (InputSection) - ((EFI_GUID_DEFINED_SECTION2 *) InputSection)->DataOffset,
+ OutputBufferSize,
+ ScratchBufferSize
+ );
+ } else {
+ if (!CompareGuid (
+ &gLzmaF86CustomDecompressGuid,
+ &(((EFI_GUID_DEFINED_SECTION *) InputSection)->SectionDefinitionGuid))) {
+ return RETURN_INVALID_PARAMETER;
+ }
+
+ *SectionAttribute = ((EFI_GUID_DEFINED_SECTION *) InputSection)->Attributes;
+
+ return LzmaUefiDecompressGetInfo (
+ (UINT8 *) InputSection + ((EFI_GUID_DEFINED_SECTION *) InputSection)->DataOffset,
+ SECTION_SIZE (InputSection) - ((EFI_GUID_DEFINED_SECTION *) InputSection)->DataOffset,
+ OutputBufferSize,
+ ScratchBufferSize
+ );
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ Decompress a LZAM compressed GUIDed section into a caller allocated output buffer.
+
+ Decodes the GUIDed section specified by InputSection.
+ If GUID for InputSection does not match the GUID that this handler supports, then RETURN_UNSUPPORTED is returned.
+ If the data in InputSection can not be decoded, then RETURN_INVALID_PARAMETER is returned.
+ If the GUID of InputSection does match the GUID that this handler supports, then InputSection
+ is decoded into the buffer specified by OutputBuffer and the authentication status of this
+ decode operation is returned in AuthenticationStatus. If the decoded buffer is identical to the
+ data in InputSection, then OutputBuffer is set to point at the data in InputSection. Otherwise,
+ the decoded data will be placed in caller allocated buffer specified by OutputBuffer.
+
+ If InputSection is NULL, then ASSERT().
+ If OutputBuffer is NULL, then ASSERT().
+ If ScratchBuffer is NULL and this decode operation requires a scratch buffer, then ASSERT().
+ If AuthenticationStatus is NULL, then ASSERT().
+
+
+ @param[in] InputSection A pointer to a GUIDed section of an FFS formatted file.
+ @param[out] OutputBuffer A pointer to a buffer that contains the result of a decode operation.
+ @param[out] ScratchBuffer A caller allocated buffer that may be required by this function
+ as a scratch buffer to perform the decode operation.
+ @param[out] AuthenticationStatus
+ A pointer to the authentication status of the decoded output buffer.
+ See the definition of authentication status in the EFI_PEI_GUIDED_SECTION_EXTRACTION_PPI
+ section of the PI Specification. EFI_AUTH_STATUS_PLATFORM_OVERRIDE must
+ never be set by this handler.
+
+ @retval RETURN_SUCCESS The buffer specified by InputSection was decoded.
+ @retval RETURN_UNSUPPORTED The section specified by InputSection does not match the GUID this handler supports.
+ @retval RETURN_INVALID_PARAMETER The section specified by InputSection can not be decoded.
+
+**/
+RETURN_STATUS
+EFIAPI
+LzmaArchGuidedSectionExtraction (
+ IN CONST VOID *InputSection,
+ OUT VOID **OutputBuffer,
+ OUT VOID *ScratchBuffer, OPTIONAL
+ OUT UINT32 *AuthenticationStatus
+ )
+{
+ EFI_GUID *InputGuid;
+ VOID *Source;
+ UINTN SourceSize;
+ EFI_STATUS Status;
+ UINT32 X86State;
+ UINT32 OutputBufferSize;
+ UINT32 ScratchBufferSize;
+
+ ASSERT (OutputBuffer != NULL);
+ ASSERT (InputSection != NULL);
+
+ if (IS_SECTION2 (InputSection)) {
+ InputGuid = &(((EFI_GUID_DEFINED_SECTION2 *) InputSection)->SectionDefinitionGuid);
+ Source = (UINT8 *) InputSection + ((EFI_GUID_DEFINED_SECTION2 *) InputSection)->DataOffset;
+ SourceSize = SECTION2_SIZE (InputSection) - ((EFI_GUID_DEFINED_SECTION2 *) InputSection)->DataOffset;
+ } else {
+ InputGuid = &(((EFI_GUID_DEFINED_SECTION *) InputSection)->SectionDefinitionGuid);
+ Source = (UINT8 *) InputSection + ((EFI_GUID_DEFINED_SECTION *) InputSection)->DataOffset;
+ SourceSize = SECTION_SIZE (InputSection) - ((EFI_GUID_DEFINED_SECTION *) InputSection)->DataOffset;
+ }
+
+ if (!CompareGuid (&gLzmaF86CustomDecompressGuid, InputGuid)) {
+ return RETURN_INVALID_PARAMETER;
+ }
+
+ //
+ // Authentication is set to Zero, which may be ignored.
+ //
+ *AuthenticationStatus = 0;
+
+ Status = LzmaUefiDecompress (
+ Source,
+ SourceSize,
+ *OutputBuffer,
+ ScratchBuffer
+ );
+
+ //
+ // After decompress, the data need to be converted to the raw data.
+ //
+ if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+ Status = LzmaUefiDecompressGetInfo (
+ Source,
+ (UINT32) SourceSize,
+ &OutputBufferSize,
+ &ScratchBufferSize
+ );
+
+ if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+ x86_Convert_Init(X86State);
+ x86_Convert(*OutputBuffer, OutputBufferSize, 0, &X86State, 0);
+ }
+ }
+
+ return Status;
+}
+
+
+/**
+ Register LzmaArchDecompress and LzmaArchDecompressGetInfo handlers with LzmaF86CustomDecompressGuid.
+
+ @retval RETURN_SUCCESS Register successfully.
+ @retval RETURN_OUT_OF_RESOURCES No enough memory to store this handler.
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+EFIAPI
+LzmaArchDecompressLibConstructor (
+ )
+{
+ return ExtractGuidedSectionRegisterHandlers (
+ &gLzmaF86CustomDecompressGuid,
+ LzmaArchGuidedSectionGetInfo,
+ LzmaArchGuidedSectionExtraction
+ );
+}
+
diff --git a/Core/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Library/LzmaCustomDecompressLib/GuidedSectionExtraction.c b/Core/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Library/LzmaCustomDecompressLib/GuidedSectionExtraction.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..f19e0d28cd --- /dev/null +++ b/Core/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Library/LzmaCustomDecompressLib/GuidedSectionExtraction.c @@ -0,0 +1,201 @@ +/** @file
+ LZMA Decompress GUIDed Section Extraction Library.
+ It wraps Lzma decompress interfaces to GUIDed Section Extraction interfaces
+ and registers them into GUIDed handler table.
+
+ Copyright (c) 2009 - 2011, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+ This program and the accompanying materials
+ are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
+ which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
+ http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
+
+ THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
+ WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
+
+**/
+
+#include "LzmaDecompressLibInternal.h"
+
+/**
+ Examines a GUIDed section and returns the size of the decoded buffer and the
+ size of an scratch buffer required to actually decode the data in a GUIDed section.
+
+ Examines a GUIDed section specified by InputSection.
+ If GUID for InputSection does not match the GUID that this handler supports,
+ then RETURN_UNSUPPORTED is returned.
+ If the required information can not be retrieved from InputSection,
+ then RETURN_INVALID_PARAMETER is returned.
+ If the GUID of InputSection does match the GUID that this handler supports,
+ then the size required to hold the decoded buffer is returned in OututBufferSize,
+ the size of an optional scratch buffer is returned in ScratchSize, and the Attributes field
+ from EFI_GUID_DEFINED_SECTION header of InputSection is returned in SectionAttribute.
+
+ If InputSection is NULL, then ASSERT().
+ If OutputBufferSize is NULL, then ASSERT().
+ If ScratchBufferSize is NULL, then ASSERT().
+ If SectionAttribute is NULL, then ASSERT().
+
+
+ @param[in] InputSection A pointer to a GUIDed section of an FFS formatted file.
+ @param[out] OutputBufferSize A pointer to the size, in bytes, of an output buffer required
+ if the buffer specified by InputSection were decoded.
+ @param[out] ScratchBufferSize A pointer to the size, in bytes, required as scratch space
+ if the buffer specified by InputSection were decoded.
+ @param[out] SectionAttribute A pointer to the attributes of the GUIDed section. See the Attributes
+ field of EFI_GUID_DEFINED_SECTION in the PI Specification.
+
+ @retval RETURN_SUCCESS The information about InputSection was returned.
+ @retval RETURN_UNSUPPORTED The section specified by InputSection does not match the GUID this handler supports.
+ @retval RETURN_INVALID_PARAMETER The information can not be retrieved from the section specified by InputSection.
+
+**/
+RETURN_STATUS
+EFIAPI
+LzmaGuidedSectionGetInfo (
+ IN CONST VOID *InputSection,
+ OUT UINT32 *OutputBufferSize,
+ OUT UINT32 *ScratchBufferSize,
+ OUT UINT16 *SectionAttribute
+ )
+{
+ ASSERT (InputSection != NULL);
+ ASSERT (OutputBufferSize != NULL);
+ ASSERT (ScratchBufferSize != NULL);
+ ASSERT (SectionAttribute != NULL);
+
+ if (IS_SECTION2 (InputSection)) {
+ if (!CompareGuid (
+ &gLzmaCustomDecompressGuid,
+ &(((EFI_GUID_DEFINED_SECTION2 *) InputSection)->SectionDefinitionGuid))) {
+ return RETURN_INVALID_PARAMETER;
+ }
+
+ *SectionAttribute = ((EFI_GUID_DEFINED_SECTION2 *) InputSection)->Attributes;
+
+ return LzmaUefiDecompressGetInfo (
+ (UINT8 *) InputSection + ((EFI_GUID_DEFINED_SECTION2 *) InputSection)->DataOffset,
+ SECTION2_SIZE (InputSection) - ((EFI_GUID_DEFINED_SECTION2 *) InputSection)->DataOffset,
+ OutputBufferSize,
+ ScratchBufferSize
+ );
+ } else {
+ if (!CompareGuid (
+ &gLzmaCustomDecompressGuid,
+ &(((EFI_GUID_DEFINED_SECTION *) InputSection)->SectionDefinitionGuid))) {
+ return RETURN_INVALID_PARAMETER;
+ }
+
+ *SectionAttribute = ((EFI_GUID_DEFINED_SECTION *) InputSection)->Attributes;
+
+ return LzmaUefiDecompressGetInfo (
+ (UINT8 *) InputSection + ((EFI_GUID_DEFINED_SECTION *) InputSection)->DataOffset,
+ SECTION_SIZE (InputSection) - ((EFI_GUID_DEFINED_SECTION *) InputSection)->DataOffset,
+ OutputBufferSize,
+ ScratchBufferSize
+ );
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ Decompress a LZAM compressed GUIDed section into a caller allocated output buffer.
+
+ Decodes the GUIDed section specified by InputSection.
+ If GUID for InputSection does not match the GUID that this handler supports, then RETURN_UNSUPPORTED is returned.
+ If the data in InputSection can not be decoded, then RETURN_INVALID_PARAMETER is returned.
+ If the GUID of InputSection does match the GUID that this handler supports, then InputSection
+ is decoded into the buffer specified by OutputBuffer and the authentication status of this
+ decode operation is returned in AuthenticationStatus. If the decoded buffer is identical to the
+ data in InputSection, then OutputBuffer is set to point at the data in InputSection. Otherwise,
+ the decoded data will be placed in caller allocated buffer specified by OutputBuffer.
+
+ If InputSection is NULL, then ASSERT().
+ If OutputBuffer is NULL, then ASSERT().
+ If ScratchBuffer is NULL and this decode operation requires a scratch buffer, then ASSERT().
+ If AuthenticationStatus is NULL, then ASSERT().
+
+
+ @param[in] InputSection A pointer to a GUIDed section of an FFS formatted file.
+ @param[out] OutputBuffer A pointer to a buffer that contains the result of a decode operation.
+ @param[out] ScratchBuffer A caller allocated buffer that may be required by this function
+ as a scratch buffer to perform the decode operation.
+ @param[out] AuthenticationStatus
+ A pointer to the authentication status of the decoded output buffer.
+ See the definition of authentication status in the EFI_PEI_GUIDED_SECTION_EXTRACTION_PPI
+ section of the PI Specification. EFI_AUTH_STATUS_PLATFORM_OVERRIDE must
+ never be set by this handler.
+
+ @retval RETURN_SUCCESS The buffer specified by InputSection was decoded.
+ @retval RETURN_UNSUPPORTED The section specified by InputSection does not match the GUID this handler supports.
+ @retval RETURN_INVALID_PARAMETER The section specified by InputSection can not be decoded.
+
+**/
+RETURN_STATUS
+EFIAPI
+LzmaGuidedSectionExtraction (
+ IN CONST VOID *InputSection,
+ OUT VOID **OutputBuffer,
+ OUT VOID *ScratchBuffer, OPTIONAL
+ OUT UINT32 *AuthenticationStatus
+ )
+{
+ ASSERT (OutputBuffer != NULL);
+ ASSERT (InputSection != NULL);
+
+ if (IS_SECTION2 (InputSection)) {
+ if (!CompareGuid (
+ &gLzmaCustomDecompressGuid,
+ &(((EFI_GUID_DEFINED_SECTION2 *) InputSection)->SectionDefinitionGuid))) {
+ return RETURN_INVALID_PARAMETER;
+ }
+
+ //
+ // Authentication is set to Zero, which may be ignored.
+ //
+ *AuthenticationStatus = 0;
+
+ return LzmaUefiDecompress (
+ (UINT8 *) InputSection + ((EFI_GUID_DEFINED_SECTION2 *) InputSection)->DataOffset,
+ SECTION2_SIZE (InputSection) - ((EFI_GUID_DEFINED_SECTION2 *) InputSection)->DataOffset,
+ *OutputBuffer,
+ ScratchBuffer
+ );
+ } else {
+ if (!CompareGuid (
+ &gLzmaCustomDecompressGuid,
+ &(((EFI_GUID_DEFINED_SECTION *) InputSection)->SectionDefinitionGuid))) {
+ return RETURN_INVALID_PARAMETER;
+ }
+
+ //
+ // Authentication is set to Zero, which may be ignored.
+ //
+ *AuthenticationStatus = 0;
+
+ return LzmaUefiDecompress (
+ (UINT8 *) InputSection + ((EFI_GUID_DEFINED_SECTION *) InputSection)->DataOffset,
+ SECTION_SIZE (InputSection) - ((EFI_GUID_DEFINED_SECTION *) InputSection)->DataOffset,
+ *OutputBuffer,
+ ScratchBuffer
+ );
+ }
+}
+
+
+/**
+ Register LzmaDecompress and LzmaDecompressGetInfo handlers with LzmaCustomerDecompressGuid.
+
+ @retval RETURN_SUCCESS Register successfully.
+ @retval RETURN_OUT_OF_RESOURCES No enough memory to store this handler.
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+EFIAPI
+LzmaDecompressLibConstructor (
+ )
+{
+ return ExtractGuidedSectionRegisterHandlers (
+ &gLzmaCustomDecompressGuid,
+ LzmaGuidedSectionGetInfo,
+ LzmaGuidedSectionExtraction
+ );
+}
+
diff --git a/Core/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Library/LzmaCustomDecompressLib/LZMA-SDK-README.txt b/Core/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Library/LzmaCustomDecompressLib/LZMA-SDK-README.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..e05b3bb853 --- /dev/null +++ b/Core/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Library/LzmaCustomDecompressLib/LZMA-SDK-README.txt @@ -0,0 +1,4 @@ +LzmaCustomDecompressLib is based on the LZMA SDK 4.65.
+LZMA SDK 4.65 was placed in the public domain on
+2009-02-03. It was released on the
+http://www.7-zip.org/sdk.html website.
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/Core/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Library/LzmaCustomDecompressLib/LzmaArchCustomDecompressLib.inf b/Core/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Library/LzmaCustomDecompressLib/LzmaArchCustomDecompressLib.inf new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..ec7585d55b --- /dev/null +++ b/Core/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Library/LzmaCustomDecompressLib/LzmaArchCustomDecompressLib.inf @@ -0,0 +1,66 @@ +## @file
+# LzmaArchCustomDecompressLib produces LZMA custom decompression algorithm with the converter for the different arch code.
+#
+# It is based on the LZMA SDK 4.65.
+# LZMA SDK 4.65 was placed in the public domain on 2009-02-03.
+# It was released on the http://www.7-zip.org/sdk.html website.
+#
+# Copyright (c) 2012 - 2015, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+#
+# This program and the accompanying materials
+# are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
+# which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
+# http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
+# THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
+# WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
+#
+#
+##
+
+[Defines]
+ INF_VERSION = 0x00010005
+ BASE_NAME = LzmaArchDecompressLib
+ MODULE_UNI_FILE = LzmaArchDecompressLib.uni
+ FILE_GUID = A853C1D2-E003-4cc4-9DD1-8824AD79FE48
+ MODULE_TYPE = BASE
+ VERSION_STRING = 1.0
+ LIBRARY_CLASS = NULL
+ CONSTRUCTOR = LzmaArchDecompressLibConstructor
+
+#
+# The following information is for reference only and not required by the build tools.
+#
+# VALID_ARCHITECTURES = IA32 X64
+#
+
+[Sources]
+ LzmaDecompress.c
+ Sdk/C/Bra.h
+ Sdk/C/LzFind.c
+ Sdk/C/LzmaDec.c
+ Sdk/C/7zVersion.h
+ Sdk/C/CpuArch.h
+ Sdk/C/LzFind.h
+ Sdk/C/LzHash.h
+ Sdk/C/LzmaDec.h
+ Sdk/C/Types.h
+ UefiLzma.h
+ LzmaDecompressLibInternal.h
+
+[Sources.Ia32, Sources.X64]
+ Sdk/C/Bra86.c
+ F86GuidedSectionExtraction.c
+
+[Packages]
+ MdePkg/MdePkg.dec
+ MdeModulePkg/MdeModulePkg.dec
+
+[Guids.Ia32, Guids.X64]
+ gLzmaF86CustomDecompressGuid ## PRODUCES ## GUID # specifies LZMA custom decompress algorithm with converter for x86 code.
+
+[LibraryClasses]
+ BaseLib
+ DebugLib
+ BaseMemoryLib
+ ExtractGuidedSectionLib
+
diff --git a/Core/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Library/LzmaCustomDecompressLib/LzmaArchDecompressLib.uni b/Core/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Library/LzmaCustomDecompressLib/LzmaArchDecompressLib.uni Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000000..1830dae73c --- /dev/null +++ b/Core/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Library/LzmaCustomDecompressLib/LzmaArchDecompressLib.uni diff --git a/Core/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Library/LzmaCustomDecompressLib/LzmaCustomDecompressLib.inf b/Core/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Library/LzmaCustomDecompressLib/LzmaCustomDecompressLib.inf new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..f5624fd039 --- /dev/null +++ b/Core/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Library/LzmaCustomDecompressLib/LzmaCustomDecompressLib.inf @@ -0,0 +1,62 @@ +## @file
+# LzmaCustomDecompressLib produces LZMA custom decompression algorithm.
+#
+# It is based on the LZMA SDK 4.65.
+# LZMA SDK 4.65 was placed in the public domain on 2009-02-03.
+# It was released on the http://www.7-zip.org/sdk.html website.
+#
+# Copyright (c) 2009 - 2015, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+#
+# This program and the accompanying materials
+# are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
+# which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
+# http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
+# THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
+# WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
+#
+#
+##
+
+[Defines]
+ INF_VERSION = 0x00010005
+ BASE_NAME = LzmaDecompressLib
+ MODULE_UNI_FILE = LzmaDecompressLib.uni
+ FILE_GUID = 35194660-7421-44ad-9636-e44885f092d1
+ MODULE_TYPE = BASE
+ VERSION_STRING = 1.0
+ LIBRARY_CLASS = NULL
+ CONSTRUCTOR = LzmaDecompressLibConstructor
+
+#
+# The following information is for reference only and not required by the build tools.
+#
+# VALID_ARCHITECTURES = IA32 X64 IPF EBC
+#
+
+[Sources]
+ LzmaDecompress.c
+ Sdk/C/LzFind.c
+ Sdk/C/LzmaDec.c
+ Sdk/C/7zVersion.h
+ Sdk/C/CpuArch.h
+ Sdk/C/LzFind.h
+ Sdk/C/LzHash.h
+ Sdk/C/LzmaDec.h
+ Sdk/C/Types.h
+ GuidedSectionExtraction.c
+ UefiLzma.h
+ LzmaDecompressLibInternal.h
+
+[Packages]
+ MdePkg/MdePkg.dec
+ MdeModulePkg/MdeModulePkg.dec
+
+[Guids]
+ gLzmaCustomDecompressGuid ## PRODUCES ## UNDEFINED # specifies LZMA custom decompress algorithm.
+
+[LibraryClasses]
+ BaseLib
+ DebugLib
+ BaseMemoryLib
+ ExtractGuidedSectionLib
+
diff --git a/Core/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Library/LzmaCustomDecompressLib/LzmaDecompress.c b/Core/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Library/LzmaCustomDecompressLib/LzmaDecompress.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..e32b6a3025 --- /dev/null +++ b/Core/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Library/LzmaCustomDecompressLib/LzmaDecompress.c @@ -0,0 +1,220 @@ +/** @file
+ LZMA Decompress interfaces
+
+ Copyright (c) 2009 - 2010, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+ This program and the accompanying materials
+ are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
+ which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
+ http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
+
+ THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
+ WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
+
+**/
+
+#include "LzmaDecompressLibInternal.h"
+#include "Sdk/C/Types.h"
+#include "Sdk/C/7zVersion.h"
+#include "Sdk/C/LzmaDec.h"
+
+#define SCRATCH_BUFFER_REQUEST_SIZE SIZE_64KB
+
+typedef struct
+{
+ ISzAlloc Functions;
+ VOID *Buffer;
+ UINTN BufferSize;
+} ISzAllocWithData;
+
+/**
+ Allocation routine used by LZMA decompression.
+
+ @param P Pointer to the ISzAlloc instance
+ @param Size The size in bytes to be allocated
+
+ @return The allocated pointer address, or NULL on failure
+**/
+VOID *
+SzAlloc (
+ VOID *P,
+ size_t Size
+ )
+{
+ VOID *Addr;
+ ISzAllocWithData *Private;
+
+ Private = (ISzAllocWithData*) P;
+
+ if (Private->BufferSize >= Size) {
+ Addr = Private->Buffer;
+ Private->Buffer = (VOID*) ((UINT8*)Addr + Size);
+ Private->BufferSize -= Size;
+ return Addr;
+ } else {
+ ASSERT (FALSE);
+ return NULL;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ Free routine used by LZMA decompression.
+
+ @param P Pointer to the ISzAlloc instance
+ @param Address The address to be freed
+**/
+VOID
+SzFree (
+ VOID *P,
+ VOID *Address
+ )
+{
+ //
+ // We use the 'scratch buffer' for allocations, so there is no free
+ // operation required. The scratch buffer will be freed by the caller
+ // of the decompression code.
+ //
+}
+
+#define LZMA_HEADER_SIZE (LZMA_PROPS_SIZE + 8)
+
+/**
+ Get the size of the uncompressed buffer by parsing EncodeData header.
+
+ @param EncodedData Pointer to the compressed data.
+
+ @return The size of the uncompressed buffer.
+**/
+UINT64
+GetDecodedSizeOfBuf(
+ UINT8 *EncodedData
+ )
+{
+ UINT64 DecodedSize;
+ INTN Index;
+
+ /* Parse header */
+ DecodedSize = 0;
+ for (Index = LZMA_PROPS_SIZE + 7; Index >= LZMA_PROPS_SIZE; Index--)
+ DecodedSize = LShiftU64(DecodedSize, 8) + EncodedData[Index];
+
+ return DecodedSize;
+}
+
+//
+// LZMA functions and data as defined in local LzmaDecompressLibInternal.h
+//
+
+/**
+ Given a Lzma compressed source buffer, this function retrieves the size of
+ the uncompressed buffer and the size of the scratch buffer required
+ to decompress the compressed source buffer.
+
+ Retrieves the size of the uncompressed buffer and the temporary scratch buffer
+ required to decompress the buffer specified by Source and SourceSize.
+ The size of the uncompressed buffer is returned in DestinationSize,
+ the size of the scratch buffer is returned in ScratchSize, and RETURN_SUCCESS is returned.
+ This function does not have scratch buffer available to perform a thorough
+ checking of the validity of the source data. It just retrieves the "Original Size"
+ field from the LZMA_HEADER_SIZE beginning bytes of the source data and output it as DestinationSize.
+ And ScratchSize is specific to the decompression implementation.
+
+ If SourceSize is less than LZMA_HEADER_SIZE, then ASSERT().
+
+ @param Source The source buffer containing the compressed data.
+ @param SourceSize The size, in bytes, of the source buffer.
+ @param DestinationSize A pointer to the size, in bytes, of the uncompressed buffer
+ that will be generated when the compressed buffer specified
+ by Source and SourceSize is decompressed.
+ @param ScratchSize A pointer to the size, in bytes, of the scratch buffer that
+ is required to decompress the compressed buffer specified
+ by Source and SourceSize.
+
+ @retval RETURN_SUCCESS The size of the uncompressed data was returned
+ in DestinationSize and the size of the scratch
+ buffer was returned in ScratchSize.
+
+**/
+RETURN_STATUS
+EFIAPI
+LzmaUefiDecompressGetInfo (
+ IN CONST VOID *Source,
+ IN UINT32 SourceSize,
+ OUT UINT32 *DestinationSize,
+ OUT UINT32 *ScratchSize
+ )
+{
+ UInt64 DecodedSize;
+
+ ASSERT(SourceSize >= LZMA_HEADER_SIZE);
+
+ DecodedSize = GetDecodedSizeOfBuf((UINT8*)Source);
+
+ *DestinationSize = (UINT32)DecodedSize;
+ *ScratchSize = SCRATCH_BUFFER_REQUEST_SIZE;
+ return RETURN_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+/**
+ Decompresses a Lzma compressed source buffer.
+
+ Extracts decompressed data to its original form.
+ If the compressed source data specified by Source is successfully decompressed
+ into Destination, then RETURN_SUCCESS is returned. If the compressed source data
+ specified by Source is not in a valid compressed data format,
+ then RETURN_INVALID_PARAMETER is returned.
+
+ @param Source The source buffer containing the compressed data.
+ @param SourceSize The size of source buffer.
+ @param Destination The destination buffer to store the decompressed data
+ @param Scratch A temporary scratch buffer that is used to perform the decompression.
+ This is an optional parameter that may be NULL if the
+ required scratch buffer size is 0.
+
+ @retval RETURN_SUCCESS Decompression completed successfully, and
+ the uncompressed buffer is returned in Destination.
+ @retval RETURN_INVALID_PARAMETER
+ The source buffer specified by Source is corrupted
+ (not in a valid compressed format).
+**/
+RETURN_STATUS
+EFIAPI
+LzmaUefiDecompress (
+ IN CONST VOID *Source,
+ IN UINTN SourceSize,
+ IN OUT VOID *Destination,
+ IN OUT VOID *Scratch
+ )
+{
+ SRes LzmaResult;
+ ELzmaStatus Status;
+ SizeT DecodedBufSize;
+ SizeT EncodedDataSize;
+ ISzAllocWithData AllocFuncs;
+
+ AllocFuncs.Functions.Alloc = SzAlloc;
+ AllocFuncs.Functions.Free = SzFree;
+ AllocFuncs.Buffer = Scratch;
+ AllocFuncs.BufferSize = SCRATCH_BUFFER_REQUEST_SIZE;
+
+ DecodedBufSize = (SizeT)GetDecodedSizeOfBuf((UINT8*)Source);
+ EncodedDataSize = (SizeT) (SourceSize - LZMA_HEADER_SIZE);
+
+ LzmaResult = LzmaDecode(
+ Destination,
+ &DecodedBufSize,
+ (Byte*)((UINT8*)Source + LZMA_HEADER_SIZE),
+ &EncodedDataSize,
+ Source,
+ LZMA_PROPS_SIZE,
+ LZMA_FINISH_END,
+ &Status,
+ &(AllocFuncs.Functions)
+ );
+
+ if (LzmaResult == SZ_OK) {
+ return RETURN_SUCCESS;
+ } else {
+ return RETURN_INVALID_PARAMETER;
+ }
+}
+
diff --git a/Core/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Library/LzmaCustomDecompressLib/LzmaDecompressLib.uni b/Core/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Library/LzmaCustomDecompressLib/LzmaDecompressLib.uni Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000000..498e4e1088 --- /dev/null +++ b/Core/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Library/LzmaCustomDecompressLib/LzmaDecompressLib.uni diff --git a/Core/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Library/LzmaCustomDecompressLib/LzmaDecompressLibInternal.h b/Core/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Library/LzmaCustomDecompressLib/LzmaDecompressLibInternal.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..3096e91dbe --- /dev/null +++ b/Core/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Library/LzmaCustomDecompressLib/LzmaDecompressLibInternal.h @@ -0,0 +1,96 @@ +/** @file
+ LZMA Decompress Library internal header file declares Lzma decompress interfaces.
+
+ Copyright (c) 2009 - 2010, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+ This program and the accompanying materials
+ are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
+ which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
+ http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
+
+ THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
+ WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
+
+**/
+
+#ifndef __LZMADECOMPRESSLIB_INTERNAL_H__
+#define __LZMADECOMPRESSLIB_INTERNAL_H__
+
+#include <PiPei.h>
+#include <Library/BaseLib.h>
+#include <Library/BaseMemoryLib.h>
+#include <Library/DebugLib.h>
+#include <Library/ExtractGuidedSectionLib.h>
+#include <Guid/LzmaDecompress.h>
+
+/**
+ Given a Lzma compressed source buffer, this function retrieves the size of
+ the uncompressed buffer and the size of the scratch buffer required
+ to decompress the compressed source buffer.
+
+ Retrieves the size of the uncompressed buffer and the temporary scratch buffer
+ required to decompress the buffer specified by Source and SourceSize.
+ The size of the uncompressed buffer is returned in DestinationSize,
+ the size of the scratch buffer is returned in ScratchSize, and RETURN_SUCCESS is returned.
+ This function does not have scratch buffer available to perform a thorough
+ checking of the validity of the source data. It just retrieves the "Original Size"
+ field from the LZMA_HEADER_SIZE beginning bytes of the source data and output it as DestinationSize.
+ And ScratchSize is specific to the decompression implementation.
+
+ If SourceSize is less than LZMA_HEADER_SIZE, then ASSERT().
+
+ @param Source The source buffer containing the compressed data.
+ @param SourceSize The size, in bytes, of the source buffer.
+ @param DestinationSize A pointer to the size, in bytes, of the uncompressed buffer
+ that will be generated when the compressed buffer specified
+ by Source and SourceSize is decompressed.
+ @param ScratchSize A pointer to the size, in bytes, of the scratch buffer that
+ is required to decompress the compressed buffer specified
+ by Source and SourceSize.
+
+ @retval RETURN_SUCCESS The size of the uncompressed data was returned
+ in DestinationSize and the size of the scratch
+ buffer was returned in ScratchSize.
+
+**/
+RETURN_STATUS
+EFIAPI
+LzmaUefiDecompressGetInfo (
+ IN CONST VOID *Source,
+ IN UINT32 SourceSize,
+ OUT UINT32 *DestinationSize,
+ OUT UINT32 *ScratchSize
+ );
+
+/**
+ Decompresses a Lzma compressed source buffer.
+
+ Extracts decompressed data to its original form.
+ If the compressed source data specified by Source is successfully decompressed
+ into Destination, then RETURN_SUCCESS is returned. If the compressed source data
+ specified by Source is not in a valid compressed data format,
+ then RETURN_INVALID_PARAMETER is returned.
+
+ @param Source The source buffer containing the compressed data.
+ @param SourceSize The size of source buffer.
+ @param Destination The destination buffer to store the decompressed data
+ @param Scratch A temporary scratch buffer that is used to perform the decompression.
+ This is an optional parameter that may be NULL if the
+ required scratch buffer size is 0.
+
+ @retval RETURN_SUCCESS Decompression completed successfully, and
+ the uncompressed buffer is returned in Destination.
+ @retval RETURN_INVALID_PARAMETER
+ The source buffer specified by Source is corrupted
+ (not in a valid compressed format).
+**/
+RETURN_STATUS
+EFIAPI
+LzmaUefiDecompress (
+ IN CONST VOID *Source,
+ IN UINTN SourceSize,
+ IN OUT VOID *Destination,
+ IN OUT VOID *Scratch
+ );
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/Core/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Library/LzmaCustomDecompressLib/Sdk/C/7zVersion.h b/Core/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Library/LzmaCustomDecompressLib/Sdk/C/7zVersion.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..5a6bcadac6 --- /dev/null +++ b/Core/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Library/LzmaCustomDecompressLib/Sdk/C/7zVersion.h @@ -0,0 +1,7 @@ +#define MY_VER_MAJOR 4
+#define MY_VER_MINOR 65
+#define MY_VER_BUILD 0
+#define MY_VERSION "4.65"
+#define MY_DATE "2009-02-03"
+#define MY_COPYRIGHT ": Igor Pavlov : Public domain"
+#define MY_VERSION_COPYRIGHT_DATE MY_VERSION " " MY_COPYRIGHT " : " MY_DATE
diff --git a/Core/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Library/LzmaCustomDecompressLib/Sdk/C/Bra.h b/Core/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Library/LzmaCustomDecompressLib/Sdk/C/Bra.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..b9018eb991 --- /dev/null +++ b/Core/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Library/LzmaCustomDecompressLib/Sdk/C/Bra.h @@ -0,0 +1,60 @@ +/* Bra.h -- Branch converters for executables
+2008-10-04 : Igor Pavlov : Public domain */
+
+#ifndef __BRA_H
+#define __BRA_H
+
+#include "Types.h"
+
+/*
+These functions convert relative addresses to absolute addresses
+in CALL instructions to increase the compression ratio.
+
+ In:
+ data - data buffer
+ size - size of data
+ ip - current virtual Instruction Pinter (IP) value
+ state - state variable for x86 converter
+ encoding - 0 (for decoding), 1 (for encoding)
+
+ Out:
+ state - state variable for x86 converter
+
+ Returns:
+ The number of processed bytes. If you call these functions with multiple calls,
+ you must start next call with first byte after block of processed bytes.
+
+ Type Endian Alignment LookAhead
+
+ x86 little 1 4
+ ARMT little 2 2
+ ARM little 4 0
+ PPC big 4 0
+ SPARC big 4 0
+ IA64 little 16 0
+
+ size must be >= Alignment + LookAhead, if it's not last block.
+ If (size < Alignment + LookAhead), converter returns 0.
+
+ Example:
+
+ UInt32 ip = 0;
+ for ()
+ {
+ ; size must be >= Alignment + LookAhead, if it's not last block
+ SizeT processed = Convert(data, size, ip, 1);
+ data += processed;
+ size -= processed;
+ ip += processed;
+ }
+*/
+
+#define x86_Convert_Init(state) { state = 0; }
+SizeT x86_Convert(Byte *data, SizeT size, UInt32 ip, UInt32 *state, int encoding);
+SizeT ARM_Convert(Byte *data, SizeT size, UInt32 ip, int encoding);
+SizeT ARMT_Convert(Byte *data, SizeT size, UInt32 ip, int encoding);
+SizeT PPC_Convert(Byte *data, SizeT size, UInt32 ip, int encoding);
+SizeT SPARC_Convert(Byte *data, SizeT size, UInt32 ip, int encoding);
+SizeT IA64_Convert(Byte *data, SizeT size, UInt32 ip, int encoding);
+
+#endif
diff --git a/Core/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Library/LzmaCustomDecompressLib/Sdk/C/Bra86.c b/Core/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Library/LzmaCustomDecompressLib/Sdk/C/Bra86.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..93566cb212 --- /dev/null +++ b/Core/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Library/LzmaCustomDecompressLib/Sdk/C/Bra86.c @@ -0,0 +1,85 @@ +/* Bra86.c -- Converter for x86 code (BCJ)
+2008-10-04 : Igor Pavlov : Public domain */
+
+#include "Bra.h"
+
+#define Test86MSByte(b) ((b) == 0 || (b) == 0xFF)
+
+const Byte kMaskToAllowedStatus[8] = {1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0};
+const Byte kMaskToBitNumber[8] = {0, 1, 2, 2, 3, 3, 3, 3};
+
+SizeT x86_Convert(Byte *data, SizeT size, UInt32 ip, UInt32 *state, int encoding)
+{
+ SizeT bufferPos = 0, prevPosT;
+ UInt32 prevMask = *state & 0x7;
+ if (size < 5)
+ return 0;
+ ip += 5;
+ prevPosT = (SizeT)0 - 1;
+
+ for (;;)
+ {
+ Byte *p = data + bufferPos;
+ Byte *limit = data + size - 4;
+ for (; p < limit; p++)
+ if ((*p & 0xFE) == 0xE8)
+ break;
+ bufferPos = (SizeT)(p - data);
+ if (p >= limit)
+ break;
+ prevPosT = bufferPos - prevPosT;
+ if (prevPosT > 3)
+ prevMask = 0;
+ else
+ {
+ prevMask = (prevMask << ((int)prevPosT - 1)) & 0x7;
+ if (prevMask != 0)
+ {
+ Byte b = p[4 - kMaskToBitNumber[prevMask]];
+ if (!kMaskToAllowedStatus[prevMask] || Test86MSByte(b))
+ {
+ prevPosT = bufferPos;
+ prevMask = ((prevMask << 1) & 0x7) | 1;
+ bufferPos++;
+ continue;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ prevPosT = bufferPos;
+
+ if (Test86MSByte(p[4]))
+ {
+ UInt32 src = ((UInt32)p[4] << 24) | ((UInt32)p[3] << 16) | ((UInt32)p[2] << 8) | ((UInt32)p[1]);
+ UInt32 dest;
+ for (;;)
+ {
+ Byte b;
+ int index;
+ if (encoding)
+ dest = (ip + (UInt32)bufferPos) + src;
+ else
+ dest = src - (ip + (UInt32)bufferPos);
+ if (prevMask == 0)
+ break;
+ index = kMaskToBitNumber[prevMask] * 8;
+ b = (Byte)(dest >> (24 - index));
+ if (!Test86MSByte(b))
+ break;
+ src = dest ^ ((1 << (32 - index)) - 1);
+ }
+ p[4] = (Byte)(~(((dest >> 24) & 1) - 1));
+ p[3] = (Byte)(dest >> 16);
+ p[2] = (Byte)(dest >> 8);
+ p[1] = (Byte)dest;
+ bufferPos += 5;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ prevMask = ((prevMask << 1) & 0x7) | 1;
+ bufferPos++;
+ }
+ }
+ prevPosT = bufferPos - prevPosT;
+ *state = ((prevPosT > 3) ? 0 : ((prevMask << ((int)prevPosT - 1)) & 0x7));
+ return bufferPos;
+}
diff --git a/Core/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Library/LzmaCustomDecompressLib/Sdk/C/CpuArch.h b/Core/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Library/LzmaCustomDecompressLib/Sdk/C/CpuArch.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..006361f2f2 --- /dev/null +++ b/Core/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Library/LzmaCustomDecompressLib/Sdk/C/CpuArch.h @@ -0,0 +1,69 @@ +/* CpuArch.h
+2008-08-05
+Igor Pavlov
+Public domain */
+
+#ifndef __CPUARCH_H
+#define __CPUARCH_H
+
+/*
+LITTLE_ENDIAN_UNALIGN means:
+ 1) CPU is LITTLE_ENDIAN
+ 2) it's allowed to make unaligned memory accesses
+if LITTLE_ENDIAN_UNALIGN is not defined, it means that we don't know
+about these properties of platform.
+*/
+
+#if defined(_M_IX86) || defined(_M_X64) || defined(_M_AMD64) || defined(__i386__) || defined(__x86_64__)
+#define LITTLE_ENDIAN_UNALIGN
+#endif
+
+#ifdef LITTLE_ENDIAN_UNALIGN
+
+#define GetUi16(p) (*(const UInt16 *)(p))
+#define GetUi32(p) (*(const UInt32 *)(p))
+#define GetUi64(p) (*(const UInt64 *)(p))
+#define SetUi32(p, d) *(UInt32 *)(p) = (d);
+
+#else
+
+#define GetUi16(p) (((const Byte *)(p))[0] | ((UInt16)((const Byte *)(p))[1] << 8))
+
+#define GetUi32(p) ( \
+ ((const Byte *)(p))[0] | \
+ ((UInt32)((const Byte *)(p))[1] << 8) | \
+ ((UInt32)((const Byte *)(p))[2] << 16) | \
+ ((UInt32)((const Byte *)(p))[3] << 24))
+
+#define GetUi64(p) (GetUi32(p) | ((UInt64)GetUi32(((const Byte *)(p)) + 4) << 32))
+
+#define SetUi32(p, d) { UInt32 _x_ = (d); \
+ ((Byte *)(p))[0] = (Byte)_x_; \
+ ((Byte *)(p))[1] = (Byte)(_x_ >> 8); \
+ ((Byte *)(p))[2] = (Byte)(_x_ >> 16); \
+ ((Byte *)(p))[3] = (Byte)(_x_ >> 24); }
+
+#endif
+
+#if defined(LITTLE_ENDIAN_UNALIGN) && defined(_WIN64) && (_MSC_VER >= 1300)
+
+#pragma intrinsic(_byteswap_ulong)
+#pragma intrinsic(_byteswap_uint64)
+#define GetBe32(p) _byteswap_ulong(*(const UInt32 *)(const Byte *)(p))
+#define GetBe64(p) _byteswap_uint64(*(const UInt64 *)(const Byte *)(p))
+
+#else
+
+#define GetBe32(p) ( \
+ ((UInt32)((const Byte *)(p))[0] << 24) | \
+ ((UInt32)((const Byte *)(p))[1] << 16) | \
+ ((UInt32)((const Byte *)(p))[2] << 8) | \
+ ((const Byte *)(p))[3] )
+
+#define GetBe64(p) (((UInt64)GetBe32(p) << 32) | GetBe32(((const Byte *)(p)) + 4))
+
+#endif
+
+#define GetBe16(p) (((UInt16)((const Byte *)(p))[0] << 8) | ((const Byte *)(p))[1])
+
+#endif
diff --git a/Core/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Library/LzmaCustomDecompressLib/Sdk/C/LzFind.c b/Core/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Library/LzmaCustomDecompressLib/Sdk/C/LzFind.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..492cea2e41 --- /dev/null +++ b/Core/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Library/LzmaCustomDecompressLib/Sdk/C/LzFind.c @@ -0,0 +1,770 @@ +/** @file
+ LzFind.c
+
+ Based on LZMA SDK 4.65:
+ LzFind.c -- Match finder for LZ algorithms
+ 2008-10-04 : Igor Pavlov : Public domain
+
+ Copyright (c) 2009, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+ This program and the accompanying materials
+ are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
+ which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
+ http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
+
+ THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
+ WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
+
+**/
+
+#ifndef EFIAPI
+
+#include <string.h>
+
+#endif // !EFIAPI
+
+#include "LzFind.h"
+#include "LzHash.h"
+
+#define kEmptyHashValue 0
+#define kMaxValForNormalize ((UInt32)0xFFFFFFFF)
+#define kNormalizeStepMin (1 << 10) /* it must be power of 2 */
+#define kNormalizeMask (~(kNormalizeStepMin - 1))
+#define kMaxHistorySize ((UInt32)3 << 30)
+
+#define kStartMaxLen 3
+
+static void LzInWindow_Free(CMatchFinder *p, ISzAlloc *alloc)
+{
+ if (!p->directInput)
+ {
+ alloc->Free(alloc, p->bufferBase);
+ p->bufferBase = 0;
+ }
+}
+
+/* keepSizeBefore + keepSizeAfter + keepSizeReserv must be < 4G) */
+
+static int LzInWindow_Create(CMatchFinder *p, UInt32 keepSizeReserv, ISzAlloc *alloc)
+{
+ UInt32 blockSize = p->keepSizeBefore + p->keepSizeAfter + keepSizeReserv;
+ if (p->directInput)
+ {
+ p->blockSize = blockSize;
+ return 1;
+ }
+ if (p->bufferBase == 0 || p->blockSize != blockSize)
+ {
+ LzInWindow_Free(p, alloc);
+ p->blockSize = blockSize;
+ p->bufferBase = (Byte *)alloc->Alloc(alloc, (size_t)blockSize);
+ }
+ return (p->bufferBase != 0);
+}
+
+Byte *MatchFinder_GetPointerToCurrentPos(CMatchFinder *p) { return p->buffer; }
+Byte MatchFinder_GetIndexByte(CMatchFinder *p, Int32 index) { return p->buffer[index]; }
+
+UInt32 MatchFinder_GetNumAvailableBytes(CMatchFinder *p) { return p->streamPos - p->pos; }
+
+void MatchFinder_ReduceOffsets(CMatchFinder *p, UInt32 subValue)
+{
+ p->posLimit -= subValue;
+ p->pos -= subValue;
+ p->streamPos -= subValue;
+}
+
+static void MatchFinder_ReadBlock(CMatchFinder *p)
+{
+ if (p->streamEndWasReached || p->result != SZ_OK)
+ return;
+ for (;;)
+ {
+ Byte *dest = p->buffer + (p->streamPos - p->pos);
+ size_t size = (p->bufferBase + p->blockSize - dest);
+ if (size == 0)
+ return;
+ p->result = p->stream->Read(p->stream, dest, &size);
+ if (p->result != SZ_OK)
+ return;
+ if (size == 0)
+ {
+ p->streamEndWasReached = 1;
+ return;
+ }
+ p->streamPos += (UInt32)size;
+ if (p->streamPos - p->pos > p->keepSizeAfter)
+ return;
+ }
+}
+
+void MatchFinder_MoveBlock(CMatchFinder *p)
+{
+ memmove(p->bufferBase,
+ p->buffer - p->keepSizeBefore,
+ (size_t)(p->streamPos - p->pos + p->keepSizeBefore));
+ p->buffer = p->bufferBase + p->keepSizeBefore;
+}
+
+int MatchFinder_NeedMove(CMatchFinder *p)
+{
+ /* if (p->streamEndWasReached) return 0; */
+ return ((size_t)(p->bufferBase + p->blockSize - p->buffer) <= p->keepSizeAfter);
+}
+
+void MatchFinder_ReadIfRequired(CMatchFinder *p)
+{
+ if (p->streamEndWasReached)
+ return;
+ if (p->keepSizeAfter >= p->streamPos - p->pos)
+ MatchFinder_ReadBlock(p);
+}
+
+static void MatchFinder_CheckAndMoveAndRead(CMatchFinder *p)
+{
+ if (MatchFinder_NeedMove(p))
+ MatchFinder_MoveBlock(p);
+ MatchFinder_ReadBlock(p);
+}
+
+static void MatchFinder_SetDefaultSettings(CMatchFinder *p)
+{
+ p->cutValue = 32;
+ p->btMode = 1;
+ p->numHashBytes = 4;
+ /* p->skipModeBits = 0; */
+ p->directInput = 0;
+ p->bigHash = 0;
+}
+
+#define kCrcPoly 0xEDB88320
+
+void MatchFinder_Construct(CMatchFinder *p)
+{
+ UInt32 i;
+ p->bufferBase = 0;
+ p->directInput = 0;
+ p->hash = 0;
+ MatchFinder_SetDefaultSettings(p);
+
+ for (i = 0; i < 256; i++)
+ {
+ UInt32 r = i;
+ int j;
+ for (j = 0; j < 8; j++)
+ r = (r >> 1) ^ (kCrcPoly & ~((r & 1) - 1));
+ p->crc[i] = r;
+ }
+}
+
+static void MatchFinder_FreeThisClassMemory(CMatchFinder *p, ISzAlloc *alloc)
+{
+ alloc->Free(alloc, p->hash);
+ p->hash = 0;
+}
+
+void MatchFinder_Free(CMatchFinder *p, ISzAlloc *alloc)
+{
+ MatchFinder_FreeThisClassMemory(p, alloc);
+ LzInWindow_Free(p, alloc);
+}
+
+static CLzRef* AllocRefs(UInt32 num, ISzAlloc *alloc)
+{
+ size_t sizeInBytes = (size_t)num * sizeof(CLzRef);
+ if (sizeInBytes / sizeof(CLzRef) != num)
+ return 0;
+ return (CLzRef *)alloc->Alloc(alloc, sizeInBytes);
+}
+
+int MatchFinder_Create(CMatchFinder *p, UInt32 historySize,
+ UInt32 keepAddBufferBefore, UInt32 matchMaxLen, UInt32 keepAddBufferAfter,
+ ISzAlloc *alloc)
+{
+ UInt32 sizeReserv;
+ if (historySize > kMaxHistorySize)
+ {
+ MatchFinder_Free(p, alloc);
+ return 0;
+ }
+ sizeReserv = historySize >> 1;
+ if (historySize > ((UInt32)2 << 30))
+ sizeReserv = historySize >> 2;
+ sizeReserv += (keepAddBufferBefore + matchMaxLen + keepAddBufferAfter) / 2 + (1 << 19);
+
+ p->keepSizeBefore = historySize + keepAddBufferBefore + 1;
+ p->keepSizeAfter = matchMaxLen + keepAddBufferAfter;
+ /* we need one additional byte, since we use MoveBlock after pos++ and before dictionary using */
+ if (LzInWindow_Create(p, sizeReserv, alloc))
+ {
+ UInt32 newCyclicBufferSize = (historySize /* >> p->skipModeBits */) + 1;
+ UInt32 hs;
+ p->matchMaxLen = matchMaxLen;
+ {
+ p->fixedHashSize = 0;
+ if (p->numHashBytes == 2)
+ hs = (1 << 16) - 1;
+ else
+ {
+ hs = historySize - 1;
+ hs |= (hs >> 1);
+ hs |= (hs >> 2);
+ hs |= (hs >> 4);
+ hs |= (hs >> 8);
+ hs >>= 1;
+ /* hs >>= p->skipModeBits; */
+ hs |= 0xFFFF; /* don't change it! It's required for Deflate */
+ if (hs > (1 << 24))
+ {
+ if (p->numHashBytes == 3)
+ hs = (1 << 24) - 1;
+ else
+ hs >>= 1;
+ }
+ }
+ p->hashMask = hs;
+ hs++;
+ if (p->numHashBytes > 2) p->fixedHashSize += kHash2Size;
+ if (p->numHashBytes > 3) p->fixedHashSize += kHash3Size;
+ if (p->numHashBytes > 4) p->fixedHashSize += kHash4Size;
+ hs += p->fixedHashSize;
+ }
+
+ {
+ UInt32 prevSize = p->hashSizeSum + p->numSons;
+ UInt32 newSize;
+ p->historySize = historySize;
+ p->hashSizeSum = hs;
+ p->cyclicBufferSize = newCyclicBufferSize;
+ p->numSons = (p->btMode ? newCyclicBufferSize * 2 : newCyclicBufferSize);
+ newSize = p->hashSizeSum + p->numSons;
+ if (p->hash != 0 && prevSize == newSize)
+ return 1;
+ MatchFinder_FreeThisClassMemory(p, alloc);
+ p->hash = AllocRefs(newSize, alloc);
+ if (p->hash != 0)
+ {
+ p->son = p->hash + p->hashSizeSum;
+ return 1;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ MatchFinder_Free(p, alloc);
+ return 0;
+}
+
+static void MatchFinder_SetLimits(CMatchFinder *p)
+{
+ UInt32 limit = kMaxValForNormalize - p->pos;
+ UInt32 limit2 = p->cyclicBufferSize - p->cyclicBufferPos;
+ if (limit2 < limit)
+ limit = limit2;
+ limit2 = p->streamPos - p->pos;
+ if (limit2 <= p->keepSizeAfter)
+ {
+ if (limit2 > 0)
+ limit2 = 1;
+ }
+ else
+ limit2 -= p->keepSizeAfter;
+ if (limit2 < limit)
+ limit = limit2;
+ {
+ UInt32 lenLimit = p->streamPos - p->pos;
+ if (lenLimit > p->matchMaxLen)
+ lenLimit = p->matchMaxLen;
+ p->lenLimit = lenLimit;
+ }
+ p->posLimit = p->pos + limit;
+}
+
+void MatchFinder_Init(CMatchFinder *p)
+{
+ UInt32 i;
+ for (i = 0; i < p->hashSizeSum; i++)
+ p->hash[i] = kEmptyHashValue;
+ p->cyclicBufferPos = 0;
+ p->buffer = p->bufferBase;
+ p->pos = p->streamPos = p->cyclicBufferSize;
+ p->result = SZ_OK;
+ p->streamEndWasReached = 0;
+ MatchFinder_ReadBlock(p);
+ MatchFinder_SetLimits(p);
+}
+
+static UInt32 MatchFinder_GetSubValue(CMatchFinder *p)
+{
+ return (p->pos - p->historySize - 1) & kNormalizeMask;
+}
+
+void MatchFinder_Normalize3(UInt32 subValue, CLzRef *items, UInt32 numItems)
+{
+ UInt32 i;
+ for (i = 0; i < numItems; i++)
+ {
+ UInt32 value = items[i];
+ if (value <= subValue)
+ value = kEmptyHashValue;
+ else
+ value -= subValue;
+ items[i] = value;
+ }
+}
+
+static void MatchFinder_Normalize(CMatchFinder *p)
+{
+ UInt32 subValue = MatchFinder_GetSubValue(p);
+ MatchFinder_Normalize3(subValue, p->hash, p->hashSizeSum + p->numSons);
+ MatchFinder_ReduceOffsets(p, subValue);
+}
+
+static void MatchFinder_CheckLimits(CMatchFinder *p)
+{
+ if (p->pos == kMaxValForNormalize)
+ MatchFinder_Normalize(p);
+ if (!p->streamEndWasReached && p->keepSizeAfter == p->streamPos - p->pos)
+ MatchFinder_CheckAndMoveAndRead(p);
+ if (p->cyclicBufferPos == p->cyclicBufferSize)
+ p->cyclicBufferPos = 0;
+ MatchFinder_SetLimits(p);
+}
+
+static UInt32 * Hc_GetMatchesSpec(UInt32 lenLimit, UInt32 curMatch, UInt32 pos, const Byte *cur, CLzRef *son,
+ UInt32 _cyclicBufferPos, UInt32 _cyclicBufferSize, UInt32 cutValue,
+ UInt32 *distances, UInt32 maxLen)
+{
+ son[_cyclicBufferPos] = curMatch;
+ for (;;)
+ {
+ UInt32 delta = pos - curMatch;
+ if (cutValue-- == 0 || delta >= _cyclicBufferSize)
+ return distances;
+ {
+ const Byte *pb = cur - delta;
+ curMatch = son[_cyclicBufferPos - delta + ((delta > _cyclicBufferPos) ? _cyclicBufferSize : 0)];
+ if (pb[maxLen] == cur[maxLen] && *pb == *cur)
+ {
+ UInt32 len = 0;
+ while (++len != lenLimit)
+ if (pb[len] != cur[len])
+ break;
+ if (maxLen < len)
+ {
+ *distances++ = maxLen = len;
+ *distances++ = delta - 1;
+ if (len == lenLimit)
+ return distances;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+UInt32 * GetMatchesSpec1(UInt32 lenLimit, UInt32 curMatch, UInt32 pos, const Byte *cur, CLzRef *son,
+ UInt32 _cyclicBufferPos, UInt32 _cyclicBufferSize, UInt32 cutValue,
+ UInt32 *distances, UInt32 maxLen)
+{
+ CLzRef *ptr0 = son + (_cyclicBufferPos << 1) + 1;
+ CLzRef *ptr1 = son + (_cyclicBufferPos << 1);
+ UInt32 len0 = 0, len1 = 0;
+ for (;;)
+ {
+ UInt32 delta = pos - curMatch;
+ if (cutValue-- == 0 || delta >= _cyclicBufferSize)
+ {
+ *ptr0 = *ptr1 = kEmptyHashValue;
+ return distances;
+ }
+ {
+ CLzRef *pair = son + ((_cyclicBufferPos - delta + ((delta > _cyclicBufferPos) ? _cyclicBufferSize : 0)) << 1);
+ const Byte *pb = cur - delta;
+ UInt32 len = (len0 < len1 ? len0 : len1);
+ if (pb[len] == cur[len])
+ {
+ if (++len != lenLimit && pb[len] == cur[len])
+ while (++len != lenLimit)
+ if (pb[len] != cur[len])
+ break;
+ if (maxLen < len)
+ {
+ *distances++ = maxLen = len;
+ *distances++ = delta - 1;
+ if (len == lenLimit)
+ {
+ *ptr1 = pair[0];
+ *ptr0 = pair[1];
+ return distances;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ if (pb[len] < cur[len])
+ {
+ *ptr1 = curMatch;
+ ptr1 = pair + 1;
+ curMatch = *ptr1;
+ len1 = len;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ *ptr0 = curMatch;
+ ptr0 = pair;
+ curMatch = *ptr0;
+ len0 = len;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+static void SkipMatchesSpec(UInt32 lenLimit, UInt32 curMatch, UInt32 pos, const Byte *cur, CLzRef *son,
+ UInt32 _cyclicBufferPos, UInt32 _cyclicBufferSize, UInt32 cutValue)
+{
+ CLzRef *ptr0 = son + (_cyclicBufferPos << 1) + 1;
+ CLzRef *ptr1 = son + (_cyclicBufferPos << 1);
+ UInt32 len0 = 0, len1 = 0;
+ for (;;)
+ {
+ UInt32 delta = pos - curMatch;
+ if (cutValue-- == 0 || delta >= _cyclicBufferSize)
+ {
+ *ptr0 = *ptr1 = kEmptyHashValue;
+ return;
+ }
+ {
+ CLzRef *pair = son + ((_cyclicBufferPos - delta + ((delta > _cyclicBufferPos) ? _cyclicBufferSize : 0)) << 1);
+ const Byte *pb = cur - delta;
+ UInt32 len = (len0 < len1 ? len0 : len1);
+ if (pb[len] == cur[len])
+ {
+ while (++len != lenLimit)
+ if (pb[len] != cur[len])
+ break;
+ {
+ if (len == lenLimit)
+ {
+ *ptr1 = pair[0];
+ *ptr0 = pair[1];
+ return;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ if (pb[len] < cur[len])
+ {
+ *ptr1 = curMatch;
+ ptr1 = pair + 1;
+ curMatch = *ptr1;
+ len1 = len;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ *ptr0 = curMatch;
+ ptr0 = pair;
+ curMatch = *ptr0;
+ len0 = len;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+#define MOVE_POS \
+ ++p->cyclicBufferPos; \
+ p->buffer++; \
+ if (++p->pos == p->posLimit) MatchFinder_CheckLimits(p);
+
+#define MOVE_POS_RET MOVE_POS return offset;
+
+static void MatchFinder_MovePos(CMatchFinder *p) { MOVE_POS; }
+
+#define GET_MATCHES_HEADER2(minLen, ret_op) \
+ UInt32 lenLimit; UInt32 hashValue; const Byte *cur; UInt32 curMatch; \
+ lenLimit = p->lenLimit; { if (lenLimit < minLen) { MatchFinder_MovePos(p); ret_op; }} \
+ cur = p->buffer;
+
+#define GET_MATCHES_HEADER(minLen) GET_MATCHES_HEADER2(minLen, return 0)
+#define SKIP_HEADER(minLen) GET_MATCHES_HEADER2(minLen, continue)
+
+#define MF_PARAMS(p) p->pos, p->buffer, p->son, p->cyclicBufferPos, p->cyclicBufferSize, p->cutValue
+
+#define GET_MATCHES_FOOTER(offset, maxLen) \
+ offset = (UInt32)(GetMatchesSpec1(lenLimit, curMatch, MF_PARAMS(p), \
+ distances + offset, maxLen) - distances); MOVE_POS_RET;
+
+#define SKIP_FOOTER \
+ SkipMatchesSpec(lenLimit, curMatch, MF_PARAMS(p)); MOVE_POS;
+
+static UInt32 Bt2_MatchFinder_GetMatches(CMatchFinder *p, UInt32 *distances)
+{
+ UInt32 offset;
+ GET_MATCHES_HEADER(2)
+ HASH2_CALC;
+ curMatch = p->hash[hashValue];
+ p->hash[hashValue] = p->pos;
+ offset = 0;
+ GET_MATCHES_FOOTER(offset, 1)
+}
+
+UInt32 Bt3Zip_MatchFinder_GetMatches(CMatchFinder *p, UInt32 *distances)
+{
+ UInt32 offset;
+ GET_MATCHES_HEADER(3)
+ HASH_ZIP_CALC;
+ curMatch = p->hash[hashValue];
+ p->hash[hashValue] = p->pos;
+ offset = 0;
+ GET_MATCHES_FOOTER(offset, 2)
+}
+
+static UInt32 Bt3_MatchFinder_GetMatches(CMatchFinder *p, UInt32 *distances)
+{
+ UInt32 hash2Value, delta2, maxLen, offset;
+ GET_MATCHES_HEADER(3)
+
+ HASH3_CALC;
+
+ delta2 = p->pos - p->hash[hash2Value];
+ curMatch = p->hash[kFix3HashSize + hashValue];
+
+ p->hash[hash2Value] =
+ p->hash[kFix3HashSize + hashValue] = p->pos;
+
+
+ maxLen = 2;
+ offset = 0;
+ if (delta2 < p->cyclicBufferSize && *(cur - delta2) == *cur)
+ {
+ for (; maxLen != lenLimit; maxLen++)
+ if (cur[(ptrdiff_t)maxLen - delta2] != cur[maxLen])
+ break;
+ distances[0] = maxLen;
+ distances[1] = delta2 - 1;
+ offset = 2;
+ if (maxLen == lenLimit)
+ {
+ SkipMatchesSpec(lenLimit, curMatch, MF_PARAMS(p));
+ MOVE_POS_RET;
+ }
+ }
+ GET_MATCHES_FOOTER(offset, maxLen)
+}
+
+static UInt32 Bt4_MatchFinder_GetMatches(CMatchFinder *p, UInt32 *distances)
+{
+ UInt32 hash2Value, hash3Value, delta2, delta3, maxLen, offset;
+ GET_MATCHES_HEADER(4)
+
+ HASH4_CALC;
+
+ delta2 = p->pos - p->hash[ hash2Value];
+ delta3 = p->pos - p->hash[kFix3HashSize + hash3Value];
+ curMatch = p->hash[kFix4HashSize + hashValue];
+
+ p->hash[ hash2Value] =
+ p->hash[kFix3HashSize + hash3Value] =
+ p->hash[kFix4HashSize + hashValue] = p->pos;
+
+ maxLen = 1;
+ offset = 0;
+ if (delta2 < p->cyclicBufferSize && *(cur - delta2) == *cur)
+ {
+ distances[0] = maxLen = 2;
+ distances[1] = delta2 - 1;
+ offset = 2;
+ }
+ if (delta2 != delta3 && delta3 < p->cyclicBufferSize && *(cur - delta3) == *cur)
+ {
+ maxLen = 3;
+ distances[offset + 1] = delta3 - 1;
+ offset += 2;
+ delta2 = delta3;
+ }
+ if (offset != 0)
+ {
+ for (; maxLen != lenLimit; maxLen++)
+ if (cur[(ptrdiff_t)maxLen - delta2] != cur[maxLen])
+ break;
+ distances[offset - 2] = maxLen;
+ if (maxLen == lenLimit)
+ {
+ SkipMatchesSpec(lenLimit, curMatch, MF_PARAMS(p));
+ MOVE_POS_RET;
+ }
+ }
+ if (maxLen < 3)
+ maxLen = 3;
+ GET_MATCHES_FOOTER(offset, maxLen)
+}
+
+static UInt32 Hc4_MatchFinder_GetMatches(CMatchFinder *p, UInt32 *distances)
+{
+ UInt32 hash2Value, hash3Value, delta2, delta3, maxLen, offset;
+ GET_MATCHES_HEADER(4)
+
+ HASH4_CALC;
+
+ delta2 = p->pos - p->hash[ hash2Value];
+ delta3 = p->pos - p->hash[kFix3HashSize + hash3Value];
+ curMatch = p->hash[kFix4HashSize + hashValue];
+
+ p->hash[ hash2Value] =
+ p->hash[kFix3HashSize + hash3Value] =
+ p->hash[kFix4HashSize + hashValue] = p->pos;
+
+ maxLen = 1;
+ offset = 0;
+ if (delta2 < p->cyclicBufferSize && *(cur - delta2) == *cur)
+ {
+ distances[0] = maxLen = 2;
+ distances[1] = delta2 - 1;
+ offset = 2;
+ }
+ if (delta2 != delta3 && delta3 < p->cyclicBufferSize && *(cur - delta3) == *cur)
+ {
+ maxLen = 3;
+ distances[offset + 1] = delta3 - 1;
+ offset += 2;
+ delta2 = delta3;
+ }
+ if (offset != 0)
+ {
+ for (; maxLen != lenLimit; maxLen++)
+ if (cur[(ptrdiff_t)maxLen - delta2] != cur[maxLen])
+ break;
+ distances[offset - 2] = maxLen;
+ if (maxLen == lenLimit)
+ {
+ p->son[p->cyclicBufferPos] = curMatch;
+ MOVE_POS_RET;
+ }
+ }
+ if (maxLen < 3)
+ maxLen = 3;
+ offset = (UInt32)(Hc_GetMatchesSpec(lenLimit, curMatch, MF_PARAMS(p),
+ distances + offset, maxLen) - (distances));
+ MOVE_POS_RET
+}
+
+UInt32 Hc3Zip_MatchFinder_GetMatches(CMatchFinder *p, UInt32 *distances)
+{
+ UInt32 offset;
+ GET_MATCHES_HEADER(3)
+ HASH_ZIP_CALC;
+ curMatch = p->hash[hashValue];
+ p->hash[hashValue] = p->pos;
+ offset = (UInt32)(Hc_GetMatchesSpec(lenLimit, curMatch, MF_PARAMS(p),
+ distances, 2) - (distances));
+ MOVE_POS_RET
+}
+
+static void Bt2_MatchFinder_Skip(CMatchFinder *p, UInt32 num)
+{
+ do
+ {
+ SKIP_HEADER(2)
+ HASH2_CALC;
+ curMatch = p->hash[hashValue];
+ p->hash[hashValue] = p->pos;
+ SKIP_FOOTER
+ }
+ while (--num != 0);
+}
+
+void Bt3Zip_MatchFinder_Skip(CMatchFinder *p, UInt32 num)
+{
+ do
+ {
+ SKIP_HEADER(3)
+ HASH_ZIP_CALC;
+ curMatch = p->hash[hashValue];
+ p->hash[hashValue] = p->pos;
+ SKIP_FOOTER
+ }
+ while (--num != 0);
+}
+
+static void Bt3_MatchFinder_Skip(CMatchFinder *p, UInt32 num)
+{
+ do
+ {
+ UInt32 hash2Value;
+ SKIP_HEADER(3)
+ HASH3_CALC;
+ curMatch = p->hash[kFix3HashSize + hashValue];
+ p->hash[hash2Value] =
+ p->hash[kFix3HashSize + hashValue] = p->pos;
+ SKIP_FOOTER
+ }
+ while (--num != 0);
+}
+
+static void Bt4_MatchFinder_Skip(CMatchFinder *p, UInt32 num)
+{
+ do
+ {
+ UInt32 hash2Value, hash3Value;
+ SKIP_HEADER(4)
+ HASH4_CALC;
+ curMatch = p->hash[kFix4HashSize + hashValue];
+ p->hash[ hash2Value] =
+ p->hash[kFix3HashSize + hash3Value] = p->pos;
+ p->hash[kFix4HashSize + hashValue] = p->pos;
+ SKIP_FOOTER
+ }
+ while (--num != 0);
+}
+
+static void Hc4_MatchFinder_Skip(CMatchFinder *p, UInt32 num)
+{
+ do
+ {
+ UInt32 hash2Value, hash3Value;
+ SKIP_HEADER(4)
+ HASH4_CALC;
+ curMatch = p->hash[kFix4HashSize + hashValue];
+ p->hash[ hash2Value] =
+ p->hash[kFix3HashSize + hash3Value] =
+ p->hash[kFix4HashSize + hashValue] = p->pos;
+ p->son[p->cyclicBufferPos] = curMatch;
+ MOVE_POS
+ }
+ while (--num != 0);
+}
+
+void Hc3Zip_MatchFinder_Skip(CMatchFinder *p, UInt32 num)
+{
+ do
+ {
+ SKIP_HEADER(3)
+ HASH_ZIP_CALC;
+ curMatch = p->hash[hashValue];
+ p->hash[hashValue] = p->pos;
+ p->son[p->cyclicBufferPos] = curMatch;
+ MOVE_POS
+ }
+ while (--num != 0);
+}
+
+void MatchFinder_CreateVTable(CMatchFinder *p, IMatchFinder *vTable)
+{
+ vTable->Init = (Mf_Init_Func)MatchFinder_Init;
+ vTable->GetIndexByte = (Mf_GetIndexByte_Func)MatchFinder_GetIndexByte;
+ vTable->GetNumAvailableBytes = (Mf_GetNumAvailableBytes_Func)MatchFinder_GetNumAvailableBytes;
+ vTable->GetPointerToCurrentPos = (Mf_GetPointerToCurrentPos_Func)MatchFinder_GetPointerToCurrentPos;
+ if (!p->btMode)
+ {
+ vTable->GetMatches = (Mf_GetMatches_Func)Hc4_MatchFinder_GetMatches;
+ vTable->Skip = (Mf_Skip_Func)Hc4_MatchFinder_Skip;
+ }
+ else if (p->numHashBytes == 2)
+ {
+ vTable->GetMatches = (Mf_GetMatches_Func)Bt2_MatchFinder_GetMatches;
+ vTable->Skip = (Mf_Skip_Func)Bt2_MatchFinder_Skip;
+ }
+ else if (p->numHashBytes == 3)
+ {
+ vTable->GetMatches = (Mf_GetMatches_Func)Bt3_MatchFinder_GetMatches;
+ vTable->Skip = (Mf_Skip_Func)Bt3_MatchFinder_Skip;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ vTable->GetMatches = (Mf_GetMatches_Func)Bt4_MatchFinder_GetMatches;
+ vTable->Skip = (Mf_Skip_Func)Bt4_MatchFinder_Skip;
+ }
+}
diff --git a/Core/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Library/LzmaCustomDecompressLib/Sdk/C/LzFind.h b/Core/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Library/LzmaCustomDecompressLib/Sdk/C/LzFind.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..423d67e0c3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Core/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Library/LzmaCustomDecompressLib/Sdk/C/LzFind.h @@ -0,0 +1,107 @@ +/* LzFind.h -- Match finder for LZ algorithms
+2008-10-04 : Igor Pavlov : Public domain */
+
+#ifndef __LZFIND_H
+#define __LZFIND_H
+
+#include "Types.h"
+
+typedef UInt32 CLzRef;
+
+typedef struct _CMatchFinder
+{
+ Byte *buffer;
+ UInt32 pos;
+ UInt32 posLimit;
+ UInt32 streamPos;
+ UInt32 lenLimit;
+
+ UInt32 cyclicBufferPos;
+ UInt32 cyclicBufferSize; /* it must be = (historySize + 1) */
+
+ UInt32 matchMaxLen;
+ CLzRef *hash;
+ CLzRef *son;
+ UInt32 hashMask;
+ UInt32 cutValue;
+
+ Byte *bufferBase;
+ ISeqInStream *stream;
+ int streamEndWasReached;
+
+ UInt32 blockSize;
+ UInt32 keepSizeBefore;
+ UInt32 keepSizeAfter;
+
+ UInt32 numHashBytes;
+ int directInput;
+ int btMode;
+ /* int skipModeBits; */
+ int bigHash;
+ UInt32 historySize;
+ UInt32 fixedHashSize;
+ UInt32 hashSizeSum;
+ UInt32 numSons;
+ SRes result;
+ UInt32 crc[256];
+} CMatchFinder;
+
+#define Inline_MatchFinder_GetPointerToCurrentPos(p) ((p)->buffer)
+#define Inline_MatchFinder_GetIndexByte(p, index) ((p)->buffer[(Int32)(index)])
+
+#define Inline_MatchFinder_GetNumAvailableBytes(p) ((p)->streamPos - (p)->pos)
+
+int MatchFinder_NeedMove(CMatchFinder *p);
+Byte *MatchFinder_GetPointerToCurrentPos(CMatchFinder *p);
+void MatchFinder_MoveBlock(CMatchFinder *p);
+void MatchFinder_ReadIfRequired(CMatchFinder *p);
+
+void MatchFinder_Construct(CMatchFinder *p);
+
+/* Conditions:
+ historySize <= 3 GB
+ keepAddBufferBefore + matchMaxLen + keepAddBufferAfter < 511MB
+*/
+int MatchFinder_Create(CMatchFinder *p, UInt32 historySize,
+ UInt32 keepAddBufferBefore, UInt32 matchMaxLen, UInt32 keepAddBufferAfter,
+ ISzAlloc *alloc);
+void MatchFinder_Free(CMatchFinder *p, ISzAlloc *alloc);
+void MatchFinder_Normalize3(UInt32 subValue, CLzRef *items, UInt32 numItems);
+void MatchFinder_ReduceOffsets(CMatchFinder *p, UInt32 subValue);
+
+UInt32 * GetMatchesSpec1(UInt32 lenLimit, UInt32 curMatch, UInt32 pos, const Byte *buffer, CLzRef *son,
+ UInt32 _cyclicBufferPos, UInt32 _cyclicBufferSize, UInt32 _cutValue,
+ UInt32 *distances, UInt32 maxLen);
+
+/*
+Conditions:
+ Mf_GetNumAvailableBytes_Func must be called before each Mf_GetMatchLen_Func.
+ Mf_GetPointerToCurrentPos_Func's result must be used only before any other function
+*/
+
+typedef void (*Mf_Init_Func)(void *object);
+typedef Byte (*Mf_GetIndexByte_Func)(void *object, Int32 index);
+typedef UInt32 (*Mf_GetNumAvailableBytes_Func)(void *object);
+typedef const Byte * (*Mf_GetPointerToCurrentPos_Func)(void *object);
+typedef UInt32 (*Mf_GetMatches_Func)(void *object, UInt32 *distances);
+typedef void (*Mf_Skip_Func)(void *object, UInt32);
+
+typedef struct _IMatchFinder
+{
+ Mf_Init_Func Init;
+ Mf_GetIndexByte_Func GetIndexByte;
+ Mf_GetNumAvailableBytes_Func GetNumAvailableBytes;
+ Mf_GetPointerToCurrentPos_Func GetPointerToCurrentPos;
+ Mf_GetMatches_Func GetMatches;
+ Mf_Skip_Func Skip;
+} IMatchFinder;
+
+void MatchFinder_CreateVTable(CMatchFinder *p, IMatchFinder *vTable);
+
+void MatchFinder_Init(CMatchFinder *p);
+UInt32 Bt3Zip_MatchFinder_GetMatches(CMatchFinder *p, UInt32 *distances);
+UInt32 Hc3Zip_MatchFinder_GetMatches(CMatchFinder *p, UInt32 *distances);
+void Bt3Zip_MatchFinder_Skip(CMatchFinder *p, UInt32 num);
+void Hc3Zip_MatchFinder_Skip(CMatchFinder *p, UInt32 num);
+
+#endif
diff --git a/Core/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Library/LzmaCustomDecompressLib/Sdk/C/LzHash.h b/Core/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Library/LzmaCustomDecompressLib/Sdk/C/LzHash.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..c923417501 --- /dev/null +++ b/Core/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Library/LzmaCustomDecompressLib/Sdk/C/LzHash.h @@ -0,0 +1,54 @@ +/* LzHash.h -- HASH functions for LZ algorithms
+2008-10-04 : Igor Pavlov : Public domain */
+
+#ifndef __LZHASH_H
+#define __LZHASH_H
+
+#define kHash2Size (1 << 10)
+#define kHash3Size (1 << 16)
+#define kHash4Size (1 << 20)
+
+#define kFix3HashSize (kHash2Size)
+#define kFix4HashSize (kHash2Size + kHash3Size)
+#define kFix5HashSize (kHash2Size + kHash3Size + kHash4Size)
+
+#define HASH2_CALC hashValue = cur[0] | ((UInt32)cur[1] << 8);
+
+#define HASH3_CALC { \
+ UInt32 temp = p->crc[cur[0]] ^ cur[1]; \
+ hash2Value = temp & (kHash2Size - 1); \
+ hashValue = (temp ^ ((UInt32)cur[2] << 8)) & p->hashMask; }
+
+#define HASH4_CALC { \
+ UInt32 temp = p->crc[cur[0]] ^ cur[1]; \
+ hash2Value = temp & (kHash2Size - 1); \
+ hash3Value = (temp ^ ((UInt32)cur[2] << 8)) & (kHash3Size - 1); \
+ hashValue = (temp ^ ((UInt32)cur[2] << 8) ^ (p->crc[cur[3]] << 5)) & p->hashMask; }
+
+#define HASH5_CALC { \
+ UInt32 temp = p->crc[cur[0]] ^ cur[1]; \
+ hash2Value = temp & (kHash2Size - 1); \
+ hash3Value = (temp ^ ((UInt32)cur[2] << 8)) & (kHash3Size - 1); \
+ hash4Value = (temp ^ ((UInt32)cur[2] << 8) ^ (p->crc[cur[3]] << 5)); \
+ hashValue = (hash4Value ^ (p->crc[cur[4]] << 3)) & p->hashMask; \
+ hash4Value &= (kHash4Size - 1); }
+
+/* #define HASH_ZIP_CALC hashValue = ((cur[0] | ((UInt32)cur[1] << 8)) ^ p->crc[cur[2]]) & 0xFFFF; */
+#define HASH_ZIP_CALC hashValue = ((cur[2] | ((UInt32)cur[0] << 8)) ^ p->crc[cur[1]]) & 0xFFFF;
+
+
+#define MT_HASH2_CALC \
+ hash2Value = (p->crc[cur[0]] ^ cur[1]) & (kHash2Size - 1);
+
+#define MT_HASH3_CALC { \
+ UInt32 temp = p->crc[cur[0]] ^ cur[1]; \
+ hash2Value = temp & (kHash2Size - 1); \
+ hash3Value = (temp ^ ((UInt32)cur[2] << 8)) & (kHash3Size - 1); }
+
+#define MT_HASH4_CALC { \
+ UInt32 temp = p->crc[cur[0]] ^ cur[1]; \
+ hash2Value = temp & (kHash2Size - 1); \
+ hash3Value = (temp ^ ((UInt32)cur[2] << 8)) & (kHash3Size - 1); \
+ hash4Value = (temp ^ ((UInt32)cur[2] << 8) ^ (p->crc[cur[3]] << 5)) & (kHash4Size - 1); }
+
+#endif
diff --git a/Core/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Library/LzmaCustomDecompressLib/Sdk/C/LzmaDec.c b/Core/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Library/LzmaCustomDecompressLib/Sdk/C/LzmaDec.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..e3db4edbb4 --- /dev/null +++ b/Core/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Library/LzmaCustomDecompressLib/Sdk/C/LzmaDec.c @@ -0,0 +1,1026 @@ +/** @file
+ LzmaDec.c
+
+ Based on LZMA SDK 4.65:
+ LzmaDec.c -- LZMA Decoder
+ 2008-11-06 : Igor Pavlov : Public domain
+
+ Copyright (c) 2009, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+ This program and the accompanying materials
+ are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
+ which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
+ http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
+
+ THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
+ WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
+
+**/
+
+#include "LzmaDec.h"
+
+#ifndef EFIAPI
+
+#include <string.h>
+
+#endif // !EFIAPI
+
+#define kNumTopBits 24
+#define kTopValue ((UInt32)1 << kNumTopBits)
+
+#define kNumBitModelTotalBits 11
+#define kBitModelTotal (1 << kNumBitModelTotalBits)
+#define kNumMoveBits 5
+
+#define RC_INIT_SIZE 5
+
+#define NORMALIZE if (range < kTopValue) { range <<= 8; code = (code << 8) | (*buf++); }
+
+#define IF_BIT_0(p) ttt = *(p); NORMALIZE; bound = (range >> kNumBitModelTotalBits) * ttt; if (code < bound)
+#define UPDATE_0(p) range = bound; *(p) = (CLzmaProb)(ttt + ((kBitModelTotal - ttt) >> kNumMoveBits));
+#define UPDATE_1(p) range -= bound; code -= bound; *(p) = (CLzmaProb)(ttt - (ttt >> kNumMoveBits));
+#define GET_BIT2(p, i, A0, A1) IF_BIT_0(p) \
+ { UPDATE_0(p); i = (i + i); A0; } else \
+ { UPDATE_1(p); i = (i + i) + 1; A1; }
+#define GET_BIT(p, i) GET_BIT2(p, i, ; , ;)
+
+#define TREE_GET_BIT(probs, i) { GET_BIT((probs + i), i); }
+#define TREE_DECODE(probs, limit, i) \
+ { i = 1; do { TREE_GET_BIT(probs, i); } while (i < limit); i -= limit; }
+
+/* #define _LZMA_SIZE_OPT */
+
+#ifdef _LZMA_SIZE_OPT
+#define TREE_6_DECODE(probs, i) TREE_DECODE(probs, (1 << 6), i)
+#else
+#define TREE_6_DECODE(probs, i) \
+ { i = 1; \
+ TREE_GET_BIT(probs, i); \
+ TREE_GET_BIT(probs, i); \
+ TREE_GET_BIT(probs, i); \
+ TREE_GET_BIT(probs, i); \
+ TREE_GET_BIT(probs, i); \
+ TREE_GET_BIT(probs, i); \
+ i -= 0x40; }
+#endif
+
+#define NORMALIZE_CHECK if (range < kTopValue) { if (buf >= bufLimit) return DUMMY_ERROR; range <<= 8; code = (code << 8) | (*buf++); }
+
+#define IF_BIT_0_CHECK(p) ttt = *(p); NORMALIZE_CHECK; bound = (range >> kNumBitModelTotalBits) * ttt; if (code < bound)
+#define UPDATE_0_CHECK range = bound;
+#define UPDATE_1_CHECK range -= bound; code -= bound;
+#define GET_BIT2_CHECK(p, i, A0, A1) IF_BIT_0_CHECK(p) \
+ { UPDATE_0_CHECK; i = (i + i); A0; } else \
+ { UPDATE_1_CHECK; i = (i + i) + 1; A1; }
+#define GET_BIT_CHECK(p, i) GET_BIT2_CHECK(p, i, ; , ;)
+#define TREE_DECODE_CHECK(probs, limit, i) \
+ { i = 1; do { GET_BIT_CHECK(probs + i, i) } while (i < limit); i -= limit; }
+
+
+#define kNumPosBitsMax 4
+#define kNumPosStatesMax (1 << kNumPosBitsMax)
+
+#define kLenNumLowBits 3
+#define kLenNumLowSymbols (1 << kLenNumLowBits)
+#define kLenNumMidBits 3
+#define kLenNumMidSymbols (1 << kLenNumMidBits)
+#define kLenNumHighBits 8
+#define kLenNumHighSymbols (1 << kLenNumHighBits)
+
+#define LenChoice 0
+#define LenChoice2 (LenChoice + 1)
+#define LenLow (LenChoice2 + 1)
+#define LenMid (LenLow + (kNumPosStatesMax << kLenNumLowBits))
+#define LenHigh (LenMid + (kNumPosStatesMax << kLenNumMidBits))
+#define kNumLenProbs (LenHigh + kLenNumHighSymbols)
+
+
+#define kNumStates 12
+#define kNumLitStates 7
+
+#define kStartPosModelIndex 4
+#define kEndPosModelIndex 14
+#define kNumFullDistances (1 << (kEndPosModelIndex >> 1))
+
+#define kNumPosSlotBits 6
+#define kNumLenToPosStates 4
+
+#define kNumAlignBits 4
+#define kAlignTableSize (1 << kNumAlignBits)
+
+#define kMatchMinLen 2
+#define kMatchSpecLenStart (kMatchMinLen + kLenNumLowSymbols + kLenNumMidSymbols + kLenNumHighSymbols)
+
+#define IsMatch 0
+#define IsRep (IsMatch + (kNumStates << kNumPosBitsMax))
+#define IsRepG0 (IsRep + kNumStates)
+#define IsRepG1 (IsRepG0 + kNumStates)
+#define IsRepG2 (IsRepG1 + kNumStates)
+#define IsRep0Long (IsRepG2 + kNumStates)
+#define PosSlot (IsRep0Long + (kNumStates << kNumPosBitsMax))
+#define SpecPos (PosSlot + (kNumLenToPosStates << kNumPosSlotBits))
+#define Align (SpecPos + kNumFullDistances - kEndPosModelIndex)
+#define LenCoder (Align + kAlignTableSize)
+#define RepLenCoder (LenCoder + kNumLenProbs)
+#define Literal (RepLenCoder + kNumLenProbs)
+
+#define LZMA_BASE_SIZE 1846
+#define LZMA_LIT_SIZE 768
+
+#define LzmaProps_GetNumProbs(p) ((UInt32)LZMA_BASE_SIZE + (LZMA_LIT_SIZE << ((p)->lc + (p)->lp)))
+
+#if Literal != LZMA_BASE_SIZE
+StopCompilingDueBUG
+#endif
+
+static const Byte kLiteralNextStates[kNumStates * 2] =
+{
+ 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 4, 5,
+ 7, 7, 7, 7, 7, 7, 7, 10, 10, 10, 10, 10
+};
+
+#define LZMA_DIC_MIN (1 << 12)
+
+/* First LZMA-symbol is always decoded.
+And it decodes new LZMA-symbols while (buf < bufLimit), but "buf" is without last normalization
+Out:
+ Result:
+ SZ_OK - OK
+ SZ_ERROR_DATA - Error
+ p->remainLen:
+ < kMatchSpecLenStart : normal remain
+ = kMatchSpecLenStart : finished
+ = kMatchSpecLenStart + 1 : Flush marker
+ = kMatchSpecLenStart + 2 : State Init Marker
+*/
+
+static int MY_FAST_CALL LzmaDec_DecodeReal(CLzmaDec *p, SizeT limit, const Byte *bufLimit)
+{
+ CLzmaProb *probs = p->probs;
+
+ unsigned state = p->state;
+ UInt32 rep0 = p->reps[0], rep1 = p->reps[1], rep2 = p->reps[2], rep3 = p->reps[3];
+ unsigned pbMask = ((unsigned)1 << (p->prop.pb)) - 1;
+ unsigned lpMask = ((unsigned)1 << (p->prop.lp)) - 1;
+ unsigned lc = p->prop.lc;
+
+ Byte *dic = p->dic;
+ SizeT dicBufSize = p->dicBufSize;
+ SizeT dicPos = p->dicPos;
+
+ UInt32 processedPos = p->processedPos;
+ UInt32 checkDicSize = p->checkDicSize;
+ unsigned len = 0;
+
+ const Byte *buf = p->buf;
+ UInt32 range = p->range;
+ UInt32 code = p->code;
+
+ do
+ {
+ CLzmaProb *prob;
+ UInt32 bound;
+ unsigned ttt;
+ unsigned posState = processedPos & pbMask;
+
+ prob = probs + IsMatch + (state << kNumPosBitsMax) + posState;
+ IF_BIT_0(prob)
+ {
+ unsigned symbol;
+ UPDATE_0(prob);
+ prob = probs + Literal;
+ if (checkDicSize != 0 || processedPos != 0)
+ prob += (LZMA_LIT_SIZE * (((processedPos & lpMask) << lc) +
+ (dic[(dicPos == 0 ? dicBufSize : dicPos) - 1] >> (8 - lc))));
+
+ if (state < kNumLitStates)
+ {
+ symbol = 1;
+ do { GET_BIT(prob + symbol, symbol) } while (symbol < 0x100);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ unsigned matchByte = p->dic[(dicPos - rep0) + ((dicPos < rep0) ? dicBufSize : 0)];
+ unsigned offs = 0x100;
+ symbol = 1;
+ do
+ {
+ unsigned bit;
+ CLzmaProb *probLit;
+ matchByte <<= 1;
+ bit = (matchByte & offs);
+ probLit = prob + offs + bit + symbol;
+ GET_BIT2(probLit, symbol, offs &= ~bit, offs &= bit)
+ }
+ while (symbol < 0x100);
+ }
+ dic[dicPos++] = (Byte)symbol;
+ processedPos++;
+
+ state = kLiteralNextStates[state];
+ /* if (state < 4) state = 0; else if (state < 10) state -= 3; else state -= 6; */
+ continue;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ UPDATE_1(prob);
+ prob = probs + IsRep + state;
+ IF_BIT_0(prob)
+ {
+ UPDATE_0(prob);
+ state += kNumStates;
+ prob = probs + LenCoder;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ UPDATE_1(prob);
+ if (checkDicSize == 0 && processedPos == 0)
+ return SZ_ERROR_DATA;
+ prob = probs + IsRepG0 + state;
+ IF_BIT_0(prob)
+ {
+ UPDATE_0(prob);
+ prob = probs + IsRep0Long + (state << kNumPosBitsMax) + posState;
+ IF_BIT_0(prob)
+ {
+ UPDATE_0(prob);
+ dic[dicPos] = dic[(dicPos - rep0) + ((dicPos < rep0) ? dicBufSize : 0)];
+ dicPos++;
+ processedPos++;
+ state = state < kNumLitStates ? 9 : 11;
+ continue;
+ }
+ UPDATE_1(prob);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ UInt32 distance;
+ UPDATE_1(prob);
+ prob = probs + IsRepG1 + state;
+ IF_BIT_0(prob)
+ {
+ UPDATE_0(prob);
+ distance = rep1;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ UPDATE_1(prob);
+ prob = probs + IsRepG2 + state;
+ IF_BIT_0(prob)
+ {
+ UPDATE_0(prob);
+ distance = rep2;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ UPDATE_1(prob);
+ distance = rep3;
+ rep3 = rep2;
+ }
+ rep2 = rep1;
+ }
+ rep1 = rep0;
+ rep0 = distance;
+ }
+ state = state < kNumLitStates ? 8 : 11;
+ prob = probs + RepLenCoder;
+ }
+ {
+ unsigned limit2, offset;
+ CLzmaProb *probLen = prob + LenChoice;
+ IF_BIT_0(probLen)
+ {
+ UPDATE_0(probLen);
+ probLen = prob + LenLow + (posState << kLenNumLowBits);
+ offset = 0;
+ limit2 = (1 << kLenNumLowBits);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ UPDATE_1(probLen);
+ probLen = prob + LenChoice2;
+ IF_BIT_0(probLen)
+ {
+ UPDATE_0(probLen);
+ probLen = prob + LenMid + (posState << kLenNumMidBits);
+ offset = kLenNumLowSymbols;
+ limit2 = (1 << kLenNumMidBits);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ UPDATE_1(probLen);
+ probLen = prob + LenHigh;
+ offset = kLenNumLowSymbols + kLenNumMidSymbols;
+ limit2 = (1 << kLenNumHighBits);
+ }
+ }
+ TREE_DECODE(probLen, limit2, len);
+ len += offset;
+ }
+
+ if (state >= kNumStates)
+ {
+ UInt32 distance;
+ prob = probs + PosSlot +
+ ((len < kNumLenToPosStates ? len : kNumLenToPosStates - 1) << kNumPosSlotBits);
+ TREE_6_DECODE(prob, distance);
+ if (distance >= kStartPosModelIndex)
+ {
+ unsigned posSlot = (unsigned)distance;
+ int numDirectBits = (int)(((distance >> 1) - 1));
+ distance = (2 | (distance & 1));
+ if (posSlot < kEndPosModelIndex)
+ {
+ distance <<= numDirectBits;
+ prob = probs + SpecPos + distance - posSlot - 1;
+ {
+ UInt32 mask = 1;
+ unsigned i = 1;
+ do
+ {
+ GET_BIT2(prob + i, i, ; , distance |= mask);
+ mask <<= 1;
+ }
+ while (--numDirectBits != 0);
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ numDirectBits -= kNumAlignBits;
+ do
+ {
+ NORMALIZE
+ range >>= 1;
+
+ {
+ UInt32 t;
+ code -= range;
+ t = (0 - ((UInt32)code >> 31)); /* (UInt32)((Int32)code >> 31) */
+ distance = (distance << 1) + (t + 1);
+ code += range & t;
+ }
+ /*
+ distance <<= 1;
+ if (code >= range)
+ {
+ code -= range;
+ distance |= 1;
+ }
+ */
+ }
+ while (--numDirectBits != 0);
+ prob = probs + Align;
+ distance <<= kNumAlignBits;
+ {
+ unsigned i = 1;
+ GET_BIT2(prob + i, i, ; , distance |= 1);
+ GET_BIT2(prob + i, i, ; , distance |= 2);
+ GET_BIT2(prob + i, i, ; , distance |= 4);
+ GET_BIT2(prob + i, i, ; , distance |= 8);
+ }
+ if (distance == (UInt32)0xFFFFFFFF)
+ {
+ len += kMatchSpecLenStart;
+ state -= kNumStates;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ rep3 = rep2;
+ rep2 = rep1;
+ rep1 = rep0;
+ rep0 = distance + 1;
+ if (checkDicSize == 0)
+ {
+ if (distance >= processedPos)
+ return SZ_ERROR_DATA;
+ }
+ else if (distance >= checkDicSize)
+ return SZ_ERROR_DATA;
+ state = (state < kNumStates + kNumLitStates) ? kNumLitStates : kNumLitStates + 3;
+ /* state = kLiteralNextStates[state]; */
+ }
+
+ len += kMatchMinLen;
+
+ if (limit == dicPos)
+ return SZ_ERROR_DATA;
+ {
+ SizeT rem = limit - dicPos;
+ unsigned curLen = ((rem < len) ? (unsigned)rem : len);
+ SizeT pos = (dicPos - rep0) + ((dicPos < rep0) ? dicBufSize : 0);
+
+ processedPos += curLen;
+
+ len -= curLen;
+ if (pos + curLen <= dicBufSize)
+ {
+ Byte *dest = dic + dicPos;
+ ptrdiff_t src = (ptrdiff_t)pos - (ptrdiff_t)dicPos;
+ const Byte *lim = dest + curLen;
+ dicPos += curLen;
+ do
+ *((volatile Byte *)dest) = (Byte)*(dest + src);
+ while (++dest != lim);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ do
+ {
+ dic[dicPos++] = dic[pos];
+ if (++pos == dicBufSize)
+ pos = 0;
+ }
+ while (--curLen != 0);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ while (dicPos < limit && buf < bufLimit);
+ NORMALIZE;
+ p->buf = buf;
+ p->range = range;
+ p->code = code;
+ p->remainLen = len;
+ p->dicPos = dicPos;
+ p->processedPos = processedPos;
+ p->reps[0] = rep0;
+ p->reps[1] = rep1;
+ p->reps[2] = rep2;
+ p->reps[3] = rep3;
+ p->state = state;
+
+ return SZ_OK;
+}
+
+static void MY_FAST_CALL LzmaDec_WriteRem(CLzmaDec *p, SizeT limit)
+{
+ if (p->remainLen != 0 && p->remainLen < kMatchSpecLenStart)
+ {
+ Byte *dic = p->dic;
+ SizeT dicPos = p->dicPos;
+ SizeT dicBufSize = p->dicBufSize;
+ unsigned len = p->remainLen;
+ UInt32 rep0 = p->reps[0];
+ if (limit - dicPos < len)
+ len = (unsigned)(limit - dicPos);
+
+ if (p->checkDicSize == 0 && p->prop.dicSize - p->processedPos <= len)
+ p->checkDicSize = p->prop.dicSize;
+
+ p->processedPos += len;
+ p->remainLen -= len;
+ while (len-- != 0)
+ {
+ dic[dicPos] = dic[(dicPos - rep0) + ((dicPos < rep0) ? dicBufSize : 0)];
+ dicPos++;
+ }
+ p->dicPos = dicPos;
+ }
+}
+
+static int MY_FAST_CALL LzmaDec_DecodeReal2(CLzmaDec *p, SizeT limit, const Byte *bufLimit)
+{
+ do
+ {
+ SizeT limit2 = limit;
+ if (p->checkDicSize == 0)
+ {
+ UInt32 rem = p->prop.dicSize - p->processedPos;
+ if (limit - p->dicPos > rem)
+ limit2 = p->dicPos + rem;
+ }
+ RINOK(LzmaDec_DecodeReal(p, limit2, bufLimit));
+ if (p->processedPos >= p->prop.dicSize)
+ p->checkDicSize = p->prop.dicSize;
+ LzmaDec_WriteRem(p, limit);
+ }
+ while (p->dicPos < limit && p->buf < bufLimit && p->remainLen < kMatchSpecLenStart);
+
+ if (p->remainLen > kMatchSpecLenStart)
+ {
+ p->remainLen = kMatchSpecLenStart;
+ }
+ return 0;
+}
+
+typedef enum
+{
+ DUMMY_ERROR, /* unexpected end of input stream */
+ DUMMY_LIT,
+ DUMMY_MATCH,
+ DUMMY_REP
+} ELzmaDummy;
+
+static ELzmaDummy LzmaDec_TryDummy(const CLzmaDec *p, const Byte *buf, SizeT inSize)
+{
+ UInt32 range = p->range;
+ UInt32 code = p->code;
+ const Byte *bufLimit = buf + inSize;
+ CLzmaProb *probs = p->probs;
+ unsigned state = p->state;
+ ELzmaDummy res;
+
+ {
+ CLzmaProb *prob;
+ UInt32 bound;
+ unsigned ttt;
+ unsigned posState = (p->processedPos) & ((1 << p->prop.pb) - 1);
+
+ prob = probs + IsMatch + (state << kNumPosBitsMax) + posState;
+ IF_BIT_0_CHECK(prob)
+ {
+ UPDATE_0_CHECK
+
+ /* if (bufLimit - buf >= 7) return DUMMY_LIT; */
+
+ prob = probs + Literal;
+ if (p->checkDicSize != 0 || p->processedPos != 0)
+ prob += (LZMA_LIT_SIZE *
+ ((((p->processedPos) & ((1 << (p->prop.lp)) - 1)) << p->prop.lc) +
+ (p->dic[(p->dicPos == 0 ? p->dicBufSize : p->dicPos) - 1] >> (8 - p->prop.lc))));
+
+ if (state < kNumLitStates)
+ {
+ unsigned symbol = 1;
+ do { GET_BIT_CHECK(prob + symbol, symbol) } while (symbol < 0x100);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ unsigned matchByte = p->dic[p->dicPos - p->reps[0] +
+ ((p->dicPos < p->reps[0]) ? p->dicBufSize : 0)];
+ unsigned offs = 0x100;
+ unsigned symbol = 1;
+ do
+ {
+ unsigned bit;
+ CLzmaProb *probLit;
+ matchByte <<= 1;
+ bit = (matchByte & offs);
+ probLit = prob + offs + bit + symbol;
+ GET_BIT2_CHECK(probLit, symbol, offs &= ~bit, offs &= bit)
+ }
+ while (symbol < 0x100);
+ }
+ res = DUMMY_LIT;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ unsigned len;
+ UPDATE_1_CHECK;
+
+ prob = probs + IsRep + state;
+ IF_BIT_0_CHECK(prob)
+ {
+ UPDATE_0_CHECK;
+ state = 0;
+ prob = probs + LenCoder;
+ res = DUMMY_MATCH;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ UPDATE_1_CHECK;
+ res = DUMMY_REP;
+ prob = probs + IsRepG0 + state;
+ IF_BIT_0_CHECK(prob)
+ {
+ UPDATE_0_CHECK;
+ prob = probs + IsRep0Long + (state << kNumPosBitsMax) + posState;
+ IF_BIT_0_CHECK(prob)
+ {
+ UPDATE_0_CHECK;
+ NORMALIZE_CHECK;
+ return DUMMY_REP;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ UPDATE_1_CHECK;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ UPDATE_1_CHECK;
+ prob = probs + IsRepG1 + state;
+ IF_BIT_0_CHECK(prob)
+ {
+ UPDATE_0_CHECK;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ UPDATE_1_CHECK;
+ prob = probs + IsRepG2 + state;
+ IF_BIT_0_CHECK(prob)
+ {
+ UPDATE_0_CHECK;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ UPDATE_1_CHECK;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ state = kNumStates;
+ prob = probs + RepLenCoder;
+ }
+ {
+ unsigned limit, offset;
+ CLzmaProb *probLen = prob + LenChoice;
+ IF_BIT_0_CHECK(probLen)
+ {
+ UPDATE_0_CHECK;
+ probLen = prob + LenLow + (posState << kLenNumLowBits);
+ offset = 0;
+ limit = 1 << kLenNumLowBits;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ UPDATE_1_CHECK;
+ probLen = prob + LenChoice2;
+ IF_BIT_0_CHECK(probLen)
+ {
+ UPDATE_0_CHECK;
+ probLen = prob + LenMid + (posState << kLenNumMidBits);
+ offset = kLenNumLowSymbols;
+ limit = 1 << kLenNumMidBits;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ UPDATE_1_CHECK;
+ probLen = prob + LenHigh;
+ offset = kLenNumLowSymbols + kLenNumMidSymbols;
+ limit = 1 << kLenNumHighBits;
+ }
+ }
+ TREE_DECODE_CHECK(probLen, limit, len);
+ len += offset;
+ }
+
+ if (state < 4)
+ {
+ unsigned posSlot;
+ prob = probs + PosSlot +
+ ((len < kNumLenToPosStates ? len : kNumLenToPosStates - 1) <<
+ kNumPosSlotBits);
+ TREE_DECODE_CHECK(prob, 1 << kNumPosSlotBits, posSlot);
+ if (posSlot >= kStartPosModelIndex)
+ {
+ int numDirectBits = ((posSlot >> 1) - 1);
+
+ /* if (bufLimit - buf >= 8) return DUMMY_MATCH; */
+
+ if (posSlot < kEndPosModelIndex)
+ {
+ prob = probs + SpecPos + ((2 | (posSlot & 1)) << numDirectBits) - posSlot - 1;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ numDirectBits -= kNumAlignBits;
+ do
+ {
+ NORMALIZE_CHECK
+ range >>= 1;
+ code -= range & (((code - range) >> 31) - 1);
+ /* if (code >= range) code -= range; */
+ }
+ while (--numDirectBits != 0);
+ prob = probs + Align;
+ numDirectBits = kNumAlignBits;
+ }
+ {
+ unsigned i = 1;
+ do
+ {
+ GET_BIT_CHECK(prob + i, i);
+ }
+ while (--numDirectBits != 0);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ NORMALIZE_CHECK;
+ return res;
+}
+
+static void LzmaDec_InitRc(CLzmaDec *p, const Byte *data)
+{
+ p->code = ((UInt32)data[1] << 24) | ((UInt32)data[2] << 16) | ((UInt32)data[3] << 8) | ((UInt32)data[4]);
+ p->range = 0xFFFFFFFF;
+ p->needFlush = 0;
+}
+
+void LzmaDec_InitDicAndState(CLzmaDec *p, Bool initDic, Bool initState)
+{
+ p->needFlush = 1;
+ p->remainLen = 0;
+ p->tempBufSize = 0;
+
+ if (initDic)
+ {
+ p->processedPos = 0;
+ p->checkDicSize = 0;
+ p->needInitState = 1;
+ }
+ if (initState)
+ p->needInitState = 1;
+}
+
+void LzmaDec_Init(CLzmaDec *p)
+{
+ p->dicPos = 0;
+ LzmaDec_InitDicAndState(p, True, True);
+}
+
+static void LzmaDec_InitStateReal(CLzmaDec *p)
+{
+ UInt32 numProbs = Literal + ((UInt32)LZMA_LIT_SIZE << (p->prop.lc + p->prop.lp));
+ UInt32 i;
+ CLzmaProb *probs = p->probs;
+ for (i = 0; i < numProbs; i++)
+ probs[i] = kBitModelTotal >> 1;
+ p->reps[0] = p->reps[1] = p->reps[2] = p->reps[3] = 1;
+ p->state = 0;
+ p->needInitState = 0;
+}
+
+SRes LzmaDec_DecodeToDic(CLzmaDec *p, SizeT dicLimit, const Byte *src, SizeT *srcLen,
+ ELzmaFinishMode finishMode, ELzmaStatus *status)
+{
+ SizeT inSize = *srcLen;
+ (*srcLen) = 0;
+ LzmaDec_WriteRem(p, dicLimit);
+
+ *status = LZMA_STATUS_NOT_SPECIFIED;
+
+ while (p->remainLen != kMatchSpecLenStart)
+ {
+ int checkEndMarkNow;
+
+ if (p->needFlush != 0)
+ {
+ for (; inSize > 0 && p->tempBufSize < RC_INIT_SIZE; (*srcLen)++, inSize--)
+ p->tempBuf[p->tempBufSize++] = *src++;
+ if (p->tempBufSize < RC_INIT_SIZE)
+ {
+ *status = LZMA_STATUS_NEEDS_MORE_INPUT;
+ return SZ_OK;
+ }
+ if (p->tempBuf[0] != 0)
+ return SZ_ERROR_DATA;
+
+ LzmaDec_InitRc(p, p->tempBuf);
+ p->tempBufSize = 0;
+ }
+
+ checkEndMarkNow = 0;
+ if (p->dicPos >= dicLimit)
+ {
+ if (p->remainLen == 0 && p->code == 0)
+ {
+ *status = LZMA_STATUS_MAYBE_FINISHED_WITHOUT_MARK;
+ return SZ_OK;
+ }
+ if (finishMode == LZMA_FINISH_ANY)
+ {
+ *status = LZMA_STATUS_NOT_FINISHED;
+ return SZ_OK;
+ }
+ if (p->remainLen != 0)
+ {
+ *status = LZMA_STATUS_NOT_FINISHED;
+ return SZ_ERROR_DATA;
+ }
+ checkEndMarkNow = 1;
+ }
+
+ if (p->needInitState)
+ LzmaDec_InitStateReal(p);
+
+ if (p->tempBufSize == 0)
+ {
+ SizeT processed;
+ const Byte *bufLimit;
+ if (inSize < LZMA_REQUIRED_INPUT_MAX || checkEndMarkNow)
+ {
+ int dummyRes = LzmaDec_TryDummy(p, src, inSize);
+ if (dummyRes == DUMMY_ERROR)
+ {
+ memcpy(p->tempBuf, src, inSize);
+ p->tempBufSize = (unsigned)inSize;
+ (*srcLen) += inSize;
+ *status = LZMA_STATUS_NEEDS_MORE_INPUT;
+ return SZ_OK;
+ }
+ if (checkEndMarkNow && dummyRes != DUMMY_MATCH)
+ {
+ *status = LZMA_STATUS_NOT_FINISHED;
+ return SZ_ERROR_DATA;
+ }
+ bufLimit = src;
+ }
+ else
+ bufLimit = src + inSize - LZMA_REQUIRED_INPUT_MAX;
+ p->buf = src;
+ if (LzmaDec_DecodeReal2(p, dicLimit, bufLimit) != 0)
+ return SZ_ERROR_DATA;
+ processed = (SizeT)(p->buf - src);
+ (*srcLen) += processed;
+ src += processed;
+ inSize -= processed;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ unsigned rem = p->tempBufSize, lookAhead = 0;
+ while (rem < LZMA_REQUIRED_INPUT_MAX && lookAhead < inSize)
+ p->tempBuf[rem++] = src[lookAhead++];
+ p->tempBufSize = rem;
+ if (rem < LZMA_REQUIRED_INPUT_MAX || checkEndMarkNow)
+ {
+ int dummyRes = LzmaDec_TryDummy(p, p->tempBuf, rem);
+ if (dummyRes == DUMMY_ERROR)
+ {
+ (*srcLen) += lookAhead;
+ *status = LZMA_STATUS_NEEDS_MORE_INPUT;
+ return SZ_OK;
+ }
+ if (checkEndMarkNow && dummyRes != DUMMY_MATCH)
+ {
+ *status = LZMA_STATUS_NOT_FINISHED;
+ return SZ_ERROR_DATA;
+ }
+ }
+ p->buf = p->tempBuf;
+ if (LzmaDec_DecodeReal2(p, dicLimit, p->buf) != 0)
+ return SZ_ERROR_DATA;
+ lookAhead -= (rem - (unsigned)(p->buf - p->tempBuf));
+ (*srcLen) += lookAhead;
+ src += lookAhead;
+ inSize -= lookAhead;
+ p->tempBufSize = 0;
+ }
+ }
+ if (p->code == 0)
+ *status = LZMA_STATUS_FINISHED_WITH_MARK;
+ return (p->code == 0) ? SZ_OK : SZ_ERROR_DATA;
+}
+
+SRes LzmaDec_DecodeToBuf(CLzmaDec *p, Byte *dest, SizeT *destLen, const Byte *src, SizeT *srcLen, ELzmaFinishMode finishMode, ELzmaStatus *status)
+{
+ SizeT outSize = *destLen;
+ SizeT inSize = *srcLen;
+ *srcLen = *destLen = 0;
+ for (;;)
+ {
+ SizeT inSizeCur = inSize, outSizeCur, dicPos;
+ ELzmaFinishMode curFinishMode;
+ SRes res;
+ if (p->dicPos == p->dicBufSize)
+ p->dicPos = 0;
+ dicPos = p->dicPos;
+ if (outSize > p->dicBufSize - dicPos)
+ {
+ outSizeCur = p->dicBufSize;
+ curFinishMode = LZMA_FINISH_ANY;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ outSizeCur = dicPos + outSize;
+ curFinishMode = finishMode;
+ }
+
+ res = LzmaDec_DecodeToDic(p, outSizeCur, src, &inSizeCur, curFinishMode, status);
+ src += inSizeCur;
+ inSize -= inSizeCur;
+ *srcLen += inSizeCur;
+ outSizeCur = p->dicPos - dicPos;
+ memcpy(dest, p->dic + dicPos, outSizeCur);
+ dest += outSizeCur;
+ outSize -= outSizeCur;
+ *destLen += outSizeCur;
+ if (res != 0)
+ return res;
+ if (outSizeCur == 0 || outSize == 0)
+ return SZ_OK;
+ }
+}
+
+void LzmaDec_FreeProbs(CLzmaDec *p, ISzAlloc *alloc)
+{
+ alloc->Free(alloc, p->probs);
+ p->probs = 0;
+}
+
+static void LzmaDec_FreeDict(CLzmaDec *p, ISzAlloc *alloc)
+{
+ alloc->Free(alloc, p->dic);
+ p->dic = 0;
+}
+
+void LzmaDec_Free(CLzmaDec *p, ISzAlloc *alloc)
+{
+ LzmaDec_FreeProbs(p, alloc);
+ LzmaDec_FreeDict(p, alloc);
+}
+
+SRes LzmaProps_Decode(CLzmaProps *p, const Byte *data, unsigned size)
+{
+ UInt32 dicSize;
+ Byte d;
+
+ if (size < LZMA_PROPS_SIZE)
+ return SZ_ERROR_UNSUPPORTED;
+ else
+ dicSize = data[1] | ((UInt32)data[2] << 8) | ((UInt32)data[3] << 16) | ((UInt32)data[4] << 24);
+
+ if (dicSize < LZMA_DIC_MIN)
+ dicSize = LZMA_DIC_MIN;
+ p->dicSize = dicSize;
+
+ d = data[0];
+ if (d >= (9 * 5 * 5))
+ return SZ_ERROR_UNSUPPORTED;
+
+ p->lc = d % 9;
+ d /= 9;
+ p->pb = d / 5;
+ p->lp = d % 5;
+
+ return SZ_OK;
+}
+
+static SRes LzmaDec_AllocateProbs2(CLzmaDec *p, const CLzmaProps *propNew, ISzAlloc *alloc)
+{
+ UInt32 numProbs = LzmaProps_GetNumProbs(propNew);
+ if (p->probs == 0 || numProbs != p->numProbs)
+ {
+ LzmaDec_FreeProbs(p, alloc);
+ p->probs = (CLzmaProb *)alloc->Alloc(alloc, numProbs * sizeof(CLzmaProb));
+ p->numProbs = numProbs;
+ if (p->probs == 0)
+ return SZ_ERROR_MEM;
+ }
+ return SZ_OK;
+}
+
+SRes LzmaDec_AllocateProbs(CLzmaDec *p, const Byte *props, unsigned propsSize, ISzAlloc *alloc)
+{
+ CLzmaProps propNew;
+ RINOK(LzmaProps_Decode(&propNew, props, propsSize));
+ RINOK(LzmaDec_AllocateProbs2(p, &propNew, alloc));
+ p->prop = propNew;
+ return SZ_OK;
+}
+
+SRes LzmaDec_Allocate(CLzmaDec *p, const Byte *props, unsigned propsSize, ISzAlloc *alloc)
+{
+ CLzmaProps propNew;
+ SizeT dicBufSize;
+ RINOK(LzmaProps_Decode(&propNew, props, propsSize));
+ RINOK(LzmaDec_AllocateProbs2(p, &propNew, alloc));
+ dicBufSize = propNew.dicSize;
+ if (p->dic == 0 || dicBufSize != p->dicBufSize)
+ {
+ LzmaDec_FreeDict(p, alloc);
+ p->dic = (Byte *)alloc->Alloc(alloc, dicBufSize);
+ if (p->dic == 0)
+ {
+ LzmaDec_FreeProbs(p, alloc);
+ return SZ_ERROR_MEM;
+ }
+ }
+ p->dicBufSize = dicBufSize;
+ p->prop = propNew;
+ return SZ_OK;
+}
+
+SRes LzmaDecode(Byte *dest, SizeT *destLen, const Byte *src, SizeT *srcLen,
+ const Byte *propData, unsigned propSize, ELzmaFinishMode finishMode,
+ ELzmaStatus *status, ISzAlloc *alloc)
+{
+ CLzmaDec p;
+ SRes res;
+ SizeT inSize = *srcLen;
+ SizeT outSize = *destLen;
+ *srcLen = *destLen = 0;
+ if (inSize < RC_INIT_SIZE)
+ return SZ_ERROR_INPUT_EOF;
+
+ LzmaDec_Construct(&p);
+ res = LzmaDec_AllocateProbs(&p, propData, propSize, alloc);
+ if (res != 0)
+ return res;
+ p.dic = dest;
+ p.dicBufSize = outSize;
+
+ LzmaDec_Init(&p);
+
+ *srcLen = inSize;
+ res = LzmaDec_DecodeToDic(&p, outSize, src, srcLen, finishMode, status);
+
+ if (res == SZ_OK && *status == LZMA_STATUS_NEEDS_MORE_INPUT)
+ res = SZ_ERROR_INPUT_EOF;
+
+ (*destLen) = p.dicPos;
+ LzmaDec_FreeProbs(&p, alloc);
+ return res;
+}
+
diff --git a/Core/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Library/LzmaCustomDecompressLib/Sdk/C/LzmaDec.h b/Core/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Library/LzmaCustomDecompressLib/Sdk/C/LzmaDec.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..ad7d7057a4 --- /dev/null +++ b/Core/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Library/LzmaCustomDecompressLib/Sdk/C/LzmaDec.h @@ -0,0 +1,223 @@ +/* LzmaDec.h -- LZMA Decoder
+2008-10-04 : Igor Pavlov : Public domain */
+
+#ifndef __LZMADEC_H
+#define __LZMADEC_H
+
+#include "Types.h"
+
+/* #define _LZMA_PROB32 */
+/* _LZMA_PROB32 can increase the speed on some CPUs,
+ but memory usage for CLzmaDec::probs will be doubled in that case */
+
+#ifdef _LZMA_PROB32
+#define CLzmaProb UInt32
+#else
+#define CLzmaProb UInt16
+#endif
+
+
+/* ---------- LZMA Properties ---------- */
+
+#define LZMA_PROPS_SIZE 5
+
+typedef struct _CLzmaProps
+{
+ unsigned lc, lp, pb;
+ UInt32 dicSize;
+} CLzmaProps;
+
+/* LzmaProps_Decode - decodes properties
+Returns:
+ SZ_OK
+ SZ_ERROR_UNSUPPORTED - Unsupported properties
+*/
+
+SRes LzmaProps_Decode(CLzmaProps *p, const Byte *data, unsigned size);
+
+
+/* ---------- LZMA Decoder state ---------- */
+
+/* LZMA_REQUIRED_INPUT_MAX = number of required input bytes for worst case.
+ Num bits = log2((2^11 / 31) ^ 22) + 26 < 134 + 26 = 160; */
+
+#define LZMA_REQUIRED_INPUT_MAX 20
+
+typedef struct
+{
+ CLzmaProps prop;
+ CLzmaProb *probs;
+ Byte *dic;
+ const Byte *buf;
+ UInt32 range, code;
+ SizeT dicPos;
+ SizeT dicBufSize;
+ UInt32 processedPos;
+ UInt32 checkDicSize;
+ unsigned state;
+ UInt32 reps[4];
+ unsigned remainLen;
+ int needFlush;
+ int needInitState;
+ UInt32 numProbs;
+ unsigned tempBufSize;
+ Byte tempBuf[LZMA_REQUIRED_INPUT_MAX];
+} CLzmaDec;
+
+#define LzmaDec_Construct(p) { (p)->dic = 0; (p)->probs = 0; }
+
+void LzmaDec_Init(CLzmaDec *p);
+
+/* There are two types of LZMA streams:
+ 0) Stream with end mark. That end mark adds about 6 bytes to compressed size.
+ 1) Stream without end mark. You must know exact uncompressed size to decompress such stream. */
+
+typedef enum
+{
+ LZMA_FINISH_ANY, /* finish at any point */
+ LZMA_FINISH_END /* block must be finished at the end */
+} ELzmaFinishMode;
+
+/* ELzmaFinishMode has meaning only if the decoding reaches output limit !!!
+
+ You must use LZMA_FINISH_END, when you know that current output buffer
+ covers last bytes of block. In other cases you must use LZMA_FINISH_ANY.
+
+ If LZMA decoder sees end marker before reaching output limit, it returns SZ_OK,
+ and output value of destLen will be less than output buffer size limit.
+ You can check status result also.
+
+ You can use multiple checks to test data integrity after full decompression:
+ 1) Check Result and "status" variable.
+ 2) Check that output(destLen) = uncompressedSize, if you know real uncompressedSize.
+ 3) Check that output(srcLen) = compressedSize, if you know real compressedSize.
+ You must use correct finish mode in that case. */
+
+typedef enum
+{
+ LZMA_STATUS_NOT_SPECIFIED, /* use main error code instead */
+ LZMA_STATUS_FINISHED_WITH_MARK, /* stream was finished with end mark. */
+ LZMA_STATUS_NOT_FINISHED, /* stream was not finished */
+ LZMA_STATUS_NEEDS_MORE_INPUT, /* you must provide more input bytes */
+ LZMA_STATUS_MAYBE_FINISHED_WITHOUT_MARK /* there is probability that stream was finished without end mark */
+} ELzmaStatus;
+
+/* ELzmaStatus is used only as output value for function call */
+
+
+/* ---------- Interfaces ---------- */
+
+/* There are 3 levels of interfaces:
+ 1) Dictionary Interface
+ 2) Buffer Interface
+ 3) One Call Interface
+ You can select any of these interfaces, but don't mix functions from different
+ groups for same object. */
+
+
+/* There are two variants to allocate state for Dictionary Interface:
+ 1) LzmaDec_Allocate / LzmaDec_Free
+ 2) LzmaDec_AllocateProbs / LzmaDec_FreeProbs
+ You can use variant 2, if you set dictionary buffer manually.
+ For Buffer Interface you must always use variant 1.
+
+LzmaDec_Allocate* can return:
+ SZ_OK
+ SZ_ERROR_MEM - Memory allocation error
+ SZ_ERROR_UNSUPPORTED - Unsupported properties
+*/
+
+SRes LzmaDec_AllocateProbs(CLzmaDec *p, const Byte *props, unsigned propsSize, ISzAlloc *alloc);
+void LzmaDec_FreeProbs(CLzmaDec *p, ISzAlloc *alloc);
+
+SRes LzmaDec_Allocate(CLzmaDec *state, const Byte *prop, unsigned propsSize, ISzAlloc *alloc);
+void LzmaDec_Free(CLzmaDec *state, ISzAlloc *alloc);
+
+/* ---------- Dictionary Interface ---------- */
+
+/* You can use it, if you want to eliminate the overhead for data copying from
+ dictionary to some other external buffer.
+ You must work with CLzmaDec variables directly in this interface.
+
+ STEPS:
+ LzmaDec_Constr()
+ LzmaDec_Allocate()
+ for (each new stream)
+ {
+ LzmaDec_Init()
+ while (it needs more decompression)
+ {
+ LzmaDec_DecodeToDic()
+ use data from CLzmaDec::dic and update CLzmaDec::dicPos
+ }
+ }
+ LzmaDec_Free()
+*/
+
+/* LzmaDec_DecodeToDic
+
+ The decoding to internal dictionary buffer (CLzmaDec::dic).
+ You must manually update CLzmaDec::dicPos, if it reaches CLzmaDec::dicBufSize !!!
+
+finishMode:
+ It has meaning only if the decoding reaches output limit (dicLimit).
+ LZMA_FINISH_ANY - Decode just dicLimit bytes.
+ LZMA_FINISH_END - Stream must be finished after dicLimit.
+
+Returns:
+ SZ_OK
+ status:
+ LZMA_STATUS_FINISHED_WITH_MARK
+ LZMA_STATUS_NOT_FINISHED
+ LZMA_STATUS_NEEDS_MORE_INPUT
+ LZMA_STATUS_MAYBE_FINISHED_WITHOUT_MARK
+ SZ_ERROR_DATA - Data error
+*/
+
+SRes LzmaDec_DecodeToDic(CLzmaDec *p, SizeT dicLimit,
+ const Byte *src, SizeT *srcLen, ELzmaFinishMode finishMode, ELzmaStatus *status);
+
+
+/* ---------- Buffer Interface ---------- */
+
+/* It's zlib-like interface.
+ See LzmaDec_DecodeToDic description for information about STEPS and return results,
+ but you must use LzmaDec_DecodeToBuf instead of LzmaDec_DecodeToDic and you don't need
+ to work with CLzmaDec variables manually.
+
+finishMode:
+ It has meaning only if the decoding reaches output limit (*destLen).
+ LZMA_FINISH_ANY - Decode just destLen bytes.
+ LZMA_FINISH_END - Stream must be finished after (*destLen).
+*/
+
+SRes LzmaDec_DecodeToBuf(CLzmaDec *p, Byte *dest, SizeT *destLen,
+ const Byte *src, SizeT *srcLen, ELzmaFinishMode finishMode, ELzmaStatus *status);
+
+
+/* ---------- One Call Interface ---------- */
+
+/* LzmaDecode
+
+finishMode:
+ It has meaning only if the decoding reaches output limit (*destLen).
+ LZMA_FINISH_ANY - Decode just destLen bytes.
+ LZMA_FINISH_END - Stream must be finished after (*destLen).
+
+Returns:
+ SZ_OK
+ status:
+ LZMA_STATUS_FINISHED_WITH_MARK
+ LZMA_STATUS_NOT_FINISHED
+ LZMA_STATUS_MAYBE_FINISHED_WITHOUT_MARK
+ SZ_ERROR_DATA - Data error
+ SZ_ERROR_MEM - Memory allocation error
+ SZ_ERROR_UNSUPPORTED - Unsupported properties
+ SZ_ERROR_INPUT_EOF - It needs more bytes in input buffer (src).
+*/
+
+SRes LzmaDecode(Byte *dest, SizeT *destLen, const Byte *src, SizeT *srcLen,
+ const Byte *propData, unsigned propSize, ELzmaFinishMode finishMode,
+ ELzmaStatus *status, ISzAlloc *alloc);
+
+#endif
diff --git a/Core/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Library/LzmaCustomDecompressLib/Sdk/C/Types.h b/Core/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Library/LzmaCustomDecompressLib/Sdk/C/Types.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..30b16e3bb0 --- /dev/null +++ b/Core/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Library/LzmaCustomDecompressLib/Sdk/C/Types.h @@ -0,0 +1,231 @@ +/** @file
+ Types.h
+
+ Based on LZMA SDK 4.65:
+ Types.h -- Basic types
+ 2008-11-23 : Igor Pavlov : Public domain
+
+ Copyright (c) 2009, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+ This program and the accompanying materials
+ are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
+ which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
+ http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
+
+ THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
+ WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
+
+**/
+
+#ifndef __7Z_TYPES_H
+#define __7Z_TYPES_H
+
+#ifdef EFIAPI
+
+#include "UefiLzma.h"
+
+#else
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+
+#ifdef _WIN32
+#include <windows.h>
+#endif
+
+#endif
+
+#define SZ_OK 0
+
+#define SZ_ERROR_DATA 1
+#define SZ_ERROR_MEM 2
+#define SZ_ERROR_CRC 3
+#define SZ_ERROR_UNSUPPORTED 4
+#define SZ_ERROR_PARAM 5
+#define SZ_ERROR_INPUT_EOF 6
+#define SZ_ERROR_OUTPUT_EOF 7
+#define SZ_ERROR_READ 8
+#define SZ_ERROR_WRITE 9
+#define SZ_ERROR_PROGRESS 10
+#define SZ_ERROR_FAIL 11
+#define SZ_ERROR_THREAD 12
+
+#define SZ_ERROR_ARCHIVE 16
+#define SZ_ERROR_NO_ARCHIVE 17
+
+typedef int SRes;
+
+#ifdef _WIN32
+typedef DWORD WRes;
+#else
+typedef int WRes;
+#endif
+
+#ifndef RINOK
+#define RINOK(x) { int __result__ = (x); if (__result__ != 0) return __result__; }
+#endif
+
+typedef unsigned char Byte;
+typedef short Int16;
+typedef unsigned short UInt16;
+
+#ifdef _LZMA_UINT32_IS_ULONG
+typedef long Int32;
+typedef unsigned long UInt32;
+#else
+typedef int Int32;
+typedef unsigned int UInt32;
+#endif
+
+#ifdef _SZ_NO_INT_64
+
+/* define _SZ_NO_INT_64, if your compiler doesn't support 64-bit integers.
+ NOTES: Some code will work incorrectly in that case! */
+
+typedef long Int64;
+typedef unsigned long UInt64;
+
+#else
+
+#if defined(_MSC_VER) || defined(__BORLANDC__)
+typedef __int64 Int64;
+typedef unsigned __int64 UInt64;
+#else
+typedef long long int Int64;
+typedef unsigned long long int UInt64;
+#endif
+
+#endif
+
+#ifdef _LZMA_NO_SYSTEM_SIZE_T
+typedef UInt32 SizeT;
+#else
+typedef size_t SizeT;
+#endif
+
+typedef int Bool;
+#define True 1
+#define False 0
+
+
+#ifdef _MSC_VER
+
+#if _MSC_VER >= 1300
+#define MY_NO_INLINE __declspec(noinline)
+#else
+#define MY_NO_INLINE
+#endif
+
+#define MY_CDECL __cdecl
+#define MY_STD_CALL __stdcall
+#define MY_FAST_CALL MY_NO_INLINE __fastcall
+
+#else
+
+#define MY_CDECL
+#define MY_STD_CALL
+#define MY_FAST_CALL
+
+#endif
+
+
+/* The following interfaces use first parameter as pointer to structure */
+
+typedef struct
+{
+ SRes (*Read)(void *p, void *buf, size_t *size);
+ /* if (input(*size) != 0 && output(*size) == 0) means end_of_stream.
+ (output(*size) < input(*size)) is allowed */
+} ISeqInStream;
+
+/* it can return SZ_ERROR_INPUT_EOF */
+SRes SeqInStream_Read(ISeqInStream *stream, void *buf, size_t size);
+SRes SeqInStream_Read2(ISeqInStream *stream, void *buf, size_t size, SRes errorType);
+SRes SeqInStream_ReadByte(ISeqInStream *stream, Byte *buf);
+
+typedef struct
+{
+ size_t (*Write)(void *p, const void *buf, size_t size);
+ /* Returns: result - the number of actually written bytes.
+ (result < size) means error */
+} ISeqOutStream;
+
+typedef enum
+{
+ SZ_SEEK_SET = 0,
+ SZ_SEEK_CUR = 1,
+ SZ_SEEK_END = 2
+} ESzSeek;
+
+typedef struct
+{
+ SRes (*Read)(void *p, void *buf, size_t *size); /* same as ISeqInStream::Read */
+ SRes (*Seek)(void *p, Int64 *pos, ESzSeek origin);
+} ISeekInStream;
+
+typedef struct
+{
+ SRes (*Look)(void *p, void **buf, size_t *size);
+ /* if (input(*size) != 0 && output(*size) == 0) means end_of_stream.
+ (output(*size) > input(*size)) is not allowed
+ (output(*size) < input(*size)) is allowed */
+ SRes (*Skip)(void *p, size_t offset);
+ /* offset must be <= output(*size) of Look */
+
+ SRes (*Read)(void *p, void *buf, size_t *size);
+ /* reads directly (without buffer). It's same as ISeqInStream::Read */
+ SRes (*Seek)(void *p, Int64 *pos, ESzSeek origin);
+} ILookInStream;
+
+SRes LookInStream_LookRead(ILookInStream *stream, void *buf, size_t *size);
+SRes LookInStream_SeekTo(ILookInStream *stream, UInt64 offset);
+
+/* reads via ILookInStream::Read */
+SRes LookInStream_Read2(ILookInStream *stream, void *buf, size_t size, SRes errorType);
+SRes LookInStream_Read(ILookInStream *stream, void *buf, size_t size);
+
+#define LookToRead_BUF_SIZE (1 << 14)
+
+typedef struct
+{
+ ILookInStream s;
+ ISeekInStream *realStream;
+ size_t pos;
+ size_t size;
+ Byte buf[LookToRead_BUF_SIZE];
+} CLookToRead;
+
+void LookToRead_CreateVTable(CLookToRead *p, int lookahead);
+void LookToRead_Init(CLookToRead *p);
+
+typedef struct
+{
+ ISeqInStream s;
+ ILookInStream *realStream;
+} CSecToLook;
+
+void SecToLook_CreateVTable(CSecToLook *p);
+
+typedef struct
+{
+ ISeqInStream s;
+ ILookInStream *realStream;
+} CSecToRead;
+
+void SecToRead_CreateVTable(CSecToRead *p);
+
+typedef struct
+{
+ SRes (*Progress)(void *p, UInt64 inSize, UInt64 outSize);
+ /* Returns: result. (result != SZ_OK) means break.
+ Value (UInt64)(Int64)-1 for size means unknown value. */
+} ICompressProgress;
+
+typedef struct
+{
+ void *(*Alloc)(void *p, size_t size);
+ void (*Free)(void *p, void *address); /* address can be 0 */
+} ISzAlloc;
+
+#define IAlloc_Alloc(p, size) (p)->Alloc((p), size)
+#define IAlloc_Free(p, a) (p)->Free((p), a)
+
+#endif
diff --git a/Core/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Library/LzmaCustomDecompressLib/Sdk/history.txt b/Core/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Library/LzmaCustomDecompressLib/Sdk/history.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..9bed5ebbef --- /dev/null +++ b/Core/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Library/LzmaCustomDecompressLib/Sdk/history.txt @@ -0,0 +1,236 @@ +HISTORY of the LZMA SDK
+-----------------------
+
+4.65 2009-02-03
+-------------------------
+- Some minor fixes
+
+
+4.63 2008-12-31
+-------------------------
+- Some minor fixes
+
+
+4.61 beta 2008-11-23
+-------------------------
+- The bug in ANSI-C LZMA Decoder was fixed:
+ If encoded stream was corrupted, decoder could access memory
+ outside of allocated range.
+- Some changes in ANSI-C 7z Decoder interfaces.
+- LZMA SDK is placed in the public domain.
+
+
+4.60 beta 2008-08-19
+-------------------------
+- Some minor fixes.
+
+
+4.59 beta 2008-08-13
+-------------------------
+- The bug was fixed:
+ LZMA Encoder in fast compression mode could access memory outside of
+ allocated range in some rare cases.
+
+
+4.58 beta 2008-05-05
+-------------------------
+- ANSI-C LZMA Decoder was rewritten for speed optimizations.
+- ANSI-C LZMA Encoder was included to LZMA SDK.
+- C++ LZMA code now is just wrapper over ANSI-C code.
+
+
+4.57 2007-12-12
+-------------------------
+- Speed optimizations in Ñ++ LZMA Decoder.
+- Small changes for more compatibility with some C/C++ compilers.
+
+
+4.49 beta 2007-07-05
+-------------------------
+- .7z ANSI-C Decoder:
+ - now it supports BCJ and BCJ2 filters
+ - now it supports files larger than 4 GB.
+ - now it supports "Last Write Time" field for files.
+- C++ code for .7z archives compressing/decompressing from 7-zip
+ was included to LZMA SDK.
+
+
+4.43 2006-06-04
+-------------------------
+- Small changes for more compatibility with some C/C++ compilers.
+
+
+4.42 2006-05-15
+-------------------------
+- Small changes in .h files in ANSI-C version.
+
+
+4.39 beta 2006-04-14
+-------------------------
+- The bug in versions 4.33b:4.38b was fixed:
+ C++ version of LZMA encoder could not correctly compress
+ files larger than 2 GB with HC4 match finder (-mfhc4).
+
+
+4.37 beta 2005-04-06
+-------------------------
+- Fixes in C++ code: code could no be compiled if _NO_EXCEPTIONS was defined.
+
+
+4.35 beta 2005-03-02
+-------------------------
+- The bug was fixed in C++ version of LZMA Decoder:
+ If encoded stream was corrupted, decoder could access memory
+ outside of allocated range.
+
+
+4.34 beta 2006-02-27
+-------------------------
+- Compressing speed and memory requirements for compressing were increased
+- LZMA now can use only these match finders: HC4, BT2, BT3, BT4
+
+
+4.32 2005-12-09
+-------------------------
+- Java version of LZMA SDK was included
+
+
+4.30 2005-11-20
+-------------------------
+- Compression ratio was improved in -a2 mode
+- Speed optimizations for compressing in -a2 mode
+- -fb switch now supports values up to 273
+- The bug in 7z_C (7zIn.c) was fixed:
+ It used Alloc/Free functions from different memory pools.
+ So if program used two memory pools, it worked incorrectly.
+- 7z_C: .7z format supporting was improved
+- LZMA# SDK (C#.NET version) was included
+
+
+4.27 (Updated) 2005-09-21
+-------------------------
+- Some GUIDs/interfaces in C++ were changed.
+ IStream.h:
+ ISequentialInStream::Read now works as old ReadPart
+ ISequentialOutStream::Write now works as old WritePart
+
+
+4.27 2005-08-07
+-------------------------
+- The bug in LzmaDecodeSize.c was fixed:
+ if _LZMA_IN_CB and _LZMA_OUT_READ were defined,
+ decompressing worked incorrectly.
+
+
+4.26 2005-08-05
+-------------------------
+- Fixes in 7z_C code and LzmaTest.c:
+ previous versions could work incorrectly,
+ if malloc(0) returns 0
+
+
+4.23 2005-06-29
+-------------------------
+- Small fixes in C++ code
+
+
+4.22 2005-06-10
+-------------------------
+- Small fixes
+
+
+4.21 2005-06-08
+-------------------------
+- Interfaces for ANSI-C LZMA Decoder (LzmaDecode.c) were changed
+- New additional version of ANSI-C LZMA Decoder with zlib-like interface:
+ - LzmaStateDecode.h
+ - LzmaStateDecode.c
+ - LzmaStateTest.c
+- ANSI-C LZMA Decoder now can decompress files larger than 4 GB
+
+
+4.17 2005-04-18
+-------------------------
+- New example for RAM->RAM compressing/decompressing:
+ LZMA + BCJ (filter for x86 code):
+ - LzmaRam.h
+ - LzmaRam.cpp
+ - LzmaRamDecode.h
+ - LzmaRamDecode.c
+ - -f86 switch for lzma.exe
+
+
+4.16 2005-03-29
+-------------------------
+- The bug was fixed in LzmaDecode.c (ANSI-C LZMA Decoder):
+ If _LZMA_OUT_READ was defined, and if encoded stream was corrupted,
+ decoder could access memory outside of allocated range.
+- Speed optimization of ANSI-C LZMA Decoder (now it's about 20% faster).
+ Old version of LZMA Decoder now is in file LzmaDecodeSize.c.
+ LzmaDecodeSize.c can provide slightly smaller code than LzmaDecode.c
+- Small speed optimization in LZMA C++ code
+- filter for SPARC's code was added
+- Simplified version of .7z ANSI-C Decoder was included
+
+
+4.06 2004-09-05
+-------------------------
+- The bug in v4.05 was fixed:
+ LZMA-Encoder didn't release output stream in some cases.
+
+
+4.05 2004-08-25
+-------------------------
+- Source code of filters for x86, IA-64, ARM, ARM-Thumb
+ and PowerPC code was included to SDK
+- Some internal minor changes
+
+
+4.04 2004-07-28
+-------------------------
+- More compatibility with some C++ compilers
+
+
+4.03 2004-06-18
+-------------------------
+- "Benchmark" command was added. It measures compressing
+ and decompressing speed and shows rating values.
+ Also it checks hardware errors.
+
+
+4.02 2004-06-10
+-------------------------
+- C++ LZMA Encoder/Decoder code now is more portable
+ and it can be compiled by GCC on Linux.
+
+
+4.01 2004-02-15
+-------------------------
+- Some detection of data corruption was enabled.
+ LzmaDecode.c / RangeDecoderReadByte
+ .....
+ {
+ rd->ExtraBytes = 1;
+ return 0xFF;
+ }
+
+
+4.00 2004-02-13
+-------------------------
+- Original version of LZMA SDK
+
+
+
+HISTORY of the LZMA
+-------------------
+ 2001-2008: Improvements to LZMA compressing/decompressing code,
+ keeping compatibility with original LZMA format
+ 1996-2001: Development of LZMA compression format
+
+ Some milestones:
+
+ 2001-08-30: LZMA compression was added to 7-Zip
+ 1999-01-02: First version of 7-Zip was released
+
+
+End of document
diff --git a/Core/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Library/LzmaCustomDecompressLib/Sdk/lzma.txt b/Core/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Library/LzmaCustomDecompressLib/Sdk/lzma.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d4f4af929a --- /dev/null +++ b/Core/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Library/LzmaCustomDecompressLib/Sdk/lzma.txt @@ -0,0 +1,594 @@ +LZMA SDK 4.65
+-------------
+
+LZMA SDK provides the documentation, samples, header files, libraries,
+and tools you need to develop applications that use LZMA compression.
+
+LZMA is default and general compression method of 7z format
+in 7-Zip compression program (www.7-zip.org). LZMA provides high
+compression ratio and very fast decompression.
+
+LZMA is an improved version of famous LZ77 compression algorithm.
+It was improved in way of maximum increasing of compression ratio,
+keeping high decompression speed and low memory requirements for
+decompressing.
+
+
+
+LICENSE
+-------
+
+LZMA SDK is written and placed in the public domain by Igor Pavlov.
+
+
+LZMA SDK Contents
+-----------------
+
+LZMA SDK includes:
+
+ - ANSI-C/C++/C#/Java source code for LZMA compressing and decompressing
+ - Compiled file->file LZMA compressing/decompressing program for Windows system
+
+
+UNIX/Linux version
+------------------
+To compile C++ version of file->file LZMA encoding, go to directory
+C++/7zip/Compress/LZMA_Alone
+and call make to recompile it:
+ make -f makefile.gcc clean all
+
+In some UNIX/Linux versions you must compile LZMA with static libraries.
+To compile with static libraries, you can use
+LIB = -lm -static
+
+
+Files
+---------------------
+lzma.txt - LZMA SDK description (this file)
+7zFormat.txt - 7z Format description
+7zC.txt - 7z ANSI-C Decoder description
+methods.txt - Compression method IDs for .7z
+lzma.exe - Compiled file->file LZMA encoder/decoder for Windows
+history.txt - history of the LZMA SDK
+
+
+Source code structure
+---------------------
+
+C/ - C files
+ 7zCrc*.* - CRC code
+ Alloc.* - Memory allocation functions
+ Bra*.* - Filters for x86, IA-64, ARM, ARM-Thumb, PowerPC and SPARC code
+ LzFind.* - Match finder for LZ (LZMA) encoders
+ LzFindMt.* - Match finder for LZ (LZMA) encoders for multithreading encoding
+ LzHash.h - Additional file for LZ match finder
+ LzmaDec.* - LZMA decoding
+ LzmaEnc.* - LZMA encoding
+ LzmaLib.* - LZMA Library for DLL calling
+ Types.h - Basic types for another .c files
+ Threads.* - The code for multithreading.
+
+ LzmaLib - LZMA Library (.DLL for Windows)
+
+ LzmaUtil - LZMA Utility (file->file LZMA encoder/decoder).
+
+ Archive - files related to archiving
+ 7z - 7z ANSI-C Decoder
+
+CPP/ -- CPP files
+
+ Common - common files for C++ projects
+ Windows - common files for Windows related code
+
+ 7zip - files related to 7-Zip Project
+
+ Common - common files for 7-Zip
+
+ Compress - files related to compression/decompression
+
+ Copy - Copy coder
+ RangeCoder - Range Coder (special code of compression/decompression)
+ LZMA - LZMA compression/decompression on C++
+ LZMA_Alone - file->file LZMA compression/decompression
+ Branch - Filters for x86, IA-64, ARM, ARM-Thumb, PowerPC and SPARC code
+
+ Archive - files related to archiving
+
+ Common - common files for archive handling
+ 7z - 7z C++ Encoder/Decoder
+
+ Bundles - Modules that are bundles of other modules
+
+ Alone7z - 7zr.exe: Standalone version of 7z.exe that supports only 7z/LZMA/BCJ/BCJ2
+ Format7zR - 7zr.dll: Reduced version of 7za.dll: extracting/compressing to 7z/LZMA/BCJ/BCJ2
+ Format7zExtractR - 7zxr.dll: Reduced version of 7zxa.dll: extracting from 7z/LZMA/BCJ/BCJ2.
+
+ UI - User Interface files
+
+ Client7z - Test application for 7za.dll, 7zr.dll, 7zxr.dll
+ Common - Common UI files
+ Console - Code for console archiver
+
+
+
+CS/ - C# files
+ 7zip
+ Common - some common files for 7-Zip
+ Compress - files related to compression/decompression
+ LZ - files related to LZ (Lempel-Ziv) compression algorithm
+ LZMA - LZMA compression/decompression
+ LzmaAlone - file->file LZMA compression/decompression
+ RangeCoder - Range Coder (special code of compression/decompression)
+
+Java/ - Java files
+ SevenZip
+ Compression - files related to compression/decompression
+ LZ - files related to LZ (Lempel-Ziv) compression algorithm
+ LZMA - LZMA compression/decompression
+ RangeCoder - Range Coder (special code of compression/decompression)
+
+
+C/C++ source code of LZMA SDK is part of 7-Zip project.
+7-Zip source code can be downloaded from 7-Zip's SourceForge page:
+
+ http://sourceforge.net/projects/sevenzip/
+
+
+
+LZMA features
+-------------
+ - Variable dictionary size (up to 1 GB)
+ - Estimated compressing speed: about 2 MB/s on 2 GHz CPU
+ - Estimated decompressing speed:
+ - 20-30 MB/s on 2 GHz Core 2 or AMD Athlon 64
+ - 1-2 MB/s on 200 MHz ARM, MIPS, PowerPC or other simple RISC
+ - Small memory requirements for decompressing (16 KB + DictionarySize)
+ - Small code size for decompressing: 5-8 KB
+
+LZMA decoder uses only integer operations and can be
+implemented in any modern 32-bit CPU (or on 16-bit CPU with some conditions).
+
+Some critical operations that affect the speed of LZMA decompression:
+ 1) 32*16 bit integer multiply
+ 2) Misspredicted branches (penalty mostly depends from pipeline length)
+ 3) 32-bit shift and arithmetic operations
+
+The speed of LZMA decompressing mostly depends from CPU speed.
+Memory speed has no big meaning. But if your CPU has small data cache,
+overall weight of memory speed will slightly increase.
+
+
+How To Use
+----------
+
+Using LZMA encoder/decoder executable
+--------------------------------------
+
+Usage: LZMA <e|d> inputFile outputFile [<switches>...]
+
+ e: encode file
+
+ d: decode file
+
+ b: Benchmark. There are two tests: compressing and decompressing
+ with LZMA method. Benchmark shows rating in MIPS (million
+ instructions per second). Rating value is calculated from
+ measured speed and it is normalized with Intel's Core 2 results.
+ Also Benchmark checks possible hardware errors (RAM
+ errors in most cases). Benchmark uses these settings:
+ (-a1, -d21, -fb32, -mfbt4). You can change only -d parameter.
+ Also you can change the number of iterations. Example for 30 iterations:
+ LZMA b 30
+ Default number of iterations is 10.
+
+<Switches>
+
+
+ -a{N}: set compression mode 0 = fast, 1 = normal
+ default: 1 (normal)
+
+ d{N}: Sets Dictionary size - [0, 30], default: 23 (8MB)
+ The maximum value for dictionary size is 1 GB = 2^30 bytes.
+ Dictionary size is calculated as DictionarySize = 2^N bytes.
+ For decompressing file compressed by LZMA method with dictionary
+ size D = 2^N you need about D bytes of memory (RAM).
+
+ -fb{N}: set number of fast bytes - [5, 273], default: 128
+ Usually big number gives a little bit better compression ratio
+ and slower compression process.
+
+ -lc{N}: set number of literal context bits - [0, 8], default: 3
+ Sometimes lc=4 gives gain for big files.
+
+ -lp{N}: set number of literal pos bits - [0, 4], default: 0
+ lp switch is intended for periodical data when period is
+ equal 2^N. For example, for 32-bit (4 bytes)
+ periodical data you can use lp=2. Often it's better to set lc0,
+ if you change lp switch.
+
+ -pb{N}: set number of pos bits - [0, 4], default: 2
+ pb switch is intended for periodical data
+ when period is equal 2^N.
+
+ -mf{MF_ID}: set Match Finder. Default: bt4.
+ Algorithms from hc* group doesn't provide good compression
+ ratio, but they often works pretty fast in combination with
+ fast mode (-a0).
+
+ Memory requirements depend from dictionary size
+ (parameter "d" in table below).
+
+ MF_ID Memory Description
+
+ bt2 d * 9.5 + 4MB Binary Tree with 2 bytes hashing.
+ bt3 d * 11.5 + 4MB Binary Tree with 3 bytes hashing.
+ bt4 d * 11.5 + 4MB Binary Tree with 4 bytes hashing.
+ hc4 d * 7.5 + 4MB Hash Chain with 4 bytes hashing.
+
+ -eos: write End Of Stream marker. By default LZMA doesn't write
+ eos marker, since LZMA decoder knows uncompressed size
+ stored in .lzma file header.
+
+ -si: Read data from stdin (it will write End Of Stream marker).
+ -so: Write data to stdout
+
+
+Examples:
+
+1) LZMA e file.bin file.lzma -d16 -lc0
+
+compresses file.bin to file.lzma with 64 KB dictionary (2^16=64K)
+and 0 literal context bits. -lc0 allows to reduce memory requirements
+for decompression.
+
+
+2) LZMA e file.bin file.lzma -lc0 -lp2
+
+compresses file.bin to file.lzma with settings suitable
+for 32-bit periodical data (for example, ARM or MIPS code).
+
+3) LZMA d file.lzma file.bin
+
+decompresses file.lzma to file.bin.
+
+
+Compression ratio hints
+-----------------------
+
+Recommendations
+---------------
+
+To increase the compression ratio for LZMA compressing it's desirable
+to have aligned data (if it's possible) and also it's desirable to locate
+data in such order, where code is grouped in one place and data is
+grouped in other place (it's better than such mixing: code, data, code,
+data, ...).
+
+
+Filters
+-------
+You can increase the compression ratio for some data types, using
+special filters before compressing. For example, it's possible to
+increase the compression ratio on 5-10% for code for those CPU ISAs:
+x86, IA-64, ARM, ARM-Thumb, PowerPC, SPARC.
+
+You can find C source code of such filters in C/Bra*.* files
+
+You can check the compression ratio gain of these filters with such
+7-Zip commands (example for ARM code):
+No filter:
+ 7z a a1.7z a.bin -m0=lzma
+
+With filter for little-endian ARM code:
+ 7z a a2.7z a.bin -m0=arm -m1=lzma
+
+It works in such manner:
+Compressing = Filter_encoding + LZMA_encoding
+Decompressing = LZMA_decoding + Filter_decoding
+
+Compressing and decompressing speed of such filters is very high,
+so it will not increase decompressing time too much.
+Moreover, it reduces decompression time for LZMA_decoding,
+since compression ratio with filtering is higher.
+
+These filters convert CALL (calling procedure) instructions
+from relative offsets to absolute addresses, so such data becomes more
+compressible.
+
+For some ISAs (for example, for MIPS) it's impossible to get gain from such filter.
+
+
+LZMA compressed file format
+---------------------------
+Offset Size Description
+ 0 1 Special LZMA properties (lc,lp, pb in encoded form)
+ 1 4 Dictionary size (little endian)
+ 5 8 Uncompressed size (little endian). -1 means unknown size
+ 13 Compressed data
+
+
+ANSI-C LZMA Decoder
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+Please note that interfaces for ANSI-C code were changed in LZMA SDK 4.58.
+If you want to use old interfaces you can download previous version of LZMA SDK
+from sourceforge.net site.
+
+To use ANSI-C LZMA Decoder you need the following files:
+1) LzmaDec.h + LzmaDec.c + Types.h
+LzmaUtil/LzmaUtil.c is example application that uses these files.
+
+
+Memory requirements for LZMA decoding
+-------------------------------------
+
+Stack usage of LZMA decoding function for local variables is not
+larger than 200-400 bytes.
+
+LZMA Decoder uses dictionary buffer and internal state structure.
+Internal state structure consumes
+ state_size = (4 + (1.5 << (lc + lp))) KB
+by default (lc=3, lp=0), state_size = 16 KB.
+
+
+How To decompress data
+----------------------
+
+LZMA Decoder (ANSI-C version) now supports 2 interfaces:
+1) Single-call Decompressing
+2) Multi-call State Decompressing (zlib-like interface)
+
+You must use external allocator:
+Example:
+void *SzAlloc(void *p, size_t size) { p = p; return malloc(size); }
+void SzFree(void *p, void *address) { p = p; free(address); }
+ISzAlloc alloc = { SzAlloc, SzFree };
+
+You can use p = p; operator to disable compiler warnings.
+
+
+Single-call Decompressing
+-------------------------
+When to use: RAM->RAM decompressing
+Compile files: LzmaDec.h + LzmaDec.c + Types.h
+Compile defines: no defines
+Memory Requirements:
+ - Input buffer: compressed size
+ - Output buffer: uncompressed size
+ - LZMA Internal Structures: state_size (16 KB for default settings)
+
+Interface:
+ int LzmaDecode(Byte *dest, SizeT *destLen, const Byte *src, SizeT *srcLen,
+ const Byte *propData, unsigned propSize, ELzmaFinishMode finishMode,
+ ELzmaStatus *status, ISzAlloc *alloc);
+ In:
+ dest - output data
+ destLen - output data size
+ src - input data
+ srcLen - input data size
+ propData - LZMA properties (5 bytes)
+ propSize - size of propData buffer (5 bytes)
+ finishMode - It has meaning only if the decoding reaches output limit (*destLen).
+ LZMA_FINISH_ANY - Decode just destLen bytes.
+ LZMA_FINISH_END - Stream must be finished after (*destLen).
+ You can use LZMA_FINISH_END, when you know that
+ current output buffer covers last bytes of stream.
+ alloc - Memory allocator.
+
+ Out:
+ destLen - processed output size
+ srcLen - processed input size
+
+ Output:
+ SZ_OK
+ status:
+ LZMA_STATUS_FINISHED_WITH_MARK
+ LZMA_STATUS_NOT_FINISHED
+ LZMA_STATUS_MAYBE_FINISHED_WITHOUT_MARK
+ SZ_ERROR_DATA - Data error
+ SZ_ERROR_MEM - Memory allocation error
+ SZ_ERROR_UNSUPPORTED - Unsupported properties
+ SZ_ERROR_INPUT_EOF - It needs more bytes in input buffer (src).
+
+ If LZMA decoder sees end_marker before reaching output limit, it returns OK result,
+ and output value of destLen will be less than output buffer size limit.
+
+ You can use multiple checks to test data integrity after full decompression:
+ 1) Check Result and "status" variable.
+ 2) Check that output(destLen) = uncompressedSize, if you know real uncompressedSize.
+ 3) Check that output(srcLen) = compressedSize, if you know real compressedSize.
+ You must use correct finish mode in that case. */
+
+
+Multi-call State Decompressing (zlib-like interface)
+----------------------------------------------------
+
+When to use: file->file decompressing
+Compile files: LzmaDec.h + LzmaDec.c + Types.h
+
+Memory Requirements:
+ - Buffer for input stream: any size (for example, 16 KB)
+ - Buffer for output stream: any size (for example, 16 KB)
+ - LZMA Internal Structures: state_size (16 KB for default settings)
+ - LZMA dictionary (dictionary size is encoded in LZMA properties header)
+
+1) read LZMA properties (5 bytes) and uncompressed size (8 bytes, little-endian) to header:
+ unsigned char header[LZMA_PROPS_SIZE + 8];
+ ReadFile(inFile, header, sizeof(header)
+
+2) Allocate CLzmaDec structures (state + dictionary) using LZMA properties
+
+ CLzmaDec state;
+ LzmaDec_Constr(&state);
+ res = LzmaDec_Allocate(&state, header, LZMA_PROPS_SIZE, &g_Alloc);
+ if (res != SZ_OK)
+ return res;
+
+3) Init LzmaDec structure before any new LZMA stream. And call LzmaDec_DecodeToBuf in loop
+
+ LzmaDec_Init(&state);
+ for (;;)
+ {
+ ...
+ int res = LzmaDec_DecodeToBuf(CLzmaDec *p, Byte *dest, SizeT *destLen,
+ const Byte *src, SizeT *srcLen, ELzmaFinishMode finishMode);
+ ...
+ }
+
+
+4) Free all allocated structures
+ LzmaDec_Free(&state, &g_Alloc);
+
+For full code example, look at C/LzmaUtil/LzmaUtil.c code.
+
+
+How To compress data
+--------------------
+
+Compile files: LzmaEnc.h + LzmaEnc.c + Types.h +
+LzFind.c + LzFind.h + LzFindMt.c + LzFindMt.h + LzHash.h
+
+Memory Requirements:
+ - (dictSize * 11.5 + 6 MB) + state_size
+
+Lzma Encoder can use two memory allocators:
+1) alloc - for small arrays.
+2) allocBig - for big arrays.
+
+For example, you can use Large RAM Pages (2 MB) in allocBig allocator for
+better compression speed. Note that Windows has bad implementation for
+Large RAM Pages.
+It's OK to use same allocator for alloc and allocBig.
+
+
+Single-call Compression with callbacks
+--------------------------------------
+
+Check C/LzmaUtil/LzmaUtil.c as example,
+
+When to use: file->file decompressing
+
+1) you must implement callback structures for interfaces:
+ISeqInStream
+ISeqOutStream
+ICompressProgress
+ISzAlloc
+
+static void *SzAlloc(void *p, size_t size) { p = p; return MyAlloc(size); }
+static void SzFree(void *p, void *address) { p = p; MyFree(address); }
+static ISzAlloc g_Alloc = { SzAlloc, SzFree };
+
+ CFileSeqInStream inStream;
+ CFileSeqOutStream outStream;
+
+ inStream.funcTable.Read = MyRead;
+ inStream.file = inFile;
+ outStream.funcTable.Write = MyWrite;
+ outStream.file = outFile;
+
+
+2) Create CLzmaEncHandle object;
+
+ CLzmaEncHandle enc;
+
+ enc = LzmaEnc_Create(&g_Alloc);
+ if (enc == 0)
+ return SZ_ERROR_MEM;
+
+
+3) initialize CLzmaEncProps properties;
+
+ LzmaEncProps_Init(&props);
+
+ Then you can change some properties in that structure.
+
+4) Send LZMA properties to LZMA Encoder
+
+ res = LzmaEnc_SetProps(enc, &props);
+
+5) Write encoded properties to header
+
+ Byte header[LZMA_PROPS_SIZE + 8];
+ size_t headerSize = LZMA_PROPS_SIZE;
+ UInt64 fileSize;
+ int i;
+
+ res = LzmaEnc_WriteProperties(enc, header, &headerSize);
+ fileSize = MyGetFileLength(inFile);
+ for (i = 0; i < 8; i++)
+ header[headerSize++] = (Byte)(fileSize >> (8 * i));
+ MyWriteFileAndCheck(outFile, header, headerSize)
+
+6) Call encoding function:
+ res = LzmaEnc_Encode(enc, &outStream.funcTable, &inStream.funcTable,
+ NULL, &g_Alloc, &g_Alloc);
+
+7) Destroy LZMA Encoder Object
+ LzmaEnc_Destroy(enc, &g_Alloc, &g_Alloc);
+
+
+If callback function return some error code, LzmaEnc_Encode also returns that code.
+
+
+Single-call RAM->RAM Compression
+--------------------------------
+
+Single-call RAM->RAM Compression is similar to Compression with callbacks,
+but you provide pointers to buffers instead of pointers to stream callbacks:
+
+HRes LzmaEncode(Byte *dest, SizeT *destLen, const Byte *src, SizeT srcLen,
+ CLzmaEncProps *props, Byte *propsEncoded, SizeT *propsSize, int writeEndMark,
+ ICompressProgress *progress, ISzAlloc *alloc, ISzAlloc *allocBig);
+
+Return code:
+ SZ_OK - OK
+ SZ_ERROR_MEM - Memory allocation error
+ SZ_ERROR_PARAM - Incorrect paramater
+ SZ_ERROR_OUTPUT_EOF - output buffer overflow
+ SZ_ERROR_THREAD - errors in multithreading functions (only for Mt version)
+
+
+
+LZMA Defines
+------------
+
+_LZMA_SIZE_OPT - Enable some optimizations in LZMA Decoder to get smaller executable code.
+
+_LZMA_PROB32 - It can increase the speed on some 32-bit CPUs, but memory usage for
+ some structures will be doubled in that case.
+
+_LZMA_UINT32_IS_ULONG - Define it if int is 16-bit on your compiler and long is 32-bit.
+
+_LZMA_NO_SYSTEM_SIZE_T - Define it if you don't want to use size_t type.
+
+
+C++ LZMA Encoder/Decoder
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+C++ LZMA code use COM-like interfaces. So if you want to use it,
+you can study basics of COM/OLE.
+C++ LZMA code is just wrapper over ANSI-C code.
+
+
+C++ Notes
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+If you use some C++ code folders in 7-Zip (for example, C++ code for .7z handling),
+you must check that you correctly work with "new" operator.
+7-Zip can be compiled with MSVC 6.0 that doesn't throw "exception" from "new" operator.
+So 7-Zip uses "CPP\Common\NewHandler.cpp" that redefines "new" operator:
+operator new(size_t size)
+{
+ void *p = ::malloc(size);
+ if (p == 0)
+ throw CNewException();
+ return p;
+}
+If you use MSCV that throws exception for "new" operator, you can compile without
+"NewHandler.cpp". So standard exception will be used. Actually some code of
+7-Zip catches any exception in internal code and converts it to HRESULT code.
+So you don't need to catch CNewException, if you call COM interfaces of 7-Zip.
+
+---
+
+http://www.7-zip.org
+http://www.7-zip.org/sdk.html
+http://www.7-zip.org/support.html
diff --git a/Core/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Library/LzmaCustomDecompressLib/UefiLzma.h b/Core/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Library/LzmaCustomDecompressLib/UefiLzma.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..863b3ef66b --- /dev/null +++ b/Core/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Library/LzmaCustomDecompressLib/UefiLzma.h @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ +/** @file
+ LZMA UEFI header file
+
+ Allows LZMA code to build under UEFI (edk2) build environment
+
+ Copyright (c) 2009, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+ This program and the accompanying materials
+ are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
+ which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
+ http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
+
+ THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
+ WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
+
+**/
+
+#ifndef __UEFILZMA_H__
+#define __UEFILZMA_H__
+
+#include <Uefi.h>
+#include <Library/BaseMemoryLib.h>
+
+#ifdef _WIN32
+#undef _WIN32
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _SIZE_T_DEFINED
+#if !defined(_WIN64) || defined(__GNUC__)
+typedef unsigned int size_t;
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#ifdef _WIN64
+#undef _WIN64
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _PTRDIFF_T_DEFINED
+typedef int ptrdiff_t;
+#endif
+
+#define memcpy CopyMem
+#define memmove CopyMem
+
+#define _LZMA_SIZE_OPT
+
+#endif // __UEFILZMA_H__
+
diff --git a/Core/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Library/PeiDxeDebugLibReportStatusCode/DebugLib.c b/Core/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Library/PeiDxeDebugLibReportStatusCode/DebugLib.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..cfdd2f50d5 --- /dev/null +++ b/Core/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Library/PeiDxeDebugLibReportStatusCode/DebugLib.c @@ -0,0 +1,468 @@ +/** @file
+ Debug Library based on report status code library.
+
+ Note that if the debug message length is larger than the maximum allowable
+ record length, then the debug message will be ignored directly.
+
+ Copyright (c) 2006 - 2015, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+ This program and the accompanying materials
+ are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
+ which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
+ http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
+
+ THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
+ WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
+
+**/
+
+#include <PiPei.h>
+
+#include <Guid/StatusCodeDataTypeId.h>
+#include <Guid/StatusCodeDataTypeDebug.h>
+
+#include <Library/DebugLib.h>
+#include <Library/BaseLib.h>
+#include <Library/BaseMemoryLib.h>
+#include <Library/ReportStatusCodeLib.h>
+#include <Library/PcdLib.h>
+#include <Library/DebugPrintErrorLevelLib.h>
+
+/**
+ Prints a debug message to the debug output device if the specified error level is enabled.
+
+ If any bit in ErrorLevel is also set in DebugPrintErrorLevelLib function
+ GetDebugPrintErrorLevel (), then print the message specified by Format and the
+ associated variable argument list to the debug output device.
+
+ If Format is NULL, then ASSERT().
+
+ If the length of the message string specificed by Format is larger than the maximum allowable
+ record length, then directly return and not print it.
+
+ @param ErrorLevel The error level of the debug message.
+ @param Format Format string for the debug message to print.
+ @param ... Variable argument list whose contents are accessed
+ based on the format string specified by Format.
+
+**/
+VOID
+EFIAPI
+DebugPrint (
+ IN UINTN ErrorLevel,
+ IN CONST CHAR8 *Format,
+ ...
+ )
+{
+ UINT64 Buffer[(EFI_STATUS_CODE_DATA_MAX_SIZE / sizeof (UINT64)) + 1];
+ EFI_DEBUG_INFO *DebugInfo;
+ UINTN TotalSize;
+ UINTN DestBufferSize;
+ VA_LIST VaListMarker;
+ BASE_LIST BaseListMarker;
+ CHAR8 *FormatString;
+ BOOLEAN Long;
+
+ //
+ // If Format is NULL, then ASSERT().
+ //
+ ASSERT (Format != NULL);
+
+ //
+ // Check driver Debug Level value and global debug level
+ //
+ if ((ErrorLevel & GetDebugPrintErrorLevel ()) == 0) {
+ return;
+ }
+
+ //
+ // Compute the total size of the record.
+ // Note that the passing-in format string and variable parameters will be constructed to
+ // the following layout:
+ //
+ // Buffer->|------------------------|
+ // | Padding | 4 bytes
+ // DebugInfo->|------------------------|
+ // | EFI_DEBUG_INFO | sizeof(EFI_DEBUG_INFO)
+ // BaseListMarker->|------------------------|
+ // | ... |
+ // | variable arguments | 12 * sizeof (UINT64)
+ // | ... |
+ // |------------------------|
+ // | Format String |
+ // |------------------------|<- (UINT8 *)Buffer + sizeof(Buffer)
+ //
+ TotalSize = 4 + sizeof (EFI_DEBUG_INFO) + 12 * sizeof (UINT64) + AsciiStrSize (Format);
+
+ //
+ // If the TotalSize is larger than the maximum record size, then return
+ //
+ if (TotalSize > sizeof (Buffer)) {
+ return;
+ }
+
+ //
+ // Fill in EFI_DEBUG_INFO
+ //
+ // Here we skip the first 4 bytes of Buffer, because we must ensure BaseListMarker is
+ // 64-bit aligned, otherwise retrieving 64-bit parameter from BaseListMarker will cause
+ // exception on IPF. Buffer starts at 64-bit aligned address, so skipping 4 types (sizeof(EFI_DEBUG_INFO))
+ // just makes address of BaseListMarker, which follows DebugInfo, 64-bit aligned.
+ //
+ DebugInfo = (EFI_DEBUG_INFO *)(Buffer) + 1;
+ DebugInfo->ErrorLevel = (UINT32)ErrorLevel;
+ BaseListMarker = (BASE_LIST)(DebugInfo + 1);
+ FormatString = (CHAR8 *)((UINT64 *)(DebugInfo + 1) + 12);
+
+ //
+ // Copy the Format string into the record
+ //
+ // According to the content structure of Buffer shown above, the size of
+ // the FormatString buffer is the size of Buffer minus the Padding
+ // (4 bytes), minus the size of EFI_DEBUG_INFO, minus the size of
+ // variable arguments (12 * sizeof (UINT64)).
+ //
+ DestBufferSize = sizeof (Buffer) - 4 - sizeof (EFI_DEBUG_INFO) - 12 * sizeof (UINT64);
+ AsciiStrCpyS (FormatString, DestBufferSize / sizeof (CHAR8), Format);
+
+ //
+ // The first 12 * sizeof (UINT64) bytes following EFI_DEBUG_INFO are for variable arguments
+ // of format in DEBUG string, which is followed by the DEBUG format string.
+ // Here we will process the variable arguments and pack them in this area.
+ //
+ VA_START (VaListMarker, Format);
+ for (; *Format != '\0'; Format++) {
+ //
+ // Only format with prefix % is processed.
+ //
+ if (*Format != '%') {
+ continue;
+ }
+ Long = FALSE;
+ //
+ // Parse Flags and Width
+ //
+ for (Format++; TRUE; Format++) {
+ if (*Format == '.' || *Format == '-' || *Format == '+' || *Format == ' ') {
+ //
+ // These characters in format field are omitted.
+ //
+ continue;
+ }
+ if (*Format >= '0' && *Format <= '9') {
+ //
+ // These characters in format field are omitted.
+ //
+ continue;
+ }
+ if (*Format == 'L' || *Format == 'l') {
+ //
+ // 'L" or "l" in format field means the number being printed is a UINT64
+ //
+ Long = TRUE;
+ continue;
+ }
+ if (*Format == '*') {
+ //
+ // '*' in format field means the precision of the field is specified by
+ // a UINTN argument in the argument list.
+ //
+ BASE_ARG (BaseListMarker, UINTN) = VA_ARG (VaListMarker, UINTN);
+ continue;
+ }
+ if (*Format == '\0') {
+ //
+ // Make no output if Format string terminates unexpectedly when
+ // looking up for flag, width, precision and type.
+ //
+ Format--;
+ }
+ //
+ // When valid argument type detected or format string terminates unexpectedly,
+ // the inner loop is done.
+ //
+ break;
+ }
+
+ //
+ // Pack variable arguments into the storage area following EFI_DEBUG_INFO.
+ //
+ if ((*Format == 'p') && (sizeof (VOID *) > 4)) {
+ Long = TRUE;
+ }
+ if (*Format == 'p' || *Format == 'X' || *Format == 'x' || *Format == 'd' || *Format == 'u') {
+ if (Long) {
+ BASE_ARG (BaseListMarker, INT64) = VA_ARG (VaListMarker, INT64);
+ } else {
+ BASE_ARG (BaseListMarker, int) = VA_ARG (VaListMarker, int);
+ }
+ } else if (*Format == 's' || *Format == 'S' || *Format == 'a' || *Format == 'g' || *Format == 't') {
+ BASE_ARG (BaseListMarker, VOID *) = VA_ARG (VaListMarker, VOID *);
+ } else if (*Format == 'c') {
+ BASE_ARG (BaseListMarker, UINTN) = VA_ARG (VaListMarker, UINTN);
+ } else if (*Format == 'r') {
+ BASE_ARG (BaseListMarker, RETURN_STATUS) = VA_ARG (VaListMarker, RETURN_STATUS);
+ }
+
+ //
+ // If the converted BASE_LIST is larger than the 12 * sizeof (UINT64) allocated bytes, then ASSERT()
+ // This indicates that the DEBUG() macro is passing in more argument than can be handled by
+ // the EFI_DEBUG_INFO record
+ //
+ ASSERT ((CHAR8 *)BaseListMarker <= FormatString);
+
+ //
+ // If the converted BASE_LIST is larger than the 12 * sizeof (UINT64) allocated bytes, then return
+ //
+ if ((CHAR8 *)BaseListMarker > FormatString) {
+ VA_END (VaListMarker);
+ return;
+ }
+ }
+ VA_END (VaListMarker);
+
+ //
+ // Send the DebugInfo record
+ //
+ REPORT_STATUS_CODE_EX (
+ EFI_DEBUG_CODE,
+ (EFI_SOFTWARE_DXE_BS_DRIVER | EFI_DC_UNSPECIFIED),
+ 0,
+ NULL,
+ &gEfiStatusCodeDataTypeDebugGuid,
+ DebugInfo,
+ TotalSize
+ );
+}
+
+/**
+ Prints an assert message containing a filename, line number, and description.
+ This may be followed by a breakpoint or a dead loop.
+
+ Print a message of the form "ASSERT <FileName>(<LineNumber>): <Description>\n"
+ to the debug output device. If DEBUG_PROPERTY_ASSERT_BREAKPOINT_ENABLED bit of
+ PcdDebugProperyMask is set then CpuBreakpoint() is called. Otherwise, if
+ DEBUG_PROPERTY_ASSERT_DEADLOOP_ENABLED bit of PcdDebugProperyMask is set then
+ CpuDeadLoop() is called. If neither of these bits are set, then this function
+ returns immediately after the message is printed to the debug output device.
+ DebugAssert() must actively prevent recursion. If DebugAssert() is called while
+ processing another DebugAssert(), then DebugAssert() must return immediately.
+
+ If FileName is NULL, then a <FileName> string of "(NULL) Filename" is printed.
+ If Description is NULL, then a <Description> string of "(NULL) Description" is printed.
+
+ @param FileName Pointer to the name of the source file that generated the assert condition.
+ @param LineNumber The line number in the source file that generated the assert condition
+ @param Description Pointer to the description of the assert condition.
+
+**/
+VOID
+EFIAPI
+DebugAssert (
+ IN CONST CHAR8 *FileName,
+ IN UINTN LineNumber,
+ IN CONST CHAR8 *Description
+ )
+{
+ UINT64 Buffer[EFI_STATUS_CODE_DATA_MAX_SIZE / sizeof(UINT64)];
+ EFI_DEBUG_ASSERT_DATA *AssertData;
+ UINTN HeaderSize;
+ UINTN TotalSize;
+ CHAR8 *Temp;
+ UINTN FileNameSize;
+ UINTN DescriptionSize;
+
+ //
+ // Get string size
+ //
+ HeaderSize = sizeof (EFI_DEBUG_ASSERT_DATA);
+ FileNameSize = AsciiStrSize (FileName);
+ DescriptionSize = AsciiStrSize (Description);
+
+ //
+ // Make sure it will all fit in the passed in buffer.
+ //
+ if (HeaderSize + FileNameSize + DescriptionSize > sizeof (Buffer)) {
+ //
+ // FileName + Description is too long to be filled into buffer.
+ //
+ if (HeaderSize + FileNameSize < sizeof (Buffer)) {
+ //
+ // Description has enough buffer to be truncated.
+ //
+ DescriptionSize = sizeof (Buffer) - HeaderSize - FileNameSize;
+ } else {
+ //
+ // FileName is too long to be filled into buffer.
+ // FileName will be truncated. Reserved one byte for Description NULL terminator.
+ //
+ DescriptionSize = 1;
+ FileNameSize = sizeof (Buffer) - HeaderSize - DescriptionSize;
+ }
+ }
+
+ //
+ // Fill in EFI_DEBUG_ASSERT_DATA
+ //
+ AssertData = (EFI_DEBUG_ASSERT_DATA *)Buffer;
+ AssertData->LineNumber = (UINT32)LineNumber;
+ TotalSize = sizeof (EFI_DEBUG_ASSERT_DATA);
+
+ //
+ // Copy Ascii FileName including NULL terminator.
+ //
+ Temp = CopyMem (AssertData + 1, FileName, FileNameSize);
+ Temp[FileNameSize - 1] = 0;
+ TotalSize += FileNameSize;
+
+ //
+ // Copy Ascii Description include NULL terminator.
+ //
+ Temp = CopyMem (Temp + FileNameSize, Description, DescriptionSize);
+ Temp[DescriptionSize - 1] = 0;
+ TotalSize += DescriptionSize;
+
+ REPORT_STATUS_CODE_EX (
+ (EFI_ERROR_CODE | EFI_ERROR_UNRECOVERED),
+ (EFI_SOFTWARE_DXE_BS_DRIVER | EFI_SW_EC_ILLEGAL_SOFTWARE_STATE),
+ 0,
+ NULL,
+ NULL,
+ AssertData,
+ TotalSize
+ );
+
+ //
+ // Generate a Breakpoint, DeadLoop, or NOP based on PCD settings
+ //
+ if ((PcdGet8 (PcdDebugPropertyMask) & DEBUG_PROPERTY_ASSERT_BREAKPOINT_ENABLED) != 0) {
+ CpuBreakpoint ();
+ } else if ((PcdGet8 (PcdDebugPropertyMask) & DEBUG_PROPERTY_ASSERT_DEADLOOP_ENABLED) != 0) {
+ CpuDeadLoop ();
+ }
+}
+
+
+/**
+ Fills a target buffer with PcdDebugClearMemoryValue, and returns the target buffer.
+
+ This function fills Length bytes of Buffer with the value specified by
+ PcdDebugClearMemoryValue, and returns Buffer.
+
+ If Buffer is NULL, then ASSERT().
+ If Length is greater than (MAX_ADDRESS - Buffer + 1), then ASSERT().
+
+ @param Buffer Pointer to the target buffer to be filled with PcdDebugClearMemoryValue.
+ @param Length Number of bytes in Buffer to fill with zeros PcdDebugClearMemoryValue.
+
+ @return Buffer Pointer to the target buffer filled with PcdDebugClearMemoryValue.
+
+**/
+VOID *
+EFIAPI
+DebugClearMemory (
+ OUT VOID *Buffer,
+ IN UINTN Length
+ )
+{
+ ASSERT (Buffer != NULL);
+
+ return SetMem (Buffer, Length, PcdGet8 (PcdDebugClearMemoryValue));
+}
+
+
+/**
+ Returns TRUE if ASSERT() macros are enabled.
+
+ This function returns TRUE if the DEBUG_PROPERTY_DEBUG_ASSERT_ENABLED bit of
+ PcdDebugProperyMask is set. Otherwise FALSE is returned.
+
+ @retval TRUE The DEBUG_PROPERTY_DEBUG_ASSERT_ENABLED bit of PcdDebugProperyMask is set.
+ @retval FALSE The DEBUG_PROPERTY_DEBUG_ASSERT_ENABLED bit of PcdDebugProperyMask is clear.
+
+**/
+BOOLEAN
+EFIAPI
+DebugAssertEnabled (
+ VOID
+ )
+{
+ return (BOOLEAN) ((PcdGet8 (PcdDebugPropertyMask) & DEBUG_PROPERTY_DEBUG_ASSERT_ENABLED) != 0);
+}
+
+
+/**
+ Returns TRUE if DEBUG() macros are enabled.
+
+ This function returns TRUE if the DEBUG_PROPERTY_DEBUG_PRINT_ENABLED bit of
+ PcdDebugProperyMask is set. Otherwise FALSE is returned.
+
+ @retval TRUE The DEBUG_PROPERTY_DEBUG_PRINT_ENABLED bit of PcdDebugProperyMask is set.
+ @retval FALSE The DEBUG_PROPERTY_DEBUG_PRINT_ENABLED bit of PcdDebugProperyMask is clear.
+
+**/
+BOOLEAN
+EFIAPI
+DebugPrintEnabled (
+ VOID
+ )
+{
+ return (BOOLEAN) ((PcdGet8 (PcdDebugPropertyMask) & DEBUG_PROPERTY_DEBUG_PRINT_ENABLED) != 0);
+}
+
+
+/**
+ Returns TRUE if DEBUG_CODE() macros are enabled.
+
+ This function returns TRUE if the DEBUG_PROPERTY_DEBUG_CODE_ENABLED bit of
+ PcdDebugProperyMask is set. Otherwise FALSE is returned.
+
+ @retval TRUE The DEBUG_PROPERTY_DEBUG_CODE_ENABLED bit of PcdDebugProperyMask is set.
+ @retval FALSE The DEBUG_PROPERTY_DEBUG_CODE_ENABLED bit of PcdDebugProperyMask is clear.
+
+**/
+BOOLEAN
+EFIAPI
+DebugCodeEnabled (
+ VOID
+ )
+{
+ return (BOOLEAN) ((PcdGet8 (PcdDebugPropertyMask) & DEBUG_PROPERTY_DEBUG_CODE_ENABLED) != 0);
+}
+
+
+/**
+ Returns TRUE if DEBUG_CLEAR_MEMORY() macro is enabled.
+
+ This function returns TRUE if the DEBUG_PROPERTY_CLEAR_MEMORY_ENABLED bit of
+ PcdDebugProperyMask is set. Otherwise FALSE is returned.
+
+ @retval TRUE The DEBUG_PROPERTY_CLEAR_MEMORY_ENABLED bit of PcdDebugProperyMask is set.
+ @retval FALSE The DEBUG_PROPERTY_CLEAR_MEMORY_ENABLED bit of PcdDebugProperyMask is clear.
+
+**/
+BOOLEAN
+EFIAPI
+DebugClearMemoryEnabled (
+ VOID
+ )
+{
+ return (BOOLEAN) ((PcdGet8 (PcdDebugPropertyMask) & DEBUG_PROPERTY_CLEAR_MEMORY_ENABLED) != 0);
+}
+
+/**
+ Returns TRUE if any one of the bit is set both in ErrorLevel and PcdFixedDebugPrintErrorLevel.
+
+ This function compares the bit mask of ErrorLevel and PcdFixedDebugPrintErrorLevel.
+
+ @retval TRUE Current ErrorLevel is supported.
+ @retval FALSE Current ErrorLevel is not supported.
+
+**/
+BOOLEAN
+EFIAPI
+DebugPrintLevelEnabled (
+ IN CONST UINTN ErrorLevel
+ )
+{
+ return (BOOLEAN) ((ErrorLevel & PcdGet32(PcdFixedDebugPrintErrorLevel)) != 0);
+}
diff --git a/Core/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Library/PeiDxeDebugLibReportStatusCode/PeiDxeDebugLibReportStatusCode.inf b/Core/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Library/PeiDxeDebugLibReportStatusCode/PeiDxeDebugLibReportStatusCode.inf new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..55446672d7 --- /dev/null +++ b/Core/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Library/PeiDxeDebugLibReportStatusCode/PeiDxeDebugLibReportStatusCode.inf @@ -0,0 +1,54 @@ +## @file
+# Debug Library based on report status code library
+#
+# Debug Library for PEIMs and DXE drivers that sends debug messages to ReportStatusCode
+# Copyright (c) 2006 - 2015, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+#
+# This program and the accompanying materials
+# are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
+# which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
+# http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
+# THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
+# WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
+#
+#
+##
+
+[Defines]
+ INF_VERSION = 0x00010005
+ BASE_NAME = PeiDxeDebugLibReportStatusCode
+ MODULE_UNI_FILE = PeiDxeDebugLibReportStatusCode.uni
+ FILE_GUID = bda39d3a-451b-4350-8266-81ab10fa0523
+ MODULE_TYPE = PEIM
+ VERSION_STRING = 1.0
+ LIBRARY_CLASS = DebugLib|DXE_CORE DXE_DRIVER DXE_RUNTIME_DRIVER DXE_SAL_DRIVER DXE_SMM_DRIVER SMM_CORE PEIM SEC PEI_CORE UEFI_APPLICATION UEFI_DRIVER
+
+#
+# The following information is for reference only and not required by the build tools.
+#
+# VALID_ARCHITECTURES = IA32 X64 IPF EBC
+#
+
+[Sources]
+ DebugLib.c
+
+
+[Packages]
+ MdePkg/MdePkg.dec
+ MdeModulePkg/MdeModulePkg.dec
+
+[LibraryClasses]
+ PcdLib
+ ReportStatusCodeLib
+ BaseMemoryLib
+ BaseLib
+ DebugPrintErrorLevelLib
+
+[Pcd]
+ gEfiMdePkgTokenSpaceGuid.PcdDebugClearMemoryValue ## SOMETIMES_CONSUMES
+ gEfiMdePkgTokenSpaceGuid.PcdDebugPropertyMask ## CONSUMES
+ gEfiMdePkgTokenSpaceGuid.PcdFixedDebugPrintErrorLevel ## CONSUMES
+
+[Guids]
+ gEfiStatusCodeDataTypeDebugGuid ## SOMETIMES_CONSUMES ## GUID
+
diff --git a/Core/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Library/PeiDxeDebugLibReportStatusCode/PeiDxeDebugLibReportStatusCode.uni b/Core/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Library/PeiDxeDebugLibReportStatusCode/PeiDxeDebugLibReportStatusCode.uni Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000000..fe2abee431 --- /dev/null +++ b/Core/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Library/PeiDxeDebugLibReportStatusCode/PeiDxeDebugLibReportStatusCode.uni diff --git a/Core/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Library/PeiRecoveryLib/PeiRecoveryLib.c b/Core/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Library/PeiRecoveryLib/PeiRecoveryLib.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..fc729a899c --- /dev/null +++ b/Core/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Library/PeiRecoveryLib/PeiRecoveryLib.c @@ -0,0 +1,50 @@ +/** @file
+ This Library uses Framework RecoveryModule PPI to do system recovery.
+
+ This library instance is no longer used and module using this library
+ class should update to directly locate EFI_PEI_RECOVERY_MODULE_PPI defined
+ in PI 1.2 specification.
+
+Copyright (c) 2006 - 2009, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+This program and the accompanying materials
+are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
+which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
+http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
+
+THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
+WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
+
+**/
+#include <PiPei.h>
+#include <Library/PeiServicesLib.h>
+#include <Library/PeiServicesTablePointerLib.h>
+#include <Library/DebugLib.h>
+
+#include <Ppi/RecoveryModule.h>
+
+/**
+ Calling this function causes the system do recovery.
+
+ @retval EFI_SUCESS Sucess to do recovery.
+ @retval Others Fail to do recovery.
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+EFIAPI
+PeiRecoverFirmware (
+ VOID
+ )
+{
+ EFI_STATUS Status;
+ EFI_PEI_RECOVERY_MODULE_PPI *PeiRecovery;
+
+ Status = PeiServicesLocatePpi (
+ &gEfiPeiRecoveryModulePpiGuid,
+ 0,
+ NULL,
+ (VOID **)&PeiRecovery
+ );
+ ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
+
+ return PeiRecovery->LoadRecoveryCapsule ((EFI_PEI_SERVICES **) GetPeiServicesTablePointer(), PeiRecovery);
+}
+
diff --git a/Core/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Library/PeiRecoveryLib/PeiRecoveryLib.inf b/Core/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Library/PeiRecoveryLib/PeiRecoveryLib.inf new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..9bd321e178 --- /dev/null +++ b/Core/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Library/PeiRecoveryLib/PeiRecoveryLib.inf @@ -0,0 +1,50 @@ +## @file
+# PEIM Recovery Library supports system recovery boot.
+#
+# This library instance is no longer used and module using this library
+# class should update to directly locate EFI_PEI_RECOVERY_MODULE_PPI defined
+# in PI 1.2 specification.
+#
+# Copyright (c) 2006 - 2014, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+#
+# This program and the accompanying materials
+# are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
+# which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
+# http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
+# THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
+# WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
+#
+#
+##
+
+[Defines]
+ INF_VERSION = 0x00010005
+ BASE_NAME = PeiRecoveryLib
+ MODULE_UNI_FILE = PeiRecoveryLib.uni
+ FILE_GUID = C0227547-0811-4cbb-ABEA-DECD22829122
+ MODULE_TYPE = PEIM
+ VERSION_STRING = 1.0
+ LIBRARY_CLASS = RecoveryLib|PEIM
+
+#
+# The following information is for reference only and not required by the build tools.
+#
+# VALID_ARCHITECTURES = IA32 X64 IPF EBC
+#
+
+[Sources]
+ PeiRecoveryLib.c
+
+[Packages]
+ MdePkg/MdePkg.dec
+ MdeModulePkg/MdeModulePkg.dec
+
+[LibraryClasses]
+ BaseLib
+ PeiServicesTablePointerLib
+ DebugLib
+
+[Ppis]
+ gEfiPeiRecoveryModulePpiGuid ## CONSUMES
+
+
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/Core/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Library/PeiRecoveryLib/PeiRecoveryLib.uni b/Core/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Library/PeiRecoveryLib/PeiRecoveryLib.uni Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000000..11891e58e0 --- /dev/null +++ b/Core/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Library/PeiRecoveryLib/PeiRecoveryLib.uni diff --git a/Core/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Library/PeiS3Lib/PeiS3Lib.c b/Core/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Library/PeiS3Lib/PeiS3Lib.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d16e3cac24 --- /dev/null +++ b/Core/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Library/PeiS3Lib/PeiS3Lib.c @@ -0,0 +1,51 @@ +/** @file
+ This library provides API to invoke the S3 resume vector in the APCI Table in S3 resume mode.
+
+ This library instance is no longer used and module using this library
+ class should update to directly locate EFI_PEI_S3_RESUME_PPI defined
+ in PI 1.2 specification.
+
+Copyright (c) 2006 - 2008, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+This program and the accompanying materials
+are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
+which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
+http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
+
+THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
+WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
+
+**/
+
+#include <PiPei.h>
+#include <Library/PeiServicesLib.h>
+#include <Library/PeiServicesTablePointerLib.h>
+#include <Library/DebugLib.h>
+
+#include <Ppi/S3Resume.h>
+
+/**
+ This function is responsible for calling the S3 resume vector in the ACPI Tables.
+
+ @retval EFI_SUCESS Success to restore config from S3.
+ @retval Others Fail to restore config from S3.
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+EFIAPI
+AcpiS3ResumeOs (
+ VOID
+ )
+{
+ EFI_STATUS Status;
+ EFI_PEI_S3_RESUME_PPI *S3Resume;
+
+ Status = PeiServicesLocatePpi (
+ &gEfiPeiS3ResumePpiGuid,
+ 0,
+ NULL,
+ (VOID **)&S3Resume
+ );
+ ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
+
+ return S3Resume->S3RestoreConfig ((EFI_PEI_SERVICES **) GetPeiServicesTablePointer());
+}
+
diff --git a/Core/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Library/PeiS3Lib/PeiS3Lib.inf b/Core/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Library/PeiS3Lib/PeiS3Lib.inf new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..b01e1860f4 --- /dev/null +++ b/Core/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Library/PeiS3Lib/PeiS3Lib.inf @@ -0,0 +1,49 @@ +## @file
+# This library provides API to invoke the S3 resume vector in the ACPI Table in S3 resume mode.
+#
+# This library instance is no longer used and module using this library
+# class should update to directly locate EFI_PEI_S3_RESUME_PPI defined
+# in PI 1.2 specification.
+#
+# Copyright (c) 2006 - 2014, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+#
+# This program and the accompanying materials
+# are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
+# which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
+# http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
+# THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
+# WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
+#
+#
+##
+
+[Defines]
+ INF_VERSION = 0x00010005
+ BASE_NAME = PeiS3Lib
+ MODULE_UNI_FILE = PeiS3Lib.uni
+ FILE_GUID = EFB7D3A8-DEB9-4bed-B6D6-3B09BEEB835A
+ MODULE_TYPE = PEIM
+ VERSION_STRING = 1.0
+ LIBRARY_CLASS = S3Lib|PEIM
+
+#
+# The following information is for reference only and not required by the build tools.
+#
+# VALID_ARCHITECTURES = IA32 X64 IPF EBC
+#
+
+[Sources]
+ PeiS3Lib.c
+
+[Packages]
+ MdePkg/MdePkg.dec
+ MdeModulePkg/MdeModulePkg.dec
+ IntelFrameworkPkg/IntelFrameworkPkg.dec
+
+[LibraryClasses]
+ PeiServicesTablePointerLib
+ DebugLib
+
+[Ppis]
+ gEfiPeiS3ResumePpiGuid ## CONSUMES
+
diff --git a/Core/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Library/PeiS3Lib/PeiS3Lib.uni b/Core/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Library/PeiS3Lib/PeiS3Lib.uni Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000000..dceb0011c9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Core/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Library/PeiS3Lib/PeiS3Lib.uni diff --git a/Core/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Library/PlatformBdsLibNull/BdsPlatform.c b/Core/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Library/PlatformBdsLibNull/BdsPlatform.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..9fb3b23282 --- /dev/null +++ b/Core/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Library/PlatformBdsLibNull/BdsPlatform.c @@ -0,0 +1,187 @@ +/** @file
+ This file include all platform action which can be customized by IBV/OEM.
+
+Copyright (c) 2004 - 2008, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+This program and the accompanying materials
+are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
+which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
+http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
+
+THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
+WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
+
+**/
+
+#include "BdsPlatform.h"
+
+//
+// BDS Platform Functions
+//
+/**
+ Platform Bds init. Include the platform firmware vendor, revision
+ and so crc check.
+
+**/
+VOID
+EFIAPI
+PlatformBdsInit (
+ VOID
+ )
+{
+}
+
+/**
+ Connect the predefined platform default console device. Always try to find
+ and enable the vga device if have.
+
+ @param PlatformConsole Predefined platform default console device array.
+
+ @retval EFI_SUCCESS Success connect at least one ConIn and ConOut
+ device, there must have one ConOut device is
+ active vga device.
+ @return Return the status of BdsLibConnectAllDefaultConsoles ()
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+PlatformBdsConnectConsole (
+ IN BDS_CONSOLE_CONNECT_ENTRY *PlatformConsole
+ )
+{
+ return EFI_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+/**
+ Connect with predefined platform connect sequence,
+ the OEM/IBV can customize with their own connect sequence.
+**/
+VOID
+PlatformBdsConnectSequence (
+ VOID
+ )
+{
+}
+
+/**
+ Load the predefined driver option, OEM/IBV can customize this
+ to load their own drivers
+
+ @param BdsDriverLists - The header of the driver option link list.
+
+**/
+VOID
+PlatformBdsGetDriverOption (
+ IN OUT LIST_ENTRY *BdsDriverLists
+ )
+{
+}
+
+/**
+ Perform the platform diagnostic, such like test memory. OEM/IBV also
+ can customize this function to support specific platform diagnostic.
+
+ @param MemoryTestLevel The memory test intensive level
+ @param QuietBoot Indicate if need to enable the quiet boot
+ @param BaseMemoryTest A pointer to BdsMemoryTest()
+
+**/
+VOID
+PlatformBdsDiagnostics (
+ IN EXTENDMEM_COVERAGE_LEVEL MemoryTestLevel,
+ IN BOOLEAN QuietBoot,
+ IN BASEM_MEMORY_TEST BaseMemoryTest
+ )
+{
+}
+
+/**
+ The function will execute with as the platform policy, current policy
+ is driven by boot mode. IBV/OEM can customize this code for their specific
+ policy action.
+
+ @param DriverOptionList The header of the driver option link list
+ @param BootOptionList The header of the boot option link list
+ @param ProcessCapsules A pointer to ProcessCapsules()
+ @param BaseMemoryTest A pointer to BaseMemoryTest()
+
+**/
+VOID
+EFIAPI
+PlatformBdsPolicyBehavior (
+ IN LIST_ENTRY *DriverOptionList,
+ IN LIST_ENTRY *BootOptionList,
+ IN PROCESS_CAPSULES ProcessCapsules,
+ IN BASEM_MEMORY_TEST BaseMemoryTest
+ )
+{
+}
+
+/**
+ Hook point after a boot attempt succeeds. We don't expect a boot option to
+ return, so the UEFI 2.0 specification defines that you will default to an
+ interactive mode and stop processing the BootOrder list in this case. This
+ is also a platform implementation and can be customized by IBV/OEM.
+
+ @param Option Pointer to Boot Option that succeeded to boot.
+
+**/
+VOID
+EFIAPI
+PlatformBdsBootSuccess (
+ IN BDS_COMMON_OPTION *Option
+ )
+{
+}
+
+/**
+ Hook point after a boot attempt fails.
+
+ @param Option Pointer to Boot Option that failed to boot.
+ @param Status Status returned from failed boot.
+ @param ExitData Exit data returned from failed boot.
+ @param ExitDataSize Exit data size returned from failed boot.
+
+**/
+VOID
+EFIAPI
+PlatformBdsBootFail (
+ IN BDS_COMMON_OPTION *Option,
+ IN EFI_STATUS Status,
+ IN CHAR16 *ExitData,
+ IN UINTN ExitDataSize
+ )
+{
+}
+
+/**
+ This function locks platform flash that is not allowed to be updated during normal boot path.
+ The flash layout is platform specific.
+**/
+VOID
+EFIAPI
+PlatformBdsLockNonUpdatableFlash (
+ VOID
+ )
+{
+ return ;
+}
+
+
+/**
+ Lock the ConsoleIn device in system table. All key
+ presses will be ignored until the Password is typed in. The only way to
+ disable the password is to type it in to a ConIn device.
+
+ @param Password Password used to lock ConIn device.
+
+ @retval EFI_SUCCESS lock the Console In Spliter virtual handle successfully.
+ @retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED Password not found
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+EFIAPI
+LockKeyboards (
+ IN CHAR16 *Password
+ )
+{
+ return EFI_UNSUPPORTED;
+}
diff --git a/Core/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Library/PlatformBdsLibNull/BdsPlatform.h b/Core/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Library/PlatformBdsLibNull/BdsPlatform.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..38ea72ee6c --- /dev/null +++ b/Core/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Library/PlatformBdsLibNull/BdsPlatform.h @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +/** @file
+ Head file for BDS Platform specific code
+
+Copyright (c) 2004 - 2008, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+This program and the accompanying materials
+are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
+which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
+http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
+
+THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
+WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
+
+**/
+
+#ifndef _BDS_PLATFORM_H_
+#define _BDS_PLATFORM_H_
+
+#include <Library/DebugLib.h>
+#include <Library/BaseMemoryLib.h>
+#include <Library/UefiBootServicesTableLib.h>
+#include <Library/MemoryAllocationLib.h>
+#include <Library/BaseLib.h>
+#include <Library/PcdLib.h>
+#include <Library/GenericBdsLib.h>
+#include <Library/PlatformBdsLib.h>
+
+
+#endif // _BDS_PLATFORM_H
diff --git a/Core/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Library/PlatformBdsLibNull/PlatformBdsLib.uni b/Core/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Library/PlatformBdsLibNull/PlatformBdsLib.uni Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000000..3ec1a92f63 --- /dev/null +++ b/Core/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Library/PlatformBdsLibNull/PlatformBdsLib.uni diff --git a/Core/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Library/PlatformBdsLibNull/PlatformBdsLibNull.inf b/Core/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Library/PlatformBdsLibNull/PlatformBdsLibNull.inf new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..37c98cff00 --- /dev/null +++ b/Core/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Library/PlatformBdsLibNull/PlatformBdsLibNull.inf @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ +## @file
+# NULL implementation for PlatformBdsLib library class interfaces.
+#
+# Copyright (c) 2007 - 2014, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+# This program and the accompanying materials
+# are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
+# which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
+# http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
+#
+# THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
+# WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
+#
+##
+
+[Defines]
+ INF_VERSION = 0x00010005
+ BASE_NAME = PlatformBdsLib
+ MODULE_UNI_FILE = PlatformBdsLib.uni
+ FILE_GUID = 143B5044-7C1B-4904-9778-EA16F1F3D554
+ MODULE_TYPE = DXE_DRIVER
+ VERSION_STRING = 1.0
+ LIBRARY_CLASS = PlatformBdsLib|DXE_DRIVER
+
+#
+# The following information is for reference only and not required by the build tools.
+#
+# VALID_ARCHITECTURES = IA32 X64 IPF EBC
+#
+
+[Sources]
+ BdsPlatform.c
+ PlatformData.c
+ BdsPlatform.h
+
+[Packages]
+ MdePkg/MdePkg.dec
+ MdeModulePkg/MdeModulePkg.dec
+ IntelFrameworkModulePkg/IntelFrameworkModulePkg.dec
+
+[LibraryClasses]
+ BaseLib
+ MemoryAllocationLib
+ UefiBootServicesTableLib
+ BaseMemoryLib
+ DebugLib
+ PcdLib
+ GenericBdsLib
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/Core/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Library/PlatformBdsLibNull/PlatformData.c b/Core/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Library/PlatformBdsLibNull/PlatformData.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..131efab4d9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Core/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Library/PlatformBdsLibNull/PlatformData.c @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +/** @file
+ Defined the platform specific device path which will be used by
+ platform Bbd to perform the platform policy connect.
+
+Copyright (c) 2004 - 2008, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+This program and the accompanying materials
+are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
+which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
+http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
+
+THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
+WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
+
+**/
+
+#include "BdsPlatform.h"
+
+///
+/// Predefined platform default time out value
+///
+UINT16 gPlatformBootTimeOutDefault = 10;
diff --git a/Core/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Library/SmmRuntimeDxeReportStatusCodeLibFramework/ReportStatusCodeLib.c b/Core/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Library/SmmRuntimeDxeReportStatusCodeLibFramework/ReportStatusCodeLib.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..c49dacaeb1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Core/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Library/SmmRuntimeDxeReportStatusCodeLibFramework/ReportStatusCodeLib.c @@ -0,0 +1,493 @@ +/** @file
+ API implementation for instance of Report Status Code Library.
+
+ Copyright (c) 2006 - 2010, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+ This program and the accompanying materials
+ are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
+ which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
+ http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
+
+ THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
+ WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
+
+**/
+
+#include "ReportStatusCodeLibInternal.h"
+
+/**
+ Converts a status code to an 8-bit POST code value.
+
+ Converts the status code specified by CodeType and Value to an 8-bit POST code
+ and returns the 8-bit POST code in PostCode. If CodeType is an
+ EFI_PROGRESS_CODE or CodeType is an EFI_ERROR_CODE, then bits 0..4 of PostCode
+ are set to bits 16..20 of Value, and bits 5..7 of PostCode are set to bits
+ 24..26 of Value., and TRUE is returned. Otherwise, FALSE is returned.
+
+ If PostCode is NULL, then ASSERT().
+
+ @param CodeType The type of status code being converted.
+ @param Value The status code value being converted.
+ @param PostCode A pointer to the 8-bit POST code value to return.
+
+ @retval TRUE The status code specified by CodeType and Value was converted
+ to an 8-bit POST code and returned in PostCode.
+ @retval FALSE The status code specified by CodeType and Value could not be
+ converted to an 8-bit POST code value.
+
+**/
+BOOLEAN
+EFIAPI
+CodeTypeToPostCode (
+ IN EFI_STATUS_CODE_TYPE CodeType,
+ IN EFI_STATUS_CODE_VALUE Value,
+ OUT UINT8 *PostCode
+ )
+{
+ //
+ // If PostCode is NULL, then ASSERT()
+ //
+ ASSERT (PostCode != NULL);
+
+ //
+ // Convert Value to an 8 bit post code
+ //
+ if (((CodeType & EFI_STATUS_CODE_TYPE_MASK) == EFI_PROGRESS_CODE) ||
+ ((CodeType & EFI_STATUS_CODE_TYPE_MASK) == EFI_ERROR_CODE) ) {
+ *PostCode = (UINT8) ((((Value & EFI_STATUS_CODE_CLASS_MASK) >> 24) << 5) |
+ (((Value & EFI_STATUS_CODE_SUBCLASS_MASK) >> 16) & 0x1f));
+ return TRUE;
+ }
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+
+/**
+ Extracts ASSERT() information from a status code structure.
+
+ Converts the status code specified by CodeType, Value, and Data to the ASSERT()
+ arguments specified by Filename, Description, and LineNumber. If CodeType is
+ an EFI_ERROR_CODE, and CodeType has a severity of EFI_ERROR_UNRECOVERED, and
+ Value has an operation mask of EFI_SW_EC_ILLEGAL_SOFTWARE_STATE, extract
+ Filename, Description, and LineNumber from the optional data area of the
+ status code buffer specified by Data. The optional data area of Data contains
+ a Null-terminated ASCII string for the FileName, followed by a Null-terminated
+ ASCII string for the Description, followed by a 32-bit LineNumber. If the
+ ASSERT() information could be extracted from Data, then return TRUE.
+ Otherwise, FALSE is returned.
+
+ If Data is NULL, then ASSERT().
+ If Filename is NULL, then ASSERT().
+ If Description is NULL, then ASSERT().
+ If LineNumber is NULL, then ASSERT().
+
+ @param CodeType The type of status code being converted.
+ @param Value The status code value being converted.
+ @param Data Pointer to status code data buffer.
+ @param Filename Pointer to the source file name that generated the ASSERT().
+ @param Description Pointer to the description of the ASSERT().
+ @param LineNumber Pointer to source line number that generated the ASSERT().
+
+ @retval TRUE The status code specified by CodeType, Value, and Data was
+ converted ASSERT() arguments specified by Filename, Description,
+ and LineNumber.
+ @retval FALSE The status code specified by CodeType, Value, and Data could
+ not be converted to ASSERT() arguments.
+
+**/
+BOOLEAN
+EFIAPI
+ReportStatusCodeExtractAssertInfo (
+ IN EFI_STATUS_CODE_TYPE CodeType,
+ IN EFI_STATUS_CODE_VALUE Value,
+ IN CONST EFI_STATUS_CODE_DATA *Data,
+ OUT CHAR8 **Filename,
+ OUT CHAR8 **Description,
+ OUT UINT32 *LineNumber
+ )
+{
+ EFI_DEBUG_ASSERT_DATA *AssertData;
+
+ ASSERT (Data != NULL);
+ ASSERT (Filename != NULL);
+ ASSERT (Description != NULL);
+ ASSERT (LineNumber != NULL);
+
+ if (((CodeType & EFI_STATUS_CODE_TYPE_MASK) == EFI_ERROR_CODE) &&
+ ((CodeType & EFI_STATUS_CODE_SEVERITY_MASK) == EFI_ERROR_UNRECOVERED) &&
+ ((Value & EFI_STATUS_CODE_OPERATION_MASK) == EFI_SW_EC_ILLEGAL_SOFTWARE_STATE)) {
+ AssertData = (EFI_DEBUG_ASSERT_DATA *)(Data + 1);
+ *Filename = (CHAR8 *)(AssertData + 1);
+ *Description = *Filename + AsciiStrLen (*Filename) + 1;
+ *LineNumber = AssertData->LineNumber;
+ return TRUE;
+ }
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+
+/**
+ Extracts DEBUG() information from a status code structure.
+
+ Converts the status code specified by Data to the DEBUG() arguments specified
+ by ErrorLevel, Marker, and Format. If type GUID in Data is
+ EFI_STATUS_CODE_DATA_TYPE_DEBUG_GUID, then extract ErrorLevel, Marker, and
+ Format from the optional data area of the status code buffer specified by Data.
+ The optional data area of Data contains a 32-bit ErrorLevel followed by Marker
+ which is 12 UINTN parameters, followed by a Null-terminated ASCII string for
+ the Format. If the DEBUG() information could be extracted from Data, then
+ return TRUE. Otherwise, FALSE is returned.
+
+ If Data is NULL, then ASSERT().
+ If ErrorLevel is NULL, then ASSERT().
+ If Marker is NULL, then ASSERT().
+ If Format is NULL, then ASSERT().
+
+ @param Data Pointer to status code data buffer.
+ @param ErrorLevel Pointer to error level mask for a debug message.
+ @param Marker Pointer to the variable argument list associated with Format.
+ @param Format Pointer to a Null-terminated ASCII format string of a
+ debug message.
+
+ @retval TRUE The status code specified by Data was converted DEBUG() arguments
+ specified by ErrorLevel, Marker, and Format.
+ @retval FALSE The status code specified by Data could not be converted to
+ DEBUG() arguments.
+
+**/
+BOOLEAN
+EFIAPI
+ReportStatusCodeExtractDebugInfo (
+ IN CONST EFI_STATUS_CODE_DATA *Data,
+ OUT UINT32 *ErrorLevel,
+ OUT BASE_LIST *Marker,
+ OUT CHAR8 **Format
+ )
+{
+ EFI_DEBUG_INFO *DebugInfo;
+
+ ASSERT (Data != NULL);
+ ASSERT (ErrorLevel != NULL);
+ ASSERT (Marker != NULL);
+ ASSERT (Format != NULL);
+
+ //
+ // If the GUID type is not EFI_STATUS_CODE_DATA_TYPE_DEBUG_GUID then return FALSE
+ //
+ if (!CompareGuid (&Data->Type, &gEfiStatusCodeDataTypeDebugGuid)) {
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+
+ //
+ // Retrieve the debug information from the status code record
+ //
+ DebugInfo = (EFI_DEBUG_INFO *)(Data + 1);
+
+ *ErrorLevel = DebugInfo->ErrorLevel;
+
+ //
+ // The first 12 * sizeof (UINT64) bytes following EFI_DEBUG_INFO are for variable arguments
+ // of format in DEBUG string. Its address is returned in Marker and has to be 64-bit aligned.
+ // It must be noticed that EFI_DEBUG_INFO follows EFI_STATUS_CODE_DATA, whose size is
+ // 20 bytes. The size of EFI_DEBUG_INFO is 4 bytes, so we can ensure that Marker
+ // returned is 64-bit aligned.
+ // 64-bit aligned is a must, otherwise retrieving 64-bit parameter from BASE_LIST will
+ // cause unalignment exception.
+ //
+ *Marker = (BASE_LIST) (DebugInfo + 1);
+ *Format = (CHAR8 *)(((UINT64 *)*Marker) + 12);
+
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+
+/**
+ Reports a status code.
+
+ Reports the status code specified by the parameters Type and Value. Status
+ code also require an instance, caller ID, and extended data. This function
+ passed in a zero instance, NULL extended data, and a caller ID of
+ gEfiCallerIdGuid, which is the GUID for the module.
+
+ ReportStatusCode()must actively prevent recusrsion. If ReportStatusCode()
+ is called while processing another any other Report Status Code Library function,
+ then ReportStatusCode() must return immediately.
+
+ @param Type Status code type.
+ @param Value Status code value.
+
+ @retval EFI_SUCCESS The status code was reported.
+ @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR There status code could not be reported due to a
+ device error.
+ @retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED Report status code is not supported
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+EFIAPI
+ReportStatusCode (
+ IN EFI_STATUS_CODE_TYPE Type,
+ IN EFI_STATUS_CODE_VALUE Value
+ )
+{
+ return InternalReportStatusCode (Type, Value, 0, &gEfiCallerIdGuid, NULL);
+}
+
+
+/**
+ Reports a status code with a Device Path Protocol as the extended data.
+
+ Allocates and fills in the extended data section of a status code with the
+ Device Path Protocol specified by DevicePath. This function is responsible
+ for allocating a buffer large enough for the standard header and the device
+ path. The standard header is filled in with a GUID of
+ gEfiStatusCodeSpecificDataGuid. The status code is reported with a zero
+ instance and a caller ID of gEfiCallerIdGuid.
+
+ ReportStatusCodeWithDevicePath()must actively prevent recursion. If
+ ReportStatusCodeWithDevicePath() is called while processing another any other
+ Report Status Code Library function, then ReportStatusCodeWithDevicePath()
+ must return EFI_DEVICE_ERROR immediately.
+
+ If DevicePath is NULL, then ASSERT().
+
+ @param Type Status code type.
+ @param Value Status code value.
+ @param DevicePath Pointer to the Device Path Protocol to be reported.
+
+ @retval EFI_SUCCESS The status code was reported with the extended
+ data specified by DevicePath.
+ @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES There were not enough resources to allocate the
+ extended data section.
+ @retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED Report status code is not supported
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+EFIAPI
+ReportStatusCodeWithDevicePath (
+ IN EFI_STATUS_CODE_TYPE Type,
+ IN EFI_STATUS_CODE_VALUE Value,
+ IN CONST EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *DevicePath
+ )
+{
+ ASSERT (DevicePath != NULL);
+ return ReportStatusCodeWithExtendedData (
+ Type,
+ Value,
+ (VOID *)DevicePath,
+ GetDevicePathSize (DevicePath)
+ );
+}
+
+
+/**
+ Reports a status code with an extended data buffer.
+
+ Allocates and fills in the extended data section of a status code with the
+ extended data specified by ExtendedData and ExtendedDataSize. ExtendedData
+ is assumed to be one of the data structures specified in Related Definitions.
+ These data structure do not have the standard header, so this function is
+ responsible for allocating a buffer large enough for the standard header and
+ the extended data passed into this function. The standard header is filled
+ in with a GUID of gEfiStatusCodeSpecificDataGuid. The status code is reported
+ with a zero instance and a caller ID of gEfiCallerIdGuid.
+
+ ReportStatusCodeWithExtendedData()must actively prevent recursion. If
+ ReportStatusCodeWithExtendedData() is called while processing another any other
+ Report Status Code Library function, then ReportStatusCodeWithExtendedData()
+ must return EFI_DEVICE_ERROR immediately.
+
+ If ExtendedData is NULL, then ASSERT().
+ If ExtendedDataSize is 0, then ASSERT().
+
+ @param Type Status code type.
+ @param Value Status code value.
+ @param ExtendedData Pointer to the extended data buffer to be reported.
+ @param ExtendedDataSize The size, in bytes, of the extended data buffer to
+ be reported.
+
+ @retval EFI_SUCCESS The status code was reported with the extended
+ data specified by ExtendedData and ExtendedDataSize.
+ @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES There were not enough resources to allocate the
+ extended data section.
+ @retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED Report status code is not supported
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+EFIAPI
+ReportStatusCodeWithExtendedData (
+ IN EFI_STATUS_CODE_TYPE Type,
+ IN EFI_STATUS_CODE_VALUE Value,
+ IN CONST VOID *ExtendedData,
+ IN UINTN ExtendedDataSize
+ )
+{
+ ASSERT (ExtendedData != NULL);
+ ASSERT (ExtendedDataSize != 0);
+ return ReportStatusCodeEx (
+ Type,
+ Value,
+ 0,
+ NULL,
+ NULL,
+ ExtendedData,
+ ExtendedDataSize
+ );
+}
+
+
+/**
+ Reports a status code with full parameters.
+
+ The function reports a status code. If ExtendedData is NULL and ExtendedDataSize
+ is 0, then an extended data buffer is not reported. If ExtendedData is not
+ NULL and ExtendedDataSize is not 0, then an extended data buffer is allocated.
+ ExtendedData is assumed not have the standard status code header, so this function
+ is responsible for allocating a buffer large enough for the standard header and
+ the extended data passed into this function. The standard header is filled in
+ with a GUID specified by ExtendedDataGuid. If ExtendedDataGuid is NULL, then a
+ GUID of gEfiStatusCodeSpecificDataGuid is used. The status code is reported with
+ an instance specified by Instance and a caller ID specified by CallerId. If
+ CallerId is NULL, then a caller ID of gEfiCallerIdGuid is used.
+
+ ReportStatusCodeEx()must actively prevent recursion. If
+ ReportStatusCodeEx() is called while processing another any
+ other Report Status Code Library function, then
+ ReportStatusCodeEx() must return EFI_DEVICE_ERROR immediately.
+
+ If ExtendedData is NULL and ExtendedDataSize is not zero, then ASSERT().
+ If ExtendedData is not NULL and ExtendedDataSize is zero, then ASSERT().
+
+ @param Type Status code type.
+ @param Value Status code value.
+ @param Instance Status code instance number.
+ @param CallerId Pointer to a GUID that identifies the caller of this
+ function. If this parameter is NULL, then a caller
+ ID of gEfiCallerIdGuid is used.
+ @param ExtendedDataGuid Pointer to the GUID for the extended data buffer.
+ If this parameter is NULL, then a the status code
+ standard header is filled in with
+ gEfiStatusCodeSpecificDataGuid.
+ @param ExtendedData Pointer to the extended data buffer. This is an
+ optional parameter that may be NULL.
+ @param ExtendedDataSize The size, in bytes, of the extended data buffer.
+
+ @retval EFI_SUCCESS The status code was reported.
+ @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES There were not enough resources to allocate
+ the extended data section if it was specified.
+ @retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED Report status code is not supported
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+EFIAPI
+ReportStatusCodeEx (
+ IN EFI_STATUS_CODE_TYPE Type,
+ IN EFI_STATUS_CODE_VALUE Value,
+ IN UINT32 Instance,
+ IN CONST EFI_GUID *CallerId OPTIONAL,
+ IN CONST EFI_GUID *ExtendedDataGuid OPTIONAL,
+ IN CONST VOID *ExtendedData OPTIONAL,
+ IN UINTN ExtendedDataSize
+ )
+{
+ EFI_STATUS Status;
+
+ ASSERT (!((ExtendedData == NULL) && (ExtendedDataSize != 0)));
+ ASSERT (!((ExtendedData != NULL) && (ExtendedDataSize == 0)));
+
+ if (ExtendedDataSize > EFI_STATUS_CODE_DATA_MAX_SIZE) {
+ DEBUG ((EFI_D_ERROR, "Status code extended data is too large to be reported!\n"));
+ return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
+ }
+
+ //
+ // Fill in the extended data header
+ //
+ mStatusCodeData->HeaderSize = (UINT16) sizeof (EFI_STATUS_CODE_DATA);
+ mStatusCodeData->Size = (UINT16)ExtendedDataSize;
+ if (ExtendedDataGuid == NULL) {
+ ExtendedDataGuid = &gEfiStatusCodeSpecificDataGuid;
+ }
+ CopyGuid (&mStatusCodeData->Type, ExtendedDataGuid);
+
+ //
+ // Fill in the extended data buffer
+ //
+ if (ExtendedData != NULL) {
+ CopyMem (mStatusCodeData + 1, ExtendedData, ExtendedDataSize);
+ }
+
+ //
+ // Report the status code
+ //
+ if (CallerId == NULL) {
+ CallerId = &gEfiCallerIdGuid;
+ }
+ Status = InternalReportStatusCode (Type, Value, Instance, CallerId, mStatusCodeData);
+
+ return Status;
+}
+
+
+/**
+ Returns TRUE if status codes of type EFI_PROGRESS_CODE are enabled
+
+ This function returns TRUE if the REPORT_STATUS_CODE_PROPERTY_PROGRESS_CODE_ENABLED
+ bit of PcdReportStatusCodeProperyMask is set. Otherwise FALSE is returned.
+
+ @retval TRUE The REPORT_STATUS_CODE_PROPERTY_PROGRESS_CODE_ENABLED bit of
+ PcdReportStatusCodeProperyMask is set.
+ @retval FALSE The REPORT_STATUS_CODE_PROPERTY_PROGRESS_CODE_ENABLED bit of
+ PcdReportStatusCodeProperyMask is clear.
+
+**/
+BOOLEAN
+EFIAPI
+ReportProgressCodeEnabled (
+ VOID
+ )
+{
+ return (BOOLEAN) ((PcdGet8 (PcdReportStatusCodePropertyMask) & REPORT_STATUS_CODE_PROPERTY_PROGRESS_CODE_ENABLED) != 0);
+}
+
+
+/**
+ Returns TRUE if status codes of type EFI_ERROR_CODE are enabled
+
+ This function returns TRUE if the REPORT_STATUS_CODE_PROPERTY_ERROR_CODE_ENABLED
+ bit of PcdReportStatusCodeProperyMask is set. Otherwise FALSE is returned.
+
+ @retval TRUE The REPORT_STATUS_CODE_PROPERTY_ERROR_CODE_ENABLED bit of
+ PcdReportStatusCodeProperyMask is set.
+ @retval FALSE The REPORT_STATUS_CODE_PROPERTY_ERROR_CODE_ENABLED bit of
+ PcdReportStatusCodeProperyMask is clear.
+
+**/
+BOOLEAN
+EFIAPI
+ReportErrorCodeEnabled (
+ VOID
+ )
+{
+ return (BOOLEAN) ((PcdGet8 (PcdReportStatusCodePropertyMask) & REPORT_STATUS_CODE_PROPERTY_ERROR_CODE_ENABLED) != 0);
+}
+
+
+/**
+ Returns TRUE if status codes of type EFI_DEBUG_CODE are enabled
+
+ This function returns TRUE if the REPORT_STATUS_CODE_PROPERTY_DEBUG_CODE_ENABLED
+ bit of PcdReportStatusCodeProperyMask is set. Otherwise FALSE is returned.
+
+ @retval TRUE The REPORT_STATUS_CODE_PROPERTY_DEBUG_CODE_ENABLED bit of
+ PcdReportStatusCodeProperyMask is set.
+ @retval FALSE The REPORT_STATUS_CODE_PROPERTY_DEBUG_CODE_ENABLED bit of
+ PcdReportStatusCodeProperyMask is clear.
+
+**/
+BOOLEAN
+EFIAPI
+ReportDebugCodeEnabled (
+ VOID
+ )
+{
+ return (BOOLEAN) ((PcdGet8 (PcdReportStatusCodePropertyMask) & REPORT_STATUS_CODE_PROPERTY_DEBUG_CODE_ENABLED) != 0);
+}
diff --git a/Core/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Library/SmmRuntimeDxeReportStatusCodeLibFramework/ReportStatusCodeLibInternal.h b/Core/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Library/SmmRuntimeDxeReportStatusCodeLibFramework/ReportStatusCodeLibInternal.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..1f9a0c7e1d --- /dev/null +++ b/Core/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Library/SmmRuntimeDxeReportStatusCodeLibFramework/ReportStatusCodeLibInternal.h @@ -0,0 +1,73 @@ +/** @file
+ Internal Header file of Report Status Code Library for RUNTIME
+ DXE Phase.
+
+ Copyright (c) 2006 - 2010, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+ This program and the accompanying materials
+ are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
+ which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
+ http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
+
+ THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
+ WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
+
+**/
+#ifndef __REPORT_STATUS_CODE_LIB_INTERNAL__H__
+#define __REPORT_STATUS_CODE_LIB_INTERNAL__H__
+
+#include <FrameworkSmm.h>
+
+#include <Library/ReportStatusCodeLib.h>
+#include <Library/DebugLib.h>
+#include <Library/BaseLib.h>
+#include <Library/BaseMemoryLib.h>
+#include <Library/PcdLib.h>
+#include <Library/UefiRuntimeServicesTableLib.h>
+#include <Library/UefiBootServicesTableLib.h>
+#include <Library/DevicePathLib.h>
+#include <Library/MemoryAllocationLib.h>
+
+#include <Guid/StatusCodeDataTypeId.h>
+#include <Guid/StatusCodeDataTypeDebug.h>
+#include <Guid/EventGroup.h>
+
+#include <Protocol/SmmStatusCode.h>
+#include <Protocol/StatusCode.h>
+#include <Protocol/SmmBase.h>
+
+
+extern EFI_STATUS_CODE_DATA *mStatusCodeData;
+
+/**
+ Internal worker function that reports a status code through the status code service.
+
+ If status code service is not cached, then this function checks if status code service is
+ available in system. If status code service is not available, then EFI_UNSUPPORTED is
+ returned. If status code service is present, then it is cached in mReportStatusCode.
+ Finally this function reports status code through the status code service.
+
+ @param Type Status code type.
+ @param Value Status code value.
+ @param Instance Status code instance number.
+ @param CallerId Pointer to a GUID that identifies the caller of this
+ function. This is an optional parameter that may be
+ NULL.
+ @param Data Pointer to the extended data buffer. This is an
+ optional parameter that may be NULL.
+
+ @retval EFI_SUCCESS The status code was reported.
+ @retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED Status code service is not available.
+ @retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED Status code type is not supported.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+InternalReportStatusCode (
+ IN EFI_STATUS_CODE_TYPE Type,
+ IN EFI_STATUS_CODE_VALUE Value,
+ IN UINT32 Instance,
+ IN CONST EFI_GUID *CallerId OPTIONAL,
+ IN EFI_STATUS_CODE_DATA *Data OPTIONAL
+ );
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/Core/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Library/SmmRuntimeDxeReportStatusCodeLibFramework/SmmRuntimeDxeReportStatusCodeLibFramework.inf b/Core/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Library/SmmRuntimeDxeReportStatusCodeLibFramework/SmmRuntimeDxeReportStatusCodeLibFramework.inf new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..6964e44f34 --- /dev/null +++ b/Core/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Library/SmmRuntimeDxeReportStatusCodeLibFramework/SmmRuntimeDxeReportStatusCodeLibFramework.inf @@ -0,0 +1,73 @@ +## @file
+# Framework Report status code library instance which supports logging message in SMM, as well as DXE & runtime phase.
+#
+# This library instance supports status code report in SMM, as well as DXE & runtime phase.
+# In SMM, it logs message via SMM Status Code Protocol.
+# Otherwise, it logs message to ReportStatusCode() in framework runtime services table or runtime report status code protocol.
+#
+# Copyright (c) 2006 - 2014, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+#
+# This program and the accompanying materials
+# are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
+# which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
+# http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
+# THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
+# WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
+#
+#
+##
+
+[Defines]
+ INF_VERSION = 0x00010005
+ BASE_NAME = SmmRuntimeDxeReportStatusCodeLibFramework
+ MODULE_UNI_FILE = SmmRuntimeDxeReportStatusCodeLibFramework.uni
+ FILE_GUID = D65D9F72-7BCE-4f73-A673-47AF446A1A31
+ MODULE_TYPE = DXE_RUNTIME_DRIVER
+ VERSION_STRING = 1.0
+ LIBRARY_CLASS = ReportStatusCodeLib|DXE_RUNTIME_DRIVER DXE_SMM_DRIVER
+
+ CONSTRUCTOR = ReportStatusCodeLibConstruct
+ DESTRUCTOR = ReportStatusCodeLibDestruct
+#
+# The following information is for reference only and not required by the build tools.
+#
+# VALID_ARCHITECTURES = IA32 X64 EBC
+#
+
+[Sources]
+ ReportStatusCodeLib.c
+ SmmRuntimeDxeSupport.c
+ ReportStatusCodeLibInternal.h
+
+
+[Packages]
+ MdePkg/MdePkg.dec
+ MdeModulePkg/MdeModulePkg.dec
+ IntelFrameworkPkg/IntelFrameworkPkg.dec
+ IntelFrameworkModulePkg/IntelFrameworkModulePkg.dec
+
+[LibraryClasses]
+ PcdLib
+ BaseMemoryLib
+ BaseLib
+ DebugLib
+ UefiRuntimeServicesTableLib
+ UefiBootServicesTableLib
+ DevicePathLib
+ MemoryAllocationLib
+
+[Guids]
+ gEfiStatusCodeSpecificDataGuid ## SOMETIMES_CONSUMES ## UNDEFINED
+ gEfiStatusCodeDataTypeDebugGuid ## SOMETIMES_CONSUMES ## UNDEFINED
+ gEfiEventExitBootServicesGuid ## CONSUMES ## Event
+ gEfiEventVirtualAddressChangeGuid ## CONSUMES ## Event
+
+
+[Protocols]
+ gEfiStatusCodeRuntimeProtocolGuid ## SOMETIMES_CONSUMES
+ gEfiSmmBaseProtocolGuid ## SOMETIMES_CONSUMES
+ gEfiSmmStatusCodeProtocolGuid ## SOMETIMES_CONSUMES
+
+[Pcd]
+ gEfiMdePkgTokenSpaceGuid.PcdReportStatusCodePropertyMask ## CONSUMES
+
diff --git a/Core/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Library/SmmRuntimeDxeReportStatusCodeLibFramework/SmmRuntimeDxeReportStatusCodeLibFramework.uni b/Core/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Library/SmmRuntimeDxeReportStatusCodeLibFramework/SmmRuntimeDxeReportStatusCodeLibFramework.uni Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000000..2268a3c094 --- /dev/null +++ b/Core/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Library/SmmRuntimeDxeReportStatusCodeLibFramework/SmmRuntimeDxeReportStatusCodeLibFramework.uni diff --git a/Core/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Library/SmmRuntimeDxeReportStatusCodeLibFramework/SmmRuntimeDxeSupport.c b/Core/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Library/SmmRuntimeDxeReportStatusCodeLibFramework/SmmRuntimeDxeSupport.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..554be152b3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Core/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Library/SmmRuntimeDxeReportStatusCodeLibFramework/SmmRuntimeDxeSupport.c @@ -0,0 +1,335 @@ +/** @file
+ Library constructor & destructor, event handlers, and other internal worker functions.
+
+ Copyright (c) 2006 - 2011, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+ This program and the accompanying materials
+ are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
+ which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
+ http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
+
+ THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
+ WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
+
+**/
+
+#include "ReportStatusCodeLibInternal.h"
+
+EFI_EVENT mVirtualAddressChangeEvent;
+EFI_EVENT mExitBootServicesEvent;
+EFI_STATUS_CODE_DATA *mStatusCodeData;
+BOOLEAN mInSmm;
+EFI_SMM_BASE_PROTOCOL *mSmmBase;
+EFI_RUNTIME_SERVICES *mInternalRT;
+BOOLEAN mHaveExitedBootServices = FALSE;
+EFI_REPORT_STATUS_CODE mReportStatusCode = NULL;
+EFI_SMM_STATUS_CODE_PROTOCOL *mSmmStatusCodeProtocol;
+
+/**
+ Locates and caches SMM Status Code Protocol.
+
+**/
+VOID
+SmmStatusCodeInitialize (
+ VOID
+ )
+{
+ EFI_STATUS Status;
+
+ Status = gBS->LocateProtocol (&gEfiSmmStatusCodeProtocolGuid, NULL, (VOID **) &mSmmStatusCodeProtocol);
+ if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+ mSmmStatusCodeProtocol = NULL;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ Report status code via SMM Status Code Protocol.
+
+ @param Type Indicates the type of status code being reported.
+ @param Value Describes the current status of a hardware or software entity.
+ This included information about the class and subclass that is used to classify the entity
+ as well as an operation. For progress codes, the operation is the current activity.
+ For error codes, it is the exception. For debug codes, it is not defined at this time.
+ @param Instance The enumeration of a hardware or software entity within the system.
+ A system may contain multiple entities that match a class/subclass pairing.
+ The instance differentiates between them. An instance of 0 indicates that instance information is unavailable,
+ not meaningful, or not relevant. Valid instance numbers start with 1.
+ @param CallerId This optional parameter may be used to identify the caller.
+ This parameter allows the status code driver to apply different rules to different callers.
+ @param Data This optional parameter may be used to pass additional data
+
+ @retval EFI_SUCCESS Always return EFI_SUCCESS.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+SmmStatusCodeReport (
+ IN EFI_STATUS_CODE_TYPE Type,
+ IN EFI_STATUS_CODE_VALUE Value,
+ IN UINT32 Instance,
+ IN EFI_GUID *CallerId OPTIONAL,
+ IN EFI_STATUS_CODE_DATA *Data OPTIONAL
+ )
+{
+ if (mSmmStatusCodeProtocol != NULL) {
+ (mSmmStatusCodeProtocol->ReportStatusCode) (mSmmStatusCodeProtocol, Type, Value, Instance, CallerId, Data);
+ }
+ return EFI_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+/**
+ Locate the report status code service.
+
+ In SMM, it tries to retrieve SMM Status Code Protocol.
+ Otherwise, it first tries to retrieve ReportStatusCode() in Runtime Services Table.
+ If not found, it then tries to retrieve ReportStatusCode() API of Report Status Code Protocol.
+
+ @return Function pointer to the report status code service.
+ NULL is returned if no status code service is available.
+
+**/
+EFI_REPORT_STATUS_CODE
+InternalGetReportStatusCode (
+ VOID
+ )
+{
+ EFI_STATUS_CODE_PROTOCOL *StatusCodeProtocol;
+ EFI_STATUS Status;
+
+ if (mInSmm) {
+ return (EFI_REPORT_STATUS_CODE) SmmStatusCodeReport;
+ } else if (mInternalRT != NULL && mInternalRT->Hdr.Revision < 0x20000) {
+ return ((FRAMEWORK_EFI_RUNTIME_SERVICES*)mInternalRT)->ReportStatusCode;
+ } else if (!mHaveExitedBootServices) {
+ //
+ // Check gBS just in case. ReportStatusCode is called before gBS is initialized.
+ //
+ if (gBS != NULL) {
+ Status = gBS->LocateProtocol (&gEfiStatusCodeRuntimeProtocolGuid, NULL, (VOID**)&StatusCodeProtocol);
+ if (!EFI_ERROR (Status) && StatusCodeProtocol != NULL) {
+ return StatusCodeProtocol->ReportStatusCode;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ return NULL;
+}
+
+/**
+ Internal worker function that reports a status code through the status code service.
+
+ If status code service is not cached, then this function checks if status code service is
+ available in system. If status code service is not available, then EFI_UNSUPPORTED is
+ returned. If status code service is present, then it is cached in mReportStatusCode.
+ Finally this function reports status code through the status code service.
+
+ @param Type Status code type.
+ @param Value Status code value.
+ @param Instance Status code instance number.
+ @param CallerId Pointer to a GUID that identifies the caller of this
+ function. This is an optional parameter that may be
+ NULL.
+ @param Data Pointer to the extended data buffer. This is an
+ optional parameter that may be NULL.
+
+ @retval EFI_SUCCESS The status code was reported.
+ @retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED Status code service is not available.
+ @retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED Status code type is not supported.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+InternalReportStatusCode (
+ IN EFI_STATUS_CODE_TYPE Type,
+ IN EFI_STATUS_CODE_VALUE Value,
+ IN UINT32 Instance,
+ IN CONST EFI_GUID *CallerId OPTIONAL,
+ IN EFI_STATUS_CODE_DATA *Data OPTIONAL
+ )
+{
+ if ((ReportProgressCodeEnabled() && ((Type) & EFI_STATUS_CODE_TYPE_MASK) == EFI_PROGRESS_CODE) ||
+ (ReportErrorCodeEnabled() && ((Type) & EFI_STATUS_CODE_TYPE_MASK) == EFI_ERROR_CODE) ||
+ (ReportDebugCodeEnabled() && ((Type) & EFI_STATUS_CODE_TYPE_MASK) == EFI_DEBUG_CODE)) {
+ //
+ // If mReportStatusCode is NULL, then check if status code service is available in system.
+ //
+ if (mReportStatusCode == NULL) {
+ mReportStatusCode = InternalGetReportStatusCode ();
+ if (mReportStatusCode == NULL) {
+ return EFI_UNSUPPORTED;
+ }
+ }
+
+ //
+ // A status code service is present in system, so pass in all the parameters to the service.
+ //
+ return (*mReportStatusCode) (Type, Value, Instance, (EFI_GUID *)CallerId, Data);
+ }
+
+ return EFI_UNSUPPORTED;
+}
+
+/**
+ Notification function of EVT_SIGNAL_VIRTUAL_ADDRESS_CHANGE.
+
+ @param Event Event whose notification function is being invoked.
+ @param Context Pointer to the notification function's context
+
+**/
+VOID
+EFIAPI
+ReportStatusCodeLibVirtualAddressChange (
+ IN EFI_EVENT Event,
+ IN VOID *Context
+ )
+{
+ if (mReportStatusCode != NULL) {
+ mInternalRT->ConvertPointer (0, (VOID **) &mReportStatusCode);
+ }
+ mInternalRT->ConvertPointer (0, (VOID **) &mStatusCodeData);
+ mInternalRT->ConvertPointer (0, (VOID **) &mInternalRT);
+}
+
+/**
+ Notification function of EVT_SIGNAL_EXIT_BOOT_SERVICES.
+
+ @param Event Event whose notification function is being invoked.
+ @param Context Pointer to the notification function's context
+
+**/
+VOID
+EFIAPI
+ReportStatusCodeLibExitBootServices (
+ IN EFI_EVENT Event,
+ IN VOID *Context
+ )
+{
+ //
+ // If mReportStatusCode is NULL, then see if a Status Code Protocol instance is present
+ // in the handle database.
+ //
+ if (mReportStatusCode == NULL) {
+ mReportStatusCode = InternalGetReportStatusCode ();
+ }
+
+ mHaveExitedBootServices = TRUE;
+}
+
+/**
+ The constructor function of SMM Runtime DXE Report Status Code Lib.
+
+ This function allocates memory for extended status code data, caches
+ the report status code service, and registers events.
+
+ @param ImageHandle The firmware allocated handle for the EFI image.
+ @param SystemTable A pointer to the EFI System Table.
+
+ @retval EFI_SUCCESS The constructor always returns EFI_SUCCESS.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+EFIAPI
+ReportStatusCodeLibConstruct (
+ IN EFI_HANDLE ImageHandle,
+ IN EFI_SYSTEM_TABLE *SystemTable
+ )
+{
+ EFI_STATUS Status;
+
+ //
+ // If in SMM mode, then allocates memory from SMRAM for extended status code data.
+ //
+ Status = gBS->LocateProtocol (&gEfiSmmBaseProtocolGuid, NULL, (VOID **) &mSmmBase);
+ if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+ mSmmBase->InSmm (mSmmBase, &mInSmm);
+ if (mInSmm) {
+ Status = mSmmBase->SmmAllocatePool (
+ mSmmBase,
+ EfiRuntimeServicesData,
+ sizeof (EFI_STATUS_CODE_DATA) + EFI_STATUS_CODE_DATA_MAX_SIZE,
+ (VOID **) &mStatusCodeData
+ );
+ ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
+ SmmStatusCodeInitialize ();
+ return EFI_SUCCESS;
+ }
+ }
+
+
+ //
+ // If not in SMM mode, then allocate runtime memory for extended status code data.
+ //
+ // Library should not use the gRT directly, for it may be converted by other library instance.
+ //
+ mInternalRT = gRT;
+ mInSmm = FALSE;
+
+ mStatusCodeData = AllocateRuntimePool (sizeof (EFI_STATUS_CODE_DATA) + EFI_STATUS_CODE_DATA_MAX_SIZE);
+ ASSERT (mStatusCodeData != NULL);
+ //
+ // Cache the report status code service
+ //
+ mReportStatusCode = InternalGetReportStatusCode ();
+
+ //
+ // Register notify function for EVT_SIGNAL_VIRTUAL_ADDRESS_CHANGE
+ //
+ Status = gBS->CreateEventEx (
+ EVT_NOTIFY_SIGNAL,
+ TPL_NOTIFY,
+ ReportStatusCodeLibVirtualAddressChange,
+ NULL,
+ &gEfiEventVirtualAddressChangeGuid,
+ &mVirtualAddressChangeEvent
+ );
+ ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
+
+ //
+ // Register notify function for EVT_SIGNAL_EXIT_BOOT_SERVICES
+ //
+ Status = gBS->CreateEventEx (
+ EVT_NOTIFY_SIGNAL,
+ TPL_NOTIFY,
+ ReportStatusCodeLibExitBootServices,
+ NULL,
+ &gEfiEventExitBootServicesGuid,
+ &mExitBootServicesEvent
+ );
+ ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
+
+ return EFI_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+/**
+ The destructor function of SMM Runtime DXE Report Status Code Lib.
+
+ The destructor function frees memory allocated by constructor, and closes related events.
+ It will ASSERT() if that related operation fails and it will always return EFI_SUCCESS.
+
+ @param ImageHandle The firmware allocated handle for the EFI image.
+ @param SystemTable A pointer to the EFI System Table.
+
+ @retval EFI_SUCCESS The constructor always returns EFI_SUCCESS.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+EFIAPI
+ReportStatusCodeLibDestruct (
+ IN EFI_HANDLE ImageHandle,
+ IN EFI_SYSTEM_TABLE *SystemTable
+ )
+{
+ EFI_STATUS Status;
+
+ if (!mInSmm) {
+ ASSERT (gBS != NULL);
+ Status = gBS->CloseEvent (mVirtualAddressChangeEvent);
+ ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
+ Status = gBS->CloseEvent (mExitBootServicesEvent);
+ ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
+
+ FreePool (mStatusCodeData);
+ } else {
+ mSmmBase->SmmFreePool (mSmmBase, mStatusCodeData);
+ }
+
+ return EFI_SUCCESS;
+}
+
|